|
ABAI Business Meeting |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
401 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Panelists: GORDON BOURLAND (Affiliated Chapter Board Coordinator), MARC N. BRANCH (Publication Board Coordinator), MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Practice Board Coordinator), LINDA J. HAYES (Education Board Coordinator), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Membership Board Coordinator), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Annual Convention Program Committee Senior Co-Chair), MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer), M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Science Board Coordinator) |
Abstract: This is the annual ABAI Business Meeting were the leadership of the Association will provide an update ofon-going activitiesand major developments in the Association. Attendees will learn from ABAI’s president the directionsof the ABAI Council, from ABAI's CEO the status of finances and administration.Attendees will also hear from all of the board coordinators including Science, Education, Practice, Program, Membership, Affiliated Chapters and Publications. |
GORDON BOURLAND (Affiliated Chapter Board Coordinator) |
MARC N. BRANCH (Publication Board Coordinator) |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Practice Board Coordinator) |
LINDA J. HAYES (Education Board Coordinator) |
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Membership Board Coordinator) |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Annual Convention Program Committee Senior Co-Chair) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer) |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Science Board Coordinator) |
|
|
|
|
Dispelling Myths about Behavior Analysis in Education |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:20 AM |
618/619 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: George H. Buck (University of Alberta) |
|
Myths and Marginalization: Misconceptions Hindering the Application of Behavior Analysis to Education |
Domain: Theory |
GEORGE H. BUCK (University of Alberta), Judy Cameron (University of Alberta) |
|
Abstract: While applied behavior analysis has been researched and implemented for over 50 years, the application of behavior analysis in general education has largely fallen out of use, with the exception of students with special needs. This eclipse has extended to many teacher education institutions, where radical behaviorism and applied behavior analysis are often misrepresented because of poor understanding and criticized as being obsolete. We analyze why this has occurred, and identify5 major misconceptions that have not only hindered the application of behavior analysis to education, but continue to ensure that the approach remains marginalized. These misconceptions are: (1) applied behavior analysis is concerned solely with overt behavior; (2) punishment was sanctioned by Skinner and his followers; (3) rewards destroy student's intrinsic motivation and performance; (4) behavior analytic approaches over-simplify instruction to the point of meaninglessness; and (5) structured environments are aversive and devalue the individual. By means of our own studies and those of others, we address these misconceptions, and make the case that a scholarly reconsideration of applied behavior analysis would result in the approach being repatriated from, as Skinner put it, "the Devil's Island to which it was transported for a crime it never committed." |
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: On Being a Post-Doc |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Sarah M. Dunkel-Jackson (Southern Illinois University) |
MARANDA TRAHAN (Johns Hopkins University) |
JOSLYN CYNKUS MINTZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
Abstract: Masters, check! Doctorate, check! Now what? For many graduate students, deciding what to do after graduation can be a daunting task. One option is identifying, applying for, and surviving a post-doctoral fellowship. This panel will outline the post-doctoral process through an open discussion with recent post-doctoral fellows. Panelists will draw from their experience to highlight the clinical, research, and training opportunities that helped them prepare for their professional careers. |
Keyword(s): Fellowship, Professional Development |
|
|
|
|
Taking the Luck out of Safety: A Behavioral Approach to Safety Leadership |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY CE Offered. CE Instructor: Judy L. Agnew, Ph.D. |
Chair: Lori H. Diener (Performance Blueprints, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: : JUDY L. AGNEW (Aubrey Daniels International) |
Abstract: On the surface, many industrial organizations have what look like good safety records; logging months, often years without accidents. But in many cases those accident-free streaks are based, at least to some extent, on luck. In most cases unsafe behaviors still exist at all levels of many organizations, therefore creating exposure. Until organizations adopt behavioral strategies to ensure the consistency of safe practices, they will continue to gamble with safety. This tutorial will review the critical role of leader behavior in safety improvement. The role of leaders has historically been poorly defined and is most typically described in vague terms such as �making safety a priority�, or �creating a safety culture�. In addition, few contingencies exist for leaders to engage in the high-impact behaviors that will lead to improvement. This tutorial will provide a behavior analysis of six common safety leadership practices that are ineffective. Examples of more effective leader behaviors will be presented along with a discussion of creating contingencies to support those behaviors. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: This tutorial is suitable for introductory level and above. The tutorial will be presented in much the same way it would be presented to organizational leaders so audience members will see how behavior analysis is presented and used in applied settings. |
Learning Objectives: �Participants will be able to list safety leadership practices that are common in industrial settings and describe why they are ineffective from a behavioral perspective �Participants will be able to describe classes of safety leadership behaviors that, if increased, will lead to improvement in industrial safety |
|
JUDY L. AGNEW (Aubrey Daniels International) |
Dr. Judy Agnew is Senior Vice President of Safety Solutions at Aubrey Daniels International (ADI). With 20 years of consulting experience and a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis, Judy partners with clients to create behavior-based interventions that lead to optimal and sustainable organizational change. Judy has worked in a variety of industries including oil and gas, industrial chemical, mining, forest products, utilities, food and non-food manufacturing, distribution, insurance, banking and retail. In addition to her consulting, project management and instructional design work, Judy is recognized as a thought leader in the field of behavioral safety. She has presented at major safety conferences including the National Safety Council and Behavioral Safety Now as well as other key corporate conferences. Judy is the author of Removing Obstacles to Safety (with Gail Snyder) and Safe by Accident? Take the Luck out of Safety: Leadership Practices that Build a Sustainable Safety Culture (with Aubrey Daniels). She is the recipient of the 2011 Organizational Behavior Management Network Outstanding Contribution Award. |
Keyword(s): leadership, safety |
|
|
|
|
A Pigeon Model of Human Gambling Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Raymond C. Pitts, Ph.D. |
Chair: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
THOMAS ZENTALL (University of Kentucky) |
Thomas R. Zentall is DiSilvestro Professor of Arts and Sciences in Psychology. He was a Fulbright Visiting Professor at the Université de Lille, France, and was a Visiting Professor at the Universidad de Sevilla, Spain, and Keio University, Tokyo, Japan. Dr. Zentall received his Ph.D. from the University of California at Berkeley. He is currently Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and has served on the Executive Committee of Division 25 (The Analysis of Behavior) of the American Psychological Association. He has also served as President of Midwestern Psychological Association, President of Divisions 3 (Experimental Psychology) and 6 (Behavioral Neuroscience and Comparative Psychology) of the American Psychological Association, Chair of the Governing Board of the Psychonomic Society, and President of the Comparative Cognition Society. He has served on the Board of Directors of the Eastern Psychological Association, and in 2010 he gave the Fred Keller Distinguished Lecture at EPA. Dr. Zentall has published research in concept learning, social learning, timing, memory, and choice behavior in humans, pigeons and dogs. Much of his recent research has focused on paradoxical human behavior such as cognitive dissonance and sub-optimal gambling and their explanation in simpler behavioral terms. |
Abstract: When humans engage in organized gambling, they are generally choosing sub-optimally. That is, losses are almost always greater than gains. We have developed a model of sub-optimal gambling in which animals prefer an occasional signalled high payoff (10 pellets 20% of the time; 2 pellets on average) rather then a reliable alternative with a signal for a lower payoff (3 pellets 100% of the time). This effect appears to result from the strong conditioned reinforcement associated with the stimulus that is followed by a high payoff. Surprisingly, although it is experienced four times as much, the stimulus that is never followed by reinforcement does not appear to result in significant conditioned inhibition. Similarly, human gamblers tend to overvalue wins and undervalue losses. We have also found that pigeons gamble less when food is less restricted (rich people gamble less than poor people) and they also gamble less when they have been exposed to an enriched environment rather than being kept in an individual cage (for humans, gambling is said to be a form of entertainment). This animal model may provide a useful analog to human gambling behavior, one that is free from the influence of human culture, language, social reinforcement, and other experiential biases. |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, gambling, pigeons |
|
|
|
|
Behaviour Analysis in Educational Settings: Consulting With the Whole School Instead of Just the Child |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
6E (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D. |
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre) |
Nicole Luke completed a doctoral degree in applied behaviour analysis at Columbia University where she studied teaching as a strategic science. She holds an Assistant Research Scientist rank with CABAS® and is a board certified behaviour analyst as well as a state certified teacher in Special Education. Dr. Luke has worked as a classroom teacher, a program supervisor, a clinical director, and a consultant. She has worked in a variety of educational settings, both public and private, in the United States, Canada, and Europe. She has lectured at several universities in the United States and Canada. Dr. Luke has published articles in peer-reviewed journals and has presented frequently at professional conferences in the past ten years on the topics of verbal behaviour, early verbal capabilities, verbal developmental theory, teacher training, teaching as a strategic science, and the CABAS® model of schooling. Currently, Dr. Luke is a clinical supervisor at Surrey Place Centre in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, in the Toronto Partnership for Autism Services (TPAS) division. The publicly-funded TPAS program provides intensive behavioural intervention for more than 300 students in the Toronto area. |
Abstract: When behaviour analysts are called to school settings as consultants they are often asked to "put out fires." They often arrive late on the scene, after the school has exhausted all other resources. Very often, the behaviour analyst's role is seen by the school as one that is briefly involved and only specifically focused on a behaviour problem of a specific, individual child. The behavior analyst may need to navigate multiple and sometimes conflicting priorities by different stakeholders. It's unheard of for a behaviour analyst to be requested by the specific child for whom s/he may be intended. This can create additional challenges for the school and the behaviour analyst, forcing reactive patterns, rather than allowing for proactive planning and solutions. This presentation will approach the application of behaviour analytic practice to the school setting as a system, identifying some of the tactics that have been used and sharing some of the lessons that have been learned. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Adults Diagnosed With ASD or Related Behaviors |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda Karsten (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Adults diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or related deficits face unique challenges as they transition to higher education and the workplace. The purpose of this symposium is to present results from a recent literature review and 2 experimental studies on the assessment and treatment of adults with ASD or related behaviors (i.e., organizational skills, relationship skills, conversation skills, and on-the-job performance). |
Keyword(s): Adults, ASD, Employment, Social Skills |
|
Meeting the Social Needs of Young Adults With High Functioning Autism: A Review of the Literature |
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Western New England University), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University) |
Abstract: A sizable literature exists regarding the social needs of children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders (ASD; see Rao, Beidel, & Murray, 2008; and Schreiber, 2011 for recent reviews); however, empirical literature pertaining to social needs of young adults with autism is lacking (Gerhardt & Weiss, 2011). Due to early identification and effective interventions for children with ASDs, a growing number of young adults with ASDs attend college or seek competitive employment (Howlin, 2005). College and work environments present a number of unique obstacles for individuals with ASDs (e.g., living independently or with a roommate; communicating effectively with professors, peers, employers, and coworkers; forming and maintaining friendships and romantic relationships) and obstacles to those who provide services for these individuals (e.g., difficulties with assessment, measurement, and reinforcer identification). In this paper we (1) review the literature on social needs of young adults with autism, (2) make suggestions regarding assessment and treatment techniques, (3) identify barriers to assessment and treatment and tactics to circumvent those barriers, and (4) provide recommendations for future research. |
|
Teaching Adults With High-Functioning Autism Spectrum Disorders to Serve as ABA Therapists for Young Children With Autism |
RACHEL HOFFMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lynn Hawkins (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Mia Caccavale (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Melania Ruth Brown (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Although a large percentage of individuals with an autism spectrum disorder have been diagnosed with Asperger syndrome (AS), high-functioning autism (HFA), or pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS), little research has targeted this population. As children and adolescents, their academic work and adaptive skills may be comparable to those of their peers. Yet, as adults, they have substantial difficulty obtaining and maintaining employment. Further research is needed on vocational training programs and career opportunities that meet the needs of this population. A potential unexplored vocation is serving as a behavior therapist for young children with autism. Individuals who provide behavior analytic interventionists receive structured, hands-on training, combined with on-going monitoring and feedback. The procedures applied by behavior therapists when working with young children are explicitly delineated, invariant, and highly structured. As such, the task seems well-suited for individuals with AS and HFA. The purpose of this study was to pilot a training program for adults with AS, HFA, or PDD-NOS, who were interested in learning the skills used by behavior therapists when working with young children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Four adults, aged 21 to 30 years, participated. Each participant was trained individually using verbal and written instructions, modeling, and role-play with feedback to teach2 basic skills to an adult who was role-playing as a young child with autism. Generalization of the teaching skills was evaluated by having the participant (a) teach the adult confederate2 additional targets that were not included in training and (b) teach a new skill to a young child with autism. Results indicated that3 of the4 participants rapidly acquired the teaching skills and that these skills generalized to new targets and to an actual child. |
|
Improving Conversational Skills of a College Student Diagnosed With a Learning Disability |
LAUREN BEAULIEU (University of Massachusetts - Lowell), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Joana L. Santiago (Western New England University) |
Abstract: We used a multiple baseline across behaviors design to evaluate the effects of peer-mediated behavior skills training on the conversational skills of an undergraduate student diagnosed with a learning disability. Following treatment, we observed a decrease in interrupting and content specificity and an increase in questioning; results maintained with naive peers during unstructured conversations. We collected normative data on the conversational skills of typically-developing undergraduates, and after treatment, the participant engaged in conversational skills similar to his peers. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Social Skills Development in Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
305 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge) |
CE Instructor: Denise Grosberg, M.A. |
Abstract: Children with autism are typically characterized by their profound deficits in social behavior and social competence. Perhaps as a result, substantial effort has been devoted to designing and evaluating interventions to facilitate development of these competencies. This symposium examines how a variety of social skills interventions can be used to enhance social skills in children with autism across the spectrum. The first study utilized advances in technology to teach children with autism persistence in social initiations. The second study demonstrated that video modeling can decrease perseverative behavior in children with autism. The final study examined the effects of a social skill group that employed a combination of social skill activities with neurotypical peers, naturalistic teaching strategies, video modeling, scripts, and modified incidental teaching sessions. Findings of these studies will be discussed in terms of future directions of the research and contributions to the social skills literature. |
Keyword(s): autism, social skills |
|
Teaching Persistence in Social Initiations to Children with Autism: A Portable Video Modeling Intervention |
DENISE GROSBERG (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Social interventions that incorporate technology have had considerable success in motivating children with autism because they take advantage of the inherent visual strengths of these children, are motivating, and are socially acceptable among neurotypical peers. More recently, portable electronic devices have been become particularly popular intervention tools due to the fact that they are economical, portable, and require minimal instruction to operate. In the present study, a portable video modeling technology was used to teach persistence in social initiations to moderately impaired children with autism. Two hypotheses were tested. First, it was hypothesized that moderately impaired children with autism would effectively learn persistence in social initiations to typical peers by using a portable video modeling technology. Second, persistence in social initiations was hypothesized to generalize and be maintained across people, settings, and skills. Results indicated that moderately impaired children with autism could learn persistence in social initiations through the PVMI. Both children also continued to engage in the target behavior 1 month after the PVMI and generalized the target behavior to at least one untrained setting. Potential implications are discussed in terms of the future of portable video modeling interventions for children with autism of varying levels of disability. |
|
Using Video Modeling to Decrease the Obsessive Behavior and Increase the Appropriate Play of Children with Autism |
Sienna Whitham (University of California, Los Angeles), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), MATTHEW DUBIN (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: Many children with autism exhibit preoccupations with particular items or topics. These obsessions can hinder their social development and limit their appropriate play. The present study used a multiple baseline design across children to examine the effectiveness of a video-modeling intervention designed to decrease the obsessive behavior with specific items for three children with autism. Obsessive behavior was defined as the repetitive selection of a specific item (i.e., touching or staring at the object of obsession) and then using it to make repetitive motions. During baseline, the children were presented with the object of their obsession and four non-obsessive, developmentally appropriate toys to play with for five-minute sessions. During intervention, the children watched a video of a model selecting and engaging in appropriate play with the non-obsessive toys, although the obsessive item was present in the video. Then, the children were again given the opportunity to play with the obsessive and non-obsessive toys. Results indicated that during baseline, all the children demonstrated high levels of obsessive behavior with a particular item. After video modeling, all children substantially decreased their obsessive activities and increased play with the appropriate toys. These findings support the efficacy of video modeling in decreasing the obsessive behaviors of children with autism. |
|
Examining the Efficacy of a Social Skills Group Intervention |
Abbey Hye (University of California, San Diego), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), BRENDA MIRANDA (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: Social skills group interventions are commonly used to increase the social skills of children with autism. However little research has examined the efficacy of these interventions. The present study utilized a multiple baseline design across children to examine the effects of a social skills group intervention on the social skills of three high-functioning children with autism. Prior to participating in the social skills group intervention, the children with autism did not consistently demonstrate social behaviors during play sessions with other children. During social skills group intervention sessions, therapists facilitated social activities with groups of children with autism and neurotypical peers using naturalistic teaching strategies, video modeling, scripts, and modified incidental teaching. After participating in social skills group intervention sessions, the participating children demonstrated increased appropriate speech and cooperative play and spent less time engaging in solitary activity during play sessions. These findings indicate that group social skills interventions can be used to improve social skills with children with autism. Avenues for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Three Comprehensive Training Models for Staff Working With Students With Autism and Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Discussant: Coby J. Lund (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Ethan S. Long, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Enhancing the abilities of the persons directly responsible for implementing evidence-based teaching and clinical practices, such as those based on the principles of behavior analysis, are constant issues for many autism and related developmental disability service agencies. Research questions remain regarding effective practices for documenting, informing, and ultimately creating sustainable training models for the front line implementers of such evidence-based practices. This symposium will describe 3 models of staff training employed by 3 geographically different service providers committed to employing evidence-based practices. Measures of training effectiveness, efficiency, and implementation process will be highlighted as well as how resulting data was utilized to enhance front line and supervisory staff performance. |
Keyword(s): autism, staff training |
|
Utilizing a Multimodal Competency Based Training Package at the Virginia Institute of Autism to Increase Effective Implementation of Evidence-based Teaching and Clinical Practices |
CRESSE MORRELL (Virginia Institute of Autism), Aurore M. Hutter (Virginia Institute of Autism), Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Data will be presented on the effectiveness of a competency based training package designed for teaching staff working with children with autism. Participants in the study are 34 direct teaching staff and 6 supervisory staff at a private, not-for-profit school serving students with autism. The beginning training package was conducted across the course of a 3-month period for all staff. This training consisted of independent completion of 11 video modules along with guided notes for each module that were used to determine staff's verbal behavior specific to basic behavioral practices. Quizzes on each topic served as a further assessment of staff's comprehension of basic principles. Large group staff trainings relevant to each video module were employed using a behavioral skills training package consisting of instructions, modeling, rehearsal and feedback. Three subsequent proficiency checks conducted by supervisory staff were performed during intervention sessions. Follow-up data will be collected at 3-month intervals. The intermediate training package will be implemented at the conclusion of the beginning training package. This package will focus on developing staff's skills replicating and extending current research. Data on effectiveness and efficiency of both components of the training package will be presented. Treatment data on the beginning component of the training package has been collected for approximately 2 months. |
|
The Classroom Achievement Project-An Experimental Analysis of a Comprehensive staff Training Package |
MICHELLE A. HICKMAN (Summit Educational Resources), Vicki Madaus Knapp (Summit Educational Resources), Jennifer Toomey (Summit Educational Resources), Stephen R. Anderson (Summit Educational Resources), Amy Jablonski (Summit Educational Resources), Kathleen B. Honer (Summit Educational Resources) |
Abstract: Research has long supported the use of intensive behavioral intervention for young children with autism; however there is a lack of evidence for the effectiveness of similar programming for school-age students. This study seeks to evaluate the effects of a comprehensive staff training package on the implementation of behavioral intervention and student outcomes. Participants in the study are 20 elementary teachers and aides, and 81 students (ages 5-11) at a private, not-for-profit school serving students with developmental disabilities. Prior to intervention all students were assessed using standardized and nonstandardized instruments to determine current levels of functioning. Baseline data were collected in each classroom on several measures including: student and staff engagement, communication, and evaluations of instructional and behavior change plans and implementation. Training includes direct instruction (lecture, modeling, role playing, etc), intensive in-classroom support, and assessment of skill mastery. The intervention is being evaluated using a multiple baseline across groups of classrooms design. Following the 3-week training period, data collection will continue in each classroom and additional individualized training will be provided as needed. At the time of submission baseline data have been collected in all classrooms for at least two weeks and the first classrooms are in training. |
|
Maintaining Effective Teaching Behavior of Direct Service Staff |
KRISTI L. MILLER (Therapeutic Pathways) |
Abstract: Every agency that serves children with autism contends with the issue of staff training. In order to be competent at delivering behavioral intervention, staff members are trained to present effective environmental arrangements and discriminative stimuli and consequences for correct and incorrect responses that facilitate the acquisition of appropriate behavior and reduction of problem behavior.
In a review of literature, Leblanc et al. (2005) found common threads across effective staff training protocols; 1. training should be practical and efficient, 2. training should be viewed favorably by staff, and 3. competencies should be maintained long-term (Ducharme & Feldman, 1992; Ivancic, Reid, Iwata, Faw, & Page, 1981; Parsons & Reid, 1995; Shore, Iwata, Vollmer, Lerman, & Zarcone, 1995). Given the financial cost of staff training and cost to the child when intervention time is not maximized, it is important for agencies to develop effective protocols that efficiently and effectively train and maintain staff performance.
The following presentation will focus on a set of staff training procedures used to maintain competent performance across time with direct service staff who passed their basic competency evaluation. The package involved differential reinforcement for the ongoing exhibition of mastered skill sets, covert evaluation, individualized retraining and ongoing feedback across 9 staff members. Checks for maintenance were conducted at one month intervals across four months. Results indicate effectiveness for skill maintenance. Data will be presented to support reliability, practicality and social validity. |
|
|
|
|
Concepts and Models in the Treatment of ASD |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Mark Durand (University of South Florida St. Petersburg) |
|
The Concession Process: Understanding Challenging Behavior in Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARK DURAND (University of South Florida St. Petersburg) |
|
Abstract: In the decades since the "coercive family process" was introduced by Patterson (1982), it has become the defining explanatory framework for the problem behavior of children with conduct disorder. Unfortunately, no similar model exists for these behaviors as observed in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). This talk will introduce the "concession process" as a new framework from which to understand how these behaviors develop over time. Important new longitudinal data from parents as well as children with ASD will be described along with data from a randomized clinical trial showing how addressing this concept can significantly improve treatment outcomes. Outcomes show that this new treatment—called "positive family intervention"—can result in significantly improved child behavior that maintains over at least 12 months. Implications for understanding challenging behavior at home, in school, and in the community will be discussed. |
|
ABA and Floortime: Divergent Approaches With Common Characteristics? |
Domain: Theory |
Rachel S. Findel-Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), ASHLEY E. BENNETT GOLOMB (Intercare Therapy Inc.), Amos Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
|
Abstract: In 2009 the National Autism Center published the National Standards Project in an effort to address the need for evidence-based practice guidelines for Autism Spectrum Disorders. The authors conducted an empirical evaluation of all available services for this population and summarized all intervention types as either: 1) Established, 2) Emerging or 3) Unestablished. Although some of the interventions identified as Emerging are based on a foundation of ABA, the authors noted that an increased level of empirical evidence is required for these to be considered Established. Floortime (Emerging) is identified as a treatment based on developmental theory, with an emphasis on building social relationships. Although widely acknowledged amongst the behavior analytic community as a non-empirically supported treatment, some previous authors have noted that the approach involves a combination of procedures based on established ABA techniques (Metz, Mulick, & Butter, 2005). For the current investigation, retrospective analyses of video-recorded Floortime sessions were conducted in an effort to systematically identify the behavioral contingencies in operation. All sessions were conducted by a certified Floortime therapist and scored by two independent observers with advanced training in ABA. Data were recorded in a manner consistent with standard descriptive functional behavioral assessments, both therapist and child behaviors were recorded, and response measurement procedures were individualized per dyad. Results are presented with respect to the potential limitations and contributions presented by the Floortime model, and related implications for the dissemination of ABA-based services for individuals with ASD and the larger field of behavior analysis. |
|
Early Intensive Behavior Intervention: Results for the 2010 FAU Survey of Parents With Home Programs |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Linda Peirce (Florida Atlantic University), Toby J. Honsberger (The Renaissance Learning Center) |
|
Abstract: We conducted an Internet survey of parents who managed Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention programs for their young child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The survey presented questions about the number of hours of intervention provided, pay rates for teaching assistants and professional supervisors, training for intervention staff, and parent assessment of program success. In addition we obtained information on the total program costs over a one year period, source(s) of parent- provided program funds, parent loss of income due to program management and the availability of outside funding support. We asked a series of questions as to whether credentials in ABA served as a factor in hiring program supervisors or direct teaching staff. This survey has been completed. In this presentation we will provide highlights of the finding as well as a sample of the parents responses to open ended questions. The results will likely be of interest to those concerned with the quality and costs of EIBI programs, training for interventionists, and for those concerned with the public policy aspects of equitable provision of this resource-intensive yet highly effective program option for children with ASD. This survey was approved by the Institutional Review Board at Florida Atlantic University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Does It Matter How We Measure Values?: Evaluating and Modifying the PVQ and VLQ |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Melissa L. Connally (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Valuing, as a verbal behavior, is an important aspect of many clinical interventions. Self-report measures like the Personal Values Questionnaire (PVQ; Blackledge & Ciarrochi, 2006) and the Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ; Wilson & Groom, 2002) provide important data for researchers and clinicians. Making these measures comprehensible and pragmatically useful is an ongoing process. Consistent with such efforts, modifications to content have been explored. Additionally, some people are calling for change in administration and interpretation. It is important to evaluate the utility and validity of these changes. Therefore, this symposium will review the PVQ and VLQ and some recent modifications to them. Hernandez, Schmalz, & Murrells research on the PVQ examines the possibility of a two-factor solution assessing freely chosen valuing and valuing controlled by aversive contingencies. Drake and Keusch introduce modifications to the VLQ to better distinguish accomplishment of goals associated with motivation and investment in a college sample. VanderLugt, Polk, Hambright, & Drake will cover modifications to the VLQ to make it more user-friendly with veterans. Several presenters will discuss the psychometric properties of modified scales and the practical implications of using these measures in specific samples. Discussant Emily Sandoz will lead the audience in summarizing and considering the significance of presented findings. |
Keyword(s): PVQ, self-report measures, valuing, VLQ |
|
Measuring Values in Veteran Population: The Modified Valued Living Questionnaire |
AMANDA C. ADCOCK (Togus VA Medical Center), Kevin L. Polk (Veterans Affairs Hospital), Jerold Hambright (Veterans Affairs Hospital), Chad E. Drake (University of South Carolina Aiken) |
Abstract: Togus Veteran's Affairs Medical Center is home to one of the briefest intensive outpatient programs (IOP) for posttraumatic stress (PTSD) in the nation. The IOP is a 5 day program based on an acceptance and commitment therapy model. The ACT model encourages ongoing assessment of the process and outcomes of the therapy. Thus, the following measures were given to each veteran in the program over a three year period: Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ-9), the PTSD Checklist (PCL), the Alcohol Use Disorder Identification Test (AUDIT), the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ), and the Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ). The purpose of this presentation is to describe the use of the VLQ and AAQ in the Veteran population, modifications that were made with the hopes of making the VLQ more user-friendly, and the resulting psychometric properties of the modified version of the VLQ. The data below show the results of the reliability of the measures used in this study. The modifications to the VLQ resulted in one successful scale and one questionable scale. The data will be described in detail from the scale analysis (EFA), reliability (alpha and test-re-test) and validity (content reliability). This project was approved by the Togus VAMC Research and Development Committee and the Bedford VAMC IRB. |
|
The Assessment of Valuing Among Undergraduates: Importance, Time, Difficulty, and Anxiety |
CHAD E. DRAKE (University of South Carolina Aiken), Amber Keusch (Aiken Regional Medical Centers) |
Abstract: Motivation continues to be a challenging focus for clinical behavioral assessment. Although self-report measures have notable limitations, they may be used as a means of focusing subsequent efforts to assess clinically relevant constructs. The Valued Living Questionnaire is one self-report instrument that has generated preliminary supportive psychometric evidence. However, the VLQ measures responses to relatively generic domains of life functioning that may not adequately distinguish between the accomplishment of goals associated with motivation and investment in activities toward those goals. The current study introduces a modified version of the VLQ. Modifications include more specific items, a zero floor for each item, and two additional questions for each domain that may provide additional specificity in respect to motivation and action. The VLQ-M was administered to a collection of undergraduate students in the southeastern United States. A collection of additional measures was provided assessing psychological flexibility, social anxiety, the emotional valence of thoughts, and suppression. Results indicate noteworthy trends among the domains assessed by the VLQ-M that may merit further development of this measure. |
|
Valuing in College Students: A Closer Look at the Personal Values Questionnaire |
NIKKI CHRISTINE HERNANDEZ (University of North Texas), Jonathan Schmalz (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Existing literature varies when it comes to defining values and how to measure them or related overt behaviors. From an ACT perspective, values are freely chosen among alternatives, with or without reason, and not chosen based on the influence of others or in the avoidance of aversives. The Personal Values Questionnaire (PVQ; Blackledge & Ciarocchi, 2006) was designed to assess valued actions and related rule-governed behavior. To date, reports of the psychometric characteristics of the PVQ are limited. The present study provides psychometric data for the PVQ utilizing a sample of 278 undergraduate students. The overall internal consistency of the measure was a = .90. An exploratory factor analysis indicated two clinically relevant factors: Appetitive and Aversive valuing. Divergent validity is suggested as Appetitive valuing had Pearsons r correlations of .16 with the AAQ and -.33, -.22, and -.14 with the Depression, Anxiety, and Stress subscales of the DASS, respectively. Aversive valuing had Pearsons r correlations of -.24 with the AAQ and .23, .23, and .17 with the DASS scales, respectively. Psychometric properties, implications, and limitations of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Current Advances in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Problems |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Laura J. Seiverling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The following presentations discuss current advances in the treatment of food selectivity and food refusal. Two intervention studies evaluate sequential presentation of preferred foods following acceptance of nonpreferred and novel foods. In one study, sequential presentation with repeated taste exposure is compared to sequential presentation with escape extinction. Another study examines the use of sequential presentation with and without feeder modeling. The third study evaluates the use of stimulus fading in the form of bolus size manipulation to increase acceptance of nonpreferred foods. The final study compares 2 methods of increasing volume of solids and liquids to increase caloric intake in children with feeding disorders. |
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, feeding problems, food refusal, food selectivity |
|
A Comparison of Plate A/Plate B, Taste Exposure Sessions, and Escape Extinction in Treating Food Refusal and Food Selectivity in Two Children With Autism |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Melmark, Inc.), Amanda E. Guld (Melmark, Inc.), Timothy Nipe (Melmark, Inc.), John J. Schadler (Florida Institute of Technology), Kate Langston (Melmark, Inc.), Amy Fredrick (Melmark, Inc.), David Dragone (Melmark, Inc.) |
Abstract: Many children diagnosed with autism display severe and pervasive food selectivity and food refusal that impact their daily life (Ahearn, Castine, Nault, & Green, 2001). Interventions for these feeding problems are most often implemented in hospital and clinic settings (Williams & Foxx, 2007). Research has shown escape extinction, repeated taste exposure, and a Plate A/Plate B arrangement to be effective in treating feeding disorders (e.g., Paul, Williams, Riegel, & Gibbons, 2007). The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of the Plate A/Plate B intervention with and without taste exposure sessions for 2 children diagnosed with autism who also display severe challenging behavior. The intervention evaluation was conducted in an educational and campus residential setting. Preliminary results indicate that neither Plate A/Plate B nor Plate A/Plate B plus taste exposure intervention were effective. Increase in bite consumption occurred when escape extinction was added for all bite presentations. Possible explanations for the results obtained will be discussed as well as recommendations for future research. |
|
Comparison of Sequential Presenation of Preferred Foods With and Without Modeling on Child Food Acceptance of Nonpreferred Foods |
LAURA J. SEIVERLING (Penn State University), Whitney Harclerode (Pennsylvania Counseling), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Katherine Riegel (Penn State Hershey Medical Center) |
Abstract: The following study compared sequential presentation of preferred foods following acceptance of nonpreferred foods in a 4-year-old boy with food selectivity. Following acceptance of a bite of food on a plate of new and nonpreferred foods (Plate A), the child was presented with bite of food from a plate of preferred foods (Plate B). Child acceptance and disruptive behavior during the "Plate A-Plate B" intervention was compared with and without feeder modeling. |
|
Using Stimulus Fading in the Form of Bolus Size Manipulation to Increase Acceptance of Nonpreferred Foods |
KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Robert N. Davidson (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Taira Lanagan (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Stimulus fading procedures have long been documented to transfer the control of one behavior to that of another discriminative stimulus (Fields, et al., 1976). In terms of feeding behaviors, this has taken many forms. Antecedent manipulations have been shown to be effective in increasing positive mealtime behaviors by fading the texture of the food (Luiselli & Gleason, 1987; Shore, et al., 1998), the potency of food (Mueller, et al., 2004; Patel, et al., 2001), the utensil used (Johnson & Babbitt, 1993), and even the initial distance from spoon to mouth (Mueller; Rivas, et al., 2010). Another form of stimulus fading is the manipulation of the amount of food on the spoon. Little is known if this manipulation alone or in conjunction with other treatments can increase the consumption of nonpreferred foods and/or decrease any negative behaviors associated with feeding interventions. Additionally, research is thin regarding the proper method for successful fading in terms of efficiency. This current study looks at the use of bolus fading alone and in conjunction with other protocols to see if such effects occur in 2 young children who display disordered eating patterns. Discussion is made for the appropriateness of implementation in terms of time, cost, and positive benefits outside of acceptance. |
|
A Method for Increasing Caloric Intake in Children With Feeding Disorders |
SUZANNE M. MILNES (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jason R. Zeleny (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rebecca A. Groff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Molly Klum (Alegent Health), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Many children with feeding disorders are dependent on supplemental feeding (e.g., gastrostomy tube) or consume insufficient calories and nutrients for growth and weight gain. Investigators have described methods for increasing acceptance of solids and liquids for these children (e.g., Piazza, Patel, et al., 2003). What has not been described is a method for increasing volume (and calories) once the child is orally accepting solids and liquids. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to identify the most efficient method for increasing volume in 2 children with food and liquid refusal once we had established acceptance of solids and liquids. First, we increased acceptance of solids and liquids. Currently, we are comparing 2 methods of increasing volume of solids and liquids. In one condition, we maintain the volume of food on the spoon or liquid in the cup (i.e., bolus size) and increase the rate at which the feeder presents the bites and drinks. In the other condition, we maintain the presentation rate and increase the bolus size of solids on the spoon and liquids in the cup. Preliminary findings suggest that the bolus size manipulation may result in the greatest increases in volume and calories. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Environmentally Responsible Behaviors in Educational Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Susan M. Schneider (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: A majority of scientists studying the earth’s atmosphere believe global warming is occurring and co-varies with increases in levels of greenhouse gasses. Resource conservation and recycling are two immediate ways individuals can contribute to reductions in greenhouse gasses. Written antecedent and consequent independent variables have been shown to increase people’s recycling behaviors in residential settings. This symposium presents three empirical papers which examine interventions designed to increase individuals’ conservation and/or recycling behaviors in educational settings, including universities and preschools. Presenters will discuss how antecedent interventions, including environmental prompts and public-service-announcement-style videos, versus self-monitoring and social prompting plus feedback affected environmentally-responsible behaviors. Furthermore, an examination of how energy-saving technological installations can effectively contribute to conservation is presented. Strategies for systematically including environmentally-responsible behaviors in university curricula are discussed and results of such data are examined across years. Based on the results and analyses of the current studies, suggestions for future research will be laid out. |
Keyword(s): conservation, educational settings, environmentally responsible, recycling |
|
Evaluating Strategies to Improve Energy Conservation in a University Setting |
ELENI CANISZ (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Chinedu P. Eni (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Two studies investigated strategies to improve energy conservation in a university setting. In one study, observers recorded whether lights were on in unoccupied rooms at various times of day. Following a baseline in which no prompts were present, stickers reminding users to turn off lights were affixed to light switch-plates in bathrooms, break rooms, and conference rooms using a multiple baseline across settings design. Subsequently, a similar analysis of the effects of larger laminated signs with an unambiguous message was conducted. Neither intervention was effective in increasing the number of observations with lights off in unoccupied rooms. Installation of motion sensors that automatically disengaged lights when rooms were unoccupied, an unplanned intervention, effectively increased the number of observations with lights off. The second experiment evaluated the effects of a self-monitoring procedure on two sustainable behaviors within an office. A senior assistant was asked to report on light usage and energy-saver use on the copier in the office. Her reports were compared with independent observations. Results showed that her reports corresponded with independent observations, although no change in target behaviors occurred. Changes in behavior occurred when she was asked to engage in the target behaviors following her observations. |
|
Three More Green Projects From Fresno State |
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno), Angelica A. Aguirre (California State University, Fresno), Laura Nomicos (California State University, Fresno), Michelle Britten (California State University, Fresno), Kevin Loewen (California State University, Fresno), Heather Faith Waldron (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Three course-based studies relative to climate change are presented. 1. Water savings: Students audited water-use on 2000 square feet of turf, installed efficient sprinkler heads, re-audited and found overall savings with increased turf health. 2. Behavior change: 85 students conducted individual AB-Follow-up designs. Each targeted one climate-related behavior to increase and one to decrease. Phases were one week each. Individual results were collapsed within dependent variables. They include a reduction of water use from 6,192 minutes (baseline) to 3,281 (intervention) and an increase of recycling from 267 items to 1,033. Behavior change: 46 students conducted individual AB-Follow-up designs. Independent variables assessed in earlier semesters to be most effective were used by the students. Comparing these outcomes with previous studies allows for an analysis of easily-implemented IVs that result in relatively permanent behavior change. |
|
Teaching Preschool Children Recycling Behaviors: An Evaluation of Behavioral Components Within Public Service Announcements |
CHELSEA WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno) |
Abstract: Data from a study evaluating the effects of different behavioral components imbedded within public-service-announcement-style (PSA-style) videos on preschool-aged children’s recycling behaviors are presented. The DV was measured using a four-level scoring system with higher scores being given to more accurate recycling behaviors. Four video IVs were examined, each including a different behavioral component: information, instructions, modeling, and modeling plus observed feedback. While certain video IVs did produce higher but inconsistent recycling scores, the fifth IV, in situ prompting and feedback, produced consistently high scores. Results suggest further research may be conducted to identify what combination of video and in situ IVs may produce the most significant and permanent behavior change on a wide-scale basis. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment of Stereotypical and Challenging Behaviors Associated With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Tonya Nichole Davis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium we present recent research regarding the treatment of stereotypical and challenging behaviors associated with individuals with developmental disabilities. The first paper examines the effectiveness of a multi-component treatment to reduce problem behaviors associated with behavior inflexibility. Behavior inflexibility can disrupt daily living and learning opportunities. In this study, functional communication training, extinction, and a signal to delayed reinforcement were effective in reducing such behavioral inflexibility. The second paper investigates the effectiveness of a treatment procedure to reduce a self-injurious behavior, which required daily medical treatment for a young child with autism. An attempt to match possible reinforcement properties of the self-injurious behavior resulted in an effective replacement behavior. The third paper evaluates the use of a latency functional analysis to identify the function of elopement among a young boy with an intellectual disability. Functional analysis of elopement is notably difficult due to confounding variables associated with participant retrieval during the assessment process. Latency functional analysis is explored as an alternative functional assessment methodology. Results of the assessment were verified via functional communication training |
Keyword(s): behavior inflexibility, developmental disabilities, elopement, self-injury |
|
Treatment of Behavioral Inflexibility in Children With Autism |
LESLIE NEELY (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Insistence on sameness, stereotyped movements, and resistance to change constitute a core diagnostic characteristic of autism spectrum disorders (ASD, American Psychiatry Association, 2000). This lack of behavioral flexibility (Wahlberg & Jordan, 2001) generally interferes in the individuals functional life, and can lead to deficits in problem solving and coping skills (Grenn et al., 2007). If not treated, these inflexible behaviors disrupt the daily life of these children and their families and impede learning opportunities and generalization of skills (Green et al., 2007). Assessment of specific daily situations in which insistence on sameness occurs (Green et al., 2006) and functional analysis of these inflexible behaviors are important aspects to plan and implement an appropriate intervention to promote behavior flexibility. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of functional communication training with extinction and signaled delay to reinforcement on escape-maintained challenging behaviors associated with behavioral inflexibility in young children with autism. Preliminary results show the intervention was effective in reducing behavioral inflexibility and that participants generalized learned replacement behaviors across stimuli. |
|
Treatment of Self-Injurious Behaviors Utilizing Replacement Behaviors |
LAURA COVIELLO (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Sharon Dacus (Baylor University), Erica Strickland (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior may be viewed as the most dangerous form of challenging behavior. Not only will such behavior impede functional daily living and learning, it may also pose imminent threat to an individual’s health and well-being. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of a replacement behavior on self-injurious behavior. The participant, a young boy with autism, demonstrated a high frequency of placing small objects deep into his ear canal. This behavior resulted in daily visits to a physician for item removal, multiple appointments with medical specialists, countless visits to the emergency room, as well as permanent damage to his ears and hearing. Functional assessment concluded that the self-injurious behavior was automatically maintained. A replacement behavior was selected that appeared to match potential sources of reinforcement provided by the self-injurious behaviors. Results demonstrate that the replacement behavior resulted in a considerable reduction of self-injurious behavior. |
|
Latency Functional Analysis of Elopement |
MARY WALTER (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Shannon Durand (University of North Texas), Erica Strickland (Baylor University), Kara Blenden (University of Texas at Austin), Sharon Dacus (Baylor University), Alyssa C. Hannig (Baylor University), Megan Haupert (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Elopement is a potentially dangerous problem behavior prevalent among individuals with developmental disabilities. However, functional analysis of elopement presents unique challenges including difficulties identifying and arranging idiosyncratic contextual variables and participant retrieval during functional analysis conditions. In the current study, we implemented a latency functional analysis with an eight-year old child with intellectual disability, in which the dependent measure was latency to elopement. Following the latency functional analysis, a functional communication intervention was developed and its effectiveness in decreasing elopement was evaluated using an ABAB design. Findings suggest that latency functional analysis may be a suitable methodology to identify the operant function of elopement. |
|
|
|
|
Interventions for Teaching Receptive Language Skills to Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire) |
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
CE Instructor: Joseph M. Vedora, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Developing effective, efficient interventions for children with developmental disabilities is a primary focus in applied research. Particularly for receptive language programs, the establishment of faulty stimulus control is common among individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of several procedures for either teaching receptive language skills or to remediate faulty stimulus control (e.g., blocked-trial procedure, "UCLA" method). However, relatively little research has evaluated different strategies for teaching receptive language in applied settings. In addition, there is a substantial gap in research comparing different strategies for teaching receptive language skills. The studies in the symposium are focused on evaluating commonly recommended and under-evaluated procedures for teaching receptive language skills (e.g., conditional discriminations) or comparing different strategies to determine the most efficient teaching procedure. |
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, receptive language, stimulus control, teaching procedure |
|
Investigating the Use of a Blocked Trial Procedure to Teach Discriminations to Young Children With Autism |
KEVIN P. KLATT (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Nicholas Kyle Reetz (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Ashley Niebauer (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Brittany Degner (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Valerie Lynn VanTussi (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Trevor Goldsmith (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Paula Petit (ABIS, LLC), Karen Renee Norman (ABIS, LLC) |
Abstract: Teaching new skills to children diagnosed with autism sometimes results in the child errors or scrolling through various responses. Inaccurate responding suggests the new skills have not been brought under appropriate stimulus control. In past research, investigators have used a blocked-trial procedure to teach conditional discriminations to adults with developmental disabilities, usually resulting in responding coming under appropriate stimulus control. The purpose of the current research was to use a blocked-trial procedure to teach discriminations to young children diagnosed with autism. Children were taught receptive identification skills (e.g., touch head, touch foot) using a blocked-trial procedure. Results showed the blocked-trial procedure can be used to teach discriminations. Limitations and suggestions for using the blocking procedure will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Methods for Teaching Receptive Labeling to 2-year-olds With Autism |
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (BEACON Services), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Katrina Grandelski (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Several EIBI Manuals recommend the use of a simple/conditional discrimination training procedure in which training begins with simple discriminations and gradually introduces more difficult discriminations over time. Lovaas (2003) outlined a 9-step procedure in which simple discriminations are established in isolation using massed trials. As the learner progresses through the training protocol, the steps involve presenting two -or three stimulus -array conditional discriminations. Grow, Carr, Kodak, Jostad, and Kisamore (2011) noted that such procedures might foster faulty stimulus control and result in specific error patterns that inhibit correct responding. Despite this observation, the simple/conditional discrimination procedure remains common practice in EIBI programs. Moreover, Grow et al.s research suggested that a conditional-only procedure that involves establishing conditional discriminations from the onset might be more efficient than the simple/conditional procedure. The present study sought to extend Grow et al.s findings by a) examining the use of errorless training procedures employed in the both the simple/ conditional and conditional-only methods, and b) evaluating the methods in a child with autism under the age of three. |
|
A Comparison of Two Procedures for Teaching Receptive Labeling Skills to a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
LAURA L. GROW (University of British Columbia), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Several procedures are recommended and used for teaching receptive labeling skills (i.e., conditional discriminations) to children with developmental disabilities (e.g., blocked-trial procedure, conditional only). Previous research suggests that sequentially introducing new targets is effective for teaching receptive language skills(Saunders & Spradlin, 1989; Williams, Perez-Gonzalez, &Queiro, 2005). However, there are clinical variations in the way in which targets are sequentially introduced during training (e.g., Lovaas, 2003, Saunders & Spradlin, 1989. The purpose of the study was to compare the blocked-trial procedure with the procedure described by Lovaas (2003). One child with an autism spectrum disorder participated in two comparative evaluations. Results indicated that the procedure described in Lovaas (2003) was a more efficient procedure than the blocked-trial procedure. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for teaching receptive language skills in applied settings. |
|
|
|
|
Analysis of Timing and Temporal Control in Multiple Experimental Paradigms |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Nathan Rice (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Time is ubiquitous; an inherent component of every experimental procedure and natural behavioral phenomenon. Investigating the behavioral processes governing the acquisition, adaptation, and discrimination of temporal relations between responses and stimuli is important for understanding how these processes function outside of strictly "timing" experiments. This symposium features analysis of timing in3 distinct experimental paradigms. Fox and Kyonka will present results of an experiment comparing response-initiated versus stimulus-initiated fixed-interval schedules. Rice and Kyonka will describe a model for acquisition of temporal control in a highly variable environment using both signaled and nonsignaled changes. Marshall and Kirkpatrick will discuss the role of timing in a choice in a delay discounting paradigm. Understanding how the arrangement of experimental contingencies affects timing, even when timing is not the primary interest of study is important for a more thorough understanding of behavior. The3 papers that will be presented will approach timing using3 distinct experimental arrangements. |
Keyword(s): Choice, Interval Timing, Temporal Control |
|
Pigeon Responding on Fixed-Interval and Response-Initiated Fixed-Interval Schedules |
ADAM E. FOX (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Response-initiated fixed-interval (RIFI) schedules are tandem fixed-ratio (FR) 1 and fixed-interval (FI) schedules that may produce ratio- and interval-like responding. Very little research has systematically assessed responding on RIFI schedules compared to FI schedules. To compare patterns of responding in the 2 types of interval schedules, 4 pigeons were exposed to RIFI- and FI-15 s, 30 s, 60 s, 120 s, 240 s schedules of reinforcement in counterbalanced order across 10 conditions. For all conditions, post-reinforcement pauses were a function of the interval duration. Post-reinforcement pauses were more variable and included more long pauses in RIFI conditions than in FI conditions. Response rates in RIFI conditions were higher than in corresponding FI conditions. The shape of response rate distributions differed for RIFI and FI conditions in a way that suggests lower temporal control in RIFI conditions. RIFI schedules are not analogous to FI schedules, and may have emergent properties that are different from those of FI and FR schedules. For these pigeons, the onset of visual stimuli (red and green key lights) were more effective time markers than the pigeons own key pecks. |
|
Acquisition of Temporal Control to Signaled and Unsignaled Interval Changes |
NATHAN RICE (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: When intervals vary pseudorandomly across sessions, temporal control of behavior is acquired rapidly with minimal carryover from previous sessions. To determine whether temporal control can carry over from previous sessions in a highly variable environment, 4 pigeons were exposed to multiple peak-interval schedules in which the programmed intervals on food trials were changed for both schedules midsession. In a signaled condition, a 5 minute blackout preceded the midsession change. In an unsignaled condition, the midsession change occurred with no accompanying signal. Each pair of intervals was in effect for the second half of 1 session and the first half of the following session; a total of 72 trials separated by approximately 23 hours of nonexperimental time. To determine how temporal acquisition varied as a function of this unsignaled mid-session change, start and stop times were obtained from occasional no-food trials. Temporal control in both conditions was weaker than reported in previous research where intervals were changed at the start of a session. Further analyses will identify whether the addition of a signal to the mid-session change to intervals affects acquisition of temporal control and sensitivity of start and stop times to current and previous intervals. |
|
Analysis of Interval Timing in Two Discounting Procedures |
ANDREW MARSHALL (Kansas State University), Kimberly Kirkpatrick (Kansas State University) |
Abstract: The choice between alternatives often requires a delay until receipt of the chosen alternative; how an individual behaves during such a delay may be critical to the choice itself. In 2 experiments, rats made choices between 2 alternatives. In a delay discounting experiment, rats reared in either an enriched or an impoverished environment made a choice between a small reward that would be available after a short period of time and a larger reward that would be available after a longer period of time. In a probability discounting experiment, different rats housed in pairs made a choice between a small reward that was certainly delivered and a larger reward that was probabilistically delivered. Measures of timing behavior during the choice-outcome interval are generally lacking, even though the ability to time such intervals may affect choice behavior. An analysis of interval timing behavior was conducted in the two discounting tasks to explore the mechanisms that factor into the choices individuals make, particularly with regard to timing processes. |
|
|
|
|
The Expansion of Equivalence Classes |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
609 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Lyndsey Nunes (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Equivalence classes can be established and expanded in a variety of ways. This symposium presents data on2 distinct methodologies: the use of complex stimuli and programming for the emergence of different relational frames. The first study (Nunes& Maguire) investigated the formation of equivalence classes following simple discrimination training using complex stimuli. The expansion of the subsequent classes was limited only by the number of elements that formed the complex. The second study (F. Persson & Maguire) tested for the formation of stimulus classes following conditional discrimination training using complex samples. Testing revealed the emergence of all stimulus-stimulus relations, including all of the interelement relations. The final paper, (Goff& Maguire) examined the role of contextual stimulus control in equivalence class formation. The initial conditional discriminations trained were relations between words that were antonyms (opposition). The untrained emergent performances were relations based on synonyms (coordination). Thus, it appeared that both relational frames, opposition and coordination, coexisted in the same class, and emerged contingent on context. The results of this symposium are discussed in terms of methodologies for setting the occasion for and the expansion of equivalence classes. |
Keyword(s): Stimulus Equivalence |
|
The Expansion of Equivalence Classes via Simple Discrimination Training With Complex Stimuli |
LYNDSEY NUNES (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Past research has documented the formation of 3, 4-member stimulus classes when prerequisite training involved only teaching a common name to all members of the potential class. Once this simple discrimination training was complete participants were not only able to match each stimulus that received a common name to one another (visual-visual matching-to-sample) but also to select each member of the class contingent on its spoken (auditory-to-visual matching-to-sample). Thus, simple discrimination training was followed by the untrained emergence of equivalence relations. The current study expanded on this efficiency by using a multielement complex during the naming training (applying a name to a stimulus consisting of 4 physically dissimilar visual elements). Thus, if the complex contained 4-elements then the number of emergent relations that followed a simple discrimination (naming) training was 12. The results of this study documented this outcome and attempted to identify the upper limit of the elements within a complex. |
|
The Formation of Equivalence Class Following Matching-to-Complex Samples |
FRANCESCA C. PERSSON (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Three typically developed individuals were taught conditional discriminations; matching 2, 4-element complex samples to a specific and invariant color comparison (e.g., red versus green). Training was conducted errorlessly, suing a positional prompt (initially the 4-element complex appear over the S+ stimulus. Contingent on correct responding the complex moved toward the center. Once the participant was able to select the relevant color when both complexes were centered training was complete. Following training testing was conducted to assess all possible stimulus-stimulus relations to evaluate the formation of 2 5-member equivalence classes (the fours individual elements and the related color comparison). Participants demonstrated that conditionally related sample and comparison stimuli had become equivalent generating two sets of 4-member classes. Additionally, participants were able to name the elements despite the fact that no verbal or auditory stimuli were present during the study. These data extend the research on the development of stimulus control following training with complex stimuli. Further, the use of complex stimuli during training expands the already efficient nature of the stimulus equivalence paradigm. |
|
The Formation of Antonym and Synonym Equivalences |
CHERYL GOFF (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: This study examined the role of contextual stimulus control in equivalence class formation. The participant was a 9-year-old boy with a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder. All training and testing occurred in a typical public school and the stimuli employed were typical vocabulary words. Two conditional discriminations were initially trained to establish relations based on antonyms: A-B and A-C: A was in opposition to B and A was in opposition to C). Then testing was conducted to determine the emergence of untrained symmetrical and transitive relations. Testing revealed not only the emergence of the symmetrical performances of opposition (B-A and C-A) but also the transitive performances, B-C and C-B, of coordination. Thus, it appeared that both relational frames, opposition, and coordination could be occasioned by context, using the same class of stimuli. The results are discussed in terms of the role of contextual stimulus control and its important in the analysis if complex human behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Conditional Discriminations: Different Stimuli and Differential Payoffs, but Different Processes? |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Auckland) |
Discussant: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: Conditional-discrimination procedures offer a powerful experimental framework for examining how antecedent and consequent events control behavior. When conditional stimuli are temporally distant from choice, these procedures allow the investigation of working memory; and when choices are temporally distant from conditional stimuli, delay of reinforcement effects can be addressed. The present symposium explores the complex interplay between control by sample stimuli, immediate and delayed choice stimuli, differential payoff for matching performance, and differential payoff for reporting 1 stimulus class versus another. The papers investigate (1) how differential outcomes following delays to choice result in delay-specific memory (White); (2) the contextual control of matching accuracy and persistence as a function of delay to choice when reinforcer magnitudes differ across contexts (Berry & Odum); and (3) how discriminability and bias between prior colors versus prior response contingencies are controlled by relative reinforcer frequencies (Davison, Podlesnik, & Elliffe). Each of these papers provide data germane to the development of general theories of conditional discrimination and the 3-term contingency. |
Keyword(s): choice, conditional discrimination, remembering, stimulus control |
|
Delays as Conditional Cues in Remembering |
GEOFF WHITE (University of Otago) |
Abstract: Remembering over short times is best studied in the delayed matching-to-sample procedure because the 2-alternative choice requirement is amenable to a detection analysis. The procedure is a conditional discrimination in which a successive discrimination between the stimuli to be remembered is combined with the simultaneous discrimination between the choice stimuli. A third element, however, has been somewhat neglected although it is the hallmark of a memory procedure—the retention or delay interval. In the present paper, several experiments are describedthat confirm the importance of the retention interval as a conditional cue. That is, remembering can be delay-specific. These include some new data which suggest that the differential outcomes effect can also be delay-specific. The differential-outcomes effect is manifest as enhanced discriminability at long delays when choice responses are followed by different outcomes such as small versus large rewards. The enhanced discriminability, however, can be countered by strong response bias generated by the differential outcomes. A delay-specific differential-outcomes effect challenges current theories based on the notion of expectancy. |
|
Reinforcer Magnitude and Resistance to Disruption of Forgetting Functions |
MEREDITH S. BERRY (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The present experiment was conducted to investigate the effects of reinforcer magnitude on resistance to disruption of remembering and response rates. Pigeons were exposed to a variable-interval (VI) delayed-matching-to-sample procedure (DMTS) with 2 components (rich and lean). Specifically, completion of a VI 20 s multiple schedule resulted in DMTS trials in both components. Four delays (0.1, 4, 8, and 16 s) were introduced between the sample and comparison stimuli, and were presented equally across rich and lean components. The difference between rich and lean components was the length of hopper exposure [either 4.75 s (rich component) or 0.75 s (lean component)] following a correct response. Accuracy and response rates were higher in the rich component relative to the lean during baseline. Following baseline, extinction was introduced, during which initial accuracy decreased more in the lean component relative to the rich component. Response rates also decreased more in the lean relative to rich component. Comparable results were observed using the same VI DMTS preparation with different disruptors. |
|
Selective Control Over Choice by Prior Stimuli Versus Prior Contingencies |
MICHAEL C. DAVISON (University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: In the 3-term contingency, can we manipulate selective control by discriminative stimuli versus food reinforcers? Responding on a 2-key concurrent variable-interval schedule under 1 of 2 key colors produced a choice phase in which pigeons were asked about either (1) the color they had just seen in the concurrent phase, or (2) which response they emitted to produce the choice phase. In Condition 1, we varied the relative frequency of asking the 2 questions; in Condition 2, we varied the relative frequency with which left or right responses produced the choice phase; in Condition 3, concurrent-schedule responding produced food prior to the choice phase; and in Condition 4, the food was replaced by a blackout of the same duration. Relative question frequency controlled the discriminability of stimuli required for accurate choice, but relative frequency of payoff for left versus right responding did not control discriminability. The addition of both reinforcers and blackouts following the concurrent phase strongly decreased this control, suggesting that reinforcer-controlled divided attention attenuates rapidly across time. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Basic Experimental Research With Children With Autism: Implications for Applied Practice |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Amy Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Discussant: Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Amy Kenzer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The experimental analysis of human behavior provides the foundation for applied research and clinical practice. While most research is clearly categorized as either basic or applied in nature, bridge research that combines basic experimental preparations with applied populations to examine behavioral phenomenon is a valuable contribution. The presentations in this symposium will review findings from basic experimental research with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and provide discussions about the practical implications for treatment. Individuals with ASD display unique characteristics that may influence basic learning processes. As such additional bridge research is needed. The first presentation in this symposium will include research on a pairing procedure to establish tangible and social stimuli as conditioned reinforcers under progressive-ratio reinforcement schedules. The second presentation will include research on habituation and dishabituation in operant conditioning with a variety of social, visual, and edible reinforcers with young children. The final presentation will examine the concept of self-control established through video modeling. A discussion of the basic and applied implications will be included. |
Keyword(s): autism, conditioned reinforcement, habituation, self-control |
|
Establishing Conditioned Reinforcers in Children With Autism |
MICHELE R. BISHOP (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: The pairing procedure is a standard means of conditioning neutral stimuli as effective reinforcers. As a result, practitioners often pair effective reinforcers with neutral stimuli (e.g., social praise, new toys, etc.) to establish these stimuli as conditioned reinforcers. However, little research exists on establishing conditioned reinforcers with young children with autism, particularly when effective reinforcers are paired with preferred stimuli that do not function as reinforcers. This study evaluated the reinforcement effects of highly preferred edible, tangible, and social stimuli and utility of a pairing procedure to enhance the reinforcement effects of weak reinforcers. Results indicate that the pairing procedure can enhance reinforcer effectiveness of preferred stimuli. However, the effects of the pairing procedure were not very robust, with only marginal increases in the reinforcer efficacy for moderately-preferred stimuli and no increase in reinforcer efficacy for less preferred stimuli. Interestingly, the pairing procedure substantially enhanced the reinforcer efficacy of the most preferred stimulus. |
|
Habituation and Dishabituation in Operant Responding With Children |
AMY KENZER (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Michele R. Bishop (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Recently, habituation has been evaluated within the operant conditioning paradigm and evidence suggests that habituation may occur with repeatedly presented reinforcers. While the role of habituation in reinforcer effectiveness has obvious applied implications, much of this research is limited to nonhuman animals. The purpose of this study was to examine habituation and dishabituation in operant responding. Participants included young children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) as well as children of typical development. Following a decrease in responding under original reinforcer conditions, a novel reinforcer was briefly delivered with a subsequent return to the original reinforcer for the final 2 minutes of the session. Additionally, some participants were exposed to control conditions in which a novel reinforcer was not presented. Results demonstrate response patterns indicative of habituation and dishabituation when novel stimuli are interjected into the experimental session. The current study has applied implications for preventing habituation and producing response recovery during operant conditioning. |
|
The Effects of Video Modeling on Self-Control and Impulsivity in Children With Autism |
HEATHER GIORDANO (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jonathan J. Tarbox (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Self-control is often examined within a concurrent-choice procedure. In this preparation, selection of the larger, more delayed reinforcer is considered demonstrative of self-control. In contrast, impulsive behavior is characterized by the selection of the smaller, immediate reinforcer. Previous research has demonstrated that individuals who frequently make impulsive selections during baseline can be taught to select the larger, delayed reinforcer, thereby demonstrating self-control. However, this shift in preference typically follows a gradual progression in the delay to the larger reinforcer. In the present study, the utility of a video peer modeling procedure to increase the frequency of self-control selections was evaluated with children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The antecedent-based instructional techniques did not involve manipulation of the delay to reinforcement or reinforcer value. Results suggest that video peer modeling may enhance self-control choice in children with autism. Results from this study are discussed in terms of basic behavioral processes underlying self-control, potential clinical implications, and directions for future applied research. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELD: The Intersection of Classroom Technologies and Effective Instruction in Global Markets: A Role for Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Karen L. Mahon (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies) |
Discussant: Ray Myers (United States Department of Education) |
CE Instructor: Pamela G. Osnes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With increasing emphasis globally in education on the STEM subjects (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math) along with a heightened need for accountability in education and requirements to use evidence-based practices, it is imperative that online instruction be developed using rigorous, scientific methods that result in valid, effective outcomes for students. This symposium will discuss the identification of successful strategies and implementation practices that integrate technology tools and instructional design into global markets. Dr. Osnes will describe a survey of major education markets worldwide and the approach that countries in those markets use to guide instruction. Effectiveness and education standards, who controls instructional content in the schools, and how end users access and use content will be reviewed. Dr. Leons presentation will address the instructional design that has been revolutionized by the learning scientists at Headsprout that has resulted historically in effective, online reading instruction for thousands of students internationally. Lastly, Dr. Berenfelds presentation will describe the GlobalLab program, an online program that allows students to collaborate internationally on science projects. He will also discuss the utilization of education technology in Russia, Mexico, and the U.S. Implications for behavior analysis in the global, education marketplace will be examined. |
|
Global Access to and Implementation of Effective Digitized Content, a Needs Analysis |
KAREN L. MAHON (DYMO/Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies, a Ne) |
Abstract: Adequate achievement of educational outcomes by primary- and secondary-aged students is a global need. However, developing instructional programs in the U.S. for the global marketplace requires both language translation and localization of instructional content to adapt the instruction for non-U.S. nations and cultures. The expense of translation can be prohibitive for companies who compete globally, and often the methods used to identify and prioritize countries for localization are subjective (i.e., self-report of company employees). To determine the countries in the global marketplace in which to prioritize localization of instructional content, a more objective method of identifying participant countries than the self-report process was sought. This presentation will describe the research that was conducted to yield a priority list of countries with the potential to obtain and implement online, instructional content that was developed by a team of instructional designers who were trained in behavior analysis. To be presented will be: the process of developing the research and rolling it out to global participants; the utility of the results to identify the top priority countries in which to invest company resources in translation and localization; and the challenges associated with the endeavor. |
|
Approaching Instructional Design and Localization for Digitized Content for Global Markets |
MARTA LEON (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies) |
Abstract: Several nations are expressing a common concern over the education of their citizens and making active attempts at improving it, in what seems to be an international movement toward clear and relevant education standards. The growing emphasis on science, mathematics, and technology as valuable knowledge for learners around the globe opens another opportunity for international cooperation in the education field. At the same time, new challenges arise when developing instructional materials that are to be used across different countries. Even though the fundamental learning principles are the same across individuals, modifications to instructional programs are needed in order to accommodate differences in language, teacher preparation level, learner entry repertoires, and other variables that impact program effectiveness and adoption. This presentation will provide an overview of the approach to instructional design that has been revolutionized by the Headsprout learning scientists and will describe and exemplify the ways that global needs are considered when designing instructional programs aimed at international audiences. In particular, the discussion will address how content localization for global audiences is approached and will provide specific examples for the countries (identified in the first presentation) in which behavior analysts are likely to have the most impact. |
|
Implementing Interactive Classroom Technology Solutions: Multinational Integration of Hardware Tools and Effective Instruction |
BORIS BERENFELD (International Laboratory of Advanced Education Technologies) |
Abstract: Dr. Berenfeld has been involved in innovative education and research solutions internationally for decades. He holds a Ph.D. in Biophysics and has a passion for STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Math) Education. His most expansive projects, GlobalLab and GlobalLab Jr. are programs that emphasize student use of interactive classroom technology tools and research-based instruction in the pursuit of demonstrable skill acquisition in life sciences. The GlobalLab program is an online program that allows students to collaborate internationally on science projects and establishes an online community of practice toward that end. GlobalLab has been widely recognized by the Clinton Administration, Fortune, Wired, and Science magazines as an exemplary education initiative. In addition, UNESCO has called GlobalLab the Worlds biggest science class. Dr. Berenfeld will demonstrate the GlobalLab and GlobalLab Jr. programs and discuss the opportunities and challenges of implementing multi-national education technology solutions in Russia, Mexico and the United States. He will also share his vision for expanding student and classroom collaboration internationally and across subjects. |
|
|
|
|
Welcome Back, MY LOVELY! Cumulative Graphs in the Analysis of Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ronald F Allen (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Jeff Kupfer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the enterprises of a science of behavior is to generate an end product (data) that faithfully represents a quantitative description of natural or imposed variability characteristic of events. Our success at this over the years is undeniable and has served as the basis for describing the emerging practices from the science as "evidence-based". The manner in which we "announce" our evidence falls under the rubric of data display, the process of transforming data from investigation or treatment effects into stimuli whose function is to influence interpretive behavior. The behavior analyst is in a unique position to assist other professionals in interpreting their own body of facts so that they can reap the benefits of their respective science and practice. During early developmental stages, applied behavior analysis utilized cumulative curves to describe important relationships between independent and dependent variables. Examples from these early reports serve as powerful demonstrations of an emergent technology of behavior (Wolf, Risley, & Mees, 1964). Oddly enough, the practice of presenting cumulative curves to describe data has virtually disappeared in applied behavior analysis, and our departure from this practice seems to have occurred without notice or discussion—a premature and perhaps a regrettable outcome of steady state research. In this symposium, three papers are presented in which data are reported using cumulative curves. A close examination of these curves reveals behavior-environment interactions that may have been neglected using traditional graphing procedures. The implications of using cumulative curves will be discussed, as well as further directions in function-based treatments, and in applied behavior analysis, in general. |
|
Using Cumulative Graphs to Evaluate the Effects of Medication Adjustments Combined With Extinction Procedures to Decrease Aggression |
JEFF KUPFER (Jeff Kupfer, Professional Association), Dixie Eastridge (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute), Randall Buzan (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute), Jill Castro (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute) |
Abstract: Professionals have a vested interest in the display of behavior graphs in as much as they can demonstrate the relative contributions from various interventions. Behavior analysts developing treatment plans often work closely with psychiatrists who are addressing behaviors pharmacologically. Medication adjustments involve manipulations of independent variables and these effects are of paramount importance to the outcome of treatment. This presentation addresses the use of cumulative graphing techniques to determine the effects of medication adjustments on aggressive behaviors that are concurrently treated by withdrawing attention contingent upon aggressive behaviors (e.g.,: attention), and providing contingent delivery of conditioned reinforcement for alternative behaviors. Three subjects between the ages of 35 and 50 were admitted for treatment of aggressive behaviors after suffering a brain injury. Functional behavior assessments suggested that aggressive behaviors by subjects had been shaped and maintained by attention delivered following these behaviors. Differential reinforcement procedures were developed and implemented approximately 24–72 hours after admission, and remained in effect throughout the reported treatment period. Medication adjustments also served as independent variables. Figure 1 shows a graph using a more traditional plotting method in which aggressive behaviors were recorded daily. Figure 2 presents these same data plotted in a cumulative graph. The2 curves are generally negatively accelerated, and contain within them "mini" extinction curves, which developed primarily when medications were decreased. Two other subjects received the same general treatment and medication adjustments, and cumulative curves generated were essentially the same in shape. Implications will be discussed, both from the perspective of a behavior analyst and a psychiatrist. |
|
Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior From Caregiver Attention in the Social Networking Website Facebook |
ZACH MAPLE (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services), Leigh Schrimpf (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services) |
Abstract: Social networking websites are becoming more popular and more easily accessible for all populations. The online social networking provides difficulty for a controlled environment to directly address inappropriate attention-seeking behavior. The research in this study is relevant to this population as individuals are being provided with attention for making inappropriate posts; such as, threats of self-harm, solicitation of sex, and inappropriate false reporting of caregivers. The subject of this study was a 26-year-old individual with a diagnosis of acquired brain injury. A multielement treatment reversal design with cumulative graphing was utilized during the study. The present study introduced3 confederates who were already established as caregivers and members of the subject's social networking website (Facebook). The confederates were provided simple instructions of how to implement differential reinforcement of alternative behavior within the confines of Facebook. In the presented research, evidence supports a treatment effect for reducing the number of inappropriate attention seeking behavior and increasing the appropriate attention seeking behavior through the establishment of confederates trained in providing differential reinforcement of alternative behavior in a social networking website. |
|
Competing Reinforcement Contingencies and the Myth of Replacement Behaviors |
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services), Amanda Ryan (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services), Zach Maple (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services), Jennifer McLaughlin (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services) |
Abstract: Behavior treatment plans often use differential reinforcement strategies that withhold reinforcement for target behaviors, and provide reinforcement for alternative behaviors. The relation between the specific target behaviors and designated alternative behaviors are usually derived from functional assessment or functional analysis procedures. The alternative behaviors identified in these relations have been referred to as "replacement behaviors," but this term has not been adopted uniformly byapplied behavior analysispractitioners and there are compelling reasons to discard this term. In this presentation,2 case studies are presented in which behaviors targeted for reduction were determined to be related to attention from caregivers. Cumulative graphs were used to analyze differential reinforcement interventions. Following apparent early treatment success, negatively accelerating trends for target behaviors reversed abruptly following inadvertent positive reinforcement (attention) for target behaviors; however, positively accelerating curves for alternative behaviors remained unchanged. Figures 1 and 2 show cumulative responses for both subjects. Such a reversal is not uncommon, but rather reveals that differential reinforcement contingencies can be transient and brittle, often reflecting ongoing fluctuations in competing reinforcement contingencies. Under these circumstances, the term "replacement behaviors" is misleading and could generate misconceptions about the enduring nature of ABA treatments. Other terms are suggested and the use of cumulative recording is encouraged to track changes in competing reinforcement contingencies. |
|
|
|
|
Extensions of Analogue Functional Analysis Methodology: Novel Topographies and Longitudinal Measurement |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University) |
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: David M. Richman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Analogue functional analysis methodology is an eloquent direct observation assessment that allows for relatively rapid assessment of broad classes of antecedents and consequences that evoke and maintain topographies of aberrant behavior. Functional analysis outcomes are then used to (a) rule-out broad classes of treatment options that will likely have counter therapeutic effects, and (b) prescribe broad classes of treatments that are matched to the function of aberrant behavior and likely to reduce it while increasing adaptive behavior. The focus of the current symposium is to add to our understanding of methodological modifications to analogue functional analysis methodology. Two of the talks will present single-subject experimental analyses documenting the clinical utility of using functional analysis to assess idiosyncratic sources of reinforcement and to a novel topography (i.e., crying). The final talk will detail methodological modifications of functional analysis to longitudinal analysis of changes in topography and functions of aberrant behavior exhibited by very young children at risk for chronic aberrant behavior. Finally, Jennifer Zarcone will serve as a discussant to integrate findings across the3 talks in relation to historical and contemporary applications of functional analysis methodology to assessment and treatment of aberrant behavior. |
Keyword(s): analogue settings, behavior analysis, functional analysis |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment for Rule Breaking Behaviors |
ELIZABETH SPEARES (Hillside Children's Center), Ken Peers (Hillside Children's Center), Megan Norris (Nationwide Children’s Hospital), Holly Brown (University of Rochester School of Nursing), Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The utility of functional analysis (FA) to assess behaviors displayed by persons with emotional disturbances (e.g., bullying) has been understudied; however, other studies have attempted to address this population with supplemental methods to a functional analysis (e.g., Neef, Mace & Shade, 1993). Although functional analysis is the gold standard for assessment of the function of challenging behavior the typical conditions do not always lend themselves to behavior that is difficult to define. Therefore, behavior analysts must try to identify the specific variables to be assessed and the conditions necessary to test the hypotheses. An individual with a diagnosed emotional disturbance participated. Initial assessment of invading personal space, under traditional FA conditions, led to the hypothesis that invading space was one behavior within a response class of behaviors, rule breaking. Therefore, the FA was modified to assess rule breaking behavior. Additionally, 2 attention conditions were assessed (positive and negative attention) in addition to the typical conditions. Results of the functional analysis indicated that attention was maintaining the rule breaking behavior, with a bias toward negative attention. A program, based on LeBlanc, Hapopianand Maglieri (2000) was developed to teach appropriate boundaries. Results of the analysis and boundaries program will be presented. |
|
A Functional Analysis of Crying |
Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SAMANTHA L. HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amber Mendres Smith (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Crying has yet to be systematically examined in isolation from other problematic behaviors such as aggression or tantrums; therefore, the utility of applying functional analysis methodology to crying remains unclear (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). Identifying variables that may maintain crying is especially important for populations who are often susceptible to psychiatric interventions (i.e., individuals who have intellectual disabilities and communication deficits). The current study extended functional analysis methodology to crying with an adolescent male diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. Based on results of descriptive data, a 3-min emotionally charged (e.g., children crying) video was created and played across all sessions. Six experimental conditions were evaluated in a multielement design and data were collected on the duration of crying per session. Results suggested that crying was maintained by caregiver attention delivered in a sympathetic manner. Reliability data were collected for at least one-third of observations and averaged above 80%. |
|
Longitudinal Analogue Functional Analysis Outcomes of 17 Young Children With Developmental Delays in Lima, Peru |
LAYLA ABBY (Texas Tech University), Stephen R. Schroeder (University of Kansas), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Rosa Oyama-Ganiko (Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru), Liliana Mayo (Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru), Judith M. LeBlanc (University of Kansas), Andrea B. Courtemanche (University of Kansas), Janet Marquis (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The National Institutes of Health Fogarty International Research Grant No. HD 060500 funds a current study analyzing risk and protective factors for the development of chronic aberrant behavior (CAB) exhibited by children 4- 48 months old at high risk for developing CAB due to specific neurodevelopmental disorders. One component of HD 060500 includes longitudinal home-based and parent-implemented analogue functional analyses of (1) aggression, (2) self-injury, (3) property destruction, (4) stereotypy, and (5) tantrums. Seventeen children with the mean age of 32 months (range of 17 - 41 months old) in Lima, Peru participated in brief analogue functional analysis observations (i.e., Control, Attention, Escape, and Alone conditions) repeated every 6 months for up to two years. Preliminary functional analysis results (see Figure 1) suggests all participants exhibited multiple topographies of CAB (17 children with 76 topographies) and that the most common function was automatic (17), followed by negative reinforcement (14), positive reinforcement in the form of attention (6), and undifferentiated (39). Data is still being collected and will be discussed in terms of other relevant risk and protective factors for CAB. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Innovations in Teaching ABA Online |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michelle Turan (University of Windsor) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies) |
Abstract: Online delivery of graduate academic programs has greatly enhanced the professional opportunities, training, and development of applied behavior analysts. The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis is uniquely situated as an academic department within the School of Education at The Sage Colleges. Our academic department offers a Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism. The primary goals of the MS program are to give students the educational and skill competence necessary to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and prepare students to perform ABA research and therapy for individuals with autism. The current symposium discusses recent innovations in our online delivery of this MS program, to include (1) the initiative to develop the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis Laboratory, (2) the academic success of an EAB-ABA translational research course as part of our online curriculum, and (3) an analysis of the relationship between teaching and assessment procedures and student outcomes in our online graduate classes. These innovations and their interconnections have endowed our MS program with a degree of student scholarship and research mentorship that strongly rivals conventional face-to-face delivery of graduate education for behavior analysts. |
Keyword(s): BCBA courses, online laboratory, online teaching, translational research |
|
Overview of the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis Laboratory |
BENJAMIN C. MAURO (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
Abstract: The research undertakings of the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis Laboratory (CabaLab) are performed largely online, except for the students interacting with research participants within the experimental setting. Our CabaLab faculty provide mentorship for select MS student's thesis prospectus that follows from the faculty person's active research (e.g., translational research on self-control and behavioral momentum, social skills training using electronic technology, and error correction strategies in discrete-trial training). The specially-selected students are volunteer research assistants or research awardees within the CabaLab. All students enjoy the available resources regarding the ethical conduct of research, lectures and tutorials, grant funding and writing, the publication process, and a journal club. The current presentation illustrates the integration of the CabaLab into a comprehensive training model for our MS Program in ABA and autism. This presentation also highlights the student-faculty relation that permits the3 aims of the CabaLab: (1) train students in conducting publishable-quality ABA research, (2) prepare students for careers in ABA therapy and research, and (3) advance applied research on the understanding and treatment of the behavioral features of autism spectrum disorders. These innovations provide a degree of student mentorship that strongly rivals conventional face-to-face delivery of graduate education for behavior analysts. |
|
Evidence for Analytical Pragmatism in an Online Translational Research Course |
BENJAMIN C. MAURO (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges), Jennifer Lipton-O'Connor (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
Abstract: An innovative topical course on translational research was introduced into the online curriculum for our MS Program in applied behavior analysis and autism. The course provided a select overview of interrelated research drawn from the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) and applied behavior analysis (ABA), such as behavioral momentum, matching law, self-control, and conditioned reinforcement. Epling and Pierce (1986) suggested that EAB and ABA should move toward a form of analytic pragmatism (i.e., a better balance between being analytic and pragmatic). An analysis of student's EAB and ABA test performance showed students did slightly better overall on the ABA tests than the EAB tests across the semester. Interestingly, the slopes of the trend for the ABA tests were at zero, although the slopes for the trend for the EAB tests were steep and positive. An analysis of students' verbal behavior during EAB and ABA discussion forums were likewise consistent with behavioral movement toward the ideal of analytical pragmatism. Thus, the students were becoming more EAB-like over the semester and were showing a better balance between EAB and ABA (i.e., better analytical pragmatism). This teaching innovation strongly rivals conventional face-to-face delivery of graduate education for behavior analysts. |
|
A Behavior Analysis of Effective Teaching Procedures in an Online Graduate Program |
DANA R. REINECKE (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges), Michelle Turan (University of Windsor), Jennifer Lipton-O'Connor (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges), Lori Finn (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
Abstract: This presentation looks at the ways in which behavioral teaching procedures are used in our online MS Program in applied behavior analysis and autism to prepare students to take the BACB exam. The program overview will be described, followed by a detailed discussion of how positive and negative reinforcement, shaping, chaining, performance feedback, fluency drills, and other procedures are used to increase students' verbal behavior in accurately discussing applied behavior analysis and the treatment of autism. Data will be presented showing how these particular procedures are associated with varying outcomes including test scores, assignment grades, and specific statements made by students in discussion forums and assignments. Additional data will be presented showing students' individual preferences for different types of interactive activities, including live/verbal and asynchronous/written activities, and how participation in these activities is associated with learning outcomes. These teaching innovations in online courses strongly rival conventional face-to-face delivery of graduate education for behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorism and Reality: What is the Nature of the "Real World"? |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: In everyday life, people distinguish between themselves and the world. Behaviorism rejects dualism in general and the distinction between an inner self and outer world in particular. What does this imply about the reality of the self and the world? Is behavior part of a real world? Is it really there for us to observe? What about the mental world? Such questions of ontology may be important and fruitful. Studying the verbal behavior of scientists may help to answer them. |
Keyword(s): behaviorism, ontology, real world, reality |
|
Realist Behaviorism |
JOSE E. BURGOS (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Most, if not all, current behaviorisms attempt to escape ontology. However, not only is this exceedingly restrictiveit causes more problems than it solves. It also is unfeasible and ultimately self-defeating, as ontology is inescapable. All forms of behavioristic pragmatism, relativism, and idealism in particular, rely on metaphysical claims, often surreptitiously and deceivingly so. I propose a more honest, feasible, coherent, liberating, powerful, and comprehensive form of behaviorism, namely: realist behaviorism (ReB). ReB abandons the anti- and a-ontological escape from ontology as futile, and embraces ontology as indispensable to science and philosophy. ReB does not take the easy way of whimsically walking away from, or remaining silent about, ontological matters. ReB takes the hard way of plunging head-on into ontology as a far more profitable and fun venue. ReB opts for the luscious and dangerous jungle of ontology than the arid and safe (and boring) desert of a- and anti-ontological stances. ReB is thus free to tap any resources available in the ontology bazaar. This stance facilitates clear, precise, and thorough rationales for a wide variety of claims about dualism, the behavioral nature of the mental, the nature of behavior, and even the objective existence of behavior. |
|
Behavior Analysis, Radical Behaviorism, Pragmatism, and Reality |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: This paper examines one of the many points of contact between behavior analysis and traditional issues in philosophy. Such points of contact involve an analysis of verbal practices of both fields. Specifically, the question is whether the scientific nonverbal and verbal practices of behavior analysis allow for descriptions of "reality" or the "real world." The key to answering this question is found in radical behaviorism. Evidence will be presented that while radical behaviorism acknowledges the physical world (or the one world, as Skinner noted as an alternative), there is no way to access the "real world" in and of itself. All behavior is inextricably related to multiple and interactive environmental variables over time, and thus it is impossible to make discriminations of "reality" that do not entail the influence of such variables. All such discriminations must be, in part, a function of a history in the relevant verbal community and culture. Support for this position may be found in a variety of sources, including Skinner's writings and the documented relations between radical behaviorism and pragmatism. The scientific (if not philosophical) benefits of such a position will also be discussed. |
|
Pragmatic Skepticism About the Real World |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: The philosopher George Berkeley pointed out in 1710 that no reason exists to think that the world we experience is real. Thousands of years before him, sages in India declared that the world of experience is an illusion and that reality is one indivisible, eternal whole. The physicist Erwin Schrödinger studied Indian philosophy derived from the ancient teachings (Vedanta) and commented on the peculiarity of the scientific worldview. In particular, he criticized the objectivation of the world—treating the world as separate from the observer. For behavior analysis based on pragmatism, the question of whether the world is real or not is useless, because it cannot be answered. Skinner, for example, was careful to avoid it. One might argue that scientists may assume the world is real with no untoward consequences. Assuming the world is real, however, leads to different practices from remaining skeptics about the reality of the world. Pragmatic skepticism allows more flexibility in practice and theory. |
|
|
|
|
Aspects of Learning |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
The Learn Unit: A Revised Conceptualization |
Domain: Theory |
BRANDON HERSCOVITCH (Simmons College), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Amber Greenwood (ABA Consultation and Services, LLC), Alaina C Valentine (ABA Consultation and Services) |
|
Abstract: A revised conceptualization of the learn unit is presented. A discrete trial is a brief unit of instruction, and is generally conceptualized as having five essential components: the (1) cue, (2) prompt, (3) response, (4) consequence, and (5) inter-trial interval (Smith, 2001, p. 86). However, each of these broad components may actually contain multiple independent variables. For example, within the context of a matching pictures to objects program, the antecedent conditions programmed to evoke target responding include presentation of (1) the visual sample stimulus, (2) the visual comparison stimuli, (3) auditory sample (instructional cue), and (4) the programmed interval between the onset of the first antecedent condition and the offset of the last antecedent condition. For the purpose of procedural integrity, just scoring the antecedent as one variable may be insufficient to capture the accuracy with which the antecedent procedures, cumulatively, are implemented; the same goes for the other components. Implications of this conceptual analysis are significant for applied behavior analysis practitioners. |
|
CANCELED: Learning Without Awareness: A Dissociation of Saying and Doing |
Domain: Theory |
FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University) |
|
Abstract: Studies of learning without awareness involve an individual learning some experimental task and then responding to questions about what has been learned. If the individual does not adequately answer the questions, learning without awareness is said to have occurred. In this presentation, I will discuss the concept of learning without awareness. After introducing the topic, I will provide a brief review of the literature from the past several decades and outline my current research in the area. It is clear from the literature that learning without awareness does take place. However, I will show that awareness is nothing more than verbal behavior and that learning without awareness is simply behavior for which accompanying verbal behavior is lacking. Perhaps not surprisingly, verbal behavior is rarely explicitly mentioned in the learning without awareness literature. Behavior analysts obviously have a great deal to say about verbal behavior and thus about learning without awareness. Relevant statements from both behavior analysts and philosophers such as Gilbert Ryle will be included. |
|
Respondent Contributions Revisited: The Role Stimulus Correlation Plays in Derived Stimulus Relations |
Domain: Theory |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: A review of past and current trends in the area of respondent conditioning will be offered, paying particular attention to those areas where respondent interactions have been shown to be applicable. For example, the area of stimulus equivalence had received some attention from behavior analysts with regard to the role respondent processes may be responsible for the relations observed. The paper focuses on how inaccuracies in the description of respondent conditioning have led to a relative lack of attention to the contemporary advancements in respondent conditioning. A case is made that the analysis of derived relational responding is improved if respondent processes are taken into account. Additionally, it is the purpose of the paper to offer a conceptual analysis of derived relational responding, specifically with relations other than equivalence, wherein the extent to which respondent conditioning maybe applied. This is done by demonstrating how the experimental preparations found in the literature of derived relational responding are built from stimulus correlation rather then only operant processes as is stated by many contemporary researchers in this area. |
|
Value-Gradient Learning: Where Temporal Difference Learning and Operant Learning meet |
Domain: Theory |
EDUARDO ALONSO (City University London) |
|
Abstract: Temporal Difference Learning methods find optimal trajectories of behaviour assuming that Bellman's Optimality Condition applies. In the absence of a model, this has proved to be an impractical assumption as well as psychologically implausible.
We propose a new technique, Value-Gradient Learning (VGL), that works on Pontryagin's Minimum Principle. In so doing, convergence to optimal trajectories is guaranteed without local exploration. In control terms, the Hamiltonian of the system uses the gradient of the function to be minimized as a Lagrange multiplier on the constraints.
Now, this formulation fits behavior regulatory theories like Staddon's: The animals would learn to minimize the cost of diverting from the bliss point by balancing the constraints imposed by temporal and feedback functions against the behavior gradient (that is, against the derivatives of the cost function and the distribution of responses).
This new approach provides researchers with a mathematical tool to solve optimization problems in studying operant behavior; and it is psychologically well-founded. Besides, it helps relate Temporal Difference Learning to operant learning.
It is worth pointing out that VGL will find the solution, that is, the optimal distribution of responses for a given reinforcement schedule but, as a learning algorithm, it will also describe how organisms adapt to the unknown constraints in an optimal manner locally. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching for Generative Responding |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL03 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In our efforts to create effective teaching strategies, behavior analysis has been criticized for failing to establish generative repertoires. The development of protocols designed to facilitate derived relational responding is one method behavior analysts have used to address this criticism. The studies presented in this symposium will discuss the use of various instructional protocols based on stimulus equivalence and Relational Frame Theory to establish derived relational repertoires. The data presented will show the effectiveness of these protocols in teaching both children and college students a variety of socially relevant topics including, reading Braille, learning numeracy in a second language, and learning calendar time with an eye to developing an instructional technology of derived stimulus relations. |
Keyword(s): Derived Relations |
|
A Computer-Based Instructional Program to Teach Braille Reading to Sighted Individuals: A Large Scale Replication |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: There is a need for efficient braille training methods for instructors of the visually impaired. This study evaluated the use of a computer-based program intended to train the relation of braille characters to English letters using a matching-to-sample procedure with 80 sighted college students. Participants mastered matching visual depictions of the braille alphabet to their text counterparts with an average of 99% accuracy and demonstrated improvements in braille reading ability following an average of only 24 minutes of training. Follow-up sessions showed adequate maintenance of the letter matching skill at 7–14 days. In addition, the study conducted a direct comparison of multiple-choice vs. constructive responding to assess differences in skill acquisition and maintenance. |
|
The Effects of Instructor Feedback on the Emergence of Derived Categorical Relations |
TARA LOUGHREY (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Lina Majdalany (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: It was suggested that the formation of a stimulus class may emerge through indirect teaching (Stomer, MacKay, & Remington, 1996). Instructor feedback is an indirect teaching procedure involving the presentation of an additional, nontarget stimulus to the consequence event of a discrete trial. In this study, investigators evaluated the effects of instructor feedback of the category name to which a stimulus belongs on the emergence of derived categorical relations in children diagnosed with autism. Using a multiple probe design across category sets, investigators directly taught the identification of a stimulus using stimuli from various categories. In addition to direct teaching, investigators presented instructor feedback as part of the response consequence) during each discrete-trial. Following direct teaching, investigators tested the emergence of expressive and receptive identification of the category as well as category matching under baseline conditions. The data show that participants demonstrated the emergence of categorical relations, however, some relations were more susceptible to extinction effects and required the addition of direct reinforcement to maintain responding. The implications of these results will be discussed further during the presentation. |
|
An Evaluation of Multiple Exemplar Instruction to Establish Comparative Relations |
CLARISSA S. BARNES (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), James R. Mellor (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of relational frame theory protocols in establishing repertoires of relational responding (see Barnes-Homles, Barnes-Holmes, Smeets, Strand, & Friman, 2004). A majority of the applied studies on derived stimulus relations have examined frames of coordination, or sameness; however, many educational standards require learners to respond to relations of comparison, opposition, and distinction (Rehfeldt, 2001). The current study evaluated the effects of an intensive multiple exemplar instruction intervention on establishing frames of comparison with academically-at-risk 5–7 year-olds living in a rural impoverished region of the Midwest. Specifically, a match-to-sample protocol was used to establish frames of coordination between holidays and months. Following coordination training a match-to-sample protocol was used to establish frames of comparison (before and after) using the holiday stimuli. Preliminary data indicate that multiple exemplar instruction may not be necessary for all of the participants in this target population for facilitating the emergence of derived coordination and comparison relations. |
|
Using a Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm to Teach Numeracy in English, Ojibwe, and Dakota to Preschool-Aged Children |
KATIE HAEGELE (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: There have been a number of studies showing that the stimulus equivalence paradigm can be an effective and efficient means of teaching several concepts including fraction-decimal relationships, spelling, and more. This study extends the current literature base by attempting to use stimulus equivalence to teach students numbers and words in a second language. The study also extends the literature by implementing a pre-test, post-test randomized group design. Specifically, the researcher examined whether a match-to-sample computer program could be used to teach unknown Ojibwe and Dakota words to pre-kindergarteners. Results suggested that the all of the participants who received the computer training demonstrated the development of equivalence classes that included numerals, written English words, spoken Native words, and dice representations. Generalized pre- and post-tests were also conducted. Results suggested that the equivalence class generalized beyond the computer training. |
|
|
|
|
Strategies to Assess and Develop Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amber L. Valentino (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
CE Instructor: Amber L. Valentino, Psy.D. |
Abstract: Communication deficits are a marked feature of autism spectrum disorders. In order to address communication deficits, intensive behavioral intervention programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities often incorporate the conceptual analysis from B.F. Skinner's Verbal Behavior (1957) into their intervention strategies (Love, Carr, Almason, & Petursdottir, 2009). Therefore, the investigation of procedures to assess and develop verbal behavior in children with autism is needed. This symposium will present data from three studies which investigate the use of procedures to assess and develop verbal behavior. Phillips and Vollmer examined the potential roles of blocking and over-shadowing in the acquisition of textual responses when sight words were presented as compound stimuli consisting of the word plus a picture. Bowen, Shillingsburg, & Delfs examined a procedure to increase intraverbal behavior via direct teaching while embedding visual stimuli as nontargeted information into instruction. A final study (Valentino, Shillingsburg, Conine & Powell) compared differential reinforcement and the cues-pause-point procedure on the effectiveness of reducing echolalia of discriminative stimuli during echoic training. Results are discussed in terms of the application of these procedures to the treatment of communication deficits in children with autism. |
Keyword(s): Blocking, Echolalia, Over-shadowing, Verbal operants |
|
An Evaluation of the Picture-word Problem in Sight Reading With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
CARA L. PHILLIPS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Individual with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and other Intellectual Disabilities (ID) often fail to acquire the textual response when sight words are presented as compound stimuli consisting of the word plus a picture (e.g., Didden et al., 2000). It is often assumed that this is the result of blocking; however, it is possible that the effect may be due to over-shadowing. This study replicates the previous research and examines the potential roles of blocking and over-shadowing. Four elementary school aged boys with ASD are participating. For each, 12 unknown sight words were identified, half corresponding with a known tact and half with a novel tact. For each of these categories, half the words were presented as a word alone and half as a compound stimulus consisting of the word embedded in a black and white line drawing. This resulted in three targets in each of four experimental conditions: known simple (control for blocking), novel simple (control for over-shadowing), known compound (test for blocking), and novel compound (test for over-shadowing). To date, although three of four participants show the picture-word effect, only one participants performance indicates a blocking effect. These procedures suggest a simple test for optimal sight reading stimulus presentation. |
|
Acquisition of Tact Behavior Through Embedding Visual Stimuli in Intraverbal Teaching |
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Identifying efficient procedures for teaching language to children with autism spectrum disorder could have a significant impact on intervention. One way to achieve efficiency is to utilize procedures to promote incidental learning during instruction. Incidental learning allows students to acquire information that is present in the instructional context but for which there are no programmed contingencies (Stevenson, 1972). Embedding nontargeted information into teaching procedures is one method to promote incidental learning and may provide learners with the opportunity to acquire additional skills without requiring additional instructional time. The current study examined a procedure aimed to increase intraverbal behavior via direct teaching while embedding visual stimuli as nontargeted information into instruction. A constant time delay was used to teach intraverbal behavior. Acquisition of tacting behavior was assessed for the embedded stimuli. One male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder completed the study. Data show that the participant acquired all directly taught targets and was able to effectively tact visual stimuli that were embedded into intraverbal instruction without any direct teaching. |
|
Differential Reinforcement With and Without the Cues Pause Point Procedure as Treatments for Echolalia |
AMBER L. VALENTINO (Marcus Autism Center), Daniel Conine (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Previous research on children with autism has demonstrated that the cues-pause-point procedure is effective in decreasing echolalia when it interferes with the development of the intraverbal repertoires. Previous research did not separate the effects of differential reinforcement and the cues pause point procedure. In addition, previous research did not extend the procedure to verbal operants other than the intraverbal. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to determine whether differential reinforcement alone would be as effective as differential reinforcement combined with the cues-pause-point procedure in reducing echolalia and increasing correct responding in the echoic repertoire in two children with autism. A multiple probe across behaviors design was used to isolate the effects of differential reinforcement from the cues-pause-point procedure in two participants with autism. Results indicated that differential reinforcement alone did not decrease echolalia and the full cues-pause-point procedure was necessary. For one participant, components of the procedures were systematically faded. |
|
|
|
|
Questioning Conditioned Reinforcement |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:30 AM–10:50 AM |
620 (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer L. Sobie (University of Illinois) |
Discussant: Susan G. Friedman (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Sobie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The conditioned reinforcer can be a sharp tool for communicating specific response criteria to learners. As such, it has revolutionized the field of behavior change. In fact, the role of the conditioned reinforcer in applied settings is sometimes bestowed omnipotent status, which threatens to obscure the necessary understanding and technical skill to use it well. Used skillfully, conditioned reinforcers can improve contiguity and contingency, mark events, and function as occasion setting stimuli that influence an organism’s response expression. This collection of presentations analyzes these roles and provides insight, commentary and conditioning strategies in an effort to help trainers of all species develop a systematic, best-use approach in their use of the magical conditioned reinforcer. The first presentation evaluates scheduling effects and the importance of the conditioned reinforcer as a reliable information-imparting stimulus; the second presentation provides an overview of the many functions of conditioned reinforcer stimuli; and the third presentation discusses differing conditioning scenarios and their possible differential effects on behavior. A discussion period designed to recap and correlate the three talks and their relevance to best-practice will cap the presentation. |
Keyword(s): applied, conditioned reinforcement |
|
The Many Facets of Secondary Reinforcers |
KATHY SDAO (Bright Spot Dog Training) |
Abstract: Secondary reinforcers are a category of consequences with many facets. They are said to bridge stimuli, mark events, increase contiguity, span physical distance, cross sensory modes, end the behavior, keep the behavior going, and provide endless variety and novelty: all phenomena that boost our effectiveness when training animals. With the goal of getting the most out of all training interactions and improving training outcomes across species, this presentation briefly discusses the function of secondary reinforcers and outlines the benefits of using secondary reinforcers in both acquisition and maintenance of responding across species, purposes and training contexts. Also reviewed will be corresponding conditioning strategies practiced to maximize the benefits of secondary reinforcers. Consideration of species-specific behavior and predispositions, of motivating operations relevant to the conditioning context, of competing reinforcers, of the terminal response and of the training context will be discussed as important to the efficacy of the use and conditioning of new reinforcers. |
|
Blazing Clickers |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Clickers, whistles and other conditioned reinforcers are valuable tools that help trainers communicate to animals the precise response they need to repeat to get a food reinforcer. When a conditioned reinforcer is reliably paired with a well-established backup reinforcer then communication is clear, motivation remains high and behaviors are learned quickly. However, when a click isn’t systematically paired with a backup reinforcer, the communication becomes murky, as evidenced by decreased motivation, increased aggression, and weak performance. As the click begins to lose meaning because of repeated use without with a treat (i.e., blazing clickers), animals begin to search for other stimuli to predict their outcomes. While we may be able to get away with the occasional solo click, blazing clickers is not best training practice. When the secondary reinforcers used as event markers don’t carry information an animal can depend on, the result is undependable behavior. In this presentation five misconceptions leading to blazing clickers are discussed. |
|
Conditioned Reinforcer Technology in Applied Settings |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (University of Illinois) |
Abstract: The systematic use of conditioned reinforcement stimuli in shaping and maintaining behavior has revolutionized the field of animal training. The animal training market has been flooded with devices and books aimed at bringing this behavioral technology to the eager and receptive public. However, attention has been given the general use of Sr+ in behavior acquisition and maintenance as opposed to the technology of its use. Most literature assumes a Sr+ to primary reinforcer (SR+) ratio of 1/1, although quite often in practice this is not the case. Bridge and applied studies with animals in natural environments have shown that a change in the SR+ delivery from FR1 to greater than 1 may disrupt responding regardless of the fact that Sr+ presentation remains on a FR1 schedule. However, there has also been some indication that responding may recover. This presentation provides data on the long-term effects of changing Sr+/SR+ ratios on dog behavior shaped on a Sr+1/SR+1ratio and behavior shaped on a Sr+1/SR+ greater than 1 ratio, and the relevance of the acquisition schedule to these effects. |
|
|
|
|
Early Intervention With Children Under Three: Developmental and Statistical Results |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:00 AM–10:20 AM |
4C-1 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Maricel Cigales (Florida International University) |
|
Early Intervention With Children Under Three: Developmental and Statistical Results |
Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN LELAURIN (Semi-Retired) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the current research was to investigate whether early intervention for at-risk, developmentally disabled, and typical children altered developmental trajectory. The intervention model included Risley's designed infant & toddler environments, multiple developmental assessments over time, developmentally targeted goals and objectives,and parent training. Treatment validity and concurrent validity data will be presented as will data demonstrating the extent to which continuous enrollment in the model program altered developmental trajectory of all childrenand lessened the severity of diagnoses to a statistically significant level. Data from a replication of the same model with different children, staffand parents will also be presented as this study achieved comparable results. |
|
|
|
|
|
Information and Behavioral Technology to Promote Drug Abstinence |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
JESSE DALLERY (University of Florida) |
Jesse Dallery is an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychology at the University of Florida is, a Principal Investigator with the Center for Technology and Health at the National Development and Research Institutes in New York City, and a Licensed Psychologist in the state of Florida. Dr. Dallery received his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology at Emory University in 1999, and completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Behavioral Pharmacology. Dr. Dallery's research involves translational research on nicotine and smoking in animal and human laboratories. His work also focuses on novel applications of internet-based behavioral interventions for cigarette smoking and other health-related behavior. In collaboration with colleagues, he is also involved in extending these applications to high-risk groups such as adolescents, pregnant women, and rural smokers. His research has been supported by the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Dallery is a Special Topics Associate Editor (substance abuse) for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a former Associate Editor for Behavioural Processes, and he serves on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Behavioural Processes. |
Abstract: Information technology permeates our everyday lives. Until recently, it has been relatively neglected as a medium to deliver contingencies of reinforcement to change behavior. In this talk, I will discuss a variety of methods to harness technology to change problem behavior such as cigarette smoking and medication non-adherence. I will discuss methods to deliver contingency management to promote smoking cessation at the national level and to high-risk groups, reduce the costs associated with treatment, and integrate social consequences to promote and potentially sustain behavior change. These innovations may address many of the limitations (access, cost, sustainability, dissemination potential) inherent in traditional contingency management delivery models. Information technology offers unprecedented and rapidly expanding opportunities to facilitate behavior change. |
Keyword(s): behavior technology, contingency management, drug abstinence, smoking |
|
|
|
|
Conjoint Behavioral Consultation: Two Decades of Research on Family-School Partnerships and Problem-Solving |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
6E (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
SUSAN SHERIDAN (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Dr. Susan M. Sheridan is a George Holmes University Professor and Willa Cather Emeritus Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. She is the Director of the Nebraska Center for Research on Children, Youth, Families and Schools (CYFS) and the National Center for Research on Rural Education (R2Ed). Her research revolves around the identification of effective interventions to support children’s learning and development, most typically through partnerships among families and schools. Specific lines of inquiry include investigations of parent–teacher (conjoint) behavioral consultation, parent engagement and partnerships, social-emotional learning, early childhood intervention, and school readiness. Dr. Sheridan has written more than 100 books, chapters, and journal articles on these and related topics. She is a Fellow of Division 16 of APA and past President of the Society for the Study of School Psychology (SSSP). Dr. Sheridan was bestowed the 1993 Lightner Witmer award by APA’s Division of School Psychology for early career accomplishments, the 1995 University of Wisconsin School of Education’s Outstanding Young Alumnus award, and the 2005 Presidential Award from the National Association of School Psychologists. |
Abstract: Methods to support students' competencies often target isolated contexts or activate individual treatment agents. Conjoint Behavioral Consultation (CBC; Sheridan, Kratochwill & Bergan, 1996; Sheridan & Kratochwill, 2008), on the other hand, is an indirect intervention focused on the attainment of students? goals through (a) collaborative and consistent implementation of evidence-based interventions across home and school settings, and (b) data-based problem solving with parents and teachers as partners. CBC is an indirect intervention wherein family members and school personnel work with a consultant to promote social-behavioral and academic competencies through coordinated problem solving, co-constructed intervention plans, shared responsibility for plan implementation, and progress monitoring of children's goals. Empirical investigations over the past two decades have documented CBC's efficacy for promoting behavioral, social-emotional and academic competencies among children facing a range of developmental and learning challenges. This presentation will chronicle the research base that has established the efficacy of the CBC intervention, including studies using single case experimental methods and randomized control trials. Outcomes at the child, parent, and teacher levels will be presented. New directions in the CBC trajectory will be discussed, including recent findings uncovering mechanisms responsible for its effects and conditions under which desired outcomes are maximized. |
Target Audience: School-based researchers and practitioners, psychologists and behavior analysts working with children and families. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
- Define conjoint behavioral consultation
- Differentiate between CBC and other methods of school-based consultation
- Describe data sources used in CBC
- Describe the empirical support for CBC 5. Explain possible mechanisms underlying effects of CBC
|
|
|
|
|
Branding Behavior Analysis Globally |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kevin J. Munson (Sears Holdings Corporation) |
Discussant: Kevin J. Munson (Sears Holdings Corporation) |
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Munson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral challenges underpin our most significant global issues. As a result, non-scientific "behavior change" methodologies are being branded by a multitude of sources at a pace never experienced by Behavior Analysts' and they appeal to a broader market than we have ever imagined. Even though ABA continues to be the most evidence-based approach to achieving sustainable behavior change, we have been ineffective in establishing a "brand" that differentiates us from other providers, except in a few specialized areas such as Autism. A model will be presented for creating a paradigm shift among the general public in how Behavior Analysis is viewed relative to other behavior change methodologies. We will illustrate how other comparable cultural paradigms have been created and evolved globally, including Strategy, Six Sigma, American Cuisine, etc. We then will present a straw model of an updated cultural brand for ABA, showcase the results of testing that brand across a broad group of Behavior Analysts and their clients, gain feedback from the audience, and present the components of a brand strategy plan that could be used to reposition Behavior Analysis in the very near future. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: This event is open to all behavior analysts interested in the branding of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives:
At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
- Describe how other cultural brands have evolved and how the variety of people who delive against those brands benefit on a daily basis
- Discuss the power of behavior analysis using terms, principles, and values that attract today's end-users
- Identify 2-3 actions they can take immediately to help build a more contemporary brand for behavior analysis
|
|
Developing New Paradigms and Cultural 'Brands' |
JULIE SMITH (Continuous Learning Group, Inc.) |
Abstract: The last century has given birth to numerous influential paradigms which have evolved to the point where they have become cultural brands that are recognized globally (e.g., American Cuisine, Six Sigma). The development of these brands follows a typical pattern, from first being invented by 'disruptive gurus' to being positioned effectively in the market by pioneers, to becoming embedded in educational institutions as the 'way to do things,' to eventually becoming global and well-respected. This pattern of brand development will be applied to illustrate one powerful way to create a paradigm shift among the general public in how behavior analysis is viewed relative to other behavior change methodologies. A new, contemporary model for behavior analysis will be presented, based on the applications of key learnings from how other paradigm shifts occurred globally. |
As a co-founder of CLG (Continuous Learning Group, Inc.), a global consulting company, Dr. Julie Smith has helped Fortune 500 companies apply CLG's unique behavior-based Change CatalystSM methodology to execute wildly challenging strategic initiatives. She also has developed innovative, personal change tools to help individuals enact change in their lives; to become truly Change-Resilient. As a lead seller and consultant, and as a coach to Fortune 100 executives, Julie knows the challenges of positioning behavior analysis with seasoned buyers every day. She has a deep understanding of the competitive challenges we face as a discipline, and a deep desire to ensure that we do not miss this unique window of opportunity to reposition ourselves as the most contemporary, pragmatic, and proven approach to behavior change available today. |
|
The "Social Networking Test" of a Behavior Analysis Model |
KEVIN J. MUNSON (Sears Holdings Corporation) |
Abstract: The results of a "social networking test" of the newer, more contemporary model for behavior analysis will be presented. Volunteer behavior analysts have agreed to test the model in the first quarter of 2012, across a variety of constituents and clients to see if the terms, positioning, and value proposition for a "contemporary" view of behavior analysis resonate. The premise is that nothing is wrong with our science; the trouble lies in how we talk about it and how we discuss the brand promises. The results of this test will be presented, and the audience will be asked to provide further input and data. |
Dr. Kevin Munson is the Chief Learning Officer at Sears Holdings Corporation. Prior to SHC, Kevin held numerous leadership roles – most recently Director of Leadership Development for Blue Cross & Blue Shield of Michigan, and prior to that the Director of Learning & Development for Pfizer Global Manufacturing. Kevin is also currently an adjunct faculty member for Western Michigan University. After receiving his B.S. in Psychology & Organizational Communication from Western Michigan University, Kevin attained his M.A and Ph.D. in Psychology (Behavior Analysis) from West Virginia University. |
|
Understanding the Path Forward |
BILL O'CONNOR (Damen Jackson) |
Abstract: A branding professional will help us understand the path forward. He will describe the components of a brand strategy plan to reposition behavior analysis in the value context of today's market. Such a plan will deliver a profile of the re-positioned, re-valued brand and will suggest communications plans for delivering the new brand message. He will help us understand what we would need to do to support such a collective effort, and what the benefits will be for all behavior analysts. |
Bill's finally figured out something constructive to do with his curiosity. In the company of ethnographers, anthropologists, psychologists, social scientists, semioticians, marketers, pollsters, trend spotters and fortune tellers, he's looking for the values in the culture that influence choice and behavior. He's even more fascinated by how the values that define the culture get expressed by it—the things that Hollywood makes movies about, the notions that inspire magazines and blogs and press conferences and sermons, and what we eat and how we dress and where we shop and, of course, what we buy. Successful brands and the culture are wound like the DNA helix he's been heard to say, predictably, and on cue.
Bill's undergraduate degree is in psychology from Loyola University. He's been back in the classroom for business and branding sessions at Northwestern University and Harvard Business School. |
|
|
|
|
Innovations in literacy and science instruction for students with severe disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Discussant: John J. McDonnell (University of Utah) |
Abstract: Teaching standards-based academic skills affords students with severe disabilities a complete educational opportunity and need not preclude personally relevant instruction. Students who have access to the general education curriculum are expected to make progress in the academic content areas of reading, mathematics, and science and teachers are expected to teach academic skills using evidence-based practices. The purpose of this symposium is to present evidence of three investigations in teaching science and literacy skills to students with severe developmental disabilities. The first paper, presented by Fred Spooner, will focus on the outcomes of teaching vocabulary and concepts via an early science curriculum to three elementary students. The second paper, presented by Melissa Hudson, examines an application of peer-delivered system of least prompts to teach comprehension skills with literacy content. The third study, presented by Bethany Smith, investigates the application of embedded computer-assisted instruction to teach science content to high school aged students with Autism and severe developmental disabilities. The implications for instructional interventions and evidence-based practices will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): General-Curriculum Access |
|
Teaching science to elementary students with severe disabilities |
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Bethany Smith (UNC Charlotte), Bree Jimenez (UNC Greensboro), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Abstract: Teaching academic content to students with severe developmental disabilities is a topic that has recently been debated, even though science content is one of the academic areas that comprise a standards-based curriculum. Science content like other academic skills can be taught to this population using forms of systematic instruction, a validated evidence-based practice. In this study, three elementary aged students between 6 and 8 years old were taught units from an Early Science curriculum via inquiry-based lessons and effects were measured by a multiple probe design across behaviors (units). Visual analysis shows a functional relationship between the introduction of the intervention and a change in each participant’s responding. These successful outcomes are discussed in light of other comparable work, the practicality of classroom teachers implementing similar lessons, social validity, and extending the knowledge-base of teaching science content to students with severe developmental disabilities. |
|
Using Peer-Delivered System of Least Prompts Intervention Package and Adapted Academic Read-Alouds to Teach Comprehension |
MELISSA HUDSON (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Abstract: Comprehension of text is a strong focus of instruction in general education because it is the goal of reading. Likewise, comprehension of text encountered in the general curriculum is important for students with moderate and severe intellectual disability. This study investigated the effects of a peer-delivered system of least prompts package and grade-level adapted academic read-alouds on listening comprehension for participants with moderate and severe intellectual disability. The system of least prompts package included rules for wh- questions, think alouds, opportunities to hear selected text again, directions for finding correct responses, prompts to ask for help, and self-monitoring. Chapters were adapted from the fifth grade literature curriculum currently in use by the district and comprehension questions were created that required various levels of comprehension using a question template. Peer tutors delivered the intervention package during 5th grade literacy block while other students in the class worked independently or in small groups. A multiple probe design across participants was used to evaluate the intervention package and outcomes indicate that the intervention was effective for teaching listening comprehension for all participants. Generalization of study effects, contributions to research, limitations, need for future research, and implications for practice are discussed. |
|
Using iPads to teach science to students with ASD |
BETHANY SMITH (UNC Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Abstract: Education reform over the past decade has targeted the need for scientific literacy as evidenced by the rise in the Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) education movement. Since the push for education reform, many organizations and programs have begun to specifically target the need for STEM for students from Kindergarten through high school. Embedded computer-assisted instruction is one way to use technology to increase academic skills for students with autism and intellectual disability. In this study, three secondary participants received instruction on nine science terms and applications of their meanings via embedded computer assisted instruction within the science general education setting. A multiple probe across participants design measured the effects of the intervention. Additionally, this study assessed the participants’ ability to generalize acquired skills across materials and situations within the general education setting. |
|
|
|
|
Effective Methods for Teaching Mands to Individuals With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Melissa Nissen (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The mand is critical for obtaining preferred items and getting needs met and as such, should be the initial verbal operant targeted when working with individuals with autism (Sundberg & Michael, 2001). Therefore, it behooves researchers to continue to investigate ways to refine mand training methodology. This symposium includes four studies that have systematically assessed procedures for training both mands and mands for information. In the first study, the investigators examined a method for replacing generalized mands with mands for specific items. In the second study, the investigators evaluated the effects of manipulating themotivating operationon tact to mand transfer after tact training. In the third study, the investigators evaluated the effects of multiple exemplar instruction in conjunction with extinction-induced variability to produce variability in mand production. In the fourth study, the investigators examined a method to teach mand-for-information frames, targeting two frames for the “How?” mand (“How do I _____?” and “How many _____?”). |
|
An Explicit Technology to Teach Item-Specific Replacement Mands to Children With Developmental Delays |
KELLY MCCARTHY (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: The development of verbal behavior is a crucial step in gaining access to a variety of preferred items and activities. Children with developmental delays sometimes initially learn what has been termed generalized mands (e.g., "more," pointing). These responses may lead to access when items are present, but are not specific enough to lead to access when items are not present. The current study extended previous research on replacing generalized mands by (a) conducting a response class analysis to determine the participant's current manding repertoire, (b) teaching item-specific mands in the form of vocal or sign language, (c) assessing manding when items were and were not accessible, and (d) programming for and assessing stimulus generalization. All participants learned at least six new item-specific mands that occurred under appropriate stimulus control. |
|
Manipulating Motivating Operations to Facilitate Emergence of Mands |
BARBARA JANINE DAVIS (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The form of a tact and mand may be identical; however, they involve separate functional relations, which can only be explained by separate controlling variables (Skinner, 1957). Research on functional independence of verbal operants has demonstrated inconsistent findings. One explanation may be that these studies may not have manipulated the motivating operation (MO) to facilitate the emergence of mands (Hall & Sundberg, 1987; Lamarre & Holland, 1985). The current study evaluated the effect of MO manipulations on tact to mand transfer following tact training. One individual, diagnosed with autism, participated. He followed simple instructions to imitate caregivers when asked, "What is this?" He did not independently request items. The participant was taught to tact preferred and low preferred leisure items, and acquisition of mands was tested under varying MO conditions. Results suggested that in a state of deprivation, transfer of stimulus control from discriminative to motivational conditions may occur in the absence of formalized mand training. |
|
Assessing the Effects of Extinction and Antecedent Interventions on Mand Variability in Preschool Children With Autism |
TYRA P. SELLERS (STE Consultants) |
Abstract: Language development and the ability to access reinforcement in young children with autism may be impeded by lack of behavioral variability in verbal behavior. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of simultaneously teaching multiple responses and extinction of repetition on producing varied verbal behavior in young children with autism. In particular, we examined the effects of these procedures on increasing the behavioral variability of mands used to request edibles in preschool children with autism. For all3 participants, neither increasing mand repertoires via teaching multiple responses, nor extinction of repetition, by themselves or in combination were effective at producing stable behavioral variability. However, antecedent strategies (presence of visual cues) were effective at producing varied manding for all3 participants. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Two Response Topographies for the "How?" Mand for Information |
SARAH A. LECHAGO (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The current study extends the mand-for-information literature by examining a method to teach mand-for-information frames, targeting2 frames for the "How?" mand ("How do I _____?" and "How many _____?"). Additionally, assessments were conducted to determine whether the mands for information generalized across motivating operations (MO) and response topographies. Two children with autism were taught to emit the mands for information using both frames ("How do I _____?" and "How many ____?") using one behavior chain, and generalization probes were conducted with the remaining behavior chains. Separate behavior chains were used to target the2 frames. Behavior chains the participants were unable to perform independently and that produced a desirable outcome for the participant (e.g., tornado water) were used to contrive the relevant MO. For both participants, there was generalization of the mands for information across MOs and response topographies. |
|
|
|
|
The Application of Behavior Analytic Methodologies at a Center for Children and Adolescents diagnosed with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Janine Shapiro (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Four Presentations will demonstrate the use of Applied Behavior Analysis procedures across a variety of learners, all diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and receiving services from the Applied Behavior Center for Autism in Indianapolis, Indiana. ABC is a full-service center that utilizes Applied Behavior Analysis to increase the independence of children with Autism. Language, social, and academic skills are shaped through applied verbal behavior procedures . This symposium offers a brief look at some of the evidence-based techniques used at The Applied Behavior Center. Topics discussed will include creating a transitional classroom for learners approaching integration into a classroom, teaching mands as a replacement for undesirable behavior, teaching appropriate social skills for the real world, and using unconventional but effective methods to improve speech. This symposium will demonstrate how a variety of behavior analytic methodologies coalesce to produce a full-service center for children with varying skill levels. |
|
Moving Beyond 1:1 Instruction: Creating a Transitional Classroom for Learners Approaching Integration into Pre-school |
LAURA GRANT (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Courteney Schinbeckler (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Jenny Lanham (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Transitioning children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) into school classrooms can be a challenge for both school systems and behavior analysts. An overview of teaching children with ASD within an ABA classroom using researched-based ABA methodologies, including Precision Teaching and direct instruction skills, will be described. Explanations of how ABA principles were implemented to increase the likelihood of successful integration of students into school classrooms will be discussed and will include a data review and video examples of instruction. Video examples will depict curricula, including phonetic reading and direct instruction programs, and will also show theme-based instruction. |
|
Beyond Please and Thank You: Important Social Skills for the Real World |
Janine Shapiro (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Laura Grant (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism), JENNIFER J. LANHAM (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Social skill deficits are a defining characteristic of people with autism spectrum disorder. Often times, clinicians teach social skills that may be desired by adults, but are not age appropriate. In clinical settings, it is frequently the case that females lead social therapy groups that are comprised of mostly males. It is very important for instructors to be aware of social skill behaviors that are typical for a client's peer group. This presentation will discuss behavioral procedures for targeting social skills based on researched cognitive approach. Information about choosing appropriate targets and description of a weekly social skill program that incorporates thematic instruction and natural settings will be presented. |
|
Unconventional but Effective Behavioral Methods for Improving Speech Intelligibility |
JANINE SHAPIRO (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Speech deficits can significantly inhibit effective communication. Sometimes, desired sounds or suprasegmental sound qualities (i.e., pitch, loudness, duration) are present under certain circumstances, but not under others. This presentation discusses several utilized behavioral procedures, specifically, altering stimulus control, to increase loudness and vocal quality and decrease substitution errors in a 7 year old male with autism spectrum disorder. In addition, this presentation will provide prompting method suggestions to treat common speech errors. |
|
Functional Communication Training: Increasing Mands |
ALYSIA FUHRMANN (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Michelle Stimley (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a strategy used to replace challenging behaviors (i.e., aggression, screaming, taking items from others) with a more socially acceptable form of communication. B.F. Skinner outlined his analysis of Verbal Behavior, decribing a group of verbal operants, or functional units of language, with each type serving a different function. He coined the term "mand", whose form is controlled by states of deprivation and aversion. A mand is used to request or obtain a desired item or activity. When using FCT, a mand can often be used as a replacement behavior for other undesired behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Taking Behavior Analysis to NYC: Using Classroom-Based Functional Analysis and Adjunctive Assessments for Challenging Behaviors |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: J. Helen Yoo (Institute for Basic Research) |
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University) |
CE Instructor: J. Helen Yoo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: All public schools are required to provide students with disabilities with a free and appropriate public education. The use of behavior-analytic assessment and intervention for students presenting with chronic and severe problem behaviors in public schools however, have been limited due to a multitude of factors. This symposium will present data showing that empirically-based, short-term, intensive, and effective behavioral intervention can be implemented in the public school setting and can have profound effects on student progress similar to controlled, clinic settings. The first presentation will be a case study using both DRO and DRA with competing items for a student who engaged in high intensity, high frequency SIB. The second presentation will be a comparison of DRO and DRA in treating SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement and access to tangibles. The third presentation will compare direct observation data with the scores obtained from the Aberrant Behavior ChecklistCommunity (ABC-C) during baseline and intervention phases to determine the inter-method reliability and to assess the impact of the intervention. Recommendations for future research and discussions related to school-based practice will also be presented. |
Keyword(s): Differential Reinforcement, Public School, Rating Scales, Self-injurious behavior |
|
Using DRA and DRO With Competing Items to Decrease Sensory-Maintained Self-Injury in an Adolescent With Autism |
NIALL JAMES TONER (Institute for Basic Research), Jenny E. Tuzikow (Institute for Basic Research) |
Abstract: A combination of positive reductive procedures based on differential reinforcements is often used to produce a more potent outcome in reducing problem behaviors such as self-injurious behavior (SIB) (i.e., Beare, Severson, & Brandt, 2004). Differential reinforcement involves reinforcing one response class while withholding reinforcement for another response class, often for the absence of problem behavior (i.e., differential reinforcement of other behavior, DRO) or the occurrence of another, more desirable behavior (e.g., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, DRA). In the present case study, DRO and DRA were implemented in an attempt to decrease chronic, high-intensity and high frequency SIB using an A-B design. The DRA consisted of delivering a secondary reinforcer (a token) for appropriate on-task behavior. The DRO consisted of delivering highly preferred items on a fixed interval contingent on the absence of SIB. The competing item consisted of the student carrying a task-related item during activity transitions. Treatment began in isolation and later generalized across various people and settings. Teaching staff and parent trainings were also conducted in the classroom to promote consistency and generalization, increasing ecological validity. The results indicate that a combination of DRA and DRO with competing items suppressed SIB significantly during 3 months of intervention. |
|
A Comparison of Differential Reinforcement Procedures Used to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior |
JENNY E. TUZIKOW (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) are 2 commonly used procedures for reducing self-injurious behavior (SIB) in individuals with developmental disabilities (Cowdery, Iwata, & Pace, 1990). The implementation of DRO and DRA involve establishing reversal contingency for the occurrence of SIB. Previous research has evaluated these procedures for SIB maintained by only 1 function, typically conducted in controlled settings. It remains unclear whether 1 treatment would be more effective or efficient in addressing SIB maintained by multiple functions in more natural settings. In the present case study, functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) conducted in the classroom revealed that a students SIB was maintained by automatic reinforcement and access to tangibles. DRO, then DRA, were implemented successively to alter the reinforcement contingency maintaining the SIB. Results indicate that DRO did not lead to reductions in SIB. The DRA, however, was more effective in reducing SIB. Similar findings were reported previously (i.e., Tarpley & Schroeder, 1979). Limitations and implications of the study are discussed. |
|
A Comparison Between the Aberrant Behavior ChecklistCommunity (ABC-C) and Objective Data on Evaluating Problem Behaviors in Students With Autism |
DEANNA M. GIANNINI (Institute for Basic Research), Jenny E. Tuzikow (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research), J. Helen Yoo (Institute for Basic Research) |
Abstract: An important component in measuring behaviors in students with autism and developmental disabilities is the method of data collection. Objective data provide the most sensitive and accurate analysis of the target behavior. However, the sample may represent only a fraction of the students day while requiring teachers effort and time. Ratings scales offer an alternative method of gathering global information on the teachers perceived severity of the students behavior and the impact of the intervention. Yet heavy emphasis is placed on direct observation and both methods are seldom combined to evaluate the effects of an intervention (Valdovinos et al., 2002). The current study was conducted in various public schools. Direct observations and the ABC-C (Aman & Singh, 1986) were conducted during baseline and intervention phases to determine the inter-method reliability and to assess the impact of the intervention. The results indicate that while the objective data more accurately measured the changes in the target behavior, these changes were not always reflected in the rating scales completed by the staff. Ratings scales such as the ABC-C may be a useful adjunctive tool in assessing the global perceived impact of the behavior intervention. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Instruction to Promote Community Immersion for Adolescents and Adults With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
305 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Discussant: Peter F. Gerhardt (The McCarton School) |
Abstract: Autism treatment has focused on the delivery of services to early intervention and school-age children who are diagnosed on the spectrum. However, there is increasing need to provide services to adolescents and adults who fall into this disability category. Unfortunately, there is a lack of research and top-notch quality services based on behavior analysis that exist for this group of individuals. This symposium will address programming needs of adolescents and adults with autism. Issues discussed will include the development of community-based and independent living skills, the generalization of learned behaviors, and the use of technology for teaching and staff training. The common themes of the symposium are the development of services for adolescents and adults, and the delivery of such services in the communities and environments in which these individuals will be living and working. |
|
Use of Prompting Through Personal Technology to Promote Independent Functioning in Showering and Reduce Stigma in Community-Based Instructional settings |
AVI GLICKMAN (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Jennifer Morrison (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Murphy Harmon (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Rickiesha March (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Ben Kaliner (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)) |
Abstract: Community based instruction is a complex process made more complicated by the stigma associated with overt and conspicuous levels of prompting. Independent functioning in community settings can be increased and the stigma associated with such instruction decreased through the use of technology devices such as smart phones, Mp3 players, and tablet computers. As the implementation of assistive technology across environments has become more readily available with recent advancements in functionality and the improved portability of electronic devices, there is a need to examine the efficacy of such commonly available technology in the promotion of community independence and reduction of stigma associated with instruction in the community. A multiple baseline study was conducted across several adolescents with autism utilizing technology as the independent variable to measure improved performance in training in the community. Data on the stigma associated with the intervention was also assessed. Data indicated that the use of technology improved performance of the percentage of tasks independently completed by the individual while decreasing the stigma associated with behavior analytic instruction in the community. |
|
Use of Blue Tooth Technology to Promote Staff Competence in Implementing Community-Based Training of Adolescents and Adults With Autism |
JESSICA ZAWACKI (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Avi Glickman (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Emily Rosen (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism continue to enter adult service systems lacking the basic skills necessary to successfully navigate community settings. Despite the growing numbers of individuals entering adult service, resources have failed to keep up with the needs of these growing numbers, forcing providers to find creative methods to meet needs. The current study expanded Satriale and Glickman (2009) who investigated the use of bluetooth technology to reduce verbal prompting and increase acquisition. A multiple baseline design study was conducted across several staff utilizing blue tooth technology to deliver prompting to staff as the independent variable to measure improved staff performance in implementing instruction in the community. Results showed that such technology improved staff performance, demonstrating another use of personal technology in autism treatment. |
|
Using Technology to Teach Safe Street Crossing |
HELEN BLOOMER (Aspire Programs), Peter F. Gerhardt (The McCarton School) |
Abstract: Given the growing emphasis being placed on independence and community inclusion for individuals with autism, the need to teach complex, context based safety skills becomes of central importance. Unfortunately, and with notable exceptions, there exists little relevant research. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of a software program to teach safe street crossing in a large city through the use of Smart Board technology. Participants were adolescents with autism who were learning independent living skills in the community. After baseline assessment showed an inability to cross streets safely, staff used a classroom-based software program to teach this skill, with subsequent generalization assessment showing improved crossing in the community. Results were explained in terms of instructional techniques that can automatically enhance generalization of skills. |
|
|
|
|
New Directions in Research and Treatment of Feeding Problems in Children |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Becky Penrod, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Feeding problems in children has become an increasing concern; such problems may include, food selectivity, food refusal, and excessive mealtime durations. The current symposium describes research evaluating treatments designed to address some of these problems that have received little attention in the literature. The first presentation describes a sequential component analysis of various components designed to increase the pace of self-feeding; the second presentation describes a treatment for food selectivity in which a high-probabiity instructional sequence is combined with low-probability demand fading in an effort to increase consumption of novel food; finally, the last presentation reviews the relevance of flavor conditioning research in the understanding of feeding problems in children |
|
An Evaluation of a Progressive High-Probability Instructional Sequence Combined with Low-Probability Demand Fading in the Treatment of Food Selectivity |
BECKY PENROD (California State University, Sacramento), Laura Gardella (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan Fernand (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined the effects of the high-probability instructional sequence in the treatment of food selectivity, and results of these studies have been mixed (e.g., Dawson et al., 2003; Patel et al., 2007). The present study extended previous research on the high-p instructional sequence by combining this procedure with low-probability demand fading, with two boys with autism (9 and 10 years old) who had a history of food selectivity and engaged in active food refusal behaviors when presented with novel foods. Response requirements were gradually faded from responses the child would tolerate (e.g., touching the food) to the final requirement of chewing and swallowing the food. The antecedent-based intervention was implemented in the absence of escape extinction and was effective in increasing food consumption for both participants. Possible mechanisms responsible for the effectiveness of the intervention are discussed along with directions for future research. |
|
Increasing the Pace of Self-Feeding in Children with Feeding Problems |
ALLYNE MARCON-DAWSON (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Colleen Whelan (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The slow pace of self-feeding has been the focus of a very limited amount of research; only two behavioral studies have been published addressing the problem (Luiselli, 1988; Girolami et al., 2009), both of which used consequent interventions (physical prompts and differential reinforcement, respectively) to increase the pace of self-feeding. The purpose of the present study was to identify treatment components necessary to decrease mealtime duration by introducing each component in a sequential fashion. Participants included 2 boys between the ages of 3 and 6 who took 45 minutes or longer to complete meals. Treatment components included differential reinforcement (in which the child would earn a preferred stimulus following the meal), verbal prompts, a token board (in which the child would earn tokens throughout the meal exchangeable for high preferred edibles or tangibles), and response cost (in which the child would lose tokens). In all phases of treatment, a visual timer was included and the child was told that he would earn access to a preferred item/activity (selected prior to the meal) contingent on finishing within the allotted time. For one participant, mealtime duration was decreased during the first treatment phase consisting of differential reinforcement, and for the second participant, mealtime duration was decreased with the use of differential reinforcement plus verbal prompts. |
|
Flavor Conditioning and the Implications for the Treatment of Feeding Difficulties |
JAMIE JOHNSTON (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Experimental psychologists have long been interested in the development of flavor preferences. A great deal of research on conditioning food preferences has been conducted using rats as subjects. Results from this line of research have identified several variables that have an effect on the conditioning of flavor preferences that may have implications for the development of food preferences for individuals with feeding difficulties. For example, four methods of developing food preferences have been identified (as cited in Capaldi, 1996); a) mere exposure, b) medicine effect, c) flavor-flavor learning, and d) flavor-nutrient learning, that may be incorporated in the treatment of feeding disorders. What is most interesting is results from research on these methods have produced outcomes that may at times be counter-intuitive to common practices in behavior analysis. While this research has obvious implications for the understanding of feeding problems, it also may contribute to our understanding of developing flavor preferences more generally, a growing concern in our culture. This presentation provides a brief overview of some of the research on flavor conditioning, describes several implications, and suggests areas for further research in behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Investigating the Psychometric Properties of the VLQ |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: A major impediment to outcome research on the action and effect of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is the lack of valid and reliable measures on the primary constructs, including valued living. The Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ; Wilson, Sandoz, Kitchens, & Roberts, 2010) was designed as a clinical tool, but is being increasingly used in research protocols. This symposium consists of three presentations regarding various psychometric issues of the VLQ. First, researchers must define the best method of scoring the VLQ to yield the most valid data. As such, the first paper reviews common scoring methods and the relation to common dependent variables. The second paper presents potential variations of the VLQ for specific populations, as the original VLQ contains domains which may not pertain to all samples. Finally, the third paper presents an attempt at gaining normative data among a distressed sample. Continuing work in this area will help to refine the VLQ and improve the quality of process research in this area. |
Keyword(s): ACT, Measurement, Values |
|
Refining the VLQ for College Student Samples |
BRANDON SANFORD (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University), David Houghton (Missouri State University), Michael Rosen (Missouri State University), Alyssa Byers (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, Stroshahl, & Wilson, 1999) is an empirically-based approach to therapy which posits that when ones life consists of value-congruent behavior, there is less psychological distress. A major impediment to outcome research is the lack of valid and reliable measures on the primary constructs, including valued living. The Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ; Wilson, Sandoz, Kitchens, & Roberts, 2010) is an early attempt to measure valued living. One psychometric concern of the measure appears to be the effect of value domains which individuals are not currently engaged. We hypothesize that the domains of parenting and occupation have inflated error variance among younger populations. Removing these items should increase construct and convergent validity. Participants (N = 143; ages 17 to 25) completed the VLQ, POMS, BDI, and BAI. Using the difference scoring method, the 10-item and 8-item VLQ was correlated to the BDI (r= -.225 and = -.84, respectively). In addition, convergent validity improved, in that the 8-item was more highly correlated with the Bulls-Eye (r=.34). The relationships to other measures were similar. Current studies are specifically examining the effect of being employed and being a parent on the measurement variance. |
|
Scoring the VLQ: Variety May Not Be the Spice of Life |
MICHAEL ROSEN (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University), Brandon Sanford (Missouri State University), Christopher C. Cushing (University of Kansas), David Houghton (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The Valued Living Questionnaire (Wilson, et al., 2010) is a clinical tool used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, Stroshl, & Wilson, 1999) that provides guidance to clinicians regarding clients valued living. However, for researchers, it is becoming increasingly important to investigate and gather empirical data regarding valued living. Since the VLQ was not initially designed to serve this role, we must now work to evaluate the scoring methods and psychometric properties of the VLQ. In addition, for researchers, it would be greatly beneficial to have data concerning how the measure relates to clinical levels of psychological distress. In the current study, 143 college students completed the VLQ, BDI, BAI and POMS. We compared the outcomes using the composite scoring method (10 and 8-item version) (Wilson, et al, 2010), a difference score (10 and 8-item version) (Rost, 2010), and simply the behavioral concordance score. Results indicate that the difference scoring method (8-item) may be more effective at identifying psychological distress. Based upon the difference scores, results indicate that the numerical points of <12 and >28 represent clinical differences. Further work should investigate age-related differences and continue to explore the potential utility of these criterion scores. |
|
The Valued Living Questionnaire: A Psychometic Evaluation Comparing Distressed and Normative Samples |
SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), David Denham Cotter (Western Michigan University), Marchion Hinton (Boys Town), Jean L. Clore (University of Illinois College of Medicine) |
Abstract: The Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ; Wilson, 2002) was created to measure the extent to which an individual contacts his/her chosen values, an important construct in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999). The goal of the current study was to contribute to the psychometric evaluation of the VLQ by replicating and extending the first study of the VLQ’s psychometric properties conducted by Wilson, Sandoz, Kitchens, & Roberts (2010). In the present study, the VLQ was administered to a normative collegian sample (n = 171, M age = 19.32) and a distressed sample of collegians who were participating in clinical outcome studies (n = 111, M age = 21.14). With respect to reliability, good internal consistency was found with both the distressed and normative samples and across the VLQ Composite along with Importance and Consistency subscales (? = .72 – .79). Additionally, good 3-week test-retest reliability was observed, especially for the Composite (r = .74) and Importance subscale (r = 76). As would be expected, a somewhat lower test-retest reliability was found on the Consistency subscale (r = .67). Unlike Wilson et al., the factor structure was multi-dimensional (not unitary) and differed between the normative and distressed samples. However, work-education, family-parenting, and friends-recreation-self care appearing to cluster across samples. With respect to validity, the VLQ Composite and subscales were significantly higher among the normative than distressed samples (p < .001) and correlated positively (at a Bonferroni corrected ? level of .003) with measures of adaptive functioning, negatively with measures of maladaptive functioning, and negligibly with impression management and grade point. Overall, the data support the general reliability and validity of the VLQ for use with normative and distressed collegian samples and are generally consistent with the ACT model of psychopathology. Data from an additional 52 distressed collegians from a subsequent clinical outcome study have also been collected. These will be added to the dataset prior to the presentation at ABAI. Additional analyses examining the predictive validity of the VLQ will also be conducted. |
|
|
|
|
Approaching a Sustainable Culture: Green Programs in Business and Society |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas Wade Brown (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The climate crisis in the scope of global enterprises poses a significant danger for human civilization. Recently, behavioral scientists have recognized this concern, and have begun to incorporate principles from the experimental analysis of behavior to climate-relevant affairs such as sustainability, consumption, and green behaviors. In this symposium, the application of behavioral technology is discussed in relation to approaching a sustainable environment. We report of commendable innovations in business settings that currently employ their own green initiatives in the distribution and hospitality sectors. In addition, a program of research that targets societal populations with respect to gas consumption will be discussed. Future research will be addressed along with suggestions on forming collaborative relationships between behavioral researchers and local organizations. Implications for behavior analysts interested in continuing work in targeting green behavior for lasting change will also be examined. |
Keyword(s): Field Reports, OBM, Sustainability |
|
Driving Green: Toward the Prediction and Influence of Efficient Driving Behavior |
WILLIAM D. NEWSOME (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The broad generality of behavioral principles facilitates their application to a wide variety of socially relevant problems. This study aims to bring sophisticated behavioral and physical technologies to bear upon the unnecessary depletion of natural resources, specifically, through the identification of conditions supportive of more efficient driving behavior. We posit that systematic measurements, analyses and interventions guided by behavioral principles will lead to pragmatic prescriptions for generating more fuel efficient driving repertoires. |
|
Sustainability in the Field: Lake Tahoe Hospitality and Environmental Protection |
EMILY MICHELLE LEEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), David Hansen (Embassy Suites Lake Tahoe Hotel & Ski Resort), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Lake Tahoe, the largest alpine lake in North America and surrounded by the Sierra Nevada Mountains, is widely regarded as a premier vacation destination offering year-round activities. The Lake Tahoe Basin is home to approximately 66,000 permanent residents with approximately 3,000,000 visitors annually. Lake Tahoe provides a high visibility laboratory to study climate change and human behavior and is routinely monitored to create a record of change in one of the world's most beautiful and vulnerable alpine lakes. The Embassy Suites Lake Tahoe, a Hilton Corporation hotel located in South Lake Tahoe, California, has become a leader in green lodging by installing technological upgrades, using behavior based programs to encourage guests and employees to engage in ecologically friendly practices, and influencing local individuals and business to adopt similar initiatives. This talk describes the innovative sustainability efforts within the Embassy Suites Lake Tahoe resort as a practical example of environmental stewardship. The impacts of these efforts indicate that investments in green technologies and practices can have positive impact on the environment as evidenced by reduced costs associated with energy use and waste. Additionally the "green" initiatives described align with community values towards environmental preservation and positively affect business outcomes. |
|
Distributing Green Practices: Sustainability in a Supply Chain |
SANDY KNOTT (Supervalu, Inc.), Don Kernan (Supervalu, Inc.), Molli Luke (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This talk considers environmentally significant behaviors and outcomes changed by applying behavior management to work practices related to energy conservation, recycling, and employee education with a supply chain. Supervalu, Inc. is a major grocery/pharmacy distributor in the United States. Several distribution centers have been recognized for exemplary behavioral safety programs. Using CAM (Critical Activities Management), behavioral approaches to worker safety have been extended to behavioral targets related to productivity and sustainability. This talk describes the CAM process and presents data indicating the impact of these efforts. |
|
|
|
|
The Legacy of Joe Lalli and Current Research in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Discussant: F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Joe Lalli (1952-2001) was a productive researcher in the areas of applied behavior analysis and developmental disabilities. His work led to the development of many procedures that have become common practice in the field. Examples of his work include his research on behavioral momentum, competition between positive and negative reinforcement contingencies, descriptive assessment, response class hierarchy analyses and noncontingent reinforcement, among others. This symposium will focus on Dr. Lallis lasting impact on the field of applied behavior analysis. The first presentation describes an extension of Dr. Lallis method for evaluating response class hierarchies during the treatment of destructive behavior. The second presentation will describe Dr. Lallis development of activity schedules and the application of this procedure to decrease problem behavior in a clinic setting. The third presentation will focus on Dr. Lallis work examining competition between positive and negative reinforcement contingencies and the use of positive reinforcement as an abolishing operation for escape-maintained behavior. Professor F. Charles Mace, Joes former advisor, colleague, and long-time friend will serve as discussant and will provide a synthesis of these studies relative to Dr. Lallis contributions to the field of applied behavior analysis. |
|
Modifications of Response Class Hierarchies Through Differential Reinforcement of Extinction-Induced and Signaled Mands |
HENRY S. ROANE (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Niamh Doyle (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Christie McCarthy (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: The term response class refers to a set of response topographies (e.g., self-injury, aggression) maintained by the same reinforcer (e.g., attention). Some topographies may occur more frequently than others, and their relative probabilities are influenced by variables such as response effort and rate and immediacy of reinforcement. Lalli et al. (1995) developed an approach to assess hierarchical relations between members of a response class (i.e., lower probability responses occurring primarily when higher probability responses are extinguished). Treatment in such cases often involves differential reinforcement of an alternative response combined with extinction of destructive behavior. In the current investigation, functional analysis methods were used to demonstrate that the various topographies of destructive behavior formed response classes for two participants. Following the procedures developed by Lalli et al., we then determined that the topographies of destructive behavior occurred in a hierarchical manner. In addition, when topographies of destructive behavior were placed on extinction, we observed the emergence of previously undetected prosocial responses which were then subjected to differential reinforcement in order to maintain decreases in destructive behavior. These findings will be discussed in terms of the extensions to the response class hierarchy identification procedures developed by Lalli and colleagues. |
|
Clinical Extensions of Dr. Lalli's Research |
JOEL RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Dr. Lalli’s research encompassed a broad array of antecedent- and reinforcement-based strategies to effectively reduce severe problem behavior exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. One example of these strategies is the inclusion of predictable routines (e.g., activity schedules) as a component in the treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior (Lalli, Casey, Goh, &Merlino, 1994). In that particular study, Dr. Lalli and his colleagues evaluated the efficacy of printed vs. photographic pictures when included in treatment. In a clinical extension of this study, we evaluated a separate dimension of activity schedules (work requirement) while maintaining the same type of activity cues (line drawings) in place. Results from our study indicated that the type work requirement (time based or product based) differentially affected behavior, even though the type of work requirement did not affect the amount of work completed. Results are discussed in relationship to the variables that can impact a commonly used antecedent-based strategy to address escape-maintained problem behavior (i.e., the use of activity schedules). Other clinical applications of Dr. Lalli’s work will also be discussed. |
|
Evaluating and Integrating Positive Reinforcers Into Assessments and Treatments for Destructive Behavior Reinforced by Escape Among Children With Autism |
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joanna Lomas (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Prior investigations have shown that a promising approach to the treatment of destructive behavior maintained by negative reinforcement involves the delivery empirically derived, positive reinforcers contingent on appropriate, alternative responses, such as communication or compliance (Lomas, Fisher, & Kelley, in press). This approach is especially useful for situations in which extinction of destructive behavior is impractical (e.g., tasks requiring vocal responses that cannot be physically guided) or the target response is potentially dangerous (e.g., increases in severe SIB due to extinction bursts). In the current presentation, we will discuss data from a series of investigations illustrating the role of positive reinforcement in establishing and abolishing the effectiveness of escape as reinforcement for destructive behavior during assessment and treatment. We will show that in some cases, the termination of ongoing positive reinforcers at the start of an instructional session can establish escape as effective reinforcement for destructive behavior. We will also show that in some cases destructive behavior reinforced by escape decreases with the introduction of positive reinforcement because the participant prefers the positive reinforcer over the negative reinforcer. Finally, we will show that in other cases the positive reinforcer functions as an abolishing operation (AO) that lessens the aversiveness of the demands, thus reducing destructive behavior. Results will be discussed in terms of the effects of positive reinforcement on escape-reinforced problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Emergence of Pre-Verbal and Verbal Developmental Cusps as a Function of Interventions |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
4C-1 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Robert Douglas Greer Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Paper 1 summarizes effects of exemplar training on the emergence of combinatorial entailment in children lacking stimulus equivalence. Paper 2 summarizes effects of establishment of audience control via conditioned reinforcement on social verbal interactions in nursery school children who lacked audience control. Paper 3 summarizes effects of multiple exemplar training on the emergence of metaphors in fourth graders. Paper 4 summarizes effects of establishment of reinforcement control of print on the emergence of untaught visual match to sample responding and conditioned reinforcement for books in children with autism. The papers extend our understanding of preverbal and verbal behavior developmental cusps. Together the papers address key preverbal foundational cusps (conditioned reinforcement for observing responses and cross-modal stimulus equivalence), the role of the audience in verbal episodes, and the emergence of metaphors. |
|
The Induction of Emergent Relations in Language Disordered Children |
MATTHEW HOWARTH (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The source of certain emergent relations has been theorized to be a biological given, brought about by reinforcement contingencies for conditional discriminations, or by a history of relational responding within the context of cues in the environment. The participants in the experiment were 4 children diagnosed with autism who demonstrated significant cognitive and language delays, who were unable to demonstrate equivalent, combinatorial relations during baseline. However, following mastery of a frame of coordination with training stimuli via multiple exemplar instruction, 3 of 4 participants demonstrated stimulus equivalence through the transitive relation, also referred to as combinatorial entailment. |
|
Establishment of Conditioned Reinforcement for Visual Observing and the Emergence of Generalized Visual Identity Matching and Preference for Books with Three Kindergarteners With ASD |
HELENA SONG-A HAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Using a nonconcurrent multiple probe design we tested whether the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for observing print stimuli resulted in the emergence of generalized match-to-sample (MTS) for 77 identical print stimuli and 77 abstractions and book preference (conditioned reinforcement for looking) by 3 kindergarteners with autism diagnoses. Consistent with other evidence on conditioned reinforcement for observing response our data showed that conditioning stimuli controlling observing responses results: (a) in the emergence/acceleration of discrimination learning, and (b) affirmation of reinforcement for observing responses as behavioral developmental cusps. Conditioned reinforcement for observing responses reduces or eliminates the necessity to use stimulus prompts and can result in a class of responding. The findings suggest that conditioned reinforcement for observing responses to print stimuli is a preverbal foundational developmental cusp. These findings add to the evidence that conditioned reinforcers may serve as critical developmental stages that result in accelerated learning or the emergence of new stimulus control made possible by the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for observing responses. |
|
Establishment of Audience Reinforcement and Emergence of Complex Social Verbal Interaction in Nursery School Children |
VICTORIA STERKIN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Using a nonconcurrent multiple probe design controlling for maturation and history we tested the effect of the social reinforcement protocol (the social listener reinforcement protocol) on the emergence or increases in conversational units and sequelics initiated and received by4 typically developing nursery school children who emitted few appropriate social verbal episodes with peers prior to the intervention. Participants were selected from a nursery school for typically developing children. Following the social reinforcement intervention we found that the 4-stage protocol (mastery of games involving 20 questions, I spy, and an empathy procedure) resulted in increases, or the emergence of, complex socially appropriate verbal episodes between the target children and peers, replacement of nonvocal interactions (physical mands) with social verbal exchanges, and significant increases in accurate choral responding during group instruction. The findings suggest that the protocol resulted in the establishment of a social verbal behavior developmental cusp that replaced inappropriate behavior and accelerated academic learning. |
|
Induction of Metaphorical Responses inFourth-Grade Students as a Function of Multiple Exemplar Instruction |
PETRA WIEHE (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Intwo studies with fourth-grade students from an Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classroom we tested if metaphors could be taught using multiple exemplar instruction. In the first experiment, using a nonconcurrent multiple probe design, during baseline participants selected and produced metaphors for 10 target words that were in repertoire for literal usage. The intervention involved the rotation across behavior topographies to construct and select metaphors for a second set of words presented as words and pictures. The results showed a significant increase in correct metaphorical responding across all 3 participants. In the second experiment with 4 other students from another fourth-grade class, also an AIL class, we tested the role of the tact in acquiring metaphors. Baseline procedures remained the same as used in Experiment 1. The intervention involved students alternating with the experimenter to make metaphors for 3-dimensional objects. A yoked contingency game board was used as an establishing operation throughout the second study. The second experiment is still in progress. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Empirical Studies of Gambling in Natural and Laboratory Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University) |
Discussant: Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Gambling is a multibillion dollar activity that is associated with simple entertainment, significant financial gains and losses, and damaging compulsive involvement. The variables that influence persistence, rule-following, and subjective discounting in gamblers have been investigated by the authors included in this symposium, through the natural gambling environment (in which people can win or lose personally significant amounts of money) and in experimental settings, using either gambling analogues or hypothetical wagering. These studies indicate that (a) online players of Texas Hold'em persist longer at tables where betting activity is most intense, rather than at tables where they have won or lost the most money (Witts & Lyons), (b) that preferences between slot machines can be influenced by derived rules emerging from prior conditional discrimination training (Wilson & Dixon), and (c) that gains and losses are discounted differentially by participants completing a self-reported functional assessment of gambling (Weatherly & Derenne). The discussant (Ghezzi) will critique these papers from the perspective of having participated in several prior gambling studies using both naturalistic and laboratory settings. |
Keyword(s): derived rules, discounting, gambling, online poker |
|
Investigating the Conditions Under Which Online Poker Players Hold 'em or Fold 'em |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (University of Nevada, Reno), Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University) |
Abstract: Having access to real gambling data is seldom achievable, given the restrictions of gambling environments. There may be stark differences between contrived gambling situations and those of real gambling situations that may alter the gambling behaviors of individuals. The current study analyzed persistence to gamble in online poker players (N = 10) who gambled in either $3/$6 or $0.01/$0.02 no-limit Texas Hold'em poker. Using poker-analysis software, actual online poker players were tracked over1 to3 days. Data regarding persistence at a table were analyzed with respect to individual wins and losses, table wins, amount of action seen, and whether the player was on one table at a time, or played multiple tables simultaneously. Data were recorded electronically from the commercially available software. Results indicate that persistence is more highly correlated with action, as defined by number of bets won at the table, and the frequency of winning hands that a player experiences, but not with total monetary outcome that the player experiences at the table. These data suggest, then, that players prefer tables with higher pot sizes than tables where individual earnings are high. |
|
Derived Rule Stating and Following on a Slot Machine |
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present study investigated whether a verbal rule could be derived and subsequently followed after discrimination training. A multiple-baseline design across6 adult gamblers was used to assess rule stating and rule following during a gambling task. Prior to the gambling tasks, participants were instructed to complete a fill-in-the-blank and a forced-choice worksheet regarding the arbitrary stimuli covering the payout rates on the slot machine (i.e. stimuli A1, A2, and A3). Preference among 2 concurrently available coin options, red and silver, was assessed during the slot machine activity. Duration of play during each gambling task was systematically predetermined, for a total of 24 min. After the first gambling task, a conditional discrimination procedure was used to train3 3-member stimulus classes (i.e., A1-B1-C1, A2-B2-C2, and A3-B3-C3). The C stimulus class incorporated the rule "play red/silver coins." Following discrimination training, rule stating, and rule following were re-assessed. Derived rule stating emerged for all6 participants while derived rule following emerged for 5 of6 participants. |
|
Gambling for a Reason: The Relationship Between GFA-R Scores and Discounting of Gains and Losses |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Discounting occurs when the subjective value of a consequence is altered because its delivery is delayed or uncertain. Research on discounting has suggested that how individuals discount is associated with the disorder of pathological gambling. The Gambling Functional Assessment— Revised (GFA-R) is a self-report measure that was designed to determine whether the respondent's gambling behavior is maintained by positive and/or negative reinforcement. Research on the GFA-R has suggested that scoring high on gambling as an escape is associated with the disorder of pathological gambling. The present study was designed to determine whether participants' scores on the GFA-R would be predictive of their discounting of delayed or probabilistic gains or losses. Undergraduate students completed the GFA-R and then a discounting task using the multiple-choice method of measuring discounting. Participants discounted losses differently than they discounted gains and participants' GFA-R scores were predictive of discounting of losses, but not gains. The present results inform us as to how the contingencies that potentially maintain gambling behavior and the process of discounting are related. |
|
|
|
|
Operant Response Variability: Further Examination of Lag Reinforcement Schedules |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
609 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College) |
CE Instructor: Tracy L. Kettering, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Reinforcement contingencies can be applied to any operant dimension of behavior, including response repetition and variability (Neuringer, 2002). Lag schedules of reinforcement provide contingencies to a specific response dependent on the relation of the response to previous responses. Responses must vary along some topography from previous responses to produce reinforcement. This symposium further examines the applications of Lag schedules with human participants in a series of translational investigations. In the first study, a second-order Lag schedule was used to target increases in variable responses across session to decrease within session response switching. In the second study, a negative reinforcement contingency was applied within one component of a multiple schedule to increase response variation. This study also examined the stimulus control over response patterns. Finally, the third study used a multiple schedule to bring variable responding under stimulus control. Generalization of variable responding in the presence of the stimulus was then assessed under extinction conditions with a novel task. Implications of the experimental findings to the use of Lag schedules in applied settings will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Variability, Lag Schedules, Response Generalization, Stimulus Control |
|
Increasing Response Variability With a Second-Order LAG Schedule |
JONATHAN W. IVY (Mercyhurst College), Julie Payne (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often engage in rigid or stereotyped patterns of behavior. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects of an across session (second-order) lag schedule on the choice of leisure activities of three elementary students diagnosed with autism. During baseline, two participants showed low levels of response variability when choosing a leisure activity and one participant displayed a pattern of frequent within session switching. Variable responding across sessions increased for all participants following the implementation of the across session lag schedule of reinforcement. During a non-treatment follow-up, one participant continued to respond according to the Lag 2 schedule and one participant engaged in reparative responding. This study supports the use of lag schedules of reinforcement to increase response variability in students with autism. Additionally, it addresses the limitation of frequent within-session switching by utilizing an across session schedule. |
|
Establishing Stimulus Control Over Variable Responding in Humans Through Negative Reinforcement |
NEAL MILLER (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), James Nicholson Meindl (University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst College) |
Abstract: Prior research has demonstrated that when positive reinforcement is presented contingent upon response variability, organisms will increase the degree to which they vary their behavior (e.g., Page & Neuringer, 1985). However, relatively little research has been conducted on the relationship between negative reinforcement and variability. Although positive and negative reinforcement operate similarly (Michael, 1975; Perone, 2003), some have suggested that negative reinforcement may restrict an organisms behavioral repertoire (Sidman, 2001). We evaluated the effects of a schedule in which negative reinforcement was contingent upon response variability. Several college students enrolled in an introductory course in special education served as participants. They played a computer game in which a high-pitched tone was played through earphones, and clicking on one of nine buttons on the screen could terminate the tone. In successive conditions, termination of the tone depended on the current response differing from the previous 3 responses (lag 3) or repeating one of the previous 3 responses (rep 3). Distinctive background colors were associated with the lag 3 and rep schedules. A subsequent series of manipulations assessed the extent to which these background colors exerted stimulus control over responding. All participants responded more variably under the lag 3 condition. Half of the participants also demonstrated stimulus control. |
|
Stimulus Control Over Operant Response Variability: Generalization of Discriminated Variable Responding |
MEGAN MIMS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Basic behavioral literature suggests that behavioral variability is a dimension of behavior that can be increased with operant reinforcement and controlled by discriminative stimuli (Page and Neuringer, 1985). In the current study, a multiple schedule was first used to establish stimulus control over repeated and variable responding in the presence of two different colored cards in 2 college students. Reinforcement was available on an FR schedule of reinforcement during the REPEAT component and on a Lag schedule of reinforcement during the VARY component. Once discriminated responding was observed, a novel task was introduced and repeated and variable responses during the novel task were measured during an extinction component in the presence of the previously acquired same discriminative stimuli. The presence of the discriminative stimuli evoked variable responding both participants, even when reinforcement was removed for all components. |
|
|
|
|
From Simple to Complex: Methods for Assessing and Shaping Students’ Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard Hennigan (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Marcie Desrochers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The education and training of successful behavior analysts is important for the health and longevity of our field. It is imperative to use our science to teach our science, which includes a task analysis of the response set required for mastering the principles and procedures involved. The four presentations in this symposium cover the range of assessment of performance at the student undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as with practitioners. The first presentation covers the area of functional assessment with students and practitioners. The second with the complexity of grant writing on the part of graduate students. The third and fourth presentations address the issue of scoring and scaling the complexity of the skills required to effectively write and perform at undergraduate and graduate levels. The overall theme of student and practitioner success in these endeavors will be of interest to both academics and to supervisors who train in the field. |
Keyword(s): Development, Practitioners, Students, Task Analysis |
|
Teaching Functional Assessment: The In's, the Out's, and the Arounds |
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York at Brockport) |
Abstract: Functional assessment has become the cornerstone of intervention practices in the field of applied behavior analysis. The methods by which we disseminate and train practitioners in the use of functional assessment is important for clients, students, and staff. As such, a careful consideration of learning prerequisite knowledge and skills, objectives, content, method, and outcome of efforts to teach this domain is required for anyone teaching new or developing students and practitioners. A review of the research literature and available instructional materials (e.g., textbooks, software, videos, online resources) was conducted to identify existing approaches for teaching functional assessment to psychology students and staff. A summary of the instructional methods that currently exist and the research evidence on their effectiveness will be presented and evaluated. The accomplishments, missing links and possible avenues to be explored will be discussed. |
|
Exploring Student Development of Grant Proposal Review and Evaluation Skills in a Graduate-Level Grant-Writing Course |
WESLEY H. DOTSON (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Chrystal E.R. Jansz (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Graduate students hoping to secure an academic or research position face employment opportunities that increasingly require pursuit of external funds to support their work. The ability to prepare high-quality grant proposals depends on not only a deep knowledge of an area of inquiry and of research design methodologies, but also an understanding of and ability to critically evaluate proposals according to the scoring criteria against which they will be judged (e.g., how the National Institutes of Health or the Institute of Education Sciences instruct reviewers to score proposals). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the impact of a grant-writing class on graduate student ability to critically review grant proposals according to federal guidelines. Graduate students from a College of Education reviewed and scored a grant proposal using IES guidelines on the first day of class and again on the last day of a summer-semester grant-writing class. We compared their pre-post performance along several dimensions of skill including the ability to identify issues and problems with the significance, methodology, personnel, and resources specified in the proposal. |
|
Teaching by Task Analysis: Using our Science to Teach It |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The principles and procedures in applied behavior analysis can be ordered from less to more complex tasks. One way to order these tasks is to assess them using the model of hierarchical complexity. The usefulness of scoring and then scaling the tasks is that doing so can lead to better shaping and chaining of student repertoires. This is imperative for the potential student to become an effectively functioning practitioner in the field. The principles and procedures (i.e., tasks) taught in a junior-level university applied behavior analysis course will be presented in terms of their scored and scaled orders of complexity, and student performance on those tasks. Data-based recommendations for curriculum design and training support will be discussed. In addition, some of the most complex tasks (e.g., functional assessment) will be highlighted as a potential pitfall that can be overcome. |
|
Scoring Graduate-School Admissions Essays using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity |
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University), Richard Hennigan (Salem State University), Rachel Lucas (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The Model of Hierarchical Complexity has been used extensively to study the behavioral tasks involved in critical reasoning in adults of different ages and different educational backgrounds. Previous research presented pilot data showing that the written products of prospective counseling program students demonstrated different orders of complexity, ranging from concrete to systematic, on their Graduate School admissions essays. Also, that undergraduate Honors students in psychology produced written work that is consistently scored at the formal order. The data presented here represents a subset of a current study in which graduate school admissions essays are being scored and then related to outcomes within the program. Establishing that the stage of writing in a student’s narrative statement is related to their success in a graduate program could allow for better prediction of which students are likely to be successful as well as providing some predictive validity data for the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. |
|
|
|
|
An Examination of Various Intervention Components With Explicit Timing Procedures to Increase Math Fact Fluency |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gary J. Duhon (Oklahoma State University) |
Discussant: Christopher Skinner (Univesity of Tennessee) |
Abstract: A common area of referral in schools is mathematics, specifically in the skill development of numbers and operations (e.g., fact accuracy and fluency). The purpose of this symposium is to present three papers that investigated various intervention components with explicit timing procedures and evaluate the effect on digit correct per minute scores. The components under review included set size (i.e., the amount of items targeted) as well as various iterations of goal setting and performance feedback techniques. Participants in the symposium will be exposed to various combinations of explicit timing procedures and how to incorporate these into practice. Discussion will focus on how these components can be used to fit the needs of students with math fact fluency problems. Specifically, the presenters will speak about how these components can increase the efficiency of student growth. The presenters will also address limitations and practical concerns of adapting these intervention procedures to applied contexts. |
Keyword(s): education, fluency, math intervention |
|
The Effect of Math Fact Set Size on Student Learning Rates |
BRIAN C. PONCY (Oklahoma State University), Megan Purdum (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: This study used a 3 x 1 stratified random group design across 3 classrooms to evaluate whether explicit timing procedures with various problem set sizes resulted in increased learning rates. The first group used 4 sets of 5 problems, the second group used 2 sets of 10 problems, and the third group continually practiced 1 set of 20 problems. Results indicated that using 4 sets of 5 problems resulted in the highest rates of learning, followed by 2 sets of 10, and lastly the set of 20 problems. Although, students reached criteria most efficiently under the small set conditions; post-test data combining all 20 problems showed demonstrable fall off in digit correct per minute scores. Discussion will focus on ways to manipulate the number of fact stimuli to increase the efficiency with which math fact fluency is developed and hypotheses regarding methods that could help ensure generalization and/or maintenance (i.e., reduce learning decay) across time. |
|
A Comparison of Three Types of Goal Setting and Performance Feedback on Math Fact Fluency Scores |
GARY J. DUHON (Oklahoma State University), Mary Giblet (Oklahoma State University), Colleen Mocco (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: This study used a 4 x 1 randomized group design to investigate the relative effectiveness of various combinations of goal setting and performance feedback techniques to increase basic fact fluency with explicit timing. Goal setting and performance feedback were provided in 1 of 4 ways: no goal setting or feedback (control), a graphed goal with graphed feedback, a written goal with written feedback, and a marked goal with marked feedback. Results indicated that graphed goal setting and feedback showed significant effects in student digit correct per minute scores while the written and marked approaches to providing goal setting and feedback showed digit correct per minute growth commensurate with the control condition. Discussion will focus on how, when, and if these approaches should be used to enhance explicit timing procedures in educational settings. Also, discussion will address the efficiency of these procedures on student learning rates. Lastly, authors will examine the practical and theoretical underpinnings important to the results. |
|
The Effect of Math Fact Accuracy Feedback on Digit Correct per Minute Scores |
GARY J. DUHON (Oklahoma State University), Kim Wiechmann Hastings (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: This study used a 2 x 1 randomized group design to examine the use of individualized accuracy feedback (i.e., providing feedback to accurate responding) to increase the effectiveness of a computerized implementation of explicit timing with goal setting and reward. Specifically, the study examined the effect of explicit timing with reward and goal setting with and without immediate feedback on student responding on basic math facts. To accomplish this immediate feedback regarding accuracy in the form of a short audio sound was provided after each correctly answered math fact. Analysis of group pre-test and post-test performance revealed that both explicit timing conditions resulted in significant gains. A between groups analysis determined that the addition of accuracy feedback to explicit timing, goal setting, and reward resulted in a significant gain over explicit timing, goal setting, and reward alone. Results indicate that the effectiveness of explicit timing can be significantly enhanced with the addition of immediate feedback for each response. Discussion focuses on the benefit of the application of this research to computer-based instruction and the unique characteristics of computer technology that makes these advancements possible. |
|
|
|
|
The Standard Celeration Chart: From Training to Application |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (Center for Advanced Learning) |
CE Instructor: Melissa Nosik, M.S. |
Abstract: The use of the standard celeration chart as the primary means of data collection and visual inspection of clinical data can be a challenge at times. The papers in this syposium address a few areas of research needed to continue integrating the chart into everyday practice for behavior analysts. The first paper will address the issue of time required to teach trainers to chart. The second paper in this syposium will provide actual clinical data, which was retroactively charted and then compared to the line graphs that were used to make clinical decisions. The third paper is an actual case study in precision teaching where the chart will be used to view self-monitoring data. Warning: These presentations contain images of extremely graphic scientific content. |
|
Use of Behavior Skills Training to Teach Direct Care Staff to Use a Standard Celeration Chart |
MELISSA NOSIK (University of Nevada, Reno), Stuart Law (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Two groups of direct care staff were trained using a behavior skills training (BST) approach to collect data using the standard celeration chart. Both groups received the same training packagethat included instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback sessions, which lasted 3 hours. All participants were permitted to practice charting and test for competency at some point following training. The only difference between groups was the competency criteria. Group 1 was required to meet an 80% correct criterion to chart a data set. Group 2 was required to meet a minimum fluency of 16 marks per minute before they were considered competent. As a control, Group 1's fluency with the chart were also documented during training and follow-up sessions. All individuals that were given the same data set to test for competency in both groups. Data sets were created to allow participants several attempts if needed to reach competency. Maintenance of charting accuracy was recorded over the course of 6 months for both groups. |
|
A Retroactive Comparison of Clinical Data on the Standard Celeration Chart and Standard Line Graphs |
STUART LAW (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: There are benefits and limitations to both traditional data collection methods for discrete trial training and fluency-based measures in clinical practice. In the current study, actual clinical data from a day treatment facilityin the areas of skill acquisition and reduction of target behavior was evaluated and transferred to a Standard Celeration Chart when applicable. These cases were overseen previously by behavior analysts who were not trained in the use of standard celeration charts and therefore did not utilize them for decision making. Discrete trial acquisition targets were moved to frequency measures and evaluated and reinforced based on fluency criterion in place of percent correct criterion. An evaluation of retention, fluency, and accuracy was performed. The purpose of this analysis is to identify the benefits and limitations of the percent correct, equal-interval data analysis, and the standard celeration chart by comparing them when interpreting and collecting data. Despite consumer familiarity and therefore demand of the standard line graph for presenting data there are considerable best practice reasons for behavior analysts to utilize the standard celeration chart as the basis for treatment decision making in clinical settings. |
|
Twin Case Study of Precision Teaching Outcomes for Language Acquisition Targets |
Michelle P. Kelly (National University of Ireland, Galway), MELISSA NOSIK (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This study examined Precision Teaching outcomes for Irish nonidentical twin 7-year-old boys with autism. The target behaviors were tacting food items and animals in French. Two learning channel sets were practiced for 3, 1-minute timings5 days a week for4 weeks: see picture/say French word and see French text/say English word. The first hypothesis was that when students self-recorded their data it would result in a higher number of correct responses emitted per minute than when the data was recorded by their tutor. The second hypothesis was that learning outcomes would generalize across3 untrained learning sets: hear English word/write French word; hear English word/say French word; and hear French word/say English word. Results showed that both participants scored 0 correct in all timed baselines probes. The first hypothesis was supported. Both participants achieved greater results when they tabulated and graphed their own data (a maximum of 62, 45, 34, and 28 correct responses per minute versus 57, 38, 28, and 23 correct responses per minute). One-month follow-up probes also showed that the data for the self-recorded targets were maintained at a higher rate than those that were tutor-recorded. The second hypothesis was also supported, whereby the results generalized across3 novel learning channels. The implications of these results are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Training: Effective Practice, Acceptability, and Preference |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer N. Y. Fritz (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Y. Fritz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Caregiver implementation of behavior change programs is a hallmark of applied behavior analysis in clinical practice. Studies in this symposium address strategies for parent training and implementation of interventions to produce behavior change in a variety of areas. The first study evaluated the effects of a training program on caregiving behaviors of parents who lost custody of their children, as well as assessed social validity of the procedures. The second study examined three parent-implemented interventions for improving the sleep of young children and determined parent preference for the interventions. The third study evaluated a program for teaching parents to implement reinforcement-based behavioral interventions to reduce problem behavior and assessed parent preference for the interventions. The final study involved training parents to teach their child communication skills using picture exchange or manual signs, as well as assessed parent preference for teaching a particular topography of communication. Collectively, these studies clearly demonstrate effective practice in parent training, as well as provide important information about social validity of behavioral interventions in various applications. |
Keyword(s): acceptability, parent training, preference |
|
Effects of a Strength-Based Video Feedback Parenting Program on Parenting Skills |
RHONDA NESE (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon), Philip Fisher (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: During the Federal fiscal year of 2009, approximately 686,400 children were placed in out-of-home care, including foster and group facilities (U.S. DHHS, 2009). Loss of custody occurs for a variety of reasons; however, abuse and neglect are the primary cause. In the current study we evaluated effects of a behavioral parent-training program designed to teach specific parenting skills on the parenting behaviors of four mothers who had lost custody of their children. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to assess functional control with each participant. We also assessed social validity and contextual fit. Results obtained across participants document a clear functional relation between the intervention and parenting behaviors and support the utility of this intervention for teaching parents positive parenting skills. Results are discussed in terms of implications for supervised visits and parent training within the context of the child welfare system. Data for all four families has been provided in the subsequent graphs. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of Extinction, Time-Based Visiting, and Bedtime Pass in Decreasing Sleep Interfering Behaviors in Young Children |
CHUNYING S. JIN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University) |
Abstract: We investigated the relative efficacy of and the preference for three behavioral strategies used to decrease sleep interfering behaviors in young children: bedtime pass, time-based visiting, and extinction. We used nighttime infrared video and sleep diary to take measures on sleep interfering behaviors, sleep onset delay, night awakenings, the total amount of sleep, as well as other relevant variables in the participating children. Parents helped to develop the treatments during the assessment process and served as interventionists at home after behavioral skills training. We used a multiple baseline across subjects design to evaluate the treatment efficacy across families and a multi-element design within each family to compare the three strategies. At the end of the treatment comparison, children were given the opportunity to choose the condition they most preferred; children then experienced the corresponding procedure. Parents also provided feedback on the acceptability of each treatment and on their satisfaction with the outcomes. The relative advantages and disadvantages of each treatment option, their comparative efficacy, and the extent to which parents can implement the strategies with integrity will be discussed. |
|
Caregiver Preference for Reinforcement-Based Behavioral Interventions |
ANNE SHROYER (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Y. Fritz (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Denise A. Salazar (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Studies on the social validity of behavioral interventions often employ indirect measures (verbal report) of caregiver preference or focus primarily on the preferences of individuals receiving treatment. In the current study, caregiver preference for reinforcement-based interventions for problem behavior was determined via a concurrent-operants arrangement. Parents were neurotypical, and all children were diagnosed with developmental disabilities and engaged in problem behavior maintained by access to positive reinforcement. Parents first were trained to implement noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) with the experimenter. Parents then practiced each intervention with their children. Finally, the parent selected and implemented one of the interventions during 5-min sessions. One parent preferred DRA, and the other parent selected the three treatments equally. Interobserver agreement for treatment choice was 100% for both participants. This study outlines a methodology for identifying interventions that are both preferred and implemented with high levels of integrity. |
|
Parental Choice Between Teaching Manual Sign and Picture Exchange Communication |
LILLIE WILSON (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Parents of children with developmental disabilities are often involved in teaching their children new skills. To become proficient teachers, parents must be trained to implement effective teaching programs that ensure the success of their children. One major area of focus in parent training is teaching parents to increase their child’s communication skills. Typically, parents are taught to teach their child a communication topography determined by a teacher or other professional. However, if more than one modality of communication is appropriate for a particular child, it may be useful to allow the parent to decide which modality is to be used, especially if that parent is going to be teaching. This study examined parental preference for teaching a particular topography of communication by training parents to teach communication using manual signs and picture exchange communication, and then giving them the option of teaching either topography to their child. Four parents and their children participated, and each parent chose picture exchange communication rather than sign language communication. Implications of these results will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Research on Online Instruction in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: David J. Fischer (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The popularity and prevalence of online (distance) learning has increased over the past several years. Many college and universities offer instruction in applied behavior analysis via an online format. With the scientific perspective and research competencies of behavior analysts, we are in a good position to empirically investigate the best practice in conducting distance learning. The papers in this symposium will discuss recent developments in distance learning and discuss research questions that need to be addressed in order to ensure that online instruction results in the acquisition of knowledge and skill competencies that maintain and generalize over time. |
|
Developing Research Strategies for Studying the Effects of Blended Instruction |
LISE RENAT ROLL-PETTERSSON (Stockholms Universitet), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to present an overview of blended instruction as it applies to the education and training of behavior analysts and to highlight research strategies for understanding the effects of blended instruction methodologies. We will present methods of inquiry and variables of interest. Each of these will be discussed in the context of the subject matter and the cultural considerations that are inherent in blended education. |
|
Innovative Approaches to Online Instruction at Florida Tech |
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institue of Technology), Carelle A.D. Harris-Fortune (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Since the inception of our ABA online program at the Florida Institute of Technology, we have created and tested a variety of innovative approaches to teaching behavior analysis online. We have examined new ways to use behavioral technology in content delivery and testing to methods of enhancing our co-instructors' performance. In this presentation, we will describe some of these innovations, share data of their impact (good or bad) on the performance of our students and our co-instructors, and explain how we made decisions from these data. |
|
Vodcasts, Podcasts, and Discussion Forms-Oh My! The Role of Various Online Course Delivery Capabilities and Their Impact on Student Learning and Participation |
MALCOM PATTERSON (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Philip N. Chase (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
Abstract: Technology has provided instructors with capabilities that can enrich online instruction. Some of these include videocasts and podcasts of professors lecturing, online discussion groups, and "virtual classrooms." Although all of these instructional activities could be thought of as enriching student learning and engagement, there are no empirically derived data on their actual impact on student learning and participation. We will discuss the strengths and weaknesses of these activities, and the possible impact on dependent measures important to online instruction. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of the CABA-Tech Online Program to the CABA-Tech Classroom Program |
EMILY WHITE (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: An unfulfilled need is to provide intensive behavior analytic training to entry level service providers (e.g., instructional aides). One such program involves intensive, competency-based training delivered online. An overview of the CABA-Tech program is presented with comparative data from the online and classroom-based models of the training program. The 2 models are compared by participants' rate of completion, accuracy on first-trial responses on quizzes, and social validity ratings from participants. |
|
|
|
|
Perspectives on Emotion |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/DEV; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico) |
Abstract: Among events deemed to be private, emotions remain controversial and continue to be neglected within the field of behavior analysis. This symposium is intended to open the dialogue in this area, with each speaker and the discussant approaching the challenging topic of emotion from unique applied and theoretical perspectives. |
Keyword(s): emotions, feelings, motivating operations, private events |
|
The Use of Emotion in Therapy: Shaping Intimate Interpersonal Repertoires With Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) |
BARBARA S. KOHLENBERG (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Shaping interpersonal, emotional, intimate behavior in others requires that the shaper be in contact with their own private emotional responses, as well as be able to express or amplify these responses in order to shape more effective interpersonal responding. The particular circumstance of an outpatient psychotherapy session provides many opportunities for the client to engage in emotionally intimate behavior that is amenable to shaping. The therapist, as a representative of the social/verbal community, will have private reactions to client behavior,that may guide the kind of consequences given. For example, a client crying may evoke feelings of compassion, tenderness and closeness in the therapist, and could also evoke irritation and impatience. It is likely that these two classes of reactions, occurring in session, are representative of what the client might evoke in others in their daily life. Thus, these private emotional therapist responses are essential stimuli that can be used to shape behavior in the client. This paper will consider the use of functional analytic psychotherapy to help examine how private emotional responses can be used to shape improvements in client intimate interpersonal functioning. |
|
The Thrill is Gone: Anhedonia, Emotion, and Motivating Operations |
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: According to Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, Fourth Edition, Text Revision, anhedonia is the decreased ability or inability to experience pleasure in normally pleasurable activities and is one of the characteristics used to diagnose major depressive disorders. It is often noted that depressed individuals lose interest in stimuli that serve as reinforcers for many nondepressed individuals. In extreme cases, even powerful unconditioned reinforcers such as food and sex can lose their reinforcing functions. Recently, behavior analysts have begun to examine the topic of emotion within the context of motivating operations (MOs)events that increase or decrease the effectiveness of particular stimuli as reinforcers or punishers. We believe that the phenomenon of anhedonia may be best analyzed and studied in the context of emotional MOs. This paper will provide a review of the literature on anhedonia, describe the MO concept as it pertains to emotion, and discuss the implications of emotional MOs in the treatment of depression. |
|
Towards a Behavioral Interpretation of Emotion Regulation |
ANN F. HAYNOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Alan E. Fruzzetti (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Recently, interest in the topic of emotion regulation has dramatically increased within clinical psychology. Emotion regulation is referred to as a process by which an individual attempts to influence the incidence, intensity, or expression of emotion in service of long-term goals. Emotion regulation difficulties are suggested as relevant to various complex behavioral problems, including self-injury, substance use, and disordered eating. Despite widespread appeal of emotion regulation in applied psychology, this construct (and class of behavior) has remained unexamined by the behavioral community. This is likely due to controversy regarding how to address private events within a science of human behavior and the suggested implication that emotion regulation refers to emotional states mediating behavior, contradicting behavioral conceptualizations of private events as dependent, therefore noncausal, variables. However, consequences of excluding a behavior analytic perspective on this topic include a lack of precision in applied theories and interventions and inadvertent allocation of the study of emotion modulation to physiological domains, potentiating further mentalization of psychology. This paper will address how to approach the construct of emotion regulation behaviorally and will include an operant analysis of emotion, discussion of emotions as motivating operations, and examination of the role of verbal behavior in emotion modulation. |
|
|
|
|
Considerations in Applied Work |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Liliane DeAguiar-Rocha (Queens College and The Graduate Center, CUNY) |
|
Behavioral Economics and the Methodological Challenge of Studying Income in the Animal Laboratory |
Domain: Theory |
ANA CAROLINA TROUSDELL FRANCESCHINI (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Maria Helena Hunziker (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
|
Abstract: For decades the dialog between economists and behavior analysts has been facing obstacles, one of which is the difficulty economists find in understanding the exploration of behavioral-economic principles using animal experiments. Income is one of the most fundamental concepts in economics, also considered to be the main controlling variable of many behaviors such as consuming, working or investing, but so far it has not been picked as a relevant independent variable in the BA laboratory. BAs common lab practices to simulate income have been as a maximum number of responses or amount of goods (food, water etc.) delivered to the subjects within or outside experimental sessions. Therefore, it has been studied as a behavioral limit or as a motivational operation (deprivation). In economic theory, personal income is a flow of revenues (money) generated by work, rents, interests or dividends. Keynes (economist) proposed that there are only two units precise enough to measure quantitative economic data: quantities of money and hours of work. Work can be studied as responses, so the challenge resides in adapting the concept of money to the lab. Skinners 1953 definition of money as a generalized conditioned stimulus provides an initial step to this adaptation, suggesting that income should be environmental stimuli. However, there are many aspects of money still to be replicated and tested, as elasticity or substitutability. Behavioral economics studies should considerably develop by replicating money into laboratory procedures, therefore allowing the study of behaviors controlled by the gain, possession or loss of income. |
|
Trauma-Informed Behavior Analysis: Effective Treatment With a History |
Domain: Theory |
JASON CRAIG (Grafton Integrated Health Network), Kimberly Sanders (Grafton Integrated Health Network) |
|
Abstract: Individuals with autism have sensory processing disorders that can elicit a response that is physiologically similar to the respondent behavior of activation syndrome. A trauma-informed care (TIC) model is recognized by an understanding of the neurological, biological, psychological and social effects of trauma on an individual with an appreciation for the high prevalence of traumatic experiences (Huckshorn, Stromberg, and LeBel, 2004). TIC can be a proactive approach to the treatment of individuals that considers the effects of trauma, and incorporates those effects when constructing treatment interventions. Behavior intervention plans based in the principles and practices of ABA have a place in TIC treatment planning. The sensory processing disorder in individuals with autism and traumatic or potentially traumatic life events can be painful, intense or unusual, therefore eliciting the respondent behaviors of activation syndrome. To proactively protect against the value-altering effect of these respondent behaviors when attempting to implement behavior change tactics, consideration should be given to antecedents and consequences that may be conditioned stimuli are a result of these painful, intense, or unusual events. |
|
No Pain, No Gain: Mastering Motor Skills |
Domain: Theory |
PARSLA VINTERE (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
|
Abstract: No pain, no gain is a practice motto that is often used not only by artists and athletes but also by health professionals, such as physical and occupational therapists, in motor-skill practice situations. The motto serves as a rule for behavior. It promises a learner to reach a goal – become a better artist or athlete, or overcome physical disability – through hard and painful work. At the same time, this rule may prevent the operation of other contingencies that would be effective in the absence of this rule. In terms of motor-skill development, some discomfort may be helpful in some instances while harmful in others. The purpose of this paper is to examine the motor-skill practice situations and contingencies associated with them. Because motor-skill behavior is a function of multiple contingencies it is examined by using a nonlinear approach to analysis of behavior, which may serve as an interface between verbal behavior and private events. The benefits of applying this kind of analysis in coaching and therapy are discussed. |
|
Prompting a Change |
Domain: Theory |
LILIANE DEAGUIAR-ROCHA (Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Julianne Guadalupe (Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Anna Schneider (Queens College, The City University of New York), Doreen Ivory (Queens College, The City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, CUNY) |
|
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis is a discipline that prides itself in being conceptually systematic. As such, maintaining a vocabulary that is coherent and truthful to both research and practice is extremely important. The term "prompt" is widely used in both research and practice of behavior analysis. Textbooks tend to define prompts by their function, generally described as a supplementary antecedent stimulus that aids in the acquisition of new behavior, and its association with a specific social disorder (SD). Oftentimes in research articles, the stimuli authors refer to as "prompts" may be serving various functions, such as that of a: discriminative stimulus, rule, establishing operation, neutral stimulus, or instruction. We reviewed 15 years (1968–1972, 1987–1991, 2006–2010) of research published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and analyzed articles that used the term prompt in the method section. Of the 218 articles that were included in this review, only approximately 50 used the term in accordance to its current definition. We argue that an accuracy of less than 50% in its current use may lead to confusion and does not reflect technological purity prescribed by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968). A new definition, irrespective of function, is proposed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Examinations of Emergent Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL03 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Amber R. Paden, M.S. |
Abstract: Teaching young children skills in a manner that produces the emergence of additional, untrained skills can reduce the overall amount of instructional time necessary to teach a variety of targets. However, a paucity of research exists on effective teaching strategies that will reliable produce the emergence of untrained skills (Grow & Kodak, 2010). Programming for the emergence of untrained verbal behavior is of critical importance when working with individuals with developmental disabilities to reduce time spent in instruction and bridge the gap between these individuals and their typically developing peers. The collection of studies in this symposium will describe potential behavioral mechanisms responsible for emergent relations (e.g., Naming) and evaluate the effects of teaching strategies to increase the likelihood of the emergence of untrained verbal operants. First, Charlotte Carp will present on the effects of visual class formation on the emergence of intraverbals. Second, Amber Paden will describe the relationship between echoic behavior during listener training and emergent speaker skills in children with autism. Third, Nitasha Dickes will present a study evaluating the emergence of bidirectional intraverbals following intraverbal training. Finally, Caio Miguel will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research on emergent verbal behavior. |
Keyword(s): emergent behavior, intraverbal, verbal operants |
|
Effects of Visual Equivalence Class Formation on the Emergence of Novel Intraverbals in Children |
CHARLOTTE LYNN CARP (Texas Christian University), Tori Verploeg (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of visual equivalence class formation on the emergence of novel intraverbals. Four typically developing English-speaking children ages 4–6 were first taught vocal tacts for pictures of states, birds, and flowers. Following tact training, they were exposed to matching-to-sample training with the pictures where they were first taught an A-B (i.e., state to bird) relation and an A-C (i.e., state to flower) relation, then were exposed to an equivalence test probing 12 B-A, C-A, B-C, and C-B emergent relations. Immediately following the equivalence test, an intraverbal test was conducted that probed intraverbal relations between the pictures (e.g., "Florida goes with which bird?"). If performance criterion was not met on the equivalence test, additional rounds of both tests were administered requiring children to overtly name the sample stimulus during the equivalence test. Three out of the4 participants met the performance criterion on the intraverbal test: 2 following equivalence testing without overt naming, and1 following equivalence testing requiring overt naming. Results are discussed in terms of intraverbal naming as proposed by Horne and Lowe's (1996) Naming Hypothesis as a possible mechanism for the formation of equivalence classes. |
|
Evaluating Behavior That Facilitates the Emergence of Speaker or Listener Repertoires in Children Diagnosed With Autism |
AMBER R. PADEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Early intervention curriculum manuals provide recommendations regarding the sequence of various types of instruction. One instructional sequence recommends teaching receptive identification prior to expressive identification. Receptive identification targets listener skills such as touching or pointing to stimuli. Expressive identification targets speaker skills such as naming pictures of common items. Additional research is needed to evaluate the necessity of sequencing instruction in this manner and to identify any specific repertoires that may result in the emergence of speaker or listener skills in the absence of direct training. The current study compared the efficiency of receptive and expressive identification training with4 children diagnosed with autism. We also measured echoic behavior during receptive identification training to examine whether this behavior corresponded with the emergence of speaker skills. The results indicated that expressive identification training was either as or more efficient than receptive identification training. In addition, the results showed that high levels of echoic behavior during receptive identification training were associated with the emergence of untrained speaker repertoires in3 participants. The fourth participant's results did not show the emergence of speaker behavior, and this participant rarely engaged in echoic behavior during receptive identification training. |
|
Evaluating Whether Bi-directional Intraverbals Emerge Following Intraverbal Training With Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
NITASHA DICKES (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior plays an important role in conversational skills and early social interactions. Children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often lack intraverbal repertoires. Thus, it is important to emphasize the acquisition of intraverbals during treatment. Previous research has examined procedures to increase intraverbal repertoires in individuals with developmental disabilities; however, the literature is limited on the types of procedures that will result in reversibility or bidirectionality of intraverbals. The current evaluation replicated and extended the findings of Perez-Gonzalez, Garcia-Asenjo, Williams, & Carnerero (2007) by evaluating whether teaching sets of original and reverse intraverbals from the same category resulted in the emergence of novel, reverse intraverbals. Participants were 3 children diagnosed with an ASD. We used a multiple baseline across conditions design with a constant-series control (for 2 participants) to evaluate the effects of training original and reverse intraverbals on subsequent trained and untrained, reverse intraverbals. All participants in the current evaluation mastered sets of original intraverbals in a relatively small number of training sessions; however, training did not result in the emergence of untrained reverse intraverbals. Our results did not replicate previous findings, and we will discuss our results in terms of implications for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Prerequisite Skills and Teaching Conditional Discriminations via Blocked Trials to Children Diagnosed with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
101 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rachel Lee Koelker (Child Study Center) |
Discussant: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CE Instructor: Rachel Lee Koelker, M.S. |
Abstract: Everyday environments include a multitude of complex stimulus conditions. Responding appropriately to complex stimulus relations is a necessary part of many important social, verbal, and academic skills. Individuals whose behavior is not effectively controlled by conditional stimulus relations are likely to have difficulty in social situations and with completing academic tasks. Many children diagnosed with autism have difficulty acquiring conditional discriminations, including match to sample and intraverbal skills. This symposium includes data from three studies investigating how to effectively and efficiently bring the behavior of children diagnosed with autism under conditional stimulus control. The first study (Kodak et al.) evaluates an assessment tool to identify if children have the prerequisite skills to learn conditional discriminations by comparing acquisition of conditional discriminations between participants who emitted all suggested prerequisite skills and those who did not. The next two studies (Slocum et al., & Ingvarsson et al.) examined the use of a blocked trials procedure to establish conditional discriminations using a multiple baseline across responses design. Together, the data from these three studies suggest prerequisite skills and teaching procedures to effectively and efficiently bring the behavior of children with autism under conditional stimulus control. |
Keyword(s): Assessment, Blocked Trials, Conditional Discrimination |
|
Measuring Prerequisite Skills for Teaching Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations to Children with Autism |
TIFFANY KODAK (University of Oregon), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joslyn Cynkus Mintz (Marcus Autism Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: One skill area receiving increased attention in the behavior-analytic literature involves teaching conditional discriminations to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). An auditory-visual (A-V) conditional discrimination requires the individual to attend to and discriminate between auditory stimuli (e.g., spoken words), scan an array of picture cards on the table, discriminate between important features of picture cards, and imitate the teachers model (if the teacher points to the correct picture in the array). Thus, skills such as scanning, imitation, auditory discriminations, visual discriminations, and matching may be critical prerequisite skills to the development of conditional discriminations. Despite the importance of teaching conditional discriminations and the large amount of time focused on teaching these skills, there are few assessment tools that predict whether children have important prerequisite skills to begin conditional discrimination training. The current investigation evaluated an assessment tool to measure prerequisite skills for A-V conditional discrimination training. We validated the results of the assessment tool by comparing acquisition of conditional discriminations in individuals who did or did not demonstrate mastery of prerequisite skills. Eight children diagnosed with an ASD participated in the investigation. Results indicated that the assessment of prerequisite skills accurately predicted whether children acquired A-V discriminations. |
|
An Evaluation of Blocked-Trials Procedure to Teach Conditional Discriminations to a Child with Autism |
SARAH K. SLOCUM (University of Florida), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Children with autism and other intellectual disabilities may struggle in the development of conditional-discrimination repertoires. Previous research has suggested that presenting teaching trials in blocks in which the instructor presents the same sample stimulus repeatedly across trials in lieu of randomly alternating targets across trials and then fades the number of trials in each block, can facilitate the acquisition of these discriminations. We examined the use of a blocked-trials procedure in teaching three conditional discriminations to a child with autism using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design and evaluated the necessity of fading the block size. Our results indicated that blocking trials resulted in the acquisition of these conditional discriminations. In addition, systematically fading the block size was not necessary in order to maintain that discriminated performance. Based on our findings, this blocking procedure may be a beneficial tool for teachers and practitioners in the instruction of conditional-discrimination tasks to persons with autism and other intellectual disabilities. |
|
An Evaluation of the Blocked-Trial Procedure to Establish Conditional Discriminations during Intraverbal Training |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of North Texas), Rachel Lee Koelker (Child Study Center), Heather Macias (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Children with autism frequently emit intraverbal responses that are under inappropriate or restricted stimulus control. We evaluated the blocked-trials procedure (Saunders and Spradlin, 1990) to bring intraverbal responses of three children with autism under conditional stimulus control. The target responses were answers to pairs of questions that differed minimally (e.g., "What do you sweep?" vs. "What do you sweep with?"). The blocked-trial procedure consisted of presenting the question forms in separate, alternating trial blocks (i.e., each question form was presented until 5 consecutive correct responses occurred). The size of the trial blocks was gradually reduced, and eventually the question forms were randomly interspersed. A multiple baseline across responses design demonstrated that the blocked-trials procedure resulted in mastery of all targeted responses. With two participants, procedural modifications (longer trial blocks and the inclusion of distracter trials) were needed to achieve mastery of the first targeted question pair. For all participants, the number of trials errors and to criterion tended to decrease with each successive question pair that was targeted. The results suggest that the blocked-trials procedure is an effective and efficient approach to establish conditional stimulus control of the intraverbal responses of children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Measuring Canine Behavior by Proxy: Benefits and Limitations |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
6E (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: James Serpell, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
JAMES SERPELL (The University of Pennsylvania) |
James Serpell is the Marie A. Moore Professor of Humane Ethics and Animal Welfare at the School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, where he also directs the Center for the Interaction of Animals & Society (CIAS). He received his bachelor's degree in Zoology from University College London (UK) in 1974, and his PhD in Animal Behavior from the University of Liverpool (UK) in 1980. In 1985, he established the Companion Animal Research Group at the University of Cambridge before moving in 1993 to his current position at the University of Pennsylvania where he lectures on veterinary ethics, applied animal behavior and welfare, and human-animal interactions. His research focuses on the behavior and welfare of dogs and cats, the development of human attitudes to animals, and the history of human-animal relationships. In addition to publishing more than 100 articles and book chapters on these and related topics, he is the author, editor or co-editor of several books including Animals & Human Society: Changing Perspectives (1994), The Domestic Dog: Its Evolution, Behavior & Interactions with People (1995), In the Company of Animals (1986, 1996), and Companion Animals & Us (2000). |
Abstract: Because most dogs live inside people's homes where they are difficult, and sometimes impossible, to observe for extended periods of time, they are generally inaccessible to most of the standard methods of behavioral measurement. It is therefore necessary to develop different kinds of measurement techniques in order to study or evaluate their behavior. These techniques fall into two main categories: Behavioral tests that record dog's responses to specific sets of standardized stimuli, and questionnaire surveys that record indirect behavioral information provided by the dog's owner or handler. This presentation describes the development of one such survey method, The Canine Behavioral Assessment & Research Questionnaire (C-BARQ), and its various applications. Since its initial deployment in 2006, the C-BARQ has come to be widely used by working dog organizations, animal rescue groups, trainers and applied animal behaviorists, dog breeders, and behavioral researchers as a means of measuring individual differences in the behavior of dogs. Examples of some of the advances in our understanding of canine behavior that have emerged from this work will be presented and discussed. |
Keyword(s): behavioral assessment, dogs |
|
|
|
|
Linking Psychological Constructs to Behavioral Performance Using Generative Models |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Federico Sanabria, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University) |
Dr. Sanabria is an Assistant Professor of psychology at Arizona State University and principal investigator at the Basic Behavioral Processes laboratory. He is also affiliated to the neuroscience program in Arizona State University. Dr. Sanabria received his professional degree in psychology from the Universidad de los Andes in Bogotá (Colombia), where he spent a few years as marketing research analyst. He received his doctoral degree in experimental psychology in 2004 from Stony Brook University, where he worked on self-control under the guidance of Dr. Howard Rachlin. He was a postdoctoral research associate under the supervision of Dr. Peter Killeen (2004-2008) and Dr. Janet Neisewander (2008) in Arizona State University. He has published over 30 peer-reviewed publications in journals such as the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioural Brain Research, and Psychopharmacology. His research is primarily concerned with the development and evaluation of quantitative models that specify the role of basic behavioral processes (learning, timing, choice, and regulation) in psychiatric disorders (mainly, substance abuse and attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder). The National Institute on Drug Abuse currently funds Dr. Sanabria's research. |
Abstract: Behaviorists often eschew explanations of performance (response rates and locations) that are based on psychological constructs (learning, preference, memory, impulsivity, etc.), for such constructs often lead to dualisms, homunculi, and pseudoexplanations. Their primary interest is in explaining behavior. For many others, however, this diet is too lean. Neuroscientists, for instance, often invoke psychological constructs to interpret performance. Their primary interest is psychological constructs, not behavior. Can there be a principled integration of these approaches? The conventional solution is to operationalize constructs (e.g., define preference as proportion of choices, memory as percent successes), but this often results in arbitrary and misleading indices that constrain commensurability to "procedure fetishism." An alternative solution, advanced in this talk, consists of identifying constructs with hidden parameters, states, and processes defined with quantitative precision in generative models. These models specify random processes that generate instances of performance, thus providing the basis for explaining performance from psychological constructs, and for reverse engineering the principles that govern behavior. Basic psychological research, according to this approach, should focus on developing and testing generative models, and on estimating the sensitivity of model parameters to relevant manipulations. Empirical research on memory, learning, and impulsivity in animal models illustrate these ideas. |
Target Audience: Researchers |
Learning Objectives: _ |
Keyword(s): behavior models, psychological constructs |
|
|
|
|
AAB Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
|
|
|
|
AUT Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Who is Key? Can Teachers be Social Skills Instructors, too? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LEIGH ANN TIPTON (University of California, Riverside), Ruth Ellingson (University of California, Los Angeles), Lara Tucci (University of California, Los Angeles), Elizabeth Laugeson (University of California, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: School-based, teacher-facilitated social skills interventions for adolescents with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may be an effective way to teach skills in a natural setting, yet the extent to which teachers buy-in to the program impacts the effectiveness of instruction is unknown. This study identifies differences in treatment response among adolescents with ASD (N=149) related to teachers level of support of a school-based social skills program. Twenty-four teachers provided daily classroom-based social skills instruction for 14-weeks using a manualized curriculum known as PEERS, while receiving weekly consultation and training. Parent and teacher reports of adolescents social skills were measured using the Social Skills Improvement System (SSIS) at pre and post intervention. In order to understand the level of program implementation, ease of use, and general classroom climate, the Program Implementation Climate Scales (PICS) was administered to teachers. Results reveal that teachers who found the program easy to implement in their daily schedule showed a reduction in student problem behaviors over the course of the intervention (r=-.249, p<.05). These findings suggest that greater teacher buy-in relates to greater treatment response. Further analyses are pending additional teacher feedback. |
|
|
2. Establishing Creativity in Play Skills Using Video-Based Activity Schedules and Matrix Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID ROBERT DILLEY (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Victoria Sadler (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: In order to be said to demonstrate creativity in play skills, one must use existing play skills with novel materials, in novel settings and in novel combinations. For individuals with autism and deficits in play repertoires, basic play repertoires must be established before creative or generalized use of these skills can occur. Video modeling and matrix training have been shown to be effective in establishing basic play repertoires (Ross & Geren, 2001, and Smith, Ross, Dilley & Sadler, 2011). One method for supporting generalization of skills is train to generalize (Stokes & Baer, 1977). The train to generalize strategy was employed via matrix training to systematically reinforce demonstration of trained play actions with novel materials. A 6X6 instructional matrix identified thirty six activities to be performed including combinations of six objects and six actions. In Phase 1 the child is shown a video model and learned to imitate videos of six socio-dramatic play vignettes. In Phase 2 the child learned to combine the characteristics of the six trained socio-dramatic play vignettes across the other thirty new action-object combinations. The results suggest that the treatment package (video modeling and matrix training) achieve generality across untrained settings and materials. |
|
|
3. A Novel Approach to Parent Training: Establishing Critical Discrimination and Responding Repertoires |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GILAH HABER (BEACON Services), Steven Rivers (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Training and support procedures for parents of children with ASD who engage in problem behavior at home and in the community often takes the form of developing behavioral intervention plans and then training the parents to implement these procedures. This is often a time consuming activity that produces limited outcomes. While a number of researchers have shown that parents can acquire the target skills, little evidence exists to suggest that acquisition of the specific responses in the behavior plan lead to generalized parent ability to correctly respond to other behavior problems of similar function in a broad range of settings. The purpose of this study was to build a repertoire of discrimination and responding across a range of response topographies (correct and in correct responses & appropriate and inappropriate behavior) in the context of discrete trial teaching (DTT). This was done in an effort to support parent ability to respond correctly to a broad range of topographies of behavior outside of DTT. Data from pre and post training video observations indicate that after acquiring the targeted performances in the context of DTT, parent correct responding to targeted adaptive behavior increased and incorrect responding to targeted maladaptive behavior decreased. |
|
|
4. A Comparison of Parent Selected Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment Intensity and Parent Reported Expectations of Outcome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
AMY MUEHLBERGER (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Parents who seek out home-based ABA services in the Massachusetts Early Intervention system do not always elect to have those services delivered at the levels of intensity suggested by the best practice literature. The rationale for selecting an evidence-based treatment model and then implementing it at less than the recommended intensity level is unclear. We surveyed the parents of @ 30 children who had received home-based ABA services to determine both what their expectations of outcomes of the services were prior to the onset of services and how their child did relative to those expectations. Specifically, they were asked to evaluate expectations of child outcomes in core deficits for children with autism (e.g. communication, social skill and play skills). These expectations were compared across levels of ABA treatment intensity. Overall and area specific satisfaction data were also collected. The data indicate that parents who selected lower levels of treatment intensity more often reported that their child made better than expected progress in the areas of communication and play skills, this was not true for social skills. Levels of reported satisfaction did not always correlate with expectations. Potential explanations and implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
5. Teaching Two Children With Autism to Identify the Emotional States of Others |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID M. CORCORAN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the efficacy of a curriculum designed to teach children with autism to identify the emotional states of others. The curriculum Teaching Children with Autism to Mind Read (Baron-Cohen, S., Leslie, A.M.. and Firth, U. , 1985) was evaluated. This program describes the skill of correct labeling of others emotional states as a mind reading. However the performances established and measured were the subjects labeling of one of 4 emotional states (happy, sad, afraid, & angry). Individuals with PDD/Autism often demonstrate deficits in understanding and responding appropriately to social bids as well as correctly identifying the thoughts and feelings of others. This is often referred to as theory of mind and is defined as the ability to infer individuals mental states, wants and needs and to integrate this understanding into their interactions with others (Baron-Cohen, et al). Two students, a 7-year-old girl with autism and a 6-year-old boy with Aspergers Syndrome, improved their performances in terms of correctly identifying the emotional states of individuals in vignettes (faceless line drawings and spoken scenarios) from baseline assessment. Both also demonstrated some generalization of taught responses. Data on overall curriculum performance, trials-to-criterion in skill area and errors will be presented. |
|
|
6. Improving Conversational Skills by Increasing On-topic Conversational Exchanges and Processing Time with a Learner with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CASEY ESCOLA (Organization for Research and Learning), Elizabeth Lefebre (Organization for Research and Learning), Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning) |
Abstract: Children with Autism often do not provide enough detail and information when engaged in conversation. Narrating private events, or describing situations and topics in detail so that others understand them is often challenging. Teaching a child to provide more information to his listener improves conversation skills and decreases the strain on the conversation partner. We used Fluency Based Instruction to increase the level of detail the learner provided to his teacher when describing a picture for his teacher to draw, while systematically increasing the level of detail he needed to provide to his teacher. This poster illustrates both the process and the outcomes. |
|
|
7. Video Modeling Imitation Training to Support Gestural Imitation Acquisition in Young Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TERESA CARDON (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Children with autism struggle to imitate and this lack of imitative ability is related to the severity of autism symptoms (e.g., Lord et al., 2000; Rogers et al., 2003). Teaching children with autism to imitate is a necessary component of intervention as poor imitation ability affects development in a variety of areas including play skills, social skills and language skills. The purpose of this research was to determine if there is a functional relation between Video Modeling Imitation Training (VMIT) and increased gestural imitation in young children with autism. In addition, secondary analyses of collateral gains, specifically language development, gesture, and play skill acquisition, after exposure to VMIT was also conducted. A multiple baseline design across three participants was conducted and results indicated that two out of three participants demonstrated an immediate, increased frequency in their ability to imitate gestures viewed on an iPad. In addition, all three participants showed gains in receptive language and gestures post treatment. Expressive language and play skills increased for two out of three participants. |
|
|
8. A Treatment Package to Decrease Vocal Stereotypy in a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACKIE THAXTON (Florida State University), Tania Gonzalez (Florida State University), Laura Reisdorf (Florida State University), Rachel Wagner (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of a treatment package to decrease vocal stereotypy in a child diagnosed with ASD. The participant was a five year old boy receiving eight hours weekly of in-home ABA therapy. Vocal stereotypy was defined as any instance of Nick making an ahhhh sound for at least 3 seconds. Before implementation of the treatment package, stereotypies occurred at a high rate throughout the day in a variety of settings. The treatment involved an index card reading Quiet Mouth being placed on the table, reinforcing the absence of stereotypy on a DRO schedule, and implementing demand flooding contingent upon any instance of vocal stereotypy. Results suggest that the treatment package was successful in decreasing vocal stereotypy; he can now successfully reach 30 minute intervals with zero rates of the behavior. |
|
|
9. Multifunction Communication Analysis With a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LEAH BRUSHWEIN (Gonzaga University), Brittany Poff (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: In this study we examined the effects of functional communication on aberrant behavior across multiple contexts. The participant was 6 years old and diagnosed with autism and a speech delay. He engaged in severe aberrant behavior which included self-injury, aggression, and destruction. Baseline, Functional Communication Training, and transfer of intervention to parent were conducted in a clinical setting. Generalization to the home was conducted via skype consultation since the family lived 100 miles away. All assessment and treatment sessions including skype sessions, were videotaped and coded using a 6-second partial interval recording system. Two independent observers achieved 90% agreement on over 33% of the sessions. Results showed an in increase in manding and a decrease in aberrant behavior. |
|
|
10. Increasing Compliance to Medical Procedures Using Stimulus Fading and Differential Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHERINE K. MARTINEZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease disruptive behavior and increase compliance to medical procedures for a 4-year-old boy with autism. During routine checkups or when ill, disruptive behavior (i.e., negative vocalizations, aggression, pushing away, and physically withdrawing) had prevented medical personnel from employing any standard procedures. We implemented a treatment package that included differential reinforcement of compliance and stimulus fading, which consisted of fading in medical instruments, in terms of duration and intensity. Experimental control was demonstrated in a multiple-probe design across medical procedures. Results showed that the treatment package was effective in decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing compliance to all targeted medical procedures. Trials to mastery decreased over the course of treatment, and generalization was demonstrated across staff members, a family member, and to untaught procedures. Additionally, generalization was also demonstrated across procedures which utilized the same medical instruments and procedures which involved the same body parts. |
|
|
11. A Prospective Case Series of Infants at Risk for Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA BESNER (University of Minnesota), Amy Esler (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that social, communication, and behavior atypicalities present in infancy may predict diagnosis of autism. Much of the evidence on the early signs of ASD comes from parent reports and early home videotapes, however, these methodologies have a number of limitations. Prospective studies are necessary to better identify the early signs of autism. The Language ENvironment Analysis (LENA) system is a portable device worn by a child that continuously records the childs language environment for 16 hours and offers the opportunity to describe the early development of very young children at risk for autism. The purpose of this study is to examine the child vocalizations and adult-child interactions, as reported by the LENA for baby siblings of children with ASD. Data is examined to determine if patterns differ from children with no concerns. Information from this examination will provide useful information on the timing and progression of ASD. |
|
|
12. The Effects of Functional Assessment-Based Intervention on Problem Behaviors of One Student with Autism and Visual Impairments in South Korea |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JUNG YEON CHO (Daegu Cyber University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of the functional assessment-based intervention on the problem behaviors such as self-injury, screaming, seizing of children with autism and visual impairments. In terms of the assessment of problem behaviors, the data was collected through indirect assessment and direct observation on children, and the analysis showed that the attraction of interest caused the problem behaviors. The intervention based on functional assessment as hypothetically verified interest criteria was performed as ABA research design. As a result of the research was effective in the reduction of problem behaviors of children with multiple disabilities. In addition, the generalization and maintenance of intervention effects appeared also in the interventional scene of children and change of moderators. |
|
|
13. Stimulus Control in Facial Expressions Discrimination in Children With Autism: Assessment and Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHANIE COUSIN (Universite Lille III), Vinca Riviere (Universite Lille III), Jean-Claude Darcheville (Universite Lille III) |
Abstract: Children who receive a diagnosis of autism show, as early as one year old, atypical responses to social stimuli. They look less often to faces of others than typically developing children. Furthermore, recent eye-tracking studies have revealed atypical gazing patterns to faces in 2 years-old children with autism, compared to non-autistic children. Those discrepancies seem to be linked to atypical stimulus control. The goal of our study was to assess further this phenomenon and to develop strategies for broadening stimulus control for facial expression discrimination. Three 3 years old subjects participated in the study. The first part consisted in testing children with autism on a computerized simple discrimination with pictures of faces displaying different expressions as stimuli. In a subsequent task, we used an eye-tracking device to see if subjects looked at the discriminative parts of the face, such as the eyes and the mouth. In the second part of the study, subjects who did not reach the learning criterion on the simple discrimination underwent a phase where looking at the relevant parts of the face was synchronously reinforced by music samples, in order to see if it would enhance the performance on simple discrimination trials. Results and implications for treatment and diagnosis are discussed. |
|
|
14. Using Video Modeling to Teach Gross Motor Imitation to a2-Year-Old Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FEI (KATE) ZHAO (Monarch House Autism Centre), Erin Marks (Monarch House Autism Centre), Tialha Nover (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Imitation is an essential pre-requisite skill for learning and many children with autism have deficits with this skill. This case study looks at Ellen, a two year old girl with autism who displays deficits in imitation. Ellen has previously learned imitation skills using a traditional teaching procedure. After two months Ellen no longer imitated and attempts to teach her new imitative actions and re-teach mastered actions were unsuccessful. In research video modeling has been used to teach imitation skills. In this case study we will attempt to teach Ellen imitation using video modeling. Each video will involve a song presenting a single gross motor action to copy. Research suggests that viewing the television provides restricted vision and thus allows the child to more readily focus their attention to the imitative behaviour (Cardon & Wilcox, 2011). Studies show that teaching imitation skills using video modeling promotes more generalization of the skill than teaching the skill in more traditional ways (Kleeberger & Mirenda, 2008). Also, children are more motivated to imitate something on television. (Cardon & Wilcox, 2011).Given the above, we have chosen to use video modeling as a teaching procedure to develop Ellens imitation skills. |
|
|
15. An Environmental Analysis of Setting Events for Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SUNHWA JUNG (Otterbein University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Project TASK, a federally funded model program was developed to implement and evaluate a full day inclusive program for kindergarten children with autism. We conducted direct observations for 41 children with autism in a full day model inclusion program and 21 control children with autism in inclusive classrooms in the community across the four years of the project. Each child was observed across the year for a total of 670 minutes by trained observers. Interobserver agreement was above 90% for the study. Between-group (model v. control) comparisons of changes from pre- to post-intervention were made using analysis of covariance, adjusting for baseline differences at pre-intervention. Significant differences were found between the groups for time spend in proximity to peers and the percent of time spent in prompted engagement between the model and control children. There was also a trend for change in the percent of time spent independently engaged for the children in the model classroom with the children in the model program showing an increase at the end of the year for independent engagement. Results will be presented in graphs and tables. Implications for practice and future directions for research will be presented. |
|
|
16. Evaluating Activity Schedules as Evidence-Based Practice for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA KNIGHT (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Since the passage of NCLB mandating the use of evidence-based practices for individuals with disabilities, teachers are in need of effective interventions to teach students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The purpose of this presentation will be to discuss whether or not activity schedules can be considered an evidence-based practice for teaching on-task and transition behaviors to students with ASD. For the purposes of this review, the authors considered activity schedules to be any sequence of visual cues used with a student. Overall, 27 articles retained for analysis that met the inclusion criteria (e.g., used a single subject design; published in a peer reviewed journal between the years of 1975 and 2011). Individual articles were coded according to (a) quality indicators according to Horner et al. (2005); (b) descriptive characteristics of the study (e.g., independent variable); and (c) evaluation of the composition of studies as providing an EBP according to Horner et al. Twelve of the original 27 studies met criteria for quality (Horner et al., 2005; NSTTAC, 2010). Presenters will discuss how these studies provide a moderate level of evidence. The impact of this presentation will be to provide recommendations for using activity schedules to teach students with ASD. |
|
|
17. The Evaluation of Preference Assessment on Eating Problems |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHU-FEN KUO (SEEK Education, Inc. Taichung, Taiwan), Michele D. Wallace (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: Previous researches had indicated that the effect of concurrent reinforcement schedules on changing behaviors, such as academic behaviors and social skills. The purpose of the current investigation was to examine the influence of concurrent schedules of reinforcement on increasing consumption of non-preferred food. One preschool child with autism participated in this study. A A-B experimental design was implemented. Following the baseline, the multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment for identifying preferred edible as reinforcers. According to the result from preference assessment, noodles is the high-preferred edible and candy is the low-preferred edible. During baseline the percentage of consumption of non-preference food are all 0%, and during intervention condition, concurrent schedules of reinforcement were added. The results show an increase for the percentage of non-preferred food with high-preferred edible. |
|
|
18. Using an Individual Student's Performance Data to Design an Effective Intervention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MOLLY ARMSTRONG (FEAT of Washington), Lauren S. Morrell (FEAT of Washington), Ann M. Sturtz (FEAT of Washington) |
Abstract: Responding to student performance data in timely and effective ways is a key element to any effective intervention program. At least sometimes, the pre-arranged parameters of the independent variable intended to help develop an important skill may need to be changed. We began to teach identical picture matching to a nonvocal 4-year-old boy with an autism spectrum disorder. This behavior was targeted as a prerequisite skill for using a picture communication system, as well as for general language development. Through a series of interventions, including changes to response cues (matching objects vs. matching pictures), response requirements (adding pictures to a pile vs dropping pictures or objects in a bin) and response reinforcement (verbal praise for correct response only vs praise for a good attempt), he was able to progress to outcomes checks within 13 weeks. This poster demonstrates the effectiveness of intervening quickly, and as indicated by the student's behavior. |
|
|
19. Using Fine Motor Agility to Support Writing Fluency |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGHAN GRADY (FEAT of Washington), Kimberly Crawford (FEAT of Washington), Ann M. Sturtz (FEAT of Washington) |
Abstract: Writing letters clearly and fluently is a skill that students need to be successful in their academic careers. This studnet was a 6-year 8-month old male, diagnosed with Asperger's Syndrome who participated in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) program. As part of their intervention, the student practiced writing specific sets of letters both from a written model (copying text) and as they were read alout to him (taking dictation). The student was able to correctly form the letter sets given, but had difficulty writing quickly enough to meet the identified mastery criteria. Intervention to increase the student's speed began with a fine motor agility program. During thie program the student practiced tracing figures with increasing number of loops on paper to increase the speed his pencil. After three weeks of fine motor agility practice, the student's letter writing reached fluency aim. For this student, improving his fine motor imitation proved an effective tool to increase his writing fluency. This poster focuses on the process and results of that intervention. |
|
|
20. Teaching Appropriate Helping Behavior to Children with Autism Using Video Modeling |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAVANNAH DONAHUE (Columbus State University), Elissa McCall (Columbus State University), Stephanie P. Da Silva (Columbus State University) |
Abstract: A multiple-baseline design was used to assess whether video modeling was an effective intervention strategy in teaching children with autism appropriate helping behavior. Two preschool-aged children were chosen to participate in the study based on their ability to perform the tasks and their diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder by an independent clinician. Video modeling along with reinforcement and prompting were used to teach the participants to discriminate between situations when it would be appropriate for them to offer help to an adult and situations that do not require them to offer help. The video modeling strategy proved a useful tool in teaching the nonverbal components of the target behavior; however, prompting and fading techniques were required and employed to achieve the verbal component of asking to help. |
|
|
21. Expanding the Model: A Literature Bases forVideo Self-Modelingin Postsecondary Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NIGEL PIERCE (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Christina Fragale (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Symptoms of social impairment typically persist into adulthood for individuals with ASD (Wilkins & Matson, 2009). For two decades, video self-modeling (VSM) has been used to address a number of social skill deficits for individuals with ASD. However, research on social skills training using VSM for older individuals is limited. The demonstrated success of VSM in social skills training suggests that the model may hold promise for adolescents and adults diagnosed with ASD. This review provides a literature base for utilizing a VSM intervention in postsecondary educational setting for higher functioning individuals with ASD and explores the efficacy of such practice. |
|
|
22. Teaching a 9-Year-Old Boy With Autism to Write his Name |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAGGIE MILLIGAN (Organization for Research and Learning), Andrea Newcomer (Organization for Research and Learning), Kelly J. Ferris (Organization for Research and Learning) |
Abstract: Given that many children with autism have fine motor deficits, writing can often be very challenging. This poster will show charted data on teaching a 9-year-old boy to write his name. The task of writing was broken down into smaller steps, and instruction began with teaching him how to pick up a pencil using a pincher grip. He then learned to trace lines and letters. A stimulus fading procedure was used to move from tracing lines and letters, to writing without visual prompts. Fluency Based Instruction was used in the writing portions of instruction, and all student performance data were charted on the Standard Celeration Chart. Parents, teachers, and clinicians observed tracing, writing, and fine motor imitation generalize across writing and drawing-related activities, including typing, and solving mazes. |
|
|
23. Reducing Problem Behavior Evoked by Noise in a Teenager With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Melissa Connor (Alpine Learning Group), KATHLEEN COOPER (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: A 15-year-old girl displayed high rates of problem behavior evoked by others coughing. Antecedent assessments determined that problem behavior occurred at high rates when exposed to in-vivo coughing and did not occur at all when exposed to coughing presented on video or audiotape. A reversal design was used to assess the effects of video modeling and reinforcement to reduce problem behavior in the presence of coughing. During 15-minute baseline sessions, the participant was exposed to in-vivo coughing every minute and frequency of problem behavior was scored. During intervention, the participant viewed a video segment of a model encountering another person coughing and receiving reinforcement for working quietly in the presence of the cough. Following the video model, the participant was exposed to one in-vivo cough during the first three intervention sessions. The number of coughs presented will be systematically increased throughout the phases of intervention. We anticipate that video modeling and reinforcement will be effective at decreasing problem behavior as the number of exposures to coughing increases. Probes will be conducted throughout baseline and intervention phases to determine the extent to which the effects of the intervention generalize across different locations in the school. |
|
|
24. Early Preparation of Individuals with Autism for Independent Adult Functioning |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JULIANNE BENOIT (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Daryn Kalmus (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Robert Haupt (Autism Spectrum Therapies), William D. Frea (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: For many children with autism, true adult independence will require focused instruction well before their teen years. The concept of independence can be a challenge to define. The struggles for children with autism to prepare for adulthood are often difficult for families to embrace, and difficult for schools to address. This presentation describes a new ABA program that systematically teaches the foundation for building independent social, home, and community functioning. Learning to function independently is a goal of most ABA programs that address developmental disorders. This program specifically addresses building independence for individuals on the autism spectrum. The program begins with targeting critical adaptive functioning goals. Self-management as a skill is taught. Self management skills are used as the foundational behaviors to develop fluent adaptive living skills. After an individual is effective at using self-management the program evolves to targeted home, social, and community goals. The individual’s unique interests are embedded into the program to increase motivation. This presentation describes the process of developing individualized programs for children and adolescents with autism, focused on building independence. Individual examples of independence are defined, as well as the procedures for evaluating specific needs. Program examples are presented as well as data collection and evaluation methods. |
|
|
25. Further Analysis of Response-Effort-Assessment Manipulations for the Assessment and Treatment of Pica |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECKA KRAMER (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexandrea Hope Wiegand (Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: Pica, the consumption of inedible items, is a behavior that can result in dangerous and potentially fatal outcomes. Given the severity of the behavior, identifying efficacious assessment and treatment procedures is critical. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of a response effort analysis as an assessment procedure for the treatment of pica. Following a functional analysis and stimulus preference assessment, response-effort manipulations were conducted during which the effort to obtain pica and alternative items was varied systematically. A treatment procedure was then implemented to determine whether the response effort analysis identified items that effectively competed with pica. Results showed that items ranked higher during the preference assessment competed more effectively with pica. Further, when response effort to obtain the alternative item was lower than the effort to obtain the pica item, all three participants allocated their responding towards the alternative item. However, when response effort was higher for the alternative item participants allocated their responding toward the pica item. Further, the intrusiveness of the intervention required to decrease rates of pica may depend on the results of the response-effort analysis. Findings are discussed in terms of efficacy of treatment and response allocation. |
|
|
26. Replication Study: Using Environmental Sounds to Initiate Receptive Language Training for a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANYL M.H. EPPERHEIMER (Verbal Behavior Center for Autism), Breanne K. Hartley (Verbal Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: A study, which demonstrated the acquisition of a receptive language repertoire for three children with autism, was replicated to facilitate the receptive language acquisition of a nine-year-old boy with autism.
The original study’s methodology was implemented, which consisted of first mastering the matching of environmental sounds to objects and then mastering spoken words to other objects. Additional components were added for the child in this replication due to a longer rate of acquisition in comparison to the three original participants. These additional components consisted of practice trials (to facilitate actively scanning the field to make a correct response) and a specifically outlined differential reinforcement procedure (to facilitate the discrimination between an independent response and a prompted response).
The child in this replication study has acquired the receptive skill of matching four environmental sounds to their corresponding objects. This child has not yet acquired the receptive skill of matching spoken words to their corresponding objects. The rate of acquisition for the child is this replication study was significantly longer than the three original participants. Ninety-eight sessions were required in order to meet acquisition criteria, in comparison to 9 sessions for two of the three original participants and 24 sessions for the third participant. |
|
|
27. Implementation of "Time-Out" Ribbon to Decrease Demand Refusal and Inappropriate Imitation of Other's Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KEATHER LYNN KENT (ABA Programming Inc.), Laura Grant (Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: A time-out ribbon procedure was implemented to decrease the demand refusal and inappropriate imitation of other's behavior of a 4 year old boy diagnosed with Autism. Reinforcement, including access to preferred activities, tangibles, edibles and social attention, were delivered contingent on the client wearing his "ribbon" and engaging in appropriate behavior. The "ribbon" was removed following any occurrence of a target behavior, signaling the absence of availability of reinforcement. Client was required to engage in task demands at a variable ratio schedule of reinforcement of 11 before "ribbon" was placed back on him. Data was charted and analyzed using the Standard Celeration Chart. Deceleration of target behaviors on the chart indicates a socially significant decrease in the behaviors targeted for reduction. A fade out procedure to eliminate the "ribbon" will be implemented. A watch will be conditioned as a replacement "ribbon", and over time will be systematically removed from the client within appropriate situations (i.e. swimming, hand washing, etc.) and reinforcement without the watch will continue. |
|
|
28. Verbal Script Fading Procedures With Time Delay to Promote Spontaneous Vocal Play Utterances in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA J. MANN (Escambia County School District), Josephine Licudine-Fuller (Escambia County School District) |
Abstract: A script fading and time delay procedure were used to systematically teach spontaneous vocal play utterances with a 4-year-old child with autism. The effectiveness of the procedure was assessed via a multiple baseline design across 3 play sets. During baseline, the child made almost no utterances, even though the child had previously acquired some functional expressive language. When the scripts were introduced, the student learned the scripts through a constant time-delay procedure that involved the use of visual cue cards and verbal prompts from the teacher. As the scripts were systematically faded from end to beginning, the childs scripted utterances increased. In the final fading step, the child used the script independently without additional prompting during natural play sessions with the teacher. During generalization sessions, the scripted utterances decreased while spontaneous, unscripted utterances related to the play sets increased. In summary, the child was able to learn the targeted scripts with the teacher, generalize those scripts to 2 peers, and then begin to initiate spontaneous play utterances to his peers without adult prompts. These results support the wide body of research that script fading and time delay procedures can successfully increase spontaneous vocal play utterances in children with autism. |
|
|
29. Abbreviated Performance Feedback: Effects of Training on Discrete-Trial Teaching Skills and Child Responding |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REGINA GOLDMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) is an effective technology for teaching children with autism. Children respond more accurately when teachers implement DTT correctly. Abbreviated performance feedback, an abbreviated form of behavioral skills training, was used to teach four novice adult participants to carry out DTT with two children with autism. Researchers assessed adult participants’ performance based on 10 DTT skills. Following teaching sessions, adult participants received verbal praise for all DTT components correctly implemented, and corrective feedback for components that were implemented incorrectly. Researchers assessed the accuracy of participants' implementation of DTT as well as the accuracy of the children's responses. Maintenance of training effects and generalization of teaching novel skills were also assessed. The results showed that accuracy of DTT implementation increased significantly over baseline levels following the implementation of abbreviated performance feedback. Participants reached mastery criterion within 2-5 training sessions. These data suggest that abbreviated performance feedback can rapidly increase correctly implemented DTT skills, and that training can be completed within a relatively limited number of sessions. |
|
|
30. Effects of Script Placement on Fading Auditory Scripts For Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY GALLANT (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: An alternating-treatments design with initial baseline was used to compare the effect of two locations of auditory scripts relative to target discriminative stimuli on acquisition and maintenance of verbal initiations of interactions as scripts were faded. Four boys with autism or PDD-NOS were taught to initiate interactions about a thirty-six different toys. Button-activated recording devices used to play scripts were placed either on target stimuli or held behind participants' heads. Generalization of initiations was programmed and assessed across toys throughout all phases of the study. After devices were faded, performance was more robust for two participants in the device-visible condition, for another participant more robust in the device-not-visible condition, and no difference was observed for the remaining participant. The results indicate that fading an auditory script played behind a child's head may be equally as effective for establishing stimulus control by target items as fading an auditory script initially attached to items. In most cases, performance maintained at or near criterion levels over a 12-week period following the conclusion of script fading procedures with only a conversational response and access to toys as consequences. Results extend the evidence basis and utility of auditory script and script fading technology. |
|
|
31. A Comparison of Contingent and Noncontingent Reinforcement for Increasing Passive Compliance During Hygiene-Related Tasks |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RASHA BARUNI (St. Cloud State University), Corrie Neil (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Noncompliance and escape-maintained problem behavior are very common in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. This can be a pervasive problem because there are many activities that individuals are required to tolerate, ranging from hygiene-related tasks such as haircuts, teeth brushing and bathing to activities that are required for their health and well-being such as eating and medical procedures. Many of these tasks require passive compliance (i.e., sitting still without being engaged in another specific response) instead of active compliance, which would involve the requirement to engage in a specific response. Two common interventions used to increase compliance include contingent reinforcement (CR) and non-contingent reinforcement (NCR). Contingent reinforcement consists of the delivery of a reinforcer following a correct compliant response. By contrast, NCR involves time-based delivery of an event with known reinforcing properties, regardless of an individuals engagement in a specific behavior. The present study compared the use of CR and NCR to increase passive compliance and decrease problem behavior in 3 children who are noncompliant during hygiene-related tasks. |
|
|
32. Use of Demand Fading, Escape Extinction and Functional Communication Training in the Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA KONRAD (ErinoakKids), Lisa Morrison (ErinoakKids) |
Abstract: Reduction of inappropriate behaviour is of critical importance to allow a child to access the least restrictive environment. The need is even greater with self-injurious behaviour, in which the risk of physical harm to the child is also a concern. The current study presents the data for a 4 year-old boy with autism with a 2 year history of self-injurious behaviour, specifically face hitting. A functional analysis (Iwata et al, 1994) was conducted to identify the function of the behaviour. The behaviour occurred most frequently in the demand (instructional tasks) and tangible conditions. A treatment package including demand fading (Iwata, 2011), escape extinction (Iwata, 2011) and functional communication (Carr and Durand, 1985) was implemented. Results show that the treatment package produced an immediate reduction in the intensity of the face hitting. An immediate increase was also observed in the number of independent requests as well as the number of demands completed in the session. A reduction in the frequency of the face hitting occurred after several sessions, this delay, was in part due several illnesses the child experienced. |
|
|
33. CANCELED: Evaluating Outcomes for Group Social Skills Instruction for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CAROLINE THOMPSON (Autism Spectrum Therapies), William D. Frea (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Robert Haupt (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Social skills instruction is inherently difficult for children with autism, given the nature of the disorder. The ability to make significant gains with social skills in a group format adds additional challenge. Social skills groups must have clearly identified goals and well established methods to ensure successful skill acquisition for all of the group members (Stichter, et al., 2010). Effective social skills group instruction relies on the consistent delivery of planned instruction within a predictable group structure. This presentation describes several key components of a new social skills program. These components were developed on findings from the behavioral literature. Specifically there were four key assumptions. The first is the importance of establishing the purpose of the group. A clearly defined curriculum ensures that the group is adequately focused with measurable goals. Secondly, group formation is critical. Members of the group should have similar needs and abilities. A third factor is the group having well established methodologies. This ensures that those serving as instructors have a clear understanding of what instructional methods will be used during each session. Fourth, there should be a predictable structure to the group. Specifically, the group should have established themes and predictable sequence. These discriminative stimuli help to ensure that there is an expectation for learning. This promotes social skills learning versus unfocused social interactions such as those seen in simple experiential groups. This presentation describes each of the above components in detail. The ABA methods used in this new program are outlined, including clinical examples of programs. Outcomes are addressed, with detail on how data were collected and evaluated for each participant. |
|
|
34. Considering Mastery Criteria: A Survey of Existing Data |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRISTIAN BENAVIDES (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: In recent years, the question of evaluating skill acquisition by children with autism has been considered by applied researchers (Cummings & Carr, 2009; Nadjowski et al. 2009; Lerman et al. 2010). In an effort to streamline data collection, while promoting skill acquisition, some practitioners have adopted discontinuous measurement systems to measure progress on discrete-trial teaching programs. A commonly cited discontinuous recording method is to take data only on the first trial of a given session. Using this method, a skill has been considered mastered when the individual achieves either 2 or 3 consecutive days of successfully completing the first response opportunity in a session (Lerman et al. 2010). Previous analyses on this topic have touched upon several skill domains (Cummings & Carr, 2009) and have yielded mixed results. One finding is that first-trial recording can lead to premature determinations of skill acquisition (Lerman et al. 2010), but that this result can be negated by increasing the criteria for mastery from 2 to 3 consecutive days of first-trial correct responding. The current study examines the questions raised by the researchers cited from a different approach. Taking a survey of a large amount of pre-existing data, we will examine whether the commonly used first-trial mastery criteria yield the same results as the continuous percent-based mastery criteria used by the practitioners collecting the data (80% correct responding across three consecutive days). Preliminary results indicate that firsttrial mastery criteria disagree at a high rate with the multi-trial system that was actually in use. |
|
|
35. Family-Centered Positive Behavior Supports for Families who have Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Review of the Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Peggy Whitby (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), JESSICA LOVE (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: Positive Behavior Support is recognized as an evidence-based practice for children with ASD by the National Autism Center as an antecedent package (2009). Family Centered Positive Behavior Intervention and Support (PBIS) merges family-centered practices and positive behavior supports. This study reviewed literature on the efficacy of Family-Centered PBIS for families who have children with ASD. Its purpose was to: examine the prevalence of literature on Family-Centered PBS; examine methods and characteristics of studies evaluating Family-Centered PBS; and determine whether the intervention could be classified as evidence based. Articles were selected according to the following criteria: a) methodology contained experimental, quasiexperimental, qualitative or descriptive case methods; b) participant(s) had a diagnosis of ASD; c) interventions were identified as positive behavior support; d) family was equal partner in planning process, and e) publication date between 1990 and 2011. Twelve articles met criteria. Article information was organized according to participant characteristics, study methodology, and study results. All studies reported an increase in the replacement behavior and decrease in the target behavior. Only three studies met criteria for a credible single-subject design (Horner et al., 2005). Additional studies with more rigorous methodology are needed. |
|
|
36. Implementation of a Professional Development Series in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Across Several Programs in a Large Human Services Organization: Professional Education in Autism Clinical Services |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Todd Harris (Devereux Foundation), CATHLEEN M. ALBERTSON (Devereux CARES) |
Abstract: The current study examined the results of a professional development series specific to providers of individuals with autism. The series focused on topics in applied behavior analysis and included presentations by experts in the field, book chapter readings, research article readings and relevant assignments. Seven professionals across five programs within Devereux Pennsylvania were the participants. They met for two hours twice a month to discuss readings, assignments and participate in training and presentations in an online training format using GoToTraining technology. Participants experience averaged 11 years in the field of human services and 7 years working for Devereux. Each participant was also assigned a mentor. The mentors were more experienced professionals working within one of the five programs in Devereux Pennsylvania. The mentors' experience averaged 20 years and 16.5 years working for Devereux. Results include mean scores of plans written by the participants in baseline and post-training. Plans included: communication plans, social skills plans, functional behavior assessments and positive behavior support plans. Mean scores of presentation skills are also presented. The mean scored in communication, social FBA and PBSP plans increased from baseline to post-training. Presentation skills were taught using a training-to-competency method and baseline and post-training scores were not differentiated. Satisfaction surveys were completed by all participants. Eight statements were rated on a scale of 1 to 5, 1 being disagree and 5 being agree. Example statements include: I believe that the course content was relevant to my work with individuals with autism. I would recommend participation in the curriculum to another clinician/administrator. The mean score on each of these items ranged 4.4 to 5, demonstrating favorable ratings in each component of the curriculum. |
|
|
37. Evaluation of a Prompting Hierarchy Used to Establish Eye Contact in Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER LYNN AMTMANN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Eye contact and response to ones name are important skills that are frequently targeted in EIBI programs. Currently there is limited research in the area of eye contact in response name and few EIBI manuals contain instructional programs targeting response to name. Therefore, in practice there are various prompting techniques being used with little to no research supporting the various methods. Current practices in EIBI programs often involves the use of manual guidance and verbal prompting. Although successful, manual guidance is intrusive and verbal prompts may be difficult to fade. In this study, a prompting hierarchy consisting of spatial fading of the reinforcer was used to establish eye contact across two participants with autism. A multiple probe design across participants was used and results indicated that both participants eye contact in response to their name improved. |
|
|
38. A Comparison of Simultaneous Prompting and Graduated Guidance in Teaching Receptive Language Skills to Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ARIANA RONIS BOUTAIN HOPSTOCK (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of a simultaneous prompting procedure to a criterion-based graduated guidance prompting procedure for 3 children with autism (ages 4-8 years old). Using a parallel treatment design, researchers taught each participant 6 pairs of receptive labels, 3 with simultaneous prompting and 3 with graduated guidance. The simultaneous prompting procedure was effective in teaching 2 pairs of skills to 1 participant and 1 pair of skills to the other 2 participants. The criterion-based graduated guidance procedure was effective in teaching 2 pairs of skills to each participant. On average, the graduated guidance procedure required slightly fewer teaching trials. We also conducted a preference assessment to determine which of the two prompting procedure each participant preferred. Overall, participants selected either the graduated guidance procedure or indicated no preference. These findings suggest that both prompting procedures are effective in teaching receptive labels and that the participants did not have a strong preference between the different prompting procedures. |
|
|
39. Combining a Token Economy and Escape Extinction to Treat Food Selectivity in Students with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA RADERS (The Bay School), Josh Harrower (California State University, Monterey Bay) |
Abstract: Research examining food selectivity supports the use of various reinforcement procedures combined with extinction to increase the consumption of non-preferred foods. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate an intervention consisting of a token economy and escape extinction to increase consumption of non-preferred foods for three students with autism who demonstrated food selectivity. This multi-component intervention examined the effects of back-up reinforcers as an alternative to contingent escape from meals. Specifically, the number of bites taken and the frequency of challenging behavior were measured. During the intervention phase, participants were reinforced with tokens for taking a bite of non-preferred foods and for the absence of challenging behavior. All participants increased in the number of bites taken of non-preferred foods while challenging behavior decreased during the intervention phase and following maintenance probes. The study provides evidence that a multi-component intervention consisting of a token economy and escape extinction can aid in increasing the consumption of non-preferred foods in the diets of students with food selectivity and autism. |
|
|
40. Paraprofessionals Learn Foundational Skills to Work With Individuals With Autism Using Train To Code |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHELE LAMARCHE (Step By Step Academy), Cynthia Ring (Step By Step Academy), Megan Dodds (Step By Step Academy), Erin Lombard (Step By Step Academy), Ronald W. DeMuesy (Dublin City Schools), John Solomon (Step By Step Academy), Chris Meek (Step By Step Academy) |
Abstract: Train-To-Code (TTC) is an expert coding software system that utilizes a frame-by-frame coding of behaviors shown in a video to teach a new observer to name those behaviors (Ray, Ray, Eckerman, Milkosky, & Gillins, 2011). In this application, TTC was utilized to increase paraprofessionals skilled use of a discrete trial errorless procedure (Terrace, 1963) to teach individuals with autism to identify common objects. The study measured the percentage of steps in the procedure that were successfully completed by these paraprofessionals during a pre-training baseline assessment, the number of coding entries required for each paraprofessional to acquire certification in the training protocol, and the percentage of steps in the procedure successfully completed by these paraprofessionals during a post-training assessment. As six of the seven participants are able to perform significantly better on the post-test(s), this suggests that the Train-To-Code software had a positive effect on the participants ability to perform the foundational skills needed to work with individuals with autism. An ongoing follow-up to this initial study seeks a replication of this improvement using a stronger (multiple baseline) study design. |
|
|
41. Workshop as Method in Staff Training in Incidental Teaching With Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Incidental teaching is procedure that is used to increase the use of spontaneous language. Incidental teaching has been showed effective in teaching and promoting generalization of language skills in a variety of persons and setting (Hart & Risley, 1982; Krantz & McClannahan, 1997). The use of incidental teaching may increase tha effectiveness and adaptability of Early Intensive Behavior Intervention (EIBI), and cost-effective interventions to enable teachers and paraprofessionals in implementing incidental teaching is needed. However, research on how to do staff training to increase use of incidental teaching is limited. Although several studies concludes that parent training is important (Charlop-Chrisy, 2008). This study is a systematic replication of MacDuff, Krantz, MacDuff and McClannahan (1998), Providing indicetal teaching for autistic children: a rapid training procedure for therapists. This replication included a workshop model for teaching implementation of incidental teaching, and the results indicates that workshops effectively increased the teacher and paraprofessionals use of incidental teaching, but that generalization to new settings were not maintained. |
|
|
42. Eclectic Treatment and Behavioral Treatments: Effects on the Verbal Behavior of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE LAURE JOËLLE NUCHADEE (French ABA), Vinca Riviere (Universite Charles deGaulle), Melissa Becquet (Universite Lille-Nord de France), Bruno Facon (Universite Lille-Nord de France) |
Abstract: We compared the effects of 3 treatment approaches on the outcome of children with autism to standardized tests assessing verbal behavior. The treatment approaches comprised early intensive behavioral intervention (children received treatment before the age of 4, 1:1 adult: child ratio, more than 20 hours per week), late intensive behavioral intervention (children received treatment after the age of 4, 1 :1 adult : child ratio, more than 20 hours per week) and eclectic treatment (children were enrolled in public special education daycare programs, treatment had started after the age of 4, an average of 1 :5 adult : child ratio, more than 20 hours per week ). These preliminary results add to the existing literature by demonstrating that age of onset of treatment, intensity of treatment and treatment method affected the response profiles of children with autism to 4 standardized tests assessing visuo spatial skills, grammar, vocabulary and relational concepts considered necessary for academic success in the first school years. |
|
|
43. CANCELED: Implementing an Auditory Trainer With a Preschool Child Diagnosed With Autism in anApplied Behavior AnalysisClassroom |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER A. SYDORWICZ (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Allison Newman (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Rebecca Rothstein (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Aletta Sinoff (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
Abstract: This poster will outline a single subject case study examining the effects of using an auditory trainer, the HearIt, on a five year old non-verbal girl diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, verbal apraxia, recurring otitis media, and symptoms of auditory processing disorder, which were exacerbated during a time of identified conductive hearing loss. Performance on standardized language measures and the rate of skill acquisition for receptive language targets with and without the use of the system over a four month period will be presented. At the time of the study, the subject had been receiving intensive behavioral intervention in the Early Childhood program at the Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism for two years. This poster will demonstrate the positive effects of using the HearIt in the classroom setting during times of identified conductive hearing loss and when hearing was determined to be within normal limits as identified by an audiologist. Clinical implications will be discussed. |
|
|
44. A Pilot Study on Novel Intraverbal Responses as a Function of Schedule of Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHU-HWEI KE (SEEK Education, Inc.), Linda J. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effects of schedule of reinforcement on novel intraverbal responses. Two males with autism, age 22 and 23 participated in this study. During the baseline condition, a set of social questions was asked. Following the baseline, a pre-training phase was introduced and a stimulus transfer procedure was used to train intraverbal responses at a minimum of 3 correct responses. During the intervention condition, concurrent schedules of reinforcement were added. Reinforcement on FR3 was contingent on any appropriate intraverbal responses to the social question. A discriminative schedule with CRF was contingent only on novel intraverbal response which has never occurred in previous sessions. The results show an increase for both the percentage of varied and appropriate intraverbal responses and the cumulative number of novel intraverbal responses for both participants. |
|
|
45. Animal-Assisted Therapy for Autistic Children:A Single Case Experimental Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTOR MANGABEIRA (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Marie Odile Chelini (Instituto de Psicologia Universidade de Sao Paulo), Juliana Rhein Lacerda (Instituto de Psicologia Universidade de Sao Paulo), Monica Baptista Ciari (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Carolina Faria Pires Rocha (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Renata Paula Silva Roma (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Emma Otta (Instituto de Psicologia Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is recognized as a first choice treatment for individuals with autism. A broad range of stimuli or more specific techniques can be used in ABA based therapies. In this context, we designed an intervention model based of the insertion of a new variable supposed to act as a motivating operation able to affect the rewarding value of other activities: namely, a dog. In this project, the animal appears as a therapeutic instrument to improve the interventions of the behavior analyst. A low-functioning autistic boy received 22 individual occupational therapy sessions in alternated blocks of sessions with and without a dog. All sessions were video-recorded and analyzed. Four independent coders categorized participants behavior in five categories, grouped as improvement and problem according to the case conceptualization (Agreement=0.78). Data were expressed as percentage of total session duration and frequency per minute. Our first results suggest that the introduction of the dog led this autistic boy to express feelings and emotions, which we consider a significant improvement. Also, the scape/avoidance behavior has decreased throughout the process. These ?ndings add to the growing body of evidence that the therapeutic use of animals may enhance the effectiveness of established occupational therapy techniques. Acknowledgements: Educao Especial Paulista, Coordenao de Aperfeioamento de Pessoal de Nvel Superior, Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvimento Cientfico e Tecnolgico, Bayer. |
|
|
46. The Effects of Inter-Trial Intervals on Receptive Tasks for Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE ASHLEE CALL (The University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of inter-trial intervals on receptive labeling by 3 children (ages 4 to 7 years old) diagnosed on the autism spectrum. We used an alternating treatment design to compare the effects of short inter-trial intervals (5-10 seconds) to longer inter-trial intervals (15-20 seconds) during discrete trial teaching. Each participant was taught to point to pictures of objects, numbers, or people. For example, the teacher might put three pictures (of a bar of soap, a hammer, and a book) on the table in front of a child and ask, “What would you use to take a bath?” Each participant was taught a minimum of 6 pairs of receptive tasks, 3 with short inter-trial intervals and 3 with long inter-trial intervals. One participant learned all of the pairs in roughly the same number of trials using both lengths of inter-intervals. The other two participants sometimes learned a pair of pictures with fewer trials using the short inter-trial intervals and sometimes using the long inter-trial intervals. While participants appeared to learn the tasks in a similar number of teaching trials, all participants learned the tasks in a shorter amount of total teaching time when the short inter-trial intervals were used. |
|
|
47. Assessing the Needs of Children with Autism: A Statewide Training Model to Build Capacity Among Public Special Education Teachers Throughout Georgia |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAUREN GIANINO (Marcus Autism Center), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center), Dana M. Bamford (Marcus Autism Center), Chiara M. Cunningham (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Assessing the Needs of Children with Autism (ANCA) was a multi-year training endeavor offered as part of a collaborative agreement between the Marcus Autism Center and the Georgia Department of Education. The goal of the ANCA project was to build proficiency among educators to better utilize empirically supported assessment and teaching methods based on applied behavior analytic practices to educate students with autism. The initial training cohort was comprised of 207 special education teachers from public school systems in eight regions of Georgia who work primarily with students with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities and autism spectrum disorders. Behavior Analysts provided a series of four workshops across two school years to target the following core skills: administration of skills assessments, selecting and writing measurable IEP objectives, implementing behavior analytic teaching methods within the classroom setting, and collecting and interpreting data to monitor students educational progress. Each workshop employed didactic instruction, role play, feedback, and written exercises. The model for state-wide training to build capacity in public schools will be presented. In addition, outcome data will be presented regarding participants acquisition of the material and measures of social validity. |
|
|
48. CANCELED: The Effects of Goal Setting on Supervisor Completion of Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Observations in an Applied Behavior Analysis Service Agency |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERI KINGSDORF (Pacific Child and Family Associates) |
Abstract: Pacific Child and Family Associates is an agency which provides Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services to clients with autism and related disorders. One part of the quality assurance procedures which are in place, are the conducting of Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) observations on therapists providing direct ABA services to clients. The TPRA observations are conducted by supervisors on therapists, to ensure that programing is being implemented correctly. During the TPRA observations direct feedback is provided to the observed therapist on the quality of his or her antecedents and consequences surrounding interlocking three-term contingencies between the therapist and the client. These observations are also used to collect inter-observer agreement (IOA) data and identify areas in need of change in current programing. In this study, an intervention was put in place using individual goal setting and immediate feedback to increase the number of TPRA observations conducted monthly by supervisors. The study utilized a multiple baseline design across participants, to assess the effectiveness of the intervention. The value of goal setting interventions, the creation of contingency specifying stimuli, and the general application of behavior change strategies in an agency setting are all discussed. |
|
|
49. Antecedent Interventions for Treating Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
AIMEE E. MEIER (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Researchers in applied behavior analysis examine a number of interventions that can be used to treat feeding difficulties in young children. Although escape extinction (EE) has been found to be a common component of effective behavior analytic treatment packages for both food refusal and selectivity, a number of interventions have also been found to be successful in the absence of escape extinction. For example, there is an emerging body of research on antecedent strategies, such as simultaneous presentation, high-probability instructional sequencing, and stimulus fading. These studies have had mixed results. It is possible that antecedent interventions are most successful with certain populations within the general umbrella of feeding problems (e.g., refusal vs. selectivity). This review outlines some recent research on antecedent manipulations in the treatment of feeding problems, and in particular, attempts to understand possible relationships between successful applications of antecedent interventions and features of the presenting feeding problem and general context. Results indicate that there are some relationships between the factors evaluated, and recommendations for further research is suggested. |
|
|
50. The Effects of Response Blocking and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior on the Reduction of Immediate Echolalia |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTA HOMLITAS CULLIVAN (Knapp Center for Childhood Development), Amy Lockney (Knapp Center for Childhood Development), Julie Knapp (Knapp Center for Childhood Development) |
Abstract: Approximately 40% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have limited to no verbal behavior. Of the 60% who do speak, they may demonstrate behavior which interferes with their ability to learn language, limiting acquisition of new skills. One example of an interfering behavior is echolalia. Echolalia is the mechanical repetition of words and/or phrases uttered by another individual and can be immediate or delayed. It is often a symptom of a neurological or developmental disorder such as Autism. In the present study the effectiveness of response blocking and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) on immediate echolalia was assessed using a multiple baseline design across subjects. Response blocking and DRA were assessed with two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Each child was taught to make an alternative, non-echolalic verbal response (i,e., I don't know) to an echoed statement or question. Preliminary analysis of data shows an 89% decrease in frequency of immediate echolalia with Participant 1 after implementation of the intervention. This procedure is efficient in that it produced rapid results and can be easily implemented across various environments. |
|
|
51. Using a Treatment Package to Extinguish a Conditioned Reflexive Motivating Operation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LYNDA ROSNER (Hudson Valley Behavioral Solutions), Lindsay Panko (Hudson Valley Behavioral Solutions) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation demonstrated the relationship between apparent "sensory seeking" behaviors (pushing on chin, pushing head on the therapist, and throwing materials in the air) and the role of a conditioned reflexive motivating operation (CMO-R). The participant was a five year old boy diagnosed with Autism. Results were examined across task demands, play and the removal of a tangible reinforcer. The baseline data showed 0 instances of the behavior while he had a tangible reinforcer. Behavior averaged 66% of the time during work tasks, and 33% of the time during the removal of the tangible reinforcer. Task demands were shown to be establishing operations, evoking problem behavior to access escape. The treatment package included thick schedules of reinforcement and antecedent manipulations (stimulus demand fading, errorless instruction, and interspersal instruction) which were used to abolish the effects of the CMO-R and therefore reduce problem behavior during task demands (Zarcone, Iwata, Hughes, & Vollmer, 1993). This was an effective method to reduce the evocative effects of the stimulus. |
|
|
52. A Behavioral Intervention Package to Treat Severe Food Selectivity for a 4-Year Old Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FAY YEN (St. Cloud State University), Sharon E. Baxter (Private Practice) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effectiveness of a treatment package on a severe food selectivity problem for a 4-year-old boy with autism. Baseline data showed that he accepted 10 exclusive food items only. His parents reported that refusal to new foods had persisted for longer than a year and he did not have difficulties in chewing or swallowing. A combination of treatment strategies was implemented including contriving establishing operation, providing positive reinforcement following food acceptance, escape extinction and gradual fading to new foods. The intervention was conducted in the therapy room of the childs home. In addition, a simplified version of intervention procedure was taught to the parents to use in the kitchen at home to prevent the child from practicing escape from the new food items presented by the parents. After intervention, the child accepted 20 food items that he used to refuse and 32 completely new food items including small pieces of fresh fruit. Furthermore, he has demonstrated generalization accepting novel foods presented either by instructors or the parents anywhere in the house. The data suggest that the treatment package has been highly effective and the generalization effects are evident. The limitation of the current study was discussed. |
|
|
53. Cardiovascular Arousal in Individuals With Autism: An Idiographic Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLA MARIA AUBE (University of Rhode Island), Matthew Goodwin (The Groden Center), Wayne Velicer (University of Rhode Island) |
Abstract: Stress in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is poorly understood, yet can be detrimental to the functioning of these individuals. Stress-related problems are more common in ASD than the typical population, and individuals with ASD often have poorer coping skills. It is crucial to understand stress responses in these individuals, to help them better learn, cope, and prevent problem behavior associated with stressful events and heightened arousal. However, traditional measures of stress (e.g. self-reports) are often unreliable in this population, due to communication deficits in ASD. Studying physiological responses is an alternative, potentially more accurate, way to study stress in ASD. This idiographic study systematically examines heart rate (HR) responses to six stressors in 39 individuals with ASD. Patterns of response for each individual are discussed. Examples of four hypothesized physiological subtype responders were identified. These subtypes include: hyperarousal (characterized by high baseline HRs, with low variation in response to different stressors), hyporesponsive (characterized by low/normal baseline HR, with low variation in response to different stressors), reactive responsivity (characterized by HR that increases significantly throughout the assessment and fail to return to baseline level), and normal responsivity (characterized by normal baseline HR that varies during stressor phases, but returns to baseline level during subsequent baseline phases). Clinical and general implications of these findings are discussed, as well as directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
BPH Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
|
|
|
|
CBM Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Methodology in Clinical Research: Measures and Designs |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SONIA BEATRIZ MEYER (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Process studies are especially valuable for identifying mechanisms of change and single case experimental designs are useful for establishing causal relationships in the context of an individual. 21 process studies were developed by my students at the University of So Paulo since 2001. 13 were descriptive single case studies; they tested various systems of repeated measures, prerequisite for single-case experimental designs. Categorization systems were created in seven studies for therapists behaviors and in 14 for clients behaviors. It was possible to use existing categorization systems for therapists behaviors in13 studies and for clients in 11, indicating that viable measurement systems were obtained mostly for therapist behaviors. The possibility of conducting experimental research, introducing and removing variables was only viable after obtaining satisfactory measures. On three occasions a single case experimental design was used and it produced clear results, indicating the potentiality of the measures and design for psychotherapy research with a behavior analytic approach. Samples of results of the studies will be presented to illustrate the kind of systems and designs created. |
|
|
2. An Evaluation of Reactivity to Observer Presence While Self-Monitoring to Improve Swimming Performance |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA SCHONWETTER (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Jeffrey Oliver (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Studies on the effects of reactivity have been conducted in the work setting, but no sport studies have investigated participants’ reactivity to the observer’s presence. The current study evaluates the effects of reactivity to observer presence in such a sport setting. Seven public high school swim team members used program boards to self-monitor in order to increase the number of assigned laps completed at practice. Reactivity to observer presence was assessed by having a confederate record the swimmers’ completed number of laps during observer absent conditions. An ABAB reversal design was used. The percentage of assigned laps completed increased during the self-monitoring phases. The enhanced self-monitoring phase, also with feedback, showed an additional increase in the percentage of assigned laps completed. The effects from reactivity were mixed; the percentage of assigned laps completed was lower on days that the observer was absent compared to the days the observer is present for only some of the participants. More research is needed to examine reactivity in sport settings. |
|
|
3. Facilitation of Exposure Therapy with D-Cycloserine for Social Anxiety: Individual Participant and Process Measures |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA SHEERIN (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Exposure-based therapy for anxiety disorders is an efficacious treatment, but there remains room for improvement. In order to reach this goal, more focus has been applied to better understanding the mechanism of new learning through extinction, the process assumed to be at work in exposure therapies. The use of NMDA partial agonists has been investigated as a potential way to facilitate this process. Promising results of animal studies have shown that administration of D-Cycloserine (DCS), a partial agonist at the NMDA receptor site, improves extinction learning has led to preliminary research using DCS to facilitate exposure therapies in clinical populations, many showing that DCS does lead to faster rates of improvement. The current study utilized a double-blind placebo-controlled design with the purpose of extending earlier findings, using a population with social anxiety disorder and a five session, manualized exposure-based protocol for public speaking anxiety. Results of the study showed greater improvements on multiple measures early on in therapy for the DCS group. This poster will present session-by-session data with the goal of providing a better understanding of the effect(s) DCS has on exposure therapy by utilizing repeated measures with group and single-subject comparisons of behavioral and self-report anxiety measures. |
|
|
4. Enhanced Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Tics |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
FLINT ESPIL (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Christopher C. Bauer (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Although tic disorders have historically been treated with medication, behavioral interventions have recently gained empirical support (Piacentini et al., 2010; Woods, Piacentini, & Walkup, 2007). In a large, randomized control trial of behavioral therapy for Chronic Tic Disorders (CTD), results indicated behavior therapy yields therapeutic gains similar to those found in published medication trials (Piacentini et al., 2010). The behavior therapy, also known as a Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Tics (CBIT), consisted largely of function-based interventions, habit reversal, and behavioral reward components. The present study examined whether a program of intensive immediate reinforcement for successful tic suppression would enhance the treatment response for children with CTDs. Twelve youth ages 8-17 underwent eight sessions of either traditional CBIT or CBIT enhanced by a specific reinforcement contingency (ECBIT). Results indicated both groups showed significant improvement as measured by parent report, F(9, 110) = 2.48, p < .05, and those in the ECBIT condition showed improvement on weekly therapist and independent evaluator ratings, F(7, 40) = 15.68, p < .01, an overall decrease in tic severity, F(7, 40) = 6.69, p < .01, and reported being more aware of their tics. There was no significant difference (t = .62, p < .05) between response rates of CBIT and ECBIT groups. Although certain limitations (e.g., small sample size, low statistical power) to the study exist, results suggest no additional benefit of an immediate reinforcement contingency on treatment response. |
|
|
5. Predictors of Treatment Outcome in a Contingency Management of Stimulant Abstinence in Sevrely Mentally Ill Outpatients |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANK ANGELO (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Background: Factors found to influence outcome in behavioral treatments for addiction include gender, drug use severity, and age. Mental illness is often exclusionary criteria for these studies. Therefore, little is known about predictors of behavioral addiction treatment response in adults with mental illness. The current study investigates the impact of client variables on in-treatment performance in a contingency management (CM) intervention. Methods: This research was part of a larger randomized controlled trial of CM for stimulant abuse in mentally ill adults. All clients met DSM-IV criteria for mental illness. Demographic and service utilization information, the Addiction severity Index-lite, the Positive and Negative Symptom Scale, and the Brief Symptom Scale were collected at intake. Participants (n=96) received 12-weeks of CM. In-treatment performance was defined as duration of stimulant-negative urinalyses. Linear regression was used to identify independent predictors of treatment success. Results: Stimulant-positive urinalysis at intake (=-8.19, p<.05) and higher psychiatric severity (=-5.25, p<.05) predicted worse in-treatment performance. Greater service utilization (=2.23, p<.05) was associated with longer duration of abstinence. Conclusions: Results indicate CM treatment performance is influenced by psychiatric severity, service utilization, and drug use in persons with mental illness. These data can inform future CM interventions tailored for this population. |
|
|
6. When Parental Punishment Backfires: An Investigation of the Relationship Between Parenting Style and Student Alcohol Consumption |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN C. SMITH (Virginia Tech), Rebekah Francis Duke (Virginia Tech), Alex Melkonian (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Each year our nations colleges and universities are devastated by the consequences of alcohol use and abuse. College drinking amounts to 1,700 student deaths, 600,000 injuries, 700,000 assaults, and 90,000 sexual assaults (Hingson, 2005). This problematic drinking is often carried over from high school where parents play a critical role (Weschler, 2002). This study sought to better understand how parental punishment patterns in high school are related to differential college drinking outcomes. A total of 367 students at a large university in southwestern Virginia completed an electronic survey on their high school drinking, parents behaviors, and college drinking. Results show a significant positive relationship between high school drinking and college drinking (r = .421, p < .01). Additionally, even when controlling for high school drinking as a covariate, students who were punished for drinking in high school consumed significantly more alcohol in college, F(1, 348) = 35.00, p < .01. The impact of punishment was even greater if parents drank with their children at home or if parents kept alcohol in the house, termed a hypocrisy effect. Results indicate an emphasis should be given to reinforcing good behavior instead of punishing bad behavior. Further implications for parental strategies will be discussed. |
|
|
7. Psychological Flexibility and Resiliency Among College Students Who Have Experienced the Death of a Parent |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RAWYA AL-JABARI (University of North Texas), Ryeshia Jackson (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Previous research on the effects that parental death has on children and young adults reveal inconsistent findings. Some studies report individuals are able to revert back to previous levels of functioning between 6 and 12 months after a parental death (Raveis, Siegel, & Karus, 1999), while other research indicates that participants have an increased rate of psychological problems for up to two years after losing a parent (Cerel, Fristad, Verducci, Weller, & Weller, 2006). This difference in responding to parental death may be related to an individuals level of resilience. Waugh et al. (2011) defined resilient people as those who face challenges and adversity that come up in their lives, while maintaining good mental health outcomes. They are able to adapt and flexibly adjust to the fluctuating difficulties in their environment. Kashdan and Rottenberg (2010) report that good mental health and resilience are characteristics related to psychological flexibility. Therefore, the current study investigated the relationship between self-reported resilience as measured by the Connor-Davidson Resiliency Scale (CD-RISC; Connor & Davidson, 2003) and psychological flexibility as measured by the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire for Youth (Greco, Murrell, & Coyne, 2005). This study was conducted with a sample of 63 adults who had experienced the death of a parent or primary guardian prior to age of 18. The data analysis, a one-tailed Pearsons r correlation, was significant; r = -.326, p = .009. This indicates that higher scores on the AFQ-Y (meaning less psychological flexibility) were correlated with lower scores on the CD-RISC (meaning less resiliency), suggesting psychological flexibility and resilience are positively related. |
|
|
8. Participants With Dementia in the Applied Behavior Analytic Literature |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JORN ARVE VOLD (Norwegian Assosiation for Behavior Analysis), Jon A. Lokke (Ostfold University College), Gunn Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Approximately 1 in 10 adults over the age 65 years exhibit behavior, which may be diagnosed as dementia. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) published a special section on behavioral gerontology in 1986. In 2011, Trahan, Kahng, and Hausman reviewed the research published before and after the behavioral special section, and found that the rate of published articles on gerontology is less than one per year. Vold and Lokke (2011) reviewed the same literature segment with a similar result (under 20 articles found). Since then, eight new studies on applied behavior analysis and dementia have been published in Norwegian Journal of Behavior Analysis. The present study presents an overview of studies carried out with persons diagnosed with dementia and replicate the findings in Trahan et al. (2011. In addition, more details and studies are included: number of participants, description of participants, targeted behaviors, treatment of choice, and data from eight recent Norwegian studies. Such reviews are important starting points for pinpointing future research projects including experimental behaviour analysis, applied behaviour analysis, and general service delivery. |
|
|
9. Problem Behaviors in Patients with Dementia |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JON A. LOKKE (Ostfold University College), Jorn Arve Vold (NAFO ( Norwegian assosiation for behavior analysis)), Gunn Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Occurrence of problem behaviors in nursing homes for people with dementia is assumed to be high. However, only a limited number of studies have examined the amount of problem behaviors in Norwegian nursing homes. Descriptive data on the frequencies of problem behaviors are important for the dissemination applied behavior analysis to gerontology. In the current study, bachelor students have been trained in assessment of problem behaviors using Cohen-Mansfield Agitation Inventory Long Form (CMAI). CMAI consists of a seven point rating scale, ranging from an estimated frequency of Less than once a week to Several times an hour. CMAI includes 29 descriptors or items. The instrument is possible to complete in 10 15 minutes. The Bachelor students informed and instructed nurses and nursing assistants to complete the CMAI. We present data on the frequencies of different problem behaviors from several nursing homes in the south part of Norway. The results can be used to select target behaviors, and as rationale for the use of applied behavior analysis in the field of gerontology. |
|
|
|
|
CSE Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Pouched Rats Detection of Tuberculosis in Human Sputum: Comparison to Culturing and Polymerase Chain Reaction |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA M. MAHONEY (Western Michigan University), Bart Weetjens (APOPO), Christophe Cox (APOPO), Negussie Beyene (APOPO), Amy Durgin (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Setting: Tanzania. Objective: To compare microscopy as conducted in Direct Observation of Treatment Short Course to pouched rats as detectors of Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Design: Ten pouched rats were trained to detect tuberculosis in sputum using operant conditioning techniques. The rats evaluated 910 samples previously evaluated by smear microscopy. All samples were also evaluated through culturing and multiplex polymerase chain reaction was performed on culture growths to classify the bacteria. In Experiment 1, the polymerase chain reaction analysis was performed manually and in Experiment 2 it was performed on selected samples through use of a Cepheid GeneXpert. Results: Overall, the patient-wise sensitivity of microscopy was 48.0% and the patient-wise specificity was 98.3%. Used as a group of 10 with a cut-off (defined as the number of rat indications to classify a sample as positive for Mycobacterium tuberculosis) of 1, the rats increased new case detection by 64.6% relative to microscopy alone. The average patient-wise sensitivity of the individual rats was 67.0% (range 62.2-72.5%) and the mean specificity was 93.5% (range 91.1-95.3%). Conclusion: These results suggest that pouched rats are a valuable adjunct to, and may be a viable substitute for, sputum smear microscopy as a tuberculosis diagnostic in resource poor countries. |
|
|
2. Moving to the Beat of Djembe Drums: African Dance and Reported Feelings of Depression |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUILYN ANDERSON (Claremont McKenna College), Denise Grosberg (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Depression is a disabling mental disorder that has a huge impact on one’s life and is considered a global health concern (World Health Organization, 2011). Although depression is typically treated with antidepressants and cognitive therapy (Mayo Clinic, 2011), exercise is growing in popularity as a more behavior change option. It is believed that exercise may be effective because exercise stimulates the release of feel-good neurotransmitters and endorphins in the brain, reduces immune system chemicals, and increases body temperature, which is thought to have a calming effect (Mayo Clinic, 2011). One type of exercise that has been used to treat a number of disorders, including depression, is Dance Movement Therapy. This therapy is a promising intervention for depression because it incorporates easy behaviors to perform and has a subsequent effect on the behaviors of depression. From this premise, West African dance was used in the present study to evaluate its effects on depression behaviors for 13 college-aged students. It was hypothesized that with depression behaviors would reduce such behaviors as a function of participating in a dance class. Results indicated that West African dance had a significant impact in lowering overall depression behavior scores (M for pre-test= 6.71, M for post-test=3.85, t= 4.9) and psychological scores (M for pre-test psych variable =2.08, M for post-test psych variable= .31, t= 4.68) of participants. Potential implications are discussed in terms of possible long-term effects in decreasing depression behaviors in patients through West African dance. |
|
|
3. Acceptability of an Internet-Based Contingency Management Intervention for Smoking Cessation |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
BRANTLEY JARVIS (University of Florida), Bethany R. Raiff (National Development and Research Institutes), Marissa Turturici (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The acceptability of an Internet-based contingency management (CM) intervention for cigarette smoking was evaluated in two experiments. Experiment 1 consisted of questionnaire data collected from end-users after they participated in an Internet-based CM intervention that involved delivering incentives either contingent on abstinence, as verified by breath carbon monoxide (CO) levels of < 4 parts per million, or independent of abstinence (yoked control). Experiment 2 garnered similar questionnaire data, except that participants were potential treatment users (smokers), non-smokers, and healthcare providers, who had never used the intervention. Acceptability was measured using various formats (e.g., visual analog scales, open-ended questions). Overall, results of both experiments indicated high acceptability ratings across all groups dimensions of the intervention (e.g. 79.9 and 77.9 overall ratings for experiments 1 and 2, respectively (1=low satisfaction, 100=high satisfaction). Although smokers in Experiment 1 stated that they were willing to pay $91.65 for the treatment on average, 20.4% of participants in Experiment 2 indicated that a $50 hypothetical deposit was a weakness of the intervention. Healthcare providers were overall very likely to recommend the intervention to patients (81 percent), but mostly to smokers aged 18 45. |
|
|
4. Investigating Social Skill Acquisition of African-American Students With Mild Intellectual Disabilities and Challenging Behaviors |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA BROPHY (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Limited opportunities to engage in social interactions may exacerbate poor post-school outcomes for African American students with mild intellectual disabilities and challenging behaviors. A promising intervention that can increase prosocial behavior and decrease the poor social skills of students with intellectual disabilities and challenging behaviors is social skill instruction. This study examined the effects of a small group, culturally responsive social skill instruction program, incorporating parental involvement, on increasing the prosocial behaviors of three African American high school students with mild intellectual disabilities and challenging behaviors. In addition, the function of participants social behavior was examined and incorporated into instruction. Using a multiple probe across skill sets design, it was demonstrated that participants were able to increase appropriate usage of targeted social skills during role-play situations with their peers and family members. Results are discussed relative to the importance of culturally responsive social skill instruction for African American high school students with mild intellectual disabilities incorporating parental involvement and a functional perspective. |
|
|
5. Cultivating Distance Training to Overcome Runner's Plateau in Training Using Publicly Posted Goals |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
DAYNA BEDDICK (University of West Florida), Jessica Truett (University of West Florida), Barbara Endlich (Behavior and Education Inc) |
Abstract: A runner's plateau in performance can be catastrophic for a runner's career. Many times intrinsic motivation is not enough to push a runner through this difficult training period; therefore, extrinsic motivation is needed. This experiment implements a publicly posted training goals intervention to break through a runner's plateau in performance of a sixteen year old male competitive cross country runner. Five kilometer practice race times serve as the dependent variable for this experiment and the publicly posted goals serve as the independent variable. A single case combined changing criterion design and ABA design is used to execute this experiment. |
|
|
6. Assessing High-Risk Drinking Behaviors On Alcoholidays: A Field Investigation of St. Patrick's Day, Cinco de Mayo, and Halloween |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ZACH MANNES (Virginia Tech), Ryan C. Smith (Virginia Tech), Molly Bowdring (Virginia Tech), Bo Whitelaw (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Rates of high risk drinking have been influenced by both celebratory motives and celebratory occasions (Glindemann, Wiegand, & Geller, 2007). This study tried to determine whether these celebrated festivities, or alcoholidays increase the average BAC (Blood Alcohol Concentration) per person on celebratory occasions as compared to a normal drinking night. To examine this effect, research assistants collected data at three locations, two in front of local bars in downtown Blacksburg, and a third on campus on the Thursdays, Fridays, and the nights on and surrounding the Alcoholidays of Halloween, St. Patricks Day, and Cinco de Mayo. After providing informed consent, participants were asked several questions about their celebratory motives, and given the opportunity to have their BAC measured. Several independent samples t-tests and analyses of variance (ANOVAs) were performed to investigate if students drank significantly more on the three holidays compared to the weekends and corresponding weekdays leading up to the alcoholidays. From these results it was determined that instead of a problematic Alcoholiday drinking culture, the problem was specific to individuals who reported celebratory motives. Thus, while alcoholidays were not significantly different than non-alcoholidays on average, students who reported celebratory motives were significantly more intoxicated on these nights. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. A Literature Review of Functional Analysis Conditions with Stereotypy/Repetitive Behavior Using Tangible Items |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SOYEON KANG (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Farah El Zein (University of Texas at Austin), Ziwei Xu (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Analogue functional analysis (FA) has been used as the fundamental experiment to identify the functional relationship between problem behavior and the environmental variables. As much as it is used extensively, the FA procedure has been conducted with variations adapted to particular characteristics of individuals with developmental disabilities. However such variations adopted in FA conditions may introduce confounds to the results of FA (Carter, Devlin, Doggett, Harber, & Barr, 2004). As an example, during the attention condition, the child manipulates tangible objects (e.g., toys) while the implementer pretends to do work. During a control play condition, the child plays with the tangible objects freely. At that time, depending on whether or not the child can access the tangible object to engage in the target behavior (S/R), the results can be different. The presence of tangible objects across FA conditions may cause especially undifferentiated results. This study reviewed previous studies in which analogue FA was conducted for participants whose target behavior was stereotypy/repetitive behavior with tangible items published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 1994 to 2011. This review provides a summary related to the exact conditions of the FA described in the literature and the relevant FA results. A total of 15 studies were identified from the inclusion criteria. Most studies did not provide a detailed description about which tangible items were used to engage in stereotypy/repetitive behavior or whether the items were present in the FA conditions (i.e., attention, play, and alone). Most studies also did not provide a specific criterion regarding tangible item presence or absence in the alone condition for the participants with these characteristics. Usually, during the alone condition, the tangibles were absent and false negatives are suspected. Based on the results, this study discusses and provides some suggestions regarding systematic experimental control of functional analysis for this population. |
|
|
2. Making Reinforcement Decisions: An Evaluation of the Effectiveness Between Tangible and Social Reinforcers |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SOYEON KANG (Meadows Centers for Preventing Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (University of Texas at Austin), Kara Blenden (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: The highly preferred items selected through preference assessment are provided as a reinforcer during educational intervention. Children with autism and other developmental disabilities are more likely to engage in inappropriate behavior (e.g., stereotypy/repetitive behavior) than appropriate play with the preferred items given as a reinforcer. Unfortunately, reinforcers may unintentionally encourage the problem behavior (i.e., stereotypy/repetitive behavior) that the intervention is trying to reduce. It is important to select a reinforcer based on the object data; however, considering the above situation, it is necessary to look at not only the data, but also the whole picture when making reinforcement decisions. An alternative reinforcer that is still acceptably effective and encourages children to engage in less problem behavior may need to be identified. In this respect, the present study evaluates a possible alternative reinforcer: social interaction. The purpose of this study is to compare the effectiveness between the first preferred item and the social interaction (e.g., verbal praise, high five etc.) given as a reinforcer during the instruction period. The participants were three children, aged 3 to 5 years old, with developmental disabilities. This study had two phases: In the first phase, preference assessment was conducted to identify the most highly preferred items. The information about social interaction that the child preferred was obtained from their teachers. In the second phase, two different reinforcer conditions were compared in terms of skill acquisition, task engagement, and stereotypy/repetitive behavior. For this comparison, alternating treatment design was used and the type of reinforcer condition used in each session was randomly determined. The result suggests that social interaction would be an effective reinforcer to teach skills without promoting stereotyped behavior. Based on the results, this study discussed making an efficient reinforcement decision. |
|
|
3. A Comparison of Differential Reinforcement Using Competing and Noncompeting Stimuli |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JODI ELIZABETH NUERNBERGER (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement contingencies have been used to treat challenging behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement, but with varying results. Some researchers have shown that differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedures can be effective in reducing challenging behavior, while others have shown contrary results. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of two DRO procedures in decreasing challenging behavior exhibited by an individual diagnosed with autism. Preferred items were identified using a paired-choice stimulus preference assessment and the extent to which those items competed with challenging behavior was assessed.Researchers identified a competing and a non-competing stimulus, both highly preferred, that were arranged within DRO procedures. That is, the participant received access to either the competing or the non-competing stimulus contingent on the absence of challenging behavior for a specified period of time. The efficacy of the DRO procedures was assessed using an alternating treatments design embedded within a reversal design. Results showed both differential reinforcement procedures were effective in reducing challenging behavior. |
|
|
4. Do Children With Reading Difficulties Improve Reading Skills and Eye Movements Through Word-Sequence Training? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HIROKO NAKAGAWA (Keio University), Mikimasa Omori (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities often show difficulty in reading sentences and comprehension while some of them can read words. Previous researches showed that less fluent reading skills led poor comprehension skills. Repeated reading training is known to be effective for improving reading and comprehension skills. Most of researches presented sentences as stimuli during the training. However, few researches presented word sequences as stimuli for the training. Since each Japanese word have meanings, presenting word sequences is effective for children with reading difficulties. In the present study, we examined whether reading fluency and comprehension skills were improved by word sequence training for children with reading difficulties. We also evaluated the patterns of eye movements. During our training, each word was presented one-by-one and children were asked to read the presented word. After reading the word, next word was presented. When they finished the training, they were required to read whole sentences and answer the quiz, and we evaluated their patterns of eye movements. As a result, children decreased reading time and improved the quiz comprehension and eye movements. These results suggested that word sequence training was effective to improve reading fluency, comprehension and eye movements. |
|
|
5. Assessing the Function of Dangerous Climbing Using a Baited Environment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRIS DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Dangerous behaviors (e.g., climbing) displayed by children with intellectual disabilities pose imminent risk of severe injury or death (Risley, 1968; Swahn, 1988). Determining the function of climbing is crucial for treatment development; however, the ethical and safety implications of evoking these behaviors in the natural environment may be questionable. The purpose of the current study was to develop safe methods for assessing the function of climbing in two young males diagnosed with intellectual disabilities; Lenny, aged 9 and Mike, aged 6. Functional analyses (Iwata et al., 1994) were conducted by carefully baiting a room with furniture (i.e., tables and cabinets) such that it presented an analogue to the home environment. Data were collected on climbing, jumping, and other problem behaviors (e.g., aggression, self-injury). Results suggested that climbing was maintained by positive reinforcement (e.g., tangible and attention). Intervention strategies for dangerous behavior maintained by positive reinforcers (e.g., extinction, differential reinforcement) are also discussed. Reliability data were collected for at least one-third of observations and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
6. Arbitrary vs. Extinction-Induced Responses as Mands During Functional Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN B. BLACK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James Snow (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Morris (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) involves providing reinforcers contingent upon an appropriate response (i.e., mand) and withholding reinforcers contingent upon aberrant responding. Previous research has suggested that mands could be selected from responses observed during extinction-induced variability (Grow et al., 2008) and that mands existing in the individuals repertoire may be more readily used by the individual than an arbitrary response (Winborn et al., 2002). The purpose of the current investigation was to extend previous research by comparing response allocation of a trained, arbitrary response to responses selected from an extinction probe. A reversal design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT with 1 participant whose aberrant behavior was maintained by escape from demands. FCT was effective at increasing appropriate responding and decreasing aberrant behavior. During FCT sessions, responding was allocated almost exclusively to responses selected from the extinction probe. These findings are consistent with previous research and strengthen the recommendation that FCT responses should be selected from responses already in the individuals repertoire, when possible. |
|
|
7. A Review of Experimental Functional Assessment Methods Conducted in Active Classroom Settings |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAIR LLOYD (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: When functional analysis methodology emerged, assessments were commonly conducted in highly controlled settings (e.g., clinic or hospital rooms). Over time, however, the use of experimental methods to assess the function of problem behavior in natural settings (e.g., classrooms) has increased. We searched the literature to identify experimental functional assessments conducted in active (i.e., ongoing) classroom contexts for students receiving special education services and who engaged in problem behavior. To qualify as experimental, studies included the systematic manipulation of one or more antecedent or consequent stimulus. Sixty-three studies were identified and analyzed according to various procedural and methodological variables. Coded variables included, but were not limited to, classroom setting (inclusive or self-contained), implementers (teachers or researchers), manipulation type (antecedent and/or consequent stimuli), experimental design, number of test conditions, total number of sessions, data collection methods, inter-observer agreement measures, procedural fidelity measures, and outcomes. Data are synthesized to (a) describe the classroom-based functional assessment methods used to date, (b) identify approaches that may be most practical and/or efficient for classroom settings, and (c) identify areas for future research. |
|
|
8. The Effects of Task Preference on Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH COMMINS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher Tung (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chris Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Antecedent-based treatments for escape-maintained problem behavior often involve curriculum alterations such as interspersed requests or behavioral momentum (Horner et al., 1991; Nevin et al., 1983). That is, less effortful or more probable (i.e., high-probability) tasks are systematically incorporated into academic programs in order to reduce maladaptive behaviors and increase compliance (Burns et al., 2009). Research suggests these strategies may even alter task preference (Clarke & Skinner, 2000). The purpose of the current study was to assess the effects of task preference on task compliance prior to intervention in two adolescents (Claire and Kyle) diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. Tasks were selected from each participant’s individual education plans and included demands that participants were observed to complete independently. A paired-choice preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1997) was used to assess task preference while compliance and frequency of problem behavior were assessed through single-trial presentations of tasks. High compliance and little problem behavior was observed during high preferred tasks, while low compliance and problem behavior was observed during low preferred tasks. Implications for the treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior will be discussed. Reliability data were collected for 66% of observations and averaged 97%. |
|
|
9. An Evaluation of Response Patterns Within Five-Session Food and Activity Multiple Stimulus Without Replacements for Nine Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA BOSCH (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Layla Abby (Texas Tech University), Samuel Thompson (Texas Tech University), Lucy Barnard-Brak (Texas Tech University), Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: DeLeon and Iwata (1996) introduced and validated a 5-session multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment; Carr, Nicolson, and Higbee (2000) found that three sessions and furthermore that one session may be sufficient to determine preference. In the current study, we sought to replicate and extend the results of Carr et al. by examining the degree of correlation between five separate sessions of MSWOs completed for (1) activities and (2) edibles. Results showed that, for activities for 7 of the 9 participants, Spearman rank order correlations between the first session and the total rank were moderate to high (mean 0.79 and range 0.31-1.0). This suggests that for activity preference assessments, a single session may be adequate to determine preference. For food, correlations were more variable. Results of only 4 of 9 participants showed moderate to high correlations (mean 0.62 and range 0.29-1.0), suggesting that food preferences may be more heavily influenced by establishing operations. Results will be discussed in terms of the intellectual disability and functioning level of the participant. |
|
|
10. An Evaluation of Children’s Preference for Spanish and English Languages |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
YANIZ C. PADILLA DALMAU (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: There has been a recent interest in evaluating children’s first (L1) and second (L2) languages as independent variables in behavioral assessments and interventions (McComas & O´ Raghallaigh, 2011). In this study, we evaluated preference for stimuli and language concurrently within a concurrent schedules design. Participants were two children aged 12 and 7 years old who were exposed to Spanish and English and had disabilities. James’ L1 was English and Tara’s L1 was Spanish. Three paired-stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) were conducted in three contexts: attention, tangible, and demands. Nine choice options (4 stimuli in English, the same 4 stimuli in Spanish, 1 no-language) were presented in pairs until all options were paired together for a total of 36 trials per PA. Interrater agreement on participant’s choices was assessed during 100% of trials and averaged over 90%. Participant’s choices were analyzed to evaluate the interaction between language and stimulus preference across and within contexts. James showed a preference for English across the three contexts whereas Tara showed a preference for English in two contexts (demand, tangible) and Spanish in one context (attention). These results suggest that individual preference assessments are needed for language as well as stimuli. |
|
|
11. Effects of a Functional Communication Training Package Plus Time Out on Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA EMILY SCHWARTZ (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Shannon Dyson (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to show the effects of functional communication training (FCT) on self-injurious behavior (SIB) during a 90-min outpatient evaluation. Marci was an 18 year-old female diagnosed with Rett Syndrome who engaged in eye-rubbing, which resulted in blindness. Arm immobilizers were used to prevent SIB, but were removed during this evaluation. All procedures were conducted by group home staff with coaching from clinic therapists within a multi-element design. During baseline, staff interacted with Marci and blocked SIB. During FCT, a microswitch with a pre-recorded message of play please was presented to Marci. If she touched the microswitch, staff interacted with her. If she attempted to display SIB, it was blocked and attention was removed. Results of this evaluation (Figure 1) showed that SIB (top panel) was lower during FCT. Independent communication (bottom panel) only occurred during FCT. Interobserver agreement was collected X% of sessions and averaged 79%. Overall, these results suggest that FCT can be shown to care providers very quickly in an outpatient setting. |
|
|
12. Assessment and Treatment of Perseverative Conversations on Restricted-Interest Topics in a 14-Year-Old Male Diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD M. OWEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Phillip A. Hartwig (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Some individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder will spend an excessive amount of time conversing about restricted-interest topics, which others may find aversive, resulting in social isolation. Results from a functional analysis indicated that the participants perseverative conversations of restricted-interest topics (referred to as perseverative conversation) were maintained by social attention. A multiple schedule was developed in which a colored card signaled whose turn it was to select a topic of conversation and whether perseverative conversations would be reciprocated (participants turn) or ignored (therapists turn). The participant received 60-s access to reciprocated conversations on the topic of his choice contingent on 30 s of cumulative participation in non-perseverative conversation during the therapists turn. Low to zero levels of perseverative conversation were observed during the therapists turn; however, the participant engaged in only moderate levels of on-topic during this time. When access to reciprocated conversation on perseverative topics was made contingent on on-topic conversation during the therapists turn, on-topic conversation increased and perseverative conversation remained low. These effects maintained across various individuals. |
|
|
13. Concurrent-Operant Functional Analysis of Aggressive Behavior Maintained by Attention |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD M. OWEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Certain forms of aggression are likely to elicit a physical reaction (e.g., flinching, blocking), making it difficult for the therapist to completely ignore problem behavior in the control condition. In the current study, we evaluated an innovative method for assessing whether attention maintains problem behavior under conditions in which it may be difficult to maintain high levels of procedural integrity. Our initial pairwise functional analysis (attention versus control) resulted in undifferentiated responding. In an attempt to increase procedural integrity, we added protective equipment, but levels of aggression decreased to zero across the control and test conditions. Differential levels of responding were observed during a second functional analysis in which two therapists were concurrently available but were associated with different qualities of attention (vocal attention + animated physical reaction versus minimal physical reaction). A treatment based on the results of the concurrent-operant functional analysis resulted in low levels of responding. |
|
|
14. Unnecessary Q&A: Evaluating the Effects of Response-Cost andFunctional Communication Training on Reducing the Vocalization of Unnecessary Questions of a 7-Year-Old Boy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ZADAY SANCHEZ (Florida State University), Tom Petrini (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The effects of response-cost and functional communication training (FCT) were evaluated on reducing the vocalization of unnecessary questions of a 7-year-old boy with ADHD. The purpose of reducing asking unnecessary questions (questions which the child already knows the answers to) was to replace this behavior with more age-appropriate and socially acceptable behaviors (i.e., stating the information he wants to convey as opposed to asking for it). A token economy board was used to deliver tokens for completing academic tasks. Completing the token board resulted in obtaining a potentially reinforcing item of choice that had been previously determined by a preference assessment. The response-cost procedure consisted of removing a token from the token economy board without providing attention. This was immediately followed by implementing FCT, which consisted of the therapist stating we do not ask questions we already know the answers to; just tell me about ____ (the subject of the childs previous question) if you want to talk about it. This statement was followed by prompting the child to appropriately vocalize his statement. Results indicated that response-cost plus FCT reduced the vocalization of unnecessary questions. |
|
|
15. E-Consultation for a Speech Therapist: An Exploratory Study |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKA KOREMURA (Keio University), Ayuko Kondo (Keio University), Hiromitsu Morishita (Susaki Kuroshio Hospital), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: In this exploratory study, on-site and online hybrid ABA consultation, e-Consultation, was introduced to train a speech therapist, who works at a hospital. A university professor, a graduate student, an information scientist, a speech therapist, and his client (4 years old boy) were involved in e-Consultation. A-B-C design was used for this study. At the beginning of the first intervention phase, one-day lecture and hands-on workshop was given on-site. In the second intervention phase, 1-1.5 hour long consultation was conducted over the Internet, using Skype installed computer with web camera, speaker, and microphone. Each session was recorded by a video camera, and the recorded session was reviewed at the online consultation. The speech therapists time allocation of DTT and PRT, and the clients escape behavior during sessions were measured as dependent variables. The result showed that the therapist implementation of DTT and PRT during the consultation phases improved compare to the baseline. For the child's escape behavior, it was a decline trend as oppose to the baseline although the average number of online consultation phase was the same as the baseline. Further data analysis and replications with other clinical specialists are needed to validate the generality of e-Consultation. |
|
|
16. Positive Behavior Support for Deaf Children with Developmental Disabilities: Staff Training and Family-Centered Intervention |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENDA FOSSETT (University of British Columbia), Joe M. Lucyshyn (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: A significant percentage of deaf children are diagnosed with additional disabilities, with estimates of co-morbidities as high as 51% (Gallaudet Research Institute, 2006). These children are at increased risk for developing significant problem behavior, due to the severity developmental challenges. The need for research regarding strategies to address problem behaviors in this unique group has been identified in the fields of education of the deaf and applied behavior analysis (Carr, 2006; Luckner & Carter, 2001; Luckner, Muir, Howell, Sebald, & Young, 2005). Two studies were conducted to answer questions related to staff training and behavior intervention for deaf children with additional disabilities. The first study investigated the association between training in Positive Behavior Support (PBS) and improvements in staff knowledge and skill. Ten of the 11 staff participants were Deaf and training was provided in American Sign Language. The second study investigated the effectiveness of a family-centered PBS approach to problem behavior with a deaf child diagnosed with cerebral palsy and autism. The interventionist, a Deaf staff trained in the first study, conducted the functional assessment, developed the PBS plans, and taught the mother to implement the intervention strategies. Results for the first study showed that the training program produced a statistically significant difference between pre- and post-test scores, while results for the second study demonstrated a functional relation between a family-centered PBS process and improvements in child behavior and participation in three home-based routines. Results suggest that training professionals in the field of deaf education to conduct functional assessments, develop PBS plans, and support parents in implementing interventions can have a positive effect on child functioning and family life. |
|
|
|
|
DEV Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Individual Differences in Effects of Exercise on Smoking in the Human Laboratory |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALLISON KURTI (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A single bout of exercise can decrease cigarette cravings and withdrawal, and increase the delay to ad libitum smoking. The present study used a laboratory analogue of smoking and a within-subjects design to assess individual differences in the relation between exercise and smoking. Participants experienced 20-min of exercise and 20-min of leisure activities across four sessions in an ABAB design. To assess individual differences in effects of exercise on smoking, a median split distinguished participants as responders (exercise increased delay > 1-min relative to control sessions) or non-responders (exercise increased delay < 1-min relative to control sessions). Responders waited 30.2-min longer to smoke after exercise relative to control sessions, and smoked 2.4 cigarettes per session. Non-responders waited 0.4-min longer to smoke after control relative to exercise sessions, and smoked 3.8 cigarettes per session. Responders also displayed lower resting heart rates, initiated smoking at a later age, and smoked fewer cigarettes per day than non-responders. These results suggest that exercise increases the delay to ad libitum smoking in the human laboratory, although there are substantial individual differences in the magnitude of this effect. Future research should identify characteristics that predict, or conditions that enhance, the efficacy of exercise to reduce smoking. |
|
|
2. Prevalence and Difficulty Effects on Vigilance in a Baggage Screening Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JY LIN (Santa Clara University), Christina Rothans (Santa Clara University), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: The Vigilance Reinforcement Hypothesis (VRH) predicts that a higher prevalence rate of target items (e.g., knives or guns) will function as reinforcement for baggage screening behavior and increase vigilance. Previous studies (Hogan et al., 2009; Wolfe, Horowitz, & Kenner, 2005) have explored this issue but not with more complex schedules, nor has there been much investigation of additional levels of difficulty in the visibility of the targets (easily-detected & difficultly-detected targets). In Experiment I, each experimental session included two different prevalence rates, 5% and 30%, but only one level of difficulty, easy targets or hard targets. The purpose was to examine the effects of prevalence rate on vigilance. Our prediction was that vigilance would be higher in conditions with higher prevalence rates of targets regardless of difficulty level, but that overall vigilance in conditions with easy target presentations would be greater than in conditions with hard target presentations. Preliminary data suggest that vigilance was greater in the conditions with easy target presentations. The mean hit rate was M=98% for the easy target condition and 62% in the hard target condition. In Experiment II, experimental sessions incorporated the same prevalence rate of targets (either 5% or 30%) across two different levels of difficulty of target visibility, easy and hard targets. Order of target difficulty was counterbalanced, allowing us to investigate order effects. We predicted that vigilance would improve for hard target performance when it followed practice with easy targets, independent of prevalence rate. Contrary to our prediction, there appears to be no effect of order in the 30% condition (hit rate in the hard condition was M = 71% and in the easy condition it was M = 96%) and degraded performance for the hard target condition when it follows an easy target condition (hard first hit rate M = 65% and hard following easy hit rate M = 0%). These initial findings have implications for training screeners. |
|
|
3. A Behavioral Model of Pathological Human Avoidance: Quantifying Key Behaviors and Examining the Temporal Dynamics of Approach and Avoidance Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KAY TREACHER (University of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Many forms of clinical pathology are characterized by four distinct interrelated dysfunctional behaviors (DBs): (a) increased attention to negative events (vigilance), (b) over-appraisal of stimuli as threatening (appraisal), (c) heightened negative emotion (anxiety/stress) and (c) excessive amounts of avoidance (avoidance). We developed an approach-avoidance model to quantify DBs, examine relations among DBs and examine variables that affect DBs. Within the model, approach responding was maintained by reinforcing button pressing on a fixed-ratio schedule with money. Pressing a concurrently available observing button (vigilance) produced an avoidance button and threat meter. Instructions stated that the meter displayed the current threat of losing money (0=none, 100=definite) and the level increased over time, but avoidance button presses could reduce the level. Results from ten subjects showed our instructions about threat were effective in modulating DBs. Increasing threat was associated with increases in vigilance and subsequent avoidance. Threat level was also associated with reported stress/anxiety. Decreasing threat level prompted switching from avoidance back to approach. Loss magnitude (1 cent, 40 cents) did not modulate behavior. However, increasing the cost of avoidance (FR2 to FR40) did increase threat tolerance for some subjects. This behavioral model provides a framework for examining variables that fuel pathological forms of avoidance. |
|
|
4. Effects of Reinforcement History and Satiation Levels on Resistance to Change |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Raquel Alo (Universidade de Sao Paulo), JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Alessandra Souza (University of Zurich) |
Abstract: The effects of different reinforcement histories and satiation levels on resistance to change were investigated in four experiments. After a history of exposure to a mult FR DRL schedule, the effects of two different levels of prefeeding upon resistance to change were evaluated, during the Test, with the same schedule and same schedule-correlated stimuli (Experiment 1); a mult FI FI schedule (Experiment 2); the same schedule, along with stimuli reversals (Experiment 3); and a mult EXT EXT schedule (Experiment 4). The three general findings were: (a) responding during the Test was at least initially a function of the stimulus correlated with each component schedule of the history-building Baseline; (b) a history of exposure to the FR schedule was associated with less resistance to prefeeding than a history of exposure to the DRL schedule; and (c) increases in the satiation level entailed decreases in response rates that, in most cases, implied less resistance to the contingency changes effected. The exceptions to these effects revealed that resistance to change was affected not only by the reinforcement histories and satiation levels, but also by the specific contingency modification of the Test condition. |
|
|
5. Memory Deficits in a Transgenic Model of Comorbid Alzheimer's Disease and Diabetes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DAVID E. TOSTO (West Virginia University), Michael A. Winser (West Virginia University), Tiffany L. Glover (West Virginia University), Stephen L. Deweese (West Virginia University), Kevin M. Knowlan (West Virginia University), John M. Grizzanti (West Virginia University), Miranda Reed (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Diabetes is both a risk factor for Alzheimers disease, and a comorbidity that hastens dementia. The purpose of this study was to determine whether diabetes would exacerbate the learning and memory deficits observed in the tauP301L mouse model of Alzheimers disease. To induce diabetes, tau mice were injected with streptozotocin (STZ), which destroys the pancreatic islets of Langerhans. Weekly glucose measurements were taken to ensure hyperglycemia following STZ injections. After six weeks, mice were run through an autoshaping procedure. During the first experimental session, a tone (80 db) was presented on a variable-interval schedule) and maintained until either a nosepoke occurred or 15 seconds elapsed at which time sweetened milk is delivered. The session continued for two hours or until 20 reinforcers were earned. Seven days later a retention session was run, identical to that of the first session. We predict diabetes will exacerbate the learning and memory deficits observed in Alzheimers mice. |
|
|
6. Performance Differences Between Adolescent and Adult Mice in an Incremental Repeated Acquisition of Behavioral Chains Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DEREK POPE (Auburn University), Andrew Shen (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: In a variety of species, adolescence is associated with abnormalities in decision-making, perseveration, and sensitivity to change that may leave the organism vulnerable to its environment. The present study assessed differences between adolescent BALB/c mice (n=10) at approximately postnatal day (PND) 35, and adult mice (n=11) at approximately PND 70, on an Incremental Repeated Acquisition (IRA) procedure. Lever pressing was autoshaped using presentations of sweetened condensed milk in modified rat chambers containing three levers. Subjects were required to perform the same response chain during each experimental session. The chain began with a single response (e.g., right lever press) then incremented up to a six-link response chain as behavior met arranged criteria (6-3-3-3-3 consecutive correct sequences). Dependent measures included a weighted sum of reinforcers earned per link, termed progress quotient (PQ), max chain length, response rate, and number of correct and incorrect responses. Adolescent mice acquired the IRA task with comparable speed to adults, but had lower overall response rates, maximum chain lengths, PQs, and correct responses. In addition, adolescent mice made substantially more errors on the rear lever, regardless of chain length, which may indicate insensitivity to changing contingencies, perseverative responding, or deficits in spatial learning. [Supported by ES003299] |
|
|
7. Neural Correlates of Behavior Change: Temporal Dynamics of Brain Activation Associated With Changes in Reinforcement Rate During Schedule Changes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SANDY MAGEE (University of North Texas), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Behavior change prompted by changes in reinforcement conditions is supported by regulatory processes distributed throughout a prefrontal-striatal-parietal executive network. However, little is known about the relationship between temporal dynamics of the network and fluctuations in reinforcement rate. Using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) and free-operant methods, we tracked changes in brain activation during transitions from fixed-ratio reinforcement (RF) to extinction (EXT), where reinforcement rates decreased, and EXT to RF, where reinforcement rates increased. Both mixed and multiple schedules were used. Changes in reinforcement rate during both transitions prompted positive phasic responses in a prefrontal-parietal network, the insula and thalamus. However, the EXT to RF transition prompted positive phasic responses only in reward-sensitive striatal region. Furthermore, the RF to EXT transition prompted negative phasic responses only in ventral frontal regions sensitive to value and contingency. These results highlight regional plasticity and synchronization of a network important for supporting adaptive behavior change. |
|
|
8. Assessing Influential Dimensions of Reinforcers on Choice in Children With Overweight |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alejandra Cavita (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Anayeli Hernandez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: We examined how reinforcer rate, quality, delay, and response effort combined to influence in the choices of 10 children with overweight or obesity, to explore the viability of an assessment derived from the matching theory for determining differential responsiveness to those reinforcer and response dimensions. The students were given two concurrent sets of math problems that were equal on two dimensions but competed on two other dimensions (e.g., one set yielded higher rate and lower quality reinforcement than the other). Competing dimensions were counterbalanced across the six conditions of the initial baseline phase, permitting assessment of each dimension on time allocation. Time allocated to each of the problems within sets was differentially affected by the reinforcer and/or response dimensions, with allocation patterns varying across students. The results are discussed in the context of implications for the design of treatments and extrapolations from basic research on matching. |
|
|
9. Pigeon Within Session Preference Reversal Using a Concurrent-Chains Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
EMMA BEEBY (University of Otago), Geoff White (University of Otago) |
Abstract: Two experiments offered pigeons choices between small and large rewards using a concurrent-chains procedure with differing durations of delay (red and green trials) from the time of choice. It was hypothesized that the pigeons would initially prefer the small rewards delivered after short delays. However, it was also predicted that once the delay length increased for the green trials the pigeons preference would reverse, preferring the larger later reward. In Experiment 1, the difference between red and green trials was initially short 3 s, and this increased to a longer duration (10-s) for Condition 2 of the experiment. Four of the five pigeons showed within-session preference reversal, acting impulsively in red trials and self-controlled in green trials. In Experiment 2, the delays until reinforcement were increased or decreased by 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, and 15-s. Pigeons in the ascending group did demonstrate a gradual, steady increase in preference for the larger reward as the delay until reinforcement increased on green trials. Pigeons in the descending group did not show this pattern on green trials, and did not become more self-controlled with longer delays. These results show that pigeons can demonstrate within-session preference reversal using a concurrent-chains procedure. |
|
|
10. The Effects of Fines on Cooperation in a Four-Person Prisoner's Dilemma Game |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ZACHARY H. MORFORD (University of Nevada, Reno), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Cooperation is an important area of investigation for behavior analysis. The Prisoners Dilemma game (PDG) provides a useful scenario for studying cooperation in a behavior analytic paradigm. The PDG can be coupled with the concept of the metacontingency to investigate how various contingency arrangements support and promote cooperation in a group. Players in this experiment participated in a PDG and, in some conditions, were given the ability to fine other players but could not talk. The goal of this experiment was to investigate how players ability to fine one another affected the players patterns of cooperation, and whether fining itself was affected by the addition of a shared group consequence. The data show that participants cooperated in some conditions, but the fines did not seem to affect players rates of cooperation. |
|
|
11. Exploring Body Weight and Intrinsic Value Related to Exercise in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER BRINEGAR (University of Central Arkansas) |
Abstract: Human and animal research shows an intrinsic relationship between body weight and voluntary activity. Modeling Activity-Based Anorexia, food-deprived rats consistently show that activity increases as weight decreases. This effect was explored in 8 food-deprived, Sprague-Dawley rats as potentially mediated by intrinsic value of activity. Running wheel activity rates were recorded for free-fed weight, reduction to 90% of free-fed weight, and 80% of free-fed weight. As expected, activity increased as weight decreased. Further, significant differences appeared in the trends of individual run rates when compared across all trials. These individual trends were expressed as varied rates of running, with extreme high and low run rates prevalent throughout all three weight conditions. The rewarding nature of exercise itself might serve to predict these trends in individual rats and reveal potential indicators for the development of Activity-Based Anorexia. |
|
|
12. Demographic Differences in the Discrimination of Slight Differences in the Human Body Shape |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Diana Alejandra Gonzalez Garcia (Universidad Nactional Autonoma de Mexico), LAURA ACUNA (Universidad Nactional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: Members of different groups of people differ in their ability to discriminate subtle stimulus differences. The participants in this study were 56 men and 86 women that differed in age (18 to 90 years old) and in social class (low and middle). To determine possible differences in the thresholds of the subgroups, a constant, normal shape silhouette of either a man or a woman was presented on a screen next to a comparison silhouette of the same sex slightly deformed on a random basis. The participants task was to adjust the different parts of the comparison silhouette to match the sample. For most parts of the man and woman silhouettes, men were more sensitive to body shape than women. For most parts of the man silhouette, people younger that 50 were more sensitive to body shape than women while for the woman silhouette there were no age differences. For both, men and women silhouettes middle-class participants were more sensitive to body shape than those of the lower class. Results showed that as in previous psychophysics investigations discriminative ability varies between groups, in this case defined by the demographic differences of the same-nationality group. |
|
|
13. Percent Body Fat Predicts Sensitivity to Hypothetical Outcomes for Food |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KELSIE HENDRICKSON (Idaho State University), Aarica Burke (Idaho State University), Jennifer Stoll (Idaho State University), Bradley D. Gossett (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Obese individuals endorse more impulsive decisions than healthy-weight individuals, but few studies model behavioral patterns of food choice. The current study examined impulsive choice patterns in two hundred eighty-six university students using the delay and probability discounting procedures. Participants made hypothetical choices between (a) 10 dollars after one of several different delays or a smaller amount of money available immediately; (b) 10 bites of food after one of several delays or a smaller number of bites available immediately; (c) $10 at one of several probabilities or a smaller amount of money to be received for sure; and (d) 10 bites of food at one of several probabilities or a smaller number of bites to be received for sure. For the food choices, 50 obese participants (BMI = 30) were compared to 103 healthy-weight participants (BMI = 18.5-24.9). Percent body fat (PBF) was also calculated for upper (37.1%, n = 55) and lower (20.5%; n = 54) quartiles. Results indicated that PBF, but not BMI, predicted delay and probability discounting for hypothetical food, but not for money. These results replicate Rasmussen et al. (2010)’s study, but extends it by controlling for variables that have been suggested to impact discounting (e.g., IQ). |
|
|
14. Further Evaluation of Delay Fading to Teach Self-Control |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Shelly Moore Murawski (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Nathan Gibson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), RAYMOND C. PITTS (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The present experiment evaluated effects of a fading procedure on self-control choice. Rats chose between larger and smaller reinforcers. Using a procedure similar to the one described by Terrace (1963), both when and how the delay to the larger reinforcer was introduced was manipulated. Rats in the early-progressive group were exposed to a gradual increase in the delay, whereas rats in the early-constant group were exposed to an immediate, abrupt increase in the delay. Rats in the late-progressive and late-constant groups were exposed to the same training contingencies as their early counterparts, but only after over 100 sessions with a 0-s delay. Rats in the progressive groups chose the larger reinforcer more often than did rats in the constant groups. Whether or not the delay fading was introduced early or late had relatively little effect on choice. After training, all rats were exposed to a delay-discounting procedure. The primary effect of the progressive training appeared to be a bias for the side associated with the larger reinforcer, rather than a general tolerance for delay. |
|
|
15. A Comparison of Peri-Adolescent and Adult Performance on a Two-Choice Serial Discrimination Reversal Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANDREW SHEN (Auburn University), Derek Pope (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Relatively few studies have assessed reversal learning in peri-adolescent animals. The present study compared peri-adolescent and adult performance on a two-choice, response-initiated, spatial discrimination reversal task (SDR). Subjects were peri-adolescent and adult BALB/c mice (n=9, n=7). Peri-adolescents were obtained at approximately postnatal day (PND) 30; adults were obtained at PND 50. Peri-adolescents began autoshaping at PND 35 while adults began at PND 64. Then subjects were assigned to a starting lever (left or right) in original discrimination (OD) training. A subject had to press a rear lever to initiate a trial, and then chose the appropriate front lever. OD sessions were 60 trials. Correct front lever-presses were reinforced under an FR 1 for sweetened condensed milk. Criterion for a reversal was 85% correct choices (51/60) for three consecutive sessions. Following criterion, the lever associated with the reinforcement contingency reversed. There were age-related differences in performance on the SDR task. During OD, peri-adolescent subjects showed increased commission and omission errors than adults. Correct responding in OD stabilized and peri-adolescents met criterion after 9-10 sessions, while adults met criterion within three to six sessions. In subsequent reversals, compared with adults, peri-adolescents failed to initiate trials (omissions) more frequently and latencies to initiate trials on the rear lever were higher for peri-adolescents. |
|
|
16. Reinforcer Type Modulates Strain Differences in a Spatial Discrimination Reversal Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CRAIG W. CUMMINGS (Auburn University), Benjamin Campbell (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Three genetically divergent strains of mice (DBA/2, C57BL/6 & BALB/c) were examined in a spatial discrimination reversal (SDR) procedure. In the SDR, two front levers were inserted into the chamber after a trial-initiation response occurred on a rear lever. Presses at only one of the front levers led to reinforcer presentation (sweetened condensed milk or sucrose pellet). In the pellet groups neither DBA/2 nor C57BL/6n met reversal criterion of 85% accuracy on 3 consecutive sessions so they received a reversal after 20 sessions and stable performance. This was because they failed to initiate a trial (omission errors) and not because they pressed the wrong lever (commission errors). For all strains, commission errors (incorrect front lever responses) were high on the first 3 sessions immediately following the initial reversal. For DBA/2 and BALB/c commissions declined with subsequent reversals. C57BL/6 showed more commission errors across reinforcers, especially with pellets. Trial-initiation latencies were higher across all strains in the pellet group. However, all strains demonstrated a decrease in trial initiation latencies across reversals for both reinforcer types, i.e., there were fewer omission errors with milk. Overall, milk seemed to equalize performance across strains while pellets seemed to amplify strain differences. [supported by ES017448]. |
|
|
17. Reinforcer Quality Overcomes Strain Differences in Behavior Under an Incremental Repeated Acquisition-Performance Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BENJAMIN CAMPBELL (Auburn University), Craig W. Cummings (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Inbred mouse strains provide a unique tool for uncovering genetic influences over operant behavior, and whether environmental variables can overcome them. To determine these differences, we used an incremented repeated acquisition-performance (IRA-P) procedure, which required an animal to complete increasingly elaborate chains for food presentation (e.g, up to a 6-link chain) with all sequences for each chain being the same in all sessions. We tested three strains of mice (DBA/2, C57BL/6 and BALB/c) on two different reinforcers (milk and sucrose). We compared the performance of each strain on three measures: maximum chain length, response rate and progress quotient (PQ), which quantifies progress through the chain as the total responses participating in a reinforced chain divided by the total reinforcers earned. The PQ measure showed that with sucrose reinforcers the BALB/c mice were superior to DBA/2 and C57BL/6 mice, which performed similarly to each other. With milk, however, C57BL/6 improved to perform similarly to BALB/c, but DBAs continued to perform poorly. Response rates were higher with milk reinforcers but varied independently of PQ and maximal chain length. We conclude that some genetic differences in stimulus control can be overcome by changing the reinforcer used to establish and maintain behavior. [supported by ES017448]. |
|
|
18. Hedonic Scaling in the Rat |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSEPH D. MINTZ (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mikaela Mulder (University of Alaska Anchorage), Alyssa Hoskie (University of Alaska Anchorage), Shea Lowery (University of Alaska Anchorage), Rebecca Hoyman (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric Regan (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: The purpose of our study was to explore different methods of quantifying reinforcer value in four food-deprived rats. The rats were given free access to all possible pairs of purified, chocolate, grain and banana flavored 45-mg food pellets for five minutes. We used Case V of Thurstones (1927) Law of Comparative Judgment to derive interval-level preference scales from amount consumed and time allocated. The scales were highly reliable, Cronbach's alpha = 0.97, ICC = 0.93, and the scaled values correlated significantly with the calorie density of the reinforcers, r(30) = 0.86, p < 0.001. Our analysis revealed significant difference between the rates of consumption of each reinforcer, but there was no difference between the amount consumed or time allocated between subjects. The mean amount of time allocated to the environment as a function of trial was best approximated by a logarithmic decay function, suggesting habituation to the testing environment. The mean amount of time allocated to the environment also varied significantly as a function of reinforcer pair. Our study indicates Thurstonian scaling can be used to quantify reinforcer quality and may be adapted to leading models of choice behavior, such as the generalized matching law (e.g., Baum, 1974). |
|
|
19. Issues in Operant Learning in Rattlesnakes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRIS VARNON (Oklahoma State University), David Craig (Oklahoma State University), Aaron Place (Northwestern Oklahoma State University), Charles Abramson (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: Although the general principles of learning are thought to be fundamental across species, some groups of animals are not well represented in the literature. Snakes are one such group that have received little attention. A lack of replicated research has left us with no reliable methods to study operant learning in snakes. This is unfortunate considering the benefit of understanding the behavior of venomous snake species, and the phylogenetic relationship between reptiles and the more frequently studied birds and mammals. The present research explores potential responses that may be used to demonstrate learning, potential reinforcers for behavior, and the general methodology needed to study rattlesnake learning. Initial results have shown that the seemingly ubiquitous rattle response of rattlesnakes may not be a practical response in many experiments due to difficulty measuring lower volume rattles, an inability to truly shape the rattle, and difficulties reliably eliciting the rattle. Results are discussed in relation to other potential responses, such as lever presses, that may be more suitable for investigations of operant learning. |
|
|
20. Area Under the Curve as a Measure of Temporal Control in Peak-Interval Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIRARI ELCORO (Armstrong Atlantic State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: The study of temporal control has used a variety of quantitative indices, including the quarter life (QL), and the index of curvature (IC). The present project applied Area Under the Curve (AUC), a measure previously used to describe delay discounting functions (e.g., Myerson, Green & Warasuwitharana, 2001) to the analysis of data obtained from rats and pigeons in a peak interval procedure. In general, the AU C adequately reflected the changes in behavior resulting from several manipulations. The calculation of AUC is described, with comparisons to other quantitative indices such as the QL and IC. Additionally, we examined the variation of the AUC according to bin size. The application of AUC to describe temporal control of behavior potentially advances the quantitative analysis of temporal control of behavior. |
|
|
21. Temporal and Probability Discounting of Real and Hypothetical RewardsDuring One Week |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEXIS MATUSIEWICZ (University of Maryland), Anne E. Carter (Virginia Tech Carilion School of Medicine and Research), Reid D. Landes (University of Arkansas), Richard Yi (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: Temporal discounting (TD) and probability discounting (PD) refer to the reduction in the subjective value of outcomes as a function of delay and uncertainty, respectively. Elevated measures of discounting are associated with a variety of maladaptive behaviors. Confidence in the validity of these measures is imperative. The present research examined (1) identity of discounting measures when rewards hypothetical or real, and (2) their 1-week stability. Previous research has partially explored these issues, however, this work has employed the relatively low threshold of nonsigificant difference rather than the more compelling threshold of statistical eqivalence. The current study addressed these questions by collecting TD and PD measures from 28 healthy adults using real and hypothetical $50 rewards during each of two experimental sessions, one week apart. Analyses using area-under-the-curve measures revealed a general pattern of statistical equivalence, indicating identity between real/hypothetical conditions as well as 1-week stability for TD and PD. Exceptions are identified and discussed. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of Different Types of Attention on Responding in Young Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY M. HARPER (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Attention is a stimulus that is provided for the purpose of increasing behavior; however, little is known about the reinforcing efficacy of attention in isolation as well as the effects of different types of attention for increasing appropriate behavior. The purposes of the current study were to (a) assess the relative preference of common types of attention (praise, physical attention, and conversation) using a concurrent operant arrangement, (b) evaluate the effects of the delivery of these types of attention on an fixed-ratio 1 schedule for correct task responding using a single operant arrangement, and (c) evaluate the effects of these types of attention using a progressive ratio schedule. Thus far, we found that four of the six children preferred conversation, two of six children preferred physical attention, and none of the children preferred praise. In addition, in the single operant arrangement, we have found that some children respond at a higher rate for attention types that were more preferred in the concurrent operant arrangement; whereas others do not. These data allow us to determine the most preferred type of attention for a particular child that may be used as a reinforcer for maintained responding and skill acquisition. |
|
|
2. The Effects of Modality and Item Access on Preference in Young Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH DRACOBLY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Skyler Rueb (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Researchers have found presenting actual items to be a valid method for identifying the preferences for a variety of populations (e.g., Fisher et al., 1994; DeLeon & Iwata, 1999). More recently, researchers have begun to evaluate the utility of determining preferences by using pictures of stimuli (e.g., Cote et al., 2006) or a vocal tact of stimuli (e.g., Tessing et al., 2006). Commonly, the actual items are not presented following a participant's selection in these methods. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the validity of pictorial and verbal preference assessments when the actual item either was or was not presented following selection. We conducted three administrations of each modality (verbal, pictorial, and actual) across no access and access arrangements with a preschool age child. We found inconsistent correspondence between the modalities of assessments and across the access and no access arrangements. In fact, we found that the least amount of correspondence occurred across the verbal assessments (access vs. no access assessments). The procedures will be replicated with several additional participants. Results of this study will allow us to determine the most efficient and accurate procedure for determining preferences of young children. |
|
|
3. A Rapid Assessment of Skills in Young Children with Autism: A Replication |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN HAFEN (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Poor academic performance may be a function of motivation (i.e., noncompliance) or performance deficits (e.g., Bonfiglio, Daly, Martens, Lin, & Corsaut, 2004; Noell, Freeland, Witt, & Gansle, 2001). Lerman, Vorndran, Addison, and Kuhn (2004) developed a skill-assessment procedure for separating skill deficits from noncompliance. The purpose of the present study was to attempt to replicate the procedures of Lerman et al. with typically developing toddlers. In the present study, age-appropriate tasks were selected from early education curriculum. Data were collected on the percentage of trials with correct responding under conditions of reinforcement only, prompting only, and/or reinforcement and prompting combined. Results suggested that (a) increases in correct responding were observed for the majority of tasks, (b) idiosyncratic outcomes were observed across children and tasks, and (c) a larger percentage of tasks required a combination of prompting and reinforcement procedures to increase responding than that observed by Lerman et al. Future directions may include (a) evaluating procedural modifications to increase the efficiency of the assessment procedure and (b) assessing the extent to which the assessment procedure can be successfully implemented by classroom teachers during the school day. |
|
|
4. Interspersed Training: An Evaluation of Variables That Affect Response Acquisition |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Joseph Dracobly (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Interspersed teaching procedures have been shown to be effective for teaching various tasks; however, the mechanism by which it is effective is unknown. Possible mechanisms include (a) increased stimulus variation with the alternation of various known and unknown items and (b) increased reinforcement density with the increase in reinforcers delivered due to known items being correct. In the absence of external reinforcement, the increased reinforcement may be automatic reinforcement in the form of getting the response correct. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate young childrens acquisition of sight words under various conditions that included combinations of high or low stimulus variation and reinforcement density (high stimulus variation, high reinforcement density; high stimulus variation, low reinforcement density [unknown items interspersed]; low stimulus variation [same unknown presented], high reinforcement density). In addition, we assessed child preference for the different conditions. For all three participants, we found that all conditions were effective at teaching sight words. For two participants, the combination of high stimulus variation and high density of reinforcement was most effective and most preferred. For one participant, the condition using high stimulus variation was most effective, and the condition using low stimulus variation was most preferred. |
|
|
5. The Use of Attention as a Reinforcer With Young Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MAKENZIE WILLIAMS BAYLES (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Although it is clear that attention is an important variable in the acquisition and maintenance of child behavior (appropriate and inappropriate), further investigation of the characteristics that influence attention as a reinforcer is warranted. The purpose of this study was to identify topographies of attention typically delivered in preschool classrooms and to evaluate the relative reinforcing value of identified topographies. Results of a descriptive analysis showed that teachers typically delivered verbal attention, physical attention, and positive facial expressions (eye contact and smiles) to children following appropriate behavior. A concurrent operant arrangement and reversal design were used to evaluate the reinforcing effectiveness of each of these topographies of attention on levels of activity engagement. Idiosyncratic results were observed. For one participant, all topographies of attention increased responding. For two participants, only verbal attention increased responding. For four participants, attention alone did not increase responding. Preliminary results suggest that (a) attention alone may not be sufficient to increase some types of appropriate child behavior, and (b) specific stimulus characteristics that establish attention as a reinforcer may be unique across children and difficult to identify. Thus, additional research regarding the effectiveness of attention as a reinforcer with this population seems warranted. Data for 3 participants are depicted below as an example. |
|
|
6. The Effects of Stimulus Control on Vicarious Reinforcement Effects |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE L. GUREGHIAN (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Jonathan R. Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Vicarious reinforcement (VSR) refers to a change in behavior as a result of observing another individual receive reinforcement (Kazdin, 1973). VSR has implications for programming reinforcement-based procedures in classroom and therapeutic settings. The purpose of the study was to conduct a systematic replication of Camp and Iwata (2009; unpublished dissertation) on the extent to which vicarious reinforcement effects are influenced by stimulus control. Six typically developing preschool children have participated in the study to date. During each phase of the study, sessions were conducted in each of two different rooms (SD and S?), and the participant was seated next to a peer model. During baseline (BL), the model did not engage in the target response in either the SD or the S? setting, and no programmed consequences were delivered to the model or to the observer. During VSR, the model engaged in the target response in both the SD and the S? settings. Model responses resulted in reinforcement only in the SD setting, but observer responses were never reinforced. During Discrimination (Dis.) Training, both model and observer responses resulted in direct reinforcement (SD setting only). Overall, results showed that vicariously reinforced responding (a) was more likely following a history of direct reinforcement, but (b) rarely maintained across sessions. Results are discussed in terms of the implications for operant mechanisms involved in vicarious reinforcement effects and programming reinforcement in classroom settings. Data for three observers are presented below as examples. |
|
|
7. An Experimental Analysis of Matching Using Schedule Parameters From the Natural Environment |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TONYA LAMBERT (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Robert McCardell (Syracuse University), Juliana S. Peng (Syracuse University), Kelsey B. Barber (Syracuse University), William Sullivan (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Both experimental and descriptive research has shown the generalized matching equation (GME) to provide a good description of childrens choice behavior with two caveats: (a) the GME describes functional reinforcers and other consequences that may not be functional based on pre-experimental functional analyses, and (b) variable-interval schedules are typically used in experimental analyses, but schedules in the natural environment cannot be so strictly defined. This study mapped the parameters of naturally occurring attention schedules in a preschool classroom and examined the extent to which matching obtained when attention was experimentally manipulated according to those parameters. Two teachers were observed interacting with a 4-year old boy during individual activity centers over 12, 5-min sessions (12 behavior categories, mean interobserver agreement = 87.42%). Three concurrent schedules of experimenter attention with parameters similar to those observed were manipulated using a reversal design favoring either on-task (90%/10%), off-task (10%/90%), or neither (50%/50%) (Figure 1). Applying the GME to the final two data points in each condition showed approximations to matching with a slope of 1.19 and a bias toward on-task behavior (intercept of .64). We are currently replicating these results which suggest that matching may also hold for hybrid schedules common in natural environments. |
|
|
8. Measuring the Effects of Schoolwide Positive Behavior Support With Direct Observation |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Z. GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Kolbrun Ingibjorg Jonsdottir (University of Iceland), Ragnheidur Sif Gunnarsdottir (Town of Reykjanes), Gylfi Jon Gylfason (Reykjanes Education Office) |
Abstract: The effects of implementing School-Wide Positive Behavior Support (SWPBS) in three elementary schools in Iceland were evaluated with a multiple baseline design across schools for many behaviors. Former studies on effects of SWPBS have used office discipline referral data and questionnaires to measure the effects of the implementation. In this study the effects were measured with direct observation of staffs and students behavior. Data were collected among three different age groups twice yearly, 2-3 weeks each time, both before and after the implementation began. Results are presented for two schools where implementation has lasted for 2 years and for one school where implementation has lasted 3 years. Results indicate that significant increases have taken place with regard to positive attention given to students by staff (praise, rewards, incentives, etc) as well decreases in ignoring of students behavior. However, staff has not yet increased their reactions to problem behavior, e.g., they dont use redirection or other programmed consequences. The effects of SWPBS on students behaviors are most noticeable in the oldest age group (13-16). Other effects will be mentioned. This study will continue for at least the next two years. |
|
|
9. Successfully Teaching Music Note Reading to Teenage Guitar Students: A Direct Instruction Approach |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Z. GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Rafn Emilsson (Private Practice) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline design across subjects was used to examine the effects of Direct Instruction (DI) on musical sight reading performance with teenage guitar students. All students had received 3- 4 years of traditional musical training where sight reading was part of the curriculum but still had difficulties sight reading. During baseline the students were taught by a conventional curriculum and teaching method, during intervention the students were taught by the methods of Direct Instruction and customized teaching materials. Performances on rhythmic reading, pitch reading, and melodic reading were assessed. All participants improved their performance on all variables during intervention and only then. Visual inspection of the data showed improvement in performance after 1-5 lessons and variability during baseline was reduced or disappeared after the intervention began. A direct replication of the study showed compatible results. All students improved their performance during intervention and only then. |
|
|
10. Evaluation of an Errorless Learning Procedure in Braille Pre-Requisite Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Joanna Lomas (Louisiana State University), Jessica P. Alvarez (Louisiana State University), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: There is currently a deficit of research concerning instruction for the visually impaired. Specifically, there is little guidance on how to train braille reading skills and only slight support for the programs that are available. The current study attempted to address this deficit by targeting the braille pre-requisite skill of line tracking involving tactually following a row of raised braille characters in a smooth motion while contact remains with the line throughout the movement. Specifically, this study targeted the ability to continuously line track despite spaces being inserted between characters. This is a crucial skill because it is necessary for other training mechanisms, such as matching-to-sample or same-different procedures, where there are gaps between a target and sample stimuli as well as reading print that may be written with abnormal spacing such as signs or titles. The current training procedure utilized an errorless learning procedure in which spaces were gradually inserted contingent on successful tracking. In addition to successfully training line-tracking across space, this study also provides a demonstration of the generality of errorless teaching procedures to a new population and skill. By gradually inserting spaces, error-correction procedures were used scarcely, which is especially important with children with visual impairments due to this populations tendency to find physical contact especially aversive. |
|
|
11. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Emergence of Untaught Spelling Responses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Derek Jacob Shanman (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), CARRIE PARKER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) across production and selection responses for spelling –ing words and words ending in -s, on the emergence of untaught spelling responses for 6 elementary school students. The independent variable was the MEI procedure. MEI was conducted across production and selection responses across 3 or 4 rules for spelling –ing words or words ending in –s. The dependent variables were the percentages of correct untaught spelling responses to –ing words/words ending in -s emitted by the participants during pre- and post-MEI probe sessions. Abstraction responses to –ed words following the same rules were also studied for words ending in –s. Experimenters utilized a multiple probe design across behaviors (rules for –ing words and rules for words ending in –s). The results demonstrated the number of correct untaught spelling responses increased for all participants across both sets of rules (rules for –ing words and rules for words ending in –s), following MEI. Abstraction responses to –ed words for words ending in –s also increased following MEI for 3 participants. |
|
|
12. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Acquisition of Telling Time |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Katherine Baker (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Delgado (The Fred S. Keller School), ANNELLE WATERHOUSE KIRSTEN (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction across two response classes: intraverbal speaker responses and production "make + time" listener responses to teach two participants telling time (or clock) skills. We implemented a time-lagged delayed multiple probe design across two developmentally delayed preschool students who were unable to textually response to time or manipulate an analogue clock to produce time. Pre-experimental probe data showed that neither participant emitted correct textual responding or listener responses to make an instructed time. Following multiple exemplar instruction across listener and speaker responses to teach the hour, quarter hour, and half hour for two operants per set, both participants emitted correct responses for the untaught operants. |
|
|
13. Using a Whole Class-Level System to Decrease Transition Latency: A Case Study with a First-Grade Class |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA L. KRAHN (St. Cloud State University), Tyler Kelly Krueger (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Token economies are a popular treatment package that is used to decrease excessive inappropriate behavior and to increase deficient appropriate behavior. The typography of token economy programs has evolved and improved over the last 40 years; however, the basic behavioral principles in inherent of the treatment have remained the same. One recent adaptation of to token economies is the level system (Filcheck, McNeil, Greco, & Bernard, 2004). Like traditional token economies, the level system uses principles of reinforcement, response cost, and feedback. The purpose of this data-based case study was to use a whole-classroom level system to decrease transition latencies between activities in a typical first grade classroom. The results of this study indicated that the level system was both effective for decreasing the latency between tasks and easy for a classroom teacher to implement. Some implications of the findings and limitations of the design are discussed. |
|
|
14. Listening Training of English Reading Skills for English as a Second Language Korean and Japanese College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JIKYEONG KANG (Keio University), Mikimasa Omori (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Students learning English as a second language often show the difficulty in English reading especially for Korean and Japanese students because they dont have phonics-based reading skills. Previous study showed that phonics based training and auditory input listening training were effective for acquiring English reading skills. While Korean students need to decompose and reconstruct the vowel and consonant as the unit of a phoneme, Japanese students only need to do as the unit of a letter in reading. In the present study, we examined English reading accuracy and fluency for six of each Korean and Japanese college students. We then compared the effect of whole sentence listening training and word sequence listening training. We first asked participants to read the two English stories presented on the computer. And then participants took our listening trainings. Participants were required to listen to and observe the spoken words, presented from the computer. After that, they were asked to read three stories including one new story. As a result, both Korean and Japanese group improved their reading fluency and accuracy after whole sentence listening training. These results suggest that repeated sentence listening training was effective for ESL college students in Asia. |
|
|
15. The Effects of Repeated Reading vs. Audio-Assisted Reading on Oral Reading Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Vanlam Luu (Mercyhurst University), THOMAS P. KITCHEN (Mercyhurst University) |
Abstract: Several authors (e.g., Heward, 2003; Kaufmann, 1996; etc.) have indicated that there is a gap between research and practice in special education. Therefore, educators must turn to the literature when selecting instructional interventions. When the literature suggests the efficacy of multiple interventions, educators must choose. Factors that lead to selection of one over another include resource availability, intervention efficiency, etc. The current study evaluated the effects of two research-based interventions for oral reading fluency: Repeated Reading (e.g. Therrien & Kubina, 2006; Kostewicz & Kubina, 2010) and Audio-Assisted Reading (e.g. Lesnick, 2006; Shany & Biemiller, 1995). In the current study, both interventions were implemented with 4th-grade general education students referred for remedial fluency instruction. The reading interventions were evaluated via an alternating treatments design.
Both interventions resulted in improvements over baseline fluency levels for each participant. The effect size for two participants was much greater than that for the third. Comparative evaluation showed that the repeated reading was more effective for all three students, but only minimally more effective than audio assisted reading for one of the students. Despite this outcome, both interventions have resulted in improvement over baseline rates for all students. The study is ongoing. |
|
|
16. Assessing the Effectiveness of a Computerized Program to Teach Reading When Applied in a School Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELA M. RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Raquel Melo Golfeto (Universidade federal de Sao Carlos), Leonardo Brand�o Marques (Universidade federal de Sao Carlos), Nathalia Zoppellari (Universidade federal de Sao Carlos), Deisy de Souza (Universidade federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Learning to read and write in small steps is a computerized, individualized teaching program employing conditional discrimination tasks between dictated words, pictures and printed words. It has 17 teaching units, three (Portuguese) words per unit. Previous experimental studies have shown that matching tasks promote the emergence of textual behavior and dictation-taking; generalized repertoires also develop as the student progresses through the program. This study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of the program when implemented in a school setting, through the internet. Participants were 48 children, aged between 7 and 11, divided into three groups, according to their entrance reading repertoire (>70%; between 40-70%; < 40%). The program was applied during six months. Most of the students progressed through the teaching units, but there was a high variability in the amount of units completed. The mean number of sessions to criterion was higher for the group with the lower reading scores. On the other hand, this group showed, on average, the largest increases in reading and writing scores on the final assessment. The results suggest that the teaching program requires revision (the size of the teaching units, the mastery criterion, and correction procedures) and the staff requires better training. |
|
|
17. Effects of Visual Prompts on Story Retelling Behaviors |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (University of Kansas), Daniela M. Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Carmen Silvia Motta Bandini (Universidade Estadual de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas), Helo�sa Helena Motta Bandini (Universidade Estadual de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas), Hilton Caio Viera (Universidade Federal da Grande Dourados) |
Abstract: Many studies from the cognitivist literature argue that the mere presence of visual prompts is enough to yield good performance in story retelling tasks. Under a behavior analytic perspective, this study assessed if the presence of pictures illustrating story categories would facilitate the insertion of these categories in retelling tasks. Three at-risk first graders - age range 7 to 10 - participated. The experimental design followed the multiple probe design logic. The dependent variables were: (a) number of retold words in relation to the total number of words in each story; (b) number of story categories inserted in the retelling tasks. In testing sessions no pictures were presented. In teaching sessions, the experimenter read a story and participants were required to retell it. The teaching procedures consisted in the presentation of one picture (characters) in the first teaching session; two pictures (character and place) in the second session and so forth, until six pictures, representing the six categories, were presented in the sixth session. There was no significant increase in performance. The results suggest that the sheer presence of pictures does not increase performance in retelling tasks without additional teaching procedures (e.g., mastery criterion, observation responses, and/or accuracy feedback). |
|
|
18. Teaching Reading Skills to Illiterate Adults Using Teaching Software Based on Exclusion and Matching-to-Sample Procedures |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Carmen Silvia Motta Bandini (Centro Universitario CESMAC), HELOISA HELENA MOTTA BANDINI (Universidade Estadual de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas), Ana Carolina Sella (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Brazilian state of Alagoas has high rates of adult illiteracy (about 30%). Therefore, it is important to develop and test new reading and writing teaching strategies to help this population. Studies show that teaching software has been developed and successfully applied with many populations. However, illiterate, typically developing adults are rarely targeted. The goal of these two studies was to assess if a teaching software, that has been successfully used with children, would have similar outcomes with typically developing adults. In Study 1, four illiterate adults were exposed to Portuguese regular word-reading tasks, which were based on exclusion procedures. Participants had to (a) match printed to dictated words (or syllables), (b) match dictated words to pictures, and (c) construct printed words with letters. In Study 2, five adults were exposed to complex word-reading tasks. Participants had to (a) match printed to dictated words and (b) construct printed words with letters. Reading and handwriting tests were conducted in both studies. Results indicate that all participants learned to read all target words and their handwriting also improved. The use of this teaching software can be an effective approach to increasing reading and writing skills among typically developing adults. |
|
|
19. Using Supported Etext to Teach Science to Students with Austim Spectrum Disorders and Moderate and Severe Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA KNIGHT (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: This poster presentation will provide results of a series of studies will be in which researchers used single subject research designs to evaluate the effects of the Book Builder program on the acquisition of vocabulary and comprehension of science content by middle school students with various disabilities (MSD, ASD). In the first study, three phases of the study included: (a) Book Builder with comprehension supports as recommended by CAST; (b) Book Builder with explicit instruction (i.e., use of model, lead, test, and examples and non-example), and (c) Book Builder with explicit instruction (including a referral to the definition). Visual inspection of the graphed data showed the strongest functional relation was between the intervention that used explicit instruction including a referral to the definition and the number correct on the probes. Another study using a multiple probe across participants design replicated the previous study using the most effective phase (e.g., Book Builder with explicit instruction including a referral to the definition) as the intervention. Findings from this study show that all students made progress on the comprehension probes. Finally, presenters will discuss the limitations of the studies, practical implications for teachers, and future research. |
|
|
20. A Replication of the Effects of Video Feedback on the Conversational Skills of Included Middle School Students Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Caldwell College), Frank Ammirata (New York City Board of Education) |
Abstract: The purpose of this replication was to test the effects of video feedback as a self-monitoring procedure on the conversational skills of two additional middle school students diagnosed with autism in an inclusion setting. In Experiment 1, two 7th grade males, aged 12 and 13, diagnosed with autism exhibited deficits in the areas of eye contact, turn taking and body language which inhibited their ability to maintain conversations with peers. A multiple baseline design across students was implemented in which intervention consisted of the implementation of the self monitoring procedure in which the participants viewed video feedback of themselves during five minutes conversations and self-recorded their emissions of one target behavior (Participant A: body language and Participant B: eye contact). Data were recorded using whole interval recording for ten second intervals for five minute sessions. In Experiment 2, the same procedures were replicated with two additional male participants, aged 12 and 13. The results of the study demonstrated increases in the targeted behavior that was self-monitored, as well as increases in conversational behaviors that were not recorded by the participants. Video feedback was successful in increasing appropriate conversational behaviors for the participants. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
|
|
|
|
PRA Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Differential Responding of Problem Behavior Related to Therapist |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES KING (SEEK Education, Inc.), Jie Shao (SEEK Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of a female and a male therapist on the latency of response-class members (reaching for the item, whining, screaming, kicking, and slapping face) that served the function of accessing edible items. The female and male therapist were arranged to conduct trials that provided an edible item contingent on slapping face, and the latency of all response-class members was measured. Results indicate a pattern of brief latencies with the female therapist and prolonged latencies with the male therapist for face slapping. Additionally, conditional probabilities of each topography was calculated and the results suggest that slapping face occurred in all of the trials with fewer response variations with the female therapist (i.e., the participant quickly slapped his face and did not engage in other responses). Slapping face occurred less with the male therapist and with more variations in responses (i.e., the participant engaged in more variable responses and there was a long latency until he slapped her face). Implications for treatment design include the initial use of a male therapist to prolong the latency of slapping face to generate potential opportunities for training functionally equivalent alternative responses. Discussion and implications of gender differences in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior will be discussed. |
|
|
2. Divide Attention: Social Positive or Social Negative Reinforcement |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
VICKI MEECHAN (SEEK Education, Inc.), James King (SEEK Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Standard functional analyses typically test for problem behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement in the form of attention, social negative reinforcement in the form of escape from task demands, and automatic reinforcement. A number of methodological variations have been developed to identify various idiosyncratic variables (e.g., escape from noise, effects of transitions, etc.) and the relation of such variables to problem behavior. One variation of the typical attention condition is the divided attention condition. During the divided attention condition, the therapist is engaged in a conversation with another individuals and delivers attention contingent on the display of problem behavior (Mace, Page, Ivancic, & OBrien, 1986). Although those who have utilized this condition have assumed it is a variation of the attention condition and thus demonstrates that the problem behavior is maintained by attention, other interpretations are possible. During this condition, not only does the person receive attention contingent on problem behavior, but they also terminate the conversation. We sought to determine if an individuals problem behavior was maintained by access to attention (social positive reinforcement) vs. escape from conversation (social negative reinforcement) within a divided attention condition. Results demonstrated that the participants problem behavior was maintained by the termination of the conversation and not the delivery of attention. Both clinical and research implications are discussed. |
|
|
3. A Descriptive Assessment of Problem Behavior and Appropriate Behavior in a Preschool Classroom |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH KOOISTRA (WIABA, LLC), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England), Lindsay E. Behrens (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: This study examined the extent to which peers in a preschool classroom provide the typical antecedents and consequences that are manipulated in experimental functional analyses. Ten children who attended a half-day preschool program were included in this study. A descriptive assessment was carried out in which data were collected in a natural preschool environment on the antecedents (e.g., demand), behaviors (e.g., aggression), and consequent events (e.g., escape) of child-peer interactions. Conditional and response-independent probabilities were calculated to analyze the relation between the behavior of the target child (participant) and peer. Results show that peer attention was the most common consequence following problem behavior and appropriate behavior for all participants (100%), followed by material presentation (90% of participants for problem behavior; 80% of participants for appropriate behavior) and escape from demands for 20% of participants (both for problem behavior and appropriate behavior). |
|
|
4. The Use of a Progressive Ratio Schedule to Identify Break Points |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH DAYTON (Melmark, Inc.), Amanda Jean Kowalski (Melmark, Inc.), Christopher J. Perrin (Melmark, Inc.) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are frequently used to identify putative reinforcers, however, the identified items do not always function as reinforcers. This may be the case if the response effort for a particular task is higher than the reinforcing value of the preferred item. The purpose of this assessment was to determine if items identified in a paired-stimulus preference assessment would maintain responding across three tasks of varying response effort and to identify the break point for each item by using a progressive ratio schedule. High preferred, moderately preferred and low preferred items were selected to be used as putative reinforcers in a progressive ratio analysis. Results from the progressive ratio schedule indicated that all three items from the preference assessment maintained responding for two of the three tasks (move block, touch lid). Only the high preferred item maintained responding for all sessions of the high effort task (transitioning). The low preferred item functioned as a punisher for the high effort task (transitioning). A further analysis of breakpoints for reinforcers and conditioned reinforcers is warranted. |
|
|
5. A Web-based Tool to Support Data-Based Intervention Decision Making for Infant and Toddlers at Risk for Language Delay |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH FURMAN BUZHARDT (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Charles Greenwood (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Dale Walker (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Judith Carta (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: The web-based MOD (Making Online Decisions) system guides data-based intervention decision making for early childhood service providers. The MOD uses data from the Early Communication Indicator (ECI) to help service providers identify children ages 6-40 months old who may be in need of language intervention. For these children, the MOD recommends appropriate parent-delivered intervention strategies based on individual child performance on the ECI. With ongoing ECI progress monitoring, the MOD helps measure the childs response to the chosen strategy. Thus, the ECI and MOD are designed to facilitate more informed and efficient decision making by professionals providing direct services to families. We conducted a randomized control trial of the MOD. 48 home visitors from five Midwestern Early Head Start programs were randomly assigned to either use the MOD or maintain their standard services. Hierarchical Linear Modeling showed that children receiving MOD services (n=63) improved their language by an average of 1.72 communications per minute, compared to a 1.05 improvement for children receiving standard services (n=61). These differences were statistically significant even when controlling for child age and disability status. Limitations and implications for improving efficiency and implementation of progress monitoring, early intervention, program evaluation, and training will be presented. |
|
|
6. Assessment and Treatment of Aggression and Self-Injury Maintained by Escape From Noise |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIANA TORRES-VISO (Rutgers University), Rebecca K. Schulman (Rutgers University), Lauren Scherzer (Rutgers University), Shakira Goddard (Rutgers University), Laura C. Dolan (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Rutgers, Douglas Developmental Disabiliites Center, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Research has shown that problem behavior may be evoked and maintained by escape from aversive auditory stimuli (e.g., McCord, Iwata, Galensky, Ellingson, & Thompson (2001). McCord and colleagues treated problem behavior evoked by noise through a combination of extinction, stimulus fading, and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO). The purpose of the present investigation was to replicate and extend the findings from McCord et al. The participant was an 8-year-old boy with autism referred for the assessment and treatment of self-injury and aggression correlated with classroom noise (e.g., peers screaming or engaging in tantrums). A noise analysis was conducted and indicated that problem behavior only occurred in the presence of noise recordings and stopped when the recordings were turned off. A treatment package (extinction, stimulus fading, and DRO) was effective at reducing overall levels of aggression and self-injury. However, a return to baseline was not obtained and was possibly due to habituation to the recordings. Treatment implementation in the classroom setting is ongoing. A discussion of the challenges of implementing treatment for noise evoked behavior in an uncontrolled naturalistic setting will be provided. |
|
|
7. The Effects of Auditory Stimuli on Vocal Stereotypy and Task Completion |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA K. SCHULMAN (Rutgers University), Mariana Torres-Viso (Rutgers University), Lauren Scherzer (Rutgers University), Shakira Goddard (Rutgers University), Laura C. Dolan (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Rutgers, Douglas Developmental Disabiliites Center, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Research has shown that various items or activities may compete with and reduce overall levels of stereotypy. In addition, research has shown that activities which are matched to the sensory consequences of the behavior (e.g., using access to soap for saliva play) may be more effective at decreasing the behavior (e.g., Piazza, Adelinis, Hanley, Goh, Delia, 2000). The purpose of the present investigation was to assess the effects of auditory stimuli on vocal stereotypy and task completion for a 9-year-old student with autism. A preference assessment to identify preferred and non-preferred music was conducted. Four test stimuli (preferred music, non-preferred music, white noise, recordings of participant engaging in stereotypy) and one control condition (headphones with no stimuli) were presented in a multielement format until clear patterns were observed. Results showed that preferred and non-preferred music were most effective at reducing stereotypy. Next, a compatibility assessment was conducted to assess if access to music interfered with work. Results showed that access to preferred and non-preferred music were compatible with academic tasks (e.g., levels of correct responding and on-task behavior were similar to baseline). Long term effects of access to music and work completion will be discussed. |
|
|
8. Percentile Schedules in the Applied Setting: A Brief Review |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH H. CIHON (University of North Texas), Karl J. Zimmerman (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Percentile schedules of reinforcement have been in used in the basic laboratory since the early 1970s (e.g., Platt, 1973). However, there is less research on the use of percentile schedules of reinforcement in the applied setting. We reviewed both basic laboratory and applied research on percentile schedules of reinforcement in an effort to determine the current parameters of our understanding of them and their clinical relevance. Suggestions for future research in applied settings are highlighted. |
|
|
9. Longitudinal Evaluation of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Following Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
TOBY L. MARTIN (St. Amant Research Centre), C. T. Yu (University of Mantiba), Carly E. Thiessen (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Many studies support the effectiveness of intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs); however, very few studies have evaluated the long-term development of children following IBI. St. Amant Research Centre is currently conducting an 8-year longitudinal study to describe the developmental trajectories of children following IBI. Direct child assessments and parent and teacher questionnaires are administered annually to measure the childrens autism symptoms and development in social, communication, behavioral, and academic domains. Twenty-one children have participated in the study, and 13 families are currently participating in the study. Data are now available for up to 5 years following IBI with a number of the participants; autism symptoms, social skills, communication, and adaptive behaviors have all improved slightly or have remained stable over time. This project contributes to the existing literature by improving understanding of IBI's long-term impact, and may help to improve early intervention programs in the future. |
|
|
10. A Retroactive Comparison of Problem Behavior on the Standard Celeration Chart and the Equal-Interval Line Graph |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Stuart Law (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno) |
Abstract: There are benefits and limitations to both traditional data collection methods and the Standard Celeration Chart in clinical practice. In the current study, actual clinical data from a day treatment facility, for reduction of target behavior, was evaluated and transferred to a Standard Celeration Chart when applicable. These cases were overseen previously by behavior analysts who were not trained in the use of standard celeration charts and therefore did not utilize them for decision making. The purpose of this analysis is to identify the benefits and limitations of equal-interval data analysis and the standard celeration chart by comparing them when interpreting and collecting data. Despite consumer familiarity and therefore demand of the equal-interval graph for presenting data, there are considerable best practice reasons for behavior analysts to utilize the standard celeration chart as the basis for treatment decision making in clinical settings. |
|
|
11. An Examination of Social Validity Within Single-Case Research With Students With or At-Risk for Emotional and Behavioral Disorders |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Caitlin Spear (University of Oregon), M. KATHLEEN STRICKLAND-COHEN (University of Oregon), Natalie Romer (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: This poster presents a review of social validity in single-case research studies that focused on interventions for students who have either been identified as having, or as at-risk for emotional and behavioral disorders. This review focused on studies from four peer-reviewed journals known to publish single-case research with this population: the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, and Behavioral Disorders. We reviewed 22 studies published from January 2008 to November 2011 that met inclusion criteria. Participants ranged from preschool to high school. The purpose of this review was: (1) to evaluate if researchers had begun addressing social validity as defined by Horner and colleagues (2005), and (2) to explore how single-case researchers were measuring social validity. Overall, results indicated that the research studies included in this review addressed socially important questions within typical contexts, but that most did not address social validity explicitly. |
|
|
12. Treatment Integrity Reporting in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis: A 30-Year Update |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
ELIZABETH SLOAN (University of Manitoba), Stephen Holborn (University of Manitoba), Mary Caruso-Anderson (University of Manitoba), Christine Sousa (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is defined as the degree to which an intervention is implemented according to its design. Without checking the integrity of a treatment, it is impossible to conclude that the results of any study are treatment determined. Peterson, Homer, and Wonderlich (1982) evaluated the reporting of operational definitions and assessments of independent variables for studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) from 1968 to 1980. They found that very few studies published in JABA included treatment integrity checks. The present study updates the review by Peterson et al. in order to evaluate whether reporting of treatment integrity has changed in the past 30 years. All studies published in JABA every tenth year from 1981 to 2011 were evaluated for inclusion and reporting rate of independent variable definitions and assessments. Results showed that there has been no significant increase in reporting treatment integrity measures. Although operational definitions are typically reported, independent variable assessments remain underreported. Unfortunately, the call for increased treatment integrity reporting has seemingly gone unanswered. In the future, it is recommended that scholarly journals make publication contingent upon inclusion of treatment integrity measures. |
|
|
13. A Meta-Analysis of Behavioral Interventions Utilizing Response Cost |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
DAVID L. MORGAN (Spalding University), Katherine Kavanaugh (Spalding University), Kayla Sanchez (Spalding University), Sarah Tinsley (Spalding University) |
Abstract: The present poster will provide a quantitative review of behavioral literature in which response cost was used as an intervention tactic, either by itself or as part of a treatment package, and across several populations and settings. Although meta-analysis has only recently been adopted by single-case researchers, several techniques have been recently developed for reporting both effect sizes and confidence intervals for individual organism time-series data. One method in particular, the improvement rate difference (IRD), adopted from medical research, boasts considerable promise as a method of quantitative integration, and has recently been endorsed as an analytic tool in single-case research (Parker, Vannest & Davis, 2011). Calculated effects sizes for the current database ranged from .26 to 1.0, and averaged .76, considered a large effect size (Parker, Vannest, & Brown, 2009). As an effect size measure, IRD boasts considerable compatibility with the visual inspection tactics familiar to behavior analysts, while offering a quantitative means of summarizing empirical literature closer to the gold standard being increasingly adopted by behavioral research. |
|
|
14. A Meta-Analysis of Behavioral Safety Skills Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
DAVID L. MORGAN (Spalding University), Robin Morgan (Indiana University Southeast) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has acquired considerable evidence for effective interventions for a host of challenging behaviors, but this literature is often inadequately synthesized and, consequently, of limited value to practicing behavior analysts or related professionals. Within the behavioral sciences, meta-analysis has emerged as a powerful and efficient means of quantitatively integrating empirical literature. Until recently, meta-analytic techniques have been seen as inappropriate when applied to the single-case data collected by behavior analysts, largely because such data often violate the assumptions on which historical statistical analysis rests. Recent developments, however, have resulted in several methods for quantitatively summarizing time-series data in a manner consistent with contemporary approaches in both the behavioral and natural sciences. Moreover, these techniques are largely unencumbered by the assumptions and logic that attend statistical inference and the null hypothesis testing tradition. In addition, these methods are being increasingly utilized by researchers studying behavior change at the level of the individual (Parker, Vannest, & Davis, 2011). The current project provides both a rationale for applying meta-analytic tactics to behavioral data and an example of one contemporary method, the improvement rate difference (IRD), applied to behavioral safety skills training programs. Across twelve studies and 119 participants, the mean effect size for behavioral safety skills training was .75. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Training Public School Teachers to Utilize Applied Behavior AnalysisTechniques in the Classroom in Order to Provide Effective Educational Services to Children With Autism |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHIARA M. CUNNINGHAM (Marcus Autism Center), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: While there are other model classroom programs for children with autism utilizing applied behavior analysis (ABA), the Marcus Autism Center Model Classrooms (MAC-MC) offer a sustainable solution for behavior analysts and schools attempting to develop and maintain these programs. Many model classrooms are housed either in clinics or private schools, are staffed with full-time "therapists", have high student: staff ratios typical of clinical settings, and are reliant on extensive and expensive consultation from certified behavior analysts. The MAC-MC utilize the "train-the-trainer" model within public schools training public school staff to not only implement ABA teaching procedures and collect data, but also to analyze data to make teaching decisions, assess skills, and develop appropriate individualized programs for students. The staff development goal for MAC-MC is to significantly increase the capacity of teachers ensuring that after 3 years of decreasing levels of consultation they are able to implement procedures, develop programs, and problem solve, providing increasingly better educational services to students. These teachers are then able to provide training and consultation throughout their school system lessening their reliance on outside consultation. MAC-MC training model will be outlined and data will be presented showing training efficacy for staff at different levels of consultation. |
|
|
2. Evaluation of the OASIS Distance Training Program for Parents of Children with Autism in Geographically Remote Areas |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH FURMAN BUZHARDT (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Emily McCarty (University of Kansas Medical Center), Elizabeth C. Rusinko (Summit Behavioral Services), Emily Collins (University of Kansas), Jessica M. Barr Corkill (University of Kansas Medical Center), Jaye Russell (University of Kansas Medical Center) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the recommended evidence-based treatment for individuals diagnosed with autism. Training parents to implement ABA interventions can result in positive and sustainable outcomes for their children. However, limitations imposed by geographical location prohibit many families from accessing ABA treatment for their children, or being effectively trained to implement it themselves. The Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) Training Program removes geographical location as a barrier to effective ABA training. The program combines interactive web-based tutorials and assessments with live coaching sessions in which trainees practice ABA techniques with their children while receiving feedback from an experienced coach at a distant site via video-conferencing technology. The effectiveness of the OASIS program was evaluated across families with young children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder within 12 months of participation living in remote areas of Kansas. An assessment battery was administered to parents and their children prior to starting the training, and again after completion of the training. Evaluation data include parent outcomes on pre- to posttest skill mastery and knowledge assessments, and intra-training skill mastery and knowledge assessments. Parents demonstrated significant pre- to posttest gains in knowledge and ABA implementation with their children. We will discuss some of the challenges in implementing distance training with this population, and factors that appear to be linked to successful outcomes. The implications of disseminating effective distance ABA training for families of children diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities in remote areas will also be discussed. |
|
|
4. Comparing the Effects of Multiple and Single Exemplar"Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffle" on Generalization to a Written Quiz |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Neal Miller (The Ohio State University), JOSHUA GARNER (The Ohio State University), Eliseo Jimenez (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: One strategy used by college students to learn the definitions of new concepts is a flashcard activity known as SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffle). Previous research has suggested that this way of teaching concepts may sometimes lead to limited generalization, but that this issue may be mitigated by the use of multiple examples of the concept definitions (Meindl, Ivy, Miller, & Neef, in press). In the current study, graduate students enrolled in an introductory course on single subject design were asked to practice saying the names of the 10 different terms on flashcards while looking at the definitions. Half of these terms had two different definitions on the flashcards, and the other half had only a single definition on the flashcards. After students reached a specified level of fluency (20 correct in 45 seconds), they were given a brief written quiz. The effect of the flashcard format on generalization differed across participants, with some performing better with a single example, and others with multiple examples. The results call into question the utility of using multiple examples of definitions in flashcard activities. |
|
|
5. Self-Reports of Mastery Across Behavorial Analyst Certification BoardCompetencies: Areas of Strength and Learning Opportunities |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
DEIRDRE LEE FITZGERALD (Saint Joseph College), John D. Molteni (Saint Joseph College) |
Abstract: Graduate students in the last course of a behavior analysis certification preparation course sequence rated BACB 3rd Edition competencies as unknown, partial mastery , or full mastery on a three point Likert-scale. Data show individual patterns of mastery and need, as well as areas of common challenge in the behavioral curriculum. Potential uses as a pre and posttest within a course or a program of study, as well as uses as a tool for individual student skill development will be described. Considerations about relative difficulty of behavioral terms and concepts are raised and suggestions for teaching these concepts are detailed. |
|
|
6. CANCELED: Training Teachers to Complete a Multiple-Stimulus-Without-Replacement Preference Assessment With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELISEO JIMENEZ (The Ohio State University), Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University), Linsey M. Sabielny (The Ohio State University), Christopher A. Tullis (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) preference assessment is one type of assessment teachers can utilize to identify preferred and effective reinforcers for use during instruction with individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research has shown that single session training is able to produce mastery level performance in staff members (Roscoe & Fisher, 2008). In the current study, teachers were trained using a single session training format in an AB design and evaluated to determine if teachers could be taught to conduct an MSWO preference assessment with a high level of procedural integrity with students with severe to profound intellectual and developmental disabilities. After the teachers demonstrated mastery levels of performance with trainers, they were assessed with students in their classroom. Follow-up data were collected to measure teacher performance one and three months after training. We hypothesized teachers would be able to conduct, and maintain over time, a high degree of procedural integrity with MSWO preference assessments following a single session training with students with severe to profound intellectual and developmental disabilities. |
|
|
7. Tapping the Natural Environment to Promote Graphing Skills |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE M. DAVIS (Simmons College), Amanda N. Kelly (SEEM Collaborative, Massachusetts), Rebecca A. Markovits (Simmons College) |
Abstract: One of the roles of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) is to supervise or mentor students who are in the process of obtaining their certification. An important area to develop in these students is the ability to accurately portray their data in a visual display. Behavior analysts use experimental designs as a way to determine the effectiveness of their interventions and graphs as a way to represent these data. Students should be able to identify and create a variety of graphs that evaluate the effectiveness of their procedures using such experimental designs as reversal, multiple baseline, changing criterion, and alternating treatments. To ensure the development of these skills it is essential to use a variety of techniques to promote generalization such as multiple exemplars, training loosely, and using common relevant stimuli from the students daily life. |
|
|
8. Primary School Teachers' Knowledge of and Attitude Toward Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICIA CAROLAN (ABACAS Special School), Claire E. McDowell (University of Ulster at Coleraine) |
Abstract: This research examined teachers knowledge & attitudes to Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) in the Republic of Ireland (ROI). Understanding the knowledge & attitudes of teachers is an important prerequisite to raising the profile of ABA in Ireland. This research was divided into two phases. Participants in Phase 1 (N = 158) were tested using a questionnaire, on their knowledge and attitudes towards ABA. Assessment of the group revealed a low understanding, and a neutral attitude towards the subject. Phase 1 also tested for between-group differences in participants who trained pre & post the new Primary School Curriculum (1999), in an endeavor to discover whether the new curriculum had lead to an improved awareness of ABA. Results showed some between-group differences. Teachers who trained after the introduction of the new curriculum had a marginally greater knowledge base of ABA. Attitude measures for both groups were similar with no conclusive negative or positive results recorded. In Phase 2 participants (N =11) completed 4 hours of workshop training on ABA and afterwards were re-administered the original questionnaire from the Phase 1. Results showed that training, tailored specifically to the needs and interests of primary school teachers led to an improvement in both knowledge of, & attitudes towards ABA. |
|
|
9. Teaching Behavior Analysis in a Service Dog Training Program |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANNE M. FOREMAN (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Lindsay Parenti (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), B. Jean Meade (West Virginia University), Matthew E. Wilson (West Virginia University), Joseph R. Scotti (West Virginia University), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health) |
Abstract: Well-trained service dogs can significantly improve the quality of life for individuals with disabilities. Since 2006, West Virginia University has offered several undergraduate courses in service dog training. These courses are the result of collaboration between the University and a non-profit organization, The Human-Animal Bond, Inc. The basic course consists of lectures and laboratory (dog training) sessions. Students are introduced to basic behavioral concepts, including shaping, reinforcement, punishment, and stimulus control. Each student is tasked with training the skills needed to assist individuals with disabilities. The popularity of this course led to the creation of two additional courses: an intermediate training course and a course in which students teach dog-training techniques to adolescents at a local psychiatric hospital. The courses provide an opportunity to teach behavior analytic principles to a diverse group of students from various academic majors. The value of the courses to the greater community is evident in the placement of trained dogs with individuals with disabilities and the use of the dogs in Returning Our Veterans to Employment and Reintegration (ROVER), a research collaboration between the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and West Virginia University. |
|
|
10. The Impact of Systematic Training to Conduct Experimental Analyses on the Quality of Functional Behavior Assessments in Iowa |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOHN F. LEE (University of Iowa), Michael Scheib (University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs) for students whose behavior interferes with learning are required components of an individualized education program as outlined in The Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (PL 108-446). FBAs and BIPs are intended to promote a free and appropriate education by addressing interfering behavior. Area Education Agency (AEA) members in Iowa serve as behavior consultants by assisting school teams in the development of FBAs/BIPs. Currently AEAs do not have a uniform tool to evaluate the quality of the FBAs/BIPs. We evaluated AEA-submitted FBAs/BIPs using a rubric developed by behavior specialists at The Center for Disabilities and Development as part of the Challenging Behavior Service (CBS) funded by the Iowa Department of Education. The rubric rates FBA/BIP components, including, Is the function of the problem behavior identified in the FBA addressed in the BIP? This poster provides descriptive information on the impact of our CBS training program (see table), which focuses on teaching AEA personnel to conduct experimental analyses of problem behavior, on the quality of their FBAs/BIPs by comparing the differences between FBA/BIP rubric scores submitted during Year 1 and Year 2 of their participation in the training program. |
|
|
12. The Effects of CABAS Training Package on the Acquisition of Effective Teaching Practices |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Jessica Adele VanDerhoef (Columbia University), COLLEEN CUMISKEY (Teachers College, Columbia University), Emilia Clancy (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling or CABAS Training package on the acquisition of effective teaching practices in one adult. A district-employed teacher, who did not have in CABAS training repertoire, participated in the experiment. The dependent variables were the accuracy of delivered learn units, the accuracy of graphic decisions, and the accuracy of the rates of approvals and disapprovals. The independent variable consisted of the CABAS Training package which included formal instruction in the learn unit, formal instruction in the decision analysis protocol, and formal instruction in the uses of approvals and disapprovals. A single-subject delayed multiple probe design across behaviors was used, where probe sessions were conducted prior to the start of each intervention and following each of the instruction conditions. The results thus far showed that the participant mastered the delivery of accurate learn units, mastery of the decision analysis protocol, and mastery over tacting approvals and disapprovals. |
|
|
|
|
TPC Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday Afternoon Session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effectiveness of Chaining to Increase Complexity of Echoics in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and/or Developmental Language Delay |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA MALLORY (Sam Houston State University), Stephen Bernier (Sam Houston State University), Elizabeth Sharpe (Sam Houston State University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Sam Houston State University), Chad Rose (Sam Houston State University), Cynthia G. Simpson (Sam Houston State University) |
Abstract: The present study tests the effects of chaining to increase the complexity of correct echoic responses in three children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and/or developmental delays. Data on number of correct full echoics were collected within 2-min time segments. A multiple baseline across behaviors (words) began with baseline in which the participant was asked to emit an echoic for a spoken word. During treatment, a modified chaining procedure was used to teach component parts of a word in which each correct partial echoic functioned as an antecedent to move to the full echoic, or the terminal response. When each partial echoic was correct, the next component would be given until the full echoic was correctly emitted. Generalization of full echoic behavior was tested with a word. Results indicate clear differences in the level of correct responding between baselines and intervention conditions across the first two words. The percentage of correct full echoics with the word used for generalization probe increased after the participant met the preset criteria with the second word. |
|
|
2. Multiple Exemplar Training to Facilitate Novel Intraverbal Responding in Children with Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRUCE G. HAMM (Coast Behaviour Analysts), Katie Rinald (Coast Behaviour Analysts), Lindsay Bratkowski (Coast Behaviour Analysts) |
Abstract: Participants were three young children with autism and a history of rote intraverbal responding. A multiple probe across classes design was used to examine the effects of a Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) procedure on the emergence of novel intraverbal class responses. On baseline probes, participants emitted invariant and/or weak responses to instructions to “name three [class exemplars],” (e.g., thematic classes such as food, animals, etc.). We then implemented a MET procedure in which participants responded to class exemplars that they had not named in baseline probes. MET sessions consisted of a series of sorting, textual, tact and listener discrimination trials on class exemplars that were already present in the participants’ tact and listener repertoires. The effects of our MET procedure are based on the results of post-MET session intraverbal probes that were: (a) identical to baseline probes; (b) conducted at least one day after the last MET session; (c) conducted prior to the next MET session. The participants frequently emitted novel class exemplars on post-MET probes (i.e., responses not emitted at baseline). Significantly, these novel intraverbal responses were the ‘same’ exemplars that were featured in MET sessions. This finding suggests that post-MET intraverbal responses emerged from non-intraverbal MET trials. |
|
|
3. Using a Lag Reinforcement Schedule to Increase Phonemic Variability in Children with Developmental Delays |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATE A. KOEHLER-PLATTEN (St. Cloud State University), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Tara S. Bertone (Autism Matters) |
Abstract: A unique clinical challenge occurs when a child has not developed vocal imitation skills (i.e., an echoic repertoire) and lacks a sufficient variety of phonemes (i.e., basic sounds) to shape functional spoken language skills. Research on developing effective interventions to evoke variability in vocal behavior for the purposes of broadening the phonemic repertoire is limited. This study replicates and extends research by Esch, Esch, and Love (2009) by evaluating the utility of a lag schedule of reinforcement to (a) promote variability in speech sounds and (b) broaden the phonemic repertoire. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used. Three children diagnosed with autism who demonstrated limited phonemic repertoires and echoic skills participated. During intervention , the experimenter presented 6 pre-determined vocal models consisting of consonant-vowel combinations. Following each vocal model, the participant was given 15 s to respond. Any vocal response containing speech sounds not emitted during the previous trial was reinforced. Results for the first participant showed that cumulative novel phonemes increased during intervention while the number of phonemes per session and percent variability did not. In contrast, all three measures increased for the second participant. |
|
|
4. Effects of Lag Schedules on Variability of Responding to Intraverbal Questions With Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effects of lag schedules of reinforcement on variability of responding to categorical intraverbal questions in young children with autism. This study intends to extend research on both teaching intraverbals and lag schedules by examining the effects of various lag schedules (i.e., Lag 1, 2, and 3) on the variability of responses to questions regarding categories emitted by children with autism. Data will be collected on novel responses both within and across sessions to determine the extent of variable and novel responses increase contingent on the schedule requirement. The study will be conducted in a multiple baseline across categories design with an embedded reversal for each participant. Data collection is ongoing and currently in baseline for all participants across all categories. Results are anticipated to show an increase in variability of responding as a function of the lag schedule of reinforcement in place. An increase in novel responses emitted is also anticipated. Keywords: intraverbal, lag schedule, variability, verbal behavior |
|
|
5. A Comparison of 2-D, 3-D, and Exclusion Naming Probes and the Emergence of Untaught Listener and Speaker Responses in Kindergartners |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VANESSA LAURENT (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laura E. Lyons (Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We compared the effects of 3D, 2D, and tact presentation Naming probes on the number of correct speaker responses emitted during the speaker component of the probe. In addition to this, the experimenters tested for the emergence of listener and speaker responses to novel stimuli during exclusion Naming probes. The study consisted of 14 participants. The experimenters examined the number of untaught speaker responses (pure and impure tacts) to stimuli presented during all probe conditions. The objective was to examine if the participants would emit a different number of correct speaker responses in the 3D Naming probe condition compared to the 2D Naming probe condition. The results demonstrated that 6 participants emitted a higher number of correct speaker responses for the 2D probe, 3 participants emitted more correct speaker responses for the 3D probe compared to the 2D Naming probe and 5 participants emitted similar amounts of correct speaker responses to both probes. In addition, 4 out of the 6 participants demonstrated to have full Naming after being probed with tact presentation Naming probes and 3 out of those 4 participants demonstrated to have Naming by exclusion after being probed with exclusion Naming probes. |
|
|
6. Manipulating Establishing Operation to Elicit Mands for Items to Complete a Task |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY BENNETT (Sam Houston State University), Ann Maddox (Sam Houston State University), Angela Carbonell (Sam Houston State University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Sam Houston State University), Cynthia G. Simpson (Sam Houston State University), Chad Rose (Sam Houston State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of echo-to-mand procedures, prompt fading and a motivating operation in form of deprivation on manding missing items. A first grade boy with autism was taught to mand for missing items which were needed to complete an activity. A motivating operation was contrived by placing the needed item within sight but out of reach of the child for four different activities. Echo-to-mand procedure in combination with prompt fading was used to teach mand for the missing item with the first activity. Investigators tested for generalization across three more activities. Mands for missing items generalized to all activities with no additional training. |
|
|
7. Utilizing a Strong Intraverbal Repertoire to Teach Tacts |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA STEINER (The Aurora School), Michelle Marker (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to determine which stimulus transfer procedure is most effective for teaching tacts to a student with autism in a private day school. Traditionally, tacts are acquired using either an echoic to tact stimulus transfer or a receptive to tact stimulus transfer however, an intraverbal to tact stimulus transfer is typically not used. Even though traditional verbal behavior programs do not teach intraverbals until a number of tacts are acquired, some students more quickly acquire a stronger intraverbal repertoire than a tact repertoire. Furthermore, some students have a defective tact repertoire due to overly conditioned intraverbals. This study will utilize a strong intraverbal repertoire to transfer verbal stimulus control to non-verbal stimulus control for specific verbal responses. This study will examine whether an intraverbal to tact transfer is more effective than an echoic to tact stimulus transfer for teaching tacts to a student who has a stronger intraverbal repertoire than tacting repertoire. An AB design across stimulus transfer procedures will be used. |
|
|
8. Teaching Intraverbals, Delayed Tacts, and Autoclitics Through Narrative Intervention |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MANDANA KAJIAN (Northern Arizona University), Nick Bilyk (Northern Arizona University), Kendra Marum (Northern Arizona University), Trina D. Spencer (Northern Arizona University), Douglas B. Petersen (University of Wyoming) |
Abstract: Children with disabilities whose language includes a variety of complex verbal operants have better social and academic outcomes. Storytelling is a familiar and enjoyable activity for most children and serves as an appropriate context for verbal behavior intervention. Teaching children to use complex language structures during storytelling activities promotes the development of relational autoclitics, delayed tacts, and large-unit intraverbals. The current study examined the effect of a narrative-based verbal behavior intervention on story retells and personal generations of six preschoolers with a range of developmental disabilities. A multiple probe, multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effect of the individualized intervention on childrens narrative language skills. Intervention involved the use of pictures and icons to teach story structure and interventionists provided systematic prompting to teach individualized targets (e.g., autoclitics). Results indicate that the narrative-based verbal behavior intervention improved childrens inclusion of story components and increased their use of individualized verbal behavior targets (e.g., causal subordination). This narrative-based verbal behavior intervention is an authentic and effective approach to expand childrens verbal repertoire. |
|
|
9. Manding in Patients with Dementia |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JON A. LOKKE (Ostfold University College), Jorn Arve Vold (Norwegian Assosiation for Behavior Analysis), Gunn Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: The medical model dominates the care of persons with dementia. Pharmacological treatments are often preferred. In Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis only 17 studies have been published on applied behavior analysis and participants with dementia. A majority of these studies were conducted in nursing homes, and involves almost exclusively behavior problems, lack of engagement and mood disorders. To our knowledge, few interventions have targeted problems connected to naming, forgetting of names, requesting items or contact, or discontinuation of aversive stimulation. Change in the verbal repertoire is prevalent in people diagnosed with dementia. In this project we have assessed the use of mands, in the form of words, signs and pointing in persons with dementia. In the first assessment 12 participants were included. Four bachelor students recruited participants after direct observation, and interviewed the primary caregivers. Manding of preferences and wishes, attention, information, interaction, assistance and reduction of aversive stimuli are included. The results showed infrequent manding. An important point has been to make the assessment as uncomplicated as possible and thereby practical in nursing homes. |
|
|
10. Effects of Speed-Reading Techniques on Reading Frequency and Retention in New College Students |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
GUNN LOKKE (Ostfold University College), Gunn Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Findings indicate a close relationship between reading frequency and reading comprehension. Continued reading practice beyond basic skills acquired during early school years is essential for success in higher education. The techniques of Speed reading are widely used, and generally accepted. Studies made on the efficiency of speed reading exercises indicate measurable changes in reading eye movements and reading speed after intervention. The present study use speed reading exercises to increase reading frequency and retention in college students. Thirty-four undergraduate students in a college university, between the ages of 19 and 45, participated. The intervention included 15 minutes of practice every weekday, and daily registrations of treatment integrity and dependent variables. Group data on reading frequency and retention were measured three times during an eight-week intervention period. Individual reading frequency was registered in Standard Celeration Daily per Minute Charts. The average reading speed at T1 was 293 words per minute, varying from 132 to 365. The average increase in reading speed for participants after four weeks was 100 words per minute. Treatment integrity was 84 %. |
|
|
11. Embedding Discrete Trial Training in Storybook Reading to Teach Morphologic Structures to Kindergarten-Aged Children Diagnosed With Language Disorders |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE A. MAUL (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline across participants was employed to investigate the efficacy of embedding discrete trial training in shared storybook reading to teach morphologic structures to kindergarten-aged children diagnosed with language disorders. Targeted morphologic structures included past tense -ed (for two participants) and possessive 's. All participants had a zero percent correct response rate in baseline conditions, and all three participants showed good improvement during treatment, during two probes using unfamiliar storybooks, and during one conversational probe taken during the last treatment session. |
|
|
|
|
Utilizing Technology to Maximize Behavior Analytic Services |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ed.D. |
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The McCarton School) |
EMALEY B. MCCULLOCH (Autism Training Solutions) |
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University) |
STEVE MAHER (Data Makes the Difference, Inc.) |
Abstract: Delivering behavior analytic services to individuals with disabilities does not come without its challenges. With a growing population (many of whom are entering adulthood), a shortage of trained personnel, and budget cuts at the state and federal level, many service providers are turning toward technology to maximize the impact of the services they provide. With the advent of the Internet, video streaming, telemedicine, smart phones and tablet computing, the avenues by which behavior analytic assessment, intervention, and training can be delivered to this complex group of individuals is rapidly expanding. Organizations can use such technological tools to improve staff training, data collection, organizational management, curriculum design and implementation, student/client independence and communication. Panel members will discuss available technologies that may help service providers increase their impact on those they serve. A brief review of the literature on utilizing technology in ABA programs will also be given. |
Keyword(s): Apps, Software, Technology |
|
|
|
|
From Early Detection to Early Intervention for Autism: How to Bridge the Gap |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
4C-2 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Wendy Stone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
WENDY STONE (University of Washington) |
Dr. Stone's primary clinical and research interests focus on early identification and early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders. Her research involves the characterization of early-emerging behavioral features of autism, with the dual goals of understanding the core deficits and mechanisms underlying development of the disorder, and designing targeted interventions to prevent or attenuate the expression of symptoms. Her current research projects address the social-emotional development of infant siblings of children with autism, the identification of social-communicative markers in children under 24 months, and the evaluation of a parent-implemented intervention for young children at risk for autism. She has studied several aspects of early social-communicative development, including social orienting, motor imitation, and prelinguistic communication, examining their contributions to later behavioral and diagnostic outcomes. She is particularly interested in identifying developmental pathways and risk/protective factors that contribute to variability in social, learning, and behavioral outcomes for children at elevated risk for autism. Dr. Stone is committed to translational science, and has worked to enhance knowledge and service capacity within community settings, through development of the Screening Tool for Autism in Two-Year-Olds (STAT) and provision of training and outreach activities for pediatricians, teachers, and other community professionals. |
Abstract: Dr. Stone's presentation will focus on early identification and early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders. Her research involves the characterization of early-emerging behavioral features of autism, with the dual goals of understanding the core deficits and mechanisms underlying development of the disorder, and designing targeted interventions to prevent or attenuate the expression of symptoms. Her presentation will address the social-emotional development of infant siblings of children with autism, the identification of social-communicative markers in children under 24 months, and the evaluation of a parent-implemented intervention for young children at risk for autism. She has studied several aspects of early social-communicative development, including social orienting, motor imitation, and prelinguistic communication, examining their contributions to later behavioral and diagnostic outcomes. She is particularly interested in identifying developmental pathways and risk/protective factors that contribute to variability in social, learning, and behavioral outcomes for children at elevated risk for autism. |
Target Audience: Graduate students, faculty, professionals, practitioners, academics and researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
- Describe assessment techniques in early childhood detection of developmental disorders and autism and the course of development.
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Applying to Graduate School in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University) |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Panelists will provide and discuss information relevant to applying to graduate school in behavior analysis. Panelists will explain the process of applying to graduate school, providing insight into the qualifications necessary to gain admission and characteristics that lead to a successful career as a graduate student. Specifically, panelists will discuss the importance and relevance of one's academic achievements (e.g., grade point average and standardized test scores), professional and extracurricular experiences (e.g., presentations at conferences and publications), research, and teaching involvement and how these factors influence admission into a graduate program in behavior analysis. Panelists will also provide unique perspective regarding the admission process, discussing characteristics and qualities that they find attractive on a prospective candidate's curriculum vitae and overall application. The panelist discussion will provide prospective graduate students with a comprehensive account on what constitutes a competitive application and how one should approach applying to graduate programs in behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
The Profession of Applied Behavior Analysis: What We Are and What We Are Not |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Michael F. Dorsey, Ph.D. |
Chair: John Scibak (Massachusetts House of Representatives) |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College) |
Michael F. Dorsey is a Licensed Psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Dr. Dorsey is a Professor of Education and Director of the Institute for Behavioral Studies at Endicott College and the Director of Clinical Services, the Vinfen Corporation, Cambridge, MA. Dr. Dorsey attended Western Michigan University, earning his Ph.D. in 1979. Dr. Dorsey has been active in ABAI from the earliest days, having served as a student member of the MABA Program Committee, and as a member of the ABAI Accreditation Committee and Practice Board. Dr. Dorsey has authored many professional publications, including assisting in the initial development of the Functional Analysis methodology. Dr. Dorsey has devoted much of his time to consumer advocacy, having been a Gubernatorial appointee to the Developmental Disabilities Councils of both Florida and Massachusetts, chairing the Massachusetts MDDC Governmental Affairs Committee for over six years, serving as a US representative to the First Papal Congress on Developmental Disabilities, and advocating/testifying at both the federal and state level concerning proposed legislation, policies and budgets effecting persons with disabilities. Dr. Dorsey is a registered Lobbyist in Massachusetts, where he has co-authored several bills related to the protection of ABA consumers and the practice of Behavior Analysis. |
Abstract: The profession of Applied Behavior Analysis is currently the subject of an unwarranted hostile take-over by both organizations and individuals representing the profession of psychology. Recent actions of the American Psychological Association (APA), along with those of numerous state APA affiliated chapters, suggest that they have identified a need to lay claim to the field of applied behavior analysis, which they claim is unique to the profession of psychology. These actions by APA are correlated with the recent rise in popularity of behavior analytic treatment techniques, especially with children diagnosed with autism. Given the recent reduction in fee structure of Psychologists for more typical "psychological services" by many of the major members of the insurance industry, their demands to require that those practicing applied behavior analysis work under the supervision of a psychologist appear to be 'guild' in nature, motivated by concerns related to the financial implications for Psychologists. This has been exacerbated over the past few years with the number of states that have passed not only behavior analyst licensing bills, but also autism insurance mandates that require providers of ABA services to be Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). The paper will review the history of the development of the field of behavior analysis in relation to that of psychology, specifically noting factors that support the hypothesis that behavior analysis is an independent and unique profession that should not be assumed to be subordinate to Psychology. Data supporting this hypothesis will be presented, along with a review of the changes in the relationship between the professions of Psychology and Behavior Analysis over the past 20 years in which the members of the profession of psychology has distanced itself from behavior analysis. Additionally, the paper will attempt to respond to many of the criticisms raised by members of the profession of psychology concerning the inadequate training of applied behavior analysis to serve as independent practitioners. Finally, the negative impact on both consumers as well as the insurance industry, if such a take-over is successful, will be reviewed. |
Target Audience: Clinical psychologists, BCBAs, practitioners, administrators, students |
Learning Objectives:
At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
- Identify the stance that the American Psychological Association has had in payment for ABA services and how it is at odds with ABAI.
- Describe the history that the field of psychology has had in relation to Behavior Analysis and how it is now an independent and unique profession that should not be subsumed under the field of psychology.
|
Keyword(s): autism, financial, licensing, professional issue |
|
|
|
|
Tacting, Describing, Naming and Explaining: The Interpretive Status of Behavior-Analytic Principles |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Philip N. Hineline, Ph.D. |
Chair: Marleen T. Adema (Dutch Association for Behavior Analysis) |
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University) |
With a B.A. from Hamilton College and a Ph.D. from Harvard University, Philip N. Hineline spent three years at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research before moving to Temple University, where he progressed through the ranks and is now an active Professor Emeritus. With Saul Axelrod, he co-founded Temple's Interdisciplinary Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Experimenting over the years with behaviorally-based teaching methods, he devised the Interteach Format, which has been adopted and evaluated at several universities. He has served as Associate Editor, as Editor, and as Review Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has been President of ABAI, of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, of the Eastern Psychological Association, and of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has received several awards for excellence in teaching, in research, and in service to the field. His conceptual writing has addressed the characteristics of explanatory language and the controversies that have confronted behavior analysis. His basic research has focused upon temporal extension in behavioral / psychological processes, with recent applied work evaluating behavioral interventions and addressing skill acquisition for persons who implement those interventions. |
Abstract: Skinner and other behavior analysts appear to have conceded that the conceptual system of behavior analysis is 'merely descriptive,' perhaps to evade the disputes that might arise from claiming explanatory status for our unconventional approach to psychological science. In contrast, I propose that our approach is at least as explanatory as any other. My basic premise is that all explanations are descriptions, but that not all descriptions are acceptable as explanations. Technically, the descriptions arise as tacts with adduction of additional functions that have been identified with naming. Then: What are the characteristics that result in a description being viewed as an explanation? First, it must be generic, a criterion that often is conflated with that of familiarity. Carefully construed, however, generality includes the important characteristic of parsimony. Second, separate (or basic) descriptive concepts must be interrelated to comprise a network that, along with generality, breaks the constraints of circularity. These characteristics are most commonly achieved through reductionistic strategies, while behavior analysis is best implemented through a multi-scaled approach, whereby the same principles can apply irrespective of the size of the behavioral unit. |
Target Audience: All who are interested in the nature of behavior-analytic theory and in its defense against alternative viewpoints. Academic Level: I shall try to supply something for beginners as well as advanced theorists: For example, beginners are likely to have been told in psychology lectures that the concept of reinforcement is circular and therefore trivial. I will document the point that most any scientific theory includes (indeed, is based upon) fundamental principles that are circularly defined. The reinforcement principle's circularity is not problematic, for that principle is interrelated in a network of additional concepts or principles. For the advanced theorist, we can dispense with determinism, and even with the conventional, almost moralistic defenses of parsimony (which have been successfully ignored by cognitivist theorists, at their ultimate peril), by adopting a conceptually clean exposition of behavior-analytic concepts, that is consistent with behavior-analytic terminology while still using mainly ordinary language. |
Learning Objectives: Explain why the problem of trivial circularity does not apply to the principle of reinforcement Describe how is it that generic description satisfies the principle of parsimony Provide a non-behavioral example of a concept that gains its explanatory status mainly through familiarity and generality. |
|
|
|
|
Contingencies of Natural and Social Reinforcement in Animals |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
620 (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chris Varnon (Oklahoma State University) |
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
Abstract: When we seek to control or understand behavioral change, we often overlay arbitrary contingencies on top of the naturally occurring contingencies. This is especially the case when addressing animal behavior. This strategy can preclude us from understanding how the behavior of interest naturally arose and is currently maintained. Although the implemented contingencies are frequently effective in modifying behavior, it leads us with little understanding of the natural contingencies, or the competition between the natural and implemented contingencies. This lack of understanding becomes amplified when dealing with the social behaviors of animals. In this symposium, three presentations will discuss shaping new behaviors through naturally occurring contingences of reinforcement, isolating those contingencies in controlled settings, and comparing the effect of those contingencies to that of more traditional contingencies in several species of animals. |
Keyword(s): animal behavior, natural reinforcement, social reinforcement |
|
Teaching Dogs to Share Toys |
Chase Owens (University of North Texas), SEAN WILL (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Resource guarding is a term used to describe a dog's tendency to protect food, toys, attention, or place of rest by growling, snarling, showing teeth, or biting when attempting to take the special item away or by getting too close to it. The problem has been addressed by procedures such as desensitization, counterconditioning, and DRA operant techniques. The present study investigates a shaping procedure using distance as a negative reinforcer. The subject is Rocky, a 5-year-old black lab mix who has had a history of resource guarding tennis balls. Every time a dog would approach while he is in the possession of a tennis ball Rocky would growl, show his teeth, and snap at the dog if it got too close. This shaping procedure consisted of a handler walking with a dog towards Rocky, while Rocky had the tennis ball in his mouth, and stopping at the moment Rocky looked at the dog. The handler and the dog would remain at that point and walk away when Rocky resumed his activity or displayed an alternative behavior. The results show a switch over from resource guarding to sharing and friendly behavior. The behavior generalized across multiple dogs. |
|
Operant Analysis of Imprinting in Human-reared Pigeons |
CHRIS VARNON (Oklahoma State Univeristy), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Charles Abramson (Oklahoma State University), Shellyn Long (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: Young birds are thought to imprint to the first object they encounter. They develop a preference for this object and treat it as a parent. When they mature, they often treat this kind of object as a potential mate. In captive breeding programs, human-reared birds often imprint to human caretakers and develop social and sexual preferences for humans. This often leads to inappropriate behaviors and a deficit in breeding efforts. Although these imprinted preferences are commonly thought to be unmodifiable, a consideration of contingencies of reinforcement suggests otherwise. Several experiments will be discussed relating to the general methodology required to demonstrate imprinting, as well as procedures to develop more appropriate behavior in human-reared birds by the modifying social contingencies that maintain imprinted preferences. The general results show that social and sexual behaviors expressed as a function of imprinting are greatly affected by stimulus conditions. Most subjects behaved differently in home cages than in the experimental apparatus. Several subjects also behaved differently in the presence of a human hand than a human face. The results also suggest that operant and respondent procedures may modify imprinted preferences, once the appropriate methods are found to detect those preferences in an individual. |
|
Functions of Human Social Interaction for Domestic Dogs and Hand-Reared Wolves |
ERICA FEUERBACHER (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Despite the high level of interaction that dogs engage in with humans, we know little about the variables that maintain this interaction. We previously demonstrated that, for most dogs, brief human social interaction does not function as a potent reinforcer compared to a small piece of food, either for shelter dogs with an unknown experimenter, or for owned dogs, with their owners acting as experimenters. We have continued this analysis by assessing the potency of human social interaction for hand-reared wolves in an attempt to identify any effects of domestication. As with domestic dogs, social interaction functioned as a poor reinforcer compared to food, further indicating that we must look elsewhere for differences between dogs and wolves. Finally, we have continued to investigate the function of human social interaction for domestic dogs by assessing the effects of different types of interaction (petting vs vocal praise) on maintaining proximity to a human (a less arbitrary response than the nose touch we previously used). Petting resulted in most dogs remaining close to the experimenter, whereas there was little effect of vocal praise on the dogs’ behavior. This effect might be due in part to eliciting effects of tactile stimulation. |
|
|
|
|
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism: Predictors of Outcome |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniel W. Mruzek (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Discussant: Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Daniel W. Mruzek, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Outcomes vary widely across children with autism who receive early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI), yet reliable predictors of differential response are unavailable. This study reports new findings on predictors from three independent research projects. The first presentation examines intake chronological age (CA), IQ, motor stereotypy, and social communication as predictors for children with autism who entered EIBI in publicly funded community agencies in New York at age 2-4 years. Children were assessed at pretreatment (N = 71) and followed up after one year (N = 67) and two years (N = 64). The second presentation compares children receiving one year of EIBI (N = 35) to children receiving treatment as usual (N = 24) in Norway. For a subset of the EIBI group (n = 17), the investigators tested whether treatment gains were associated with the number and type of stimuli that function as reinforcers. The third presentation focuses on skill acquisition in the first 6 months of intervention as a predictor of outcome for children with autism (N = 40, age 2-4 years at treatment onset) who participated in EIBI for >2 years from university-run and publicly funded programs in the United Kingdom and Norway between 2007 and 2011. |
Keyword(s): autism, early intensive, outcome, predictor |
|
Prediction of Outcome After One Year and Two Years of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
DANIEL W. MRUZEK (University of Rochester Medical Center), Rafael Klorman (University of Rochester), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Abstract: Outcomes vary widely across children with autism who receive early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI), yet reliable predictors of differential response are unavailable. We examined predictors in children with autism who entered EIBI in publicly funded community agencies at age 2-4 years. Children were evaluated at pretreatment (N = 71) and followed up after one year (N = 67) and two years (N = 64). Predictor variables included intake chronological age (CA), IQ, motor stereotypy, social approach, preverbal communication (joint attention and social orienting), and imitation. Outcome variables were IQ (Mullen Scales of Early Learning), adaptive behavior (Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales), and autistic behavior (Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule). A multiple regression was performed for each outcome measure, entering intake CA and IQ first. In preliminary analyses, pretreatment CA predicted Year 1 IQ ( = 0.35, p = 0.02) but not other outcome variables. Pretreatment IQ and motor stereotypy did not predict any outcome variable. Social approach, preverbal communication, and imitation formed one factor and predicted Year 1 IQ ( = 0.40, p = 0.005) and adaptive behavior ( = 0.51, p = 0.002), though not autism symptoms. Year 2 data have all been collected and will be presented. |
|
Children With Autism Receiving Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Mainstream Preschool and Kindergarten Settings |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Lars Klintwall (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Jahr (Akershus University Hospital), Peter Karlsson (Psykologpartners) |
Abstract: Although Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for children with autism is well established in university-based studies, its effectiveness of EIBI in community settings remains under-researched. This study compared children receiving one year of EIBI (N = 35) to children receiving treatment as usual (TAU; N = 24). At intake, the groups did not differ significantly in chronological age or adaptive behavior. After one year of treatment, the EIBI group scored significantly higher on all scales of adaptive behavior than the TAU group. Moreover, the EIBI group showed significant improvements in adaptive behaviors, maladaptive behaviors, and autism symptoms, and this change continued into the second year of treatment, albeit to a lesser degree. For a subgroup of 17 children, we investigated whether treatment gains were associated with the number and type of stimuli that function as reinforcers. Results showed that treatment gains positively correlated with the number of socially mediated reinforcers and negatively correlated with automatic reinforcers. These two dimensions taken together explained 61 % of the variation in treatment gains for children after one year of EIBI. Limitations of the study include lack of independent assessments of children receiving EIBI, and lack of random assignment of participants to treatment groups. |
|
Early Detection of Differential Responsiveness to Intensive and Long-term Behavior Treatment |
ERIK JAHR (Akershus University Hospital), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: The study involves children with autism (age 2-4 years at treatment onset) receiving intensive (20- 40 hours/week) and long-term (>2 years) behavior intervention from university-run and publicly funded programs between 2007 and 2011: Southampton Childhood Autism Programme; SCAmP) in the United Kingdom (N = 14) or Akershus University Hospital in Norway (N=26). At intake, Year 1, and Year 2, all children underwent comprehensive, multidisciplinary assessments of both medical and developmental functioning including cognitive, communicative and adaptive functioning, using standardized and norm-referenced assessment tools. In addition, all children were measured on a uniform assessment of skills (ASK) covering basic, intermediate and advanced areas at intake, and after 6, 12, 18 and 24 months. Preliminary data analysis of the UK sample indicates possible division into three groups in terms of progression emerging at 6 months and remaining on all subsequent assessments. Furthermore change on the skill assessment after 6 months was strongly associated with changes in IQ and adaptive (Vineland) skills after 12 and 24 months. Improvement on certain skill areas of the ask were significantly related to later improvement on both the assessment and the standardized measures. Analysis on the Norwegian sample remains. |
|
|
|
|
Temporal and Probabilistic Discounting of Autism Service Delivery Options and Outcomes |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
305 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jason M. Hirst (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Frank D. Buono (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: As the number of autism therapies and service provides continues to proliferate, caregivers must make complicated decisions concerning program placement and treatment options. Contemporary behavioral scientists have begun to rely on quantitative models of choice to assess complex decision making behaviors. Specifically, a growing body of research on the topic of discounting has suggested that complex choices such as those associated with autism become devalued as the delay, uncertainty, or effort association with the decision increases. In the area of autism service delivery, such devaluation of treatments or outcomes could result in caregivers opting for therapies or service providers guaranteeing immediate effects with little to no evidence supporting such claims; while not only wasting economic resources pursuing such treatments, these therapies may also be harmful to the health and well-being of the client. This symposium will explore translational approaches to the understanding of discounting and how it relates to treatment options and outcomes for caregivers of individuals with autism. All contributing laboratories have extensive experience and expertise in translational research, discounting, and autism services. A discussion of how behavior analysts might bridge the gap between basic research on discounting and autism service provision will be provided. |
Keyword(s): Autism Services, Discounting, Social Validity, Treatment Outcomes |
|
Wanting More But Taking Less: Discounting and the Paradox of Choice |
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: As new technologies and treatments become more numerous, practitioners and clients are faced with the burden of choosing among the increasing number of alternatives. Recent research suggests that there may be boundary conditions to humans’ preference for extensive number of choice options and that this “paradox of choice” may be explained within a discounting paradigm (Reed, DiGennaro Reed, Chok, & Brozyna, 2011). The current project sought to explain the paradox of choice within this framework. Specifically, we sampled approximately 100 undergraduate students using the Maximization Scale (a self-report Likert-type scale from the social psychology literature that captures decision making tendencies). From this sample, we identified the top (Maximizers; individuals who seek the most options when deliberating on a decision) and bottom (Satisficers; individuals who settle on "just enough" options to make a decision) quartiles. Both groups were then presented with three forms of a discounting assessment using a computer-based paradigm; delay, probability, and progressively increasing numbers of choice alternatives (i.e., choice overload). No differences in rates of discounting (k) were found in any forms of discounting between groups, calling into question whether self-report scales of choice overload are predictive of the behavioral aspect of deciding amongst extensive options. |
|
Discounting of Autism Severity and the need for Physical Restraints |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present paper will explore the application of the hypothetical delay choice money task to the more clinically applicable choices found within the contexts of parenting a child with autism and engaging in physical restraints with a child with autism. Adult females were asked a variety of questions regarding decisions they would make about the immediate onset of slight autism characteristics in their child or delayed more severe autism characteristics in their child. Delays and disability severity were altered over successive trials. In the second experiment, employees of residential or day programs for persons with autism were asked which duration of their day they would prefer to be engaged in physical restraints with aggressive clients. Specifically staff were provided the choice between a minimal portion of their day beginning today that would be spent in restraints with clients, or a larger portion of their day beginning at various delayed points in time. In both experiments typical hyperbolic discounting patterns emerged for most participants. These data suggest that the traditional choice money task used in many delay discounting research studies may be altered to define and address more clinically relevant behaviors and choices people make in their lives. |
|
Discounting of Applied Behavior Analysis Based Treatment Outcomes by Caregivers of Children with Autism |
NATHAN CALL (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: A variety of factors influence caregiver choices about the interventions they select for their dependents. The present study examined the manner in which delays to treatment outcomes may contribute to caregivers discounting the value of ABA-based interventions. Fifteen caregivers of individuals with autism served as participants. Each completed two delay discounting assessments based on procedures described by Dixon, Marley, and Jacobs (2003) and Odum, Madden, and Bickel (2002). One assessment evaluated the extent to which participants discounted delayed hypothetical monetary outcomes. The other assessment evaluated the extent to which participants discounted delayed outcomes of autism interventions for their child. Results showed that caregivers discounted the value of both types of delayed outcome (i.e., money and autism treatment), although the correlation between results of the two assessments were not significantly correlated. In addition, caregivers of children who exhibit severe problem behavior showed greater discounting of delayed treatment outcomes than did caregivers of children who did not. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for clinicians and researchers who conduct and develop behavior analytic interventions for individuals with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Interventions Supporting On-Task Behavior, Pretense Play, and Functional Skills for Young Children |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Constance McLaughlin (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
CE Instructor: Diane M. Sainato, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Three papers will be presented. We will highlight the results of data based efforts to provide an analysis of interventions for young children with autism. Herriott and Schwartz will offer a paper examining the effects of different physical activities conducted during circle time on the on-task behavior during a journal-writing activity held immediately after circle for kindergarten children with autism. Garfinkle will describe her project examining findings from Montanas Childrens Autism Waiver project. Schnell and Sainato will present the outcomes of a study examining the effects of generative play instruction on pretense play behavior and restricted stereotypic behaviors in young children with autism spectrum disorder. This study implemented a least to most prompting strategy using one-to-one instruction embedded in a matrix for teaching symbolic play to four children with ASD. Finally, McLaughlin will provide discussion of these papers. Implications for service delivery and future directions for research will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Physical Activity on On-task Behavior in Young Children With Autism |
SHANE K. HERRIOTT (University of Washington), Ilene Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of different physical activities conducted during circle time on the on-task behavior during a journal-writing activity held immediately after circle. The participants of the study were three male kindergarten students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who attended a full day integrated program. During the last five minutes of morning circle, the entire class, including the target participants, engaged in five minutes of activities with that required different amounts of physical exertion (e.g., yoga, dance party, or book reading). An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of the different intervention conditions. Data on the on-task behavior of the participants were collected during the first five minutes of the subsequent activity (journal writing). Results found that, in general, movement (yoga and dance party) prior to journal led to higher levels of on-task behavior during journal writing, with more vigorous activity (dance party) yielding the highest average of on-task behavior. |
|
Preliminary Results of Montana’s Children’s Autism Wavier |
ANN N. GARFINKLE (University of Montana) |
Abstract: Twenty hours of applied behavior analysis intervention was provided to 50 children with autism by direct care staff supervised by certified family support specialists holding either the BCBA or the Montana Autism Endorsement. Children were able to access an average of 20 hours per week of service but that utilization varied as a result of a number of factors including: availability of direct care staff; child’s schedule; and, child’s distance from service provider’s office.
Outcome data are available from three different sources: norm-referenced assessments; caregiver and service provider report on valued, functional outcomes; and, parent report. Norm-referenced measures indicate that all children enrolled in services are making progress. Using scores on norm-referenced tests, a monthly rate of growth was determined for three domains: communication, social/emotional, and self help/adaptive. Prior to program participation, children were learning at a rate of 2 weeks of knowledge for every month, after participation in the project, children’s growth rate tripled to 6 weeks of learning for each month of service. Outcomes indicated 100% of the children are engaged in more social play; 98% of the children have more access to the community; 92% of the children have decreased the number of challenging behaviors; 88% have had an increase in their verbal skills: 75% of the children have been toilet trained; and, 59% have had decreases in sleep problems. Approximately 20% of children will participate in general education without special education supports. |
|
Effects of Generative Play Instruction on Pretense Play Behavior In Young Children With Autism |
SENNY SCHNELL (Intercare Therapy), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Play is an integral part of typical development. It is composed of a multitude of increasingly complex skills. Symbolic play represents a developmental cusp during which typically developing children demonstrate increasingly advanced social, communicative, and cognitive skills. Play skills in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders are limited, typically including smaller play repertoires composed of basic play skills. Direct instruction of play supports the acquisition of play skills as well as related behaviors, including social skills, adaptive skills, and communication. The generalization of play skills is intrinsic to typically developing infants, though may require intentional programming by interventionists for children on the autism spectrum. This study implemented a least to most prompting strategy using one-to-one instruction embedded in a matrix for teaching symbolic play to 4 children with ASD in the school setting. Increased Play With Pretense Behaviors were demonstrated, using a multiple baseline design, across trained and untrained toy sets and across participants. Limitations in research design and implementation will be discussed, with an emphasis on the continued exemption of programming for generalization. Recommendations for programming for generalization and specific collateral effects of play-based intervention constructed using behavior analytic strategies are presented. |
|
|
|
|
Implementing the Early Start Denver Model in an Early Childhood Program for Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Carrie A. Scott (Firefly Autism House) |
Discussant: Diane E. Osaki (The Aspen Center for Autism) |
CE Instructor: Theresa L. MacFarland, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) is an evidence-based intervention for working with young children with Autism. It is a behavioral and developmental approach that aims to reduce the severity of ASD symptoms while simultaneously accelerating rates of skill acquisition in all domains of development. The model promotes such efficient learning through play based teaching, capturing attention & motivation, creating a framework through joint-action routines, and planning for generalization. As a result of the recent publication of the curriculum and training certification being offered, professionals and centers across the United States are beginning to attempt to implement the strategies within this approach in 1:1 and center-based settings. This symposium focuses on: (1) Providing an overview of the developmental and behavioral framework for the Early Start Denver Model, (2) Analysis of creating context for teaching through joint-action routines, and (3) A discussion of how a non-profit center, Firefly Autism House, is implementing the ESDM model in a group setting. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Curriculum implementation, Denver Model, Early Intervention |
|
Foundations of the Early Start Denver Model |
LAURIE A. VISMARA (University of California, Santa Barbara), Diane E. Osaki (The Aspen Center for Autism) |
Abstract: The Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) is an evidence-based intervention for working with young children with Autism. The model is intensive and comprehensive in its scope addressing all domains of development. It is an approach that is supported by applied behavioral analytic principles as well as developmental psychology and teaches within a play-based, social communicative context. The strategies within the Early Start Denver Model aim to reduce the severity of ASD symptoms while simultaneously accelerating rates of skill acquisition in all domains of development. This type of efficient learning is accomplished through strategies such as embedded teaching, capturing attention & motivation, creating a framework through joint-action routines, social relationships and adult sensitivity, data collection, and planning for generalization. Recent research demonstrates that the Early Start Denver Model is a promising curriculum for young children with Autism in that it shows gains on standard assessments, adaptive functioning, and improved diagnostic status. |
|
Developing Frames for Teaching Through Joint Action Routines (JARS) |
THERESA L. MACFARLAND (Firefly Autism House), Sally McCance (Firefly Autism House) |
Abstract: The Early Start Denver Model uses a variety of strategies to embed teaching into every activity. One organizing principle is to create frames for teaching through the use of Joint Activity Routines. Within joint action routines an adult is a response play partner that capitalizes on child motivation, interest, and attention. This responsivity allows the adult to imitate, elaborate the play, arrange the environment to promote learning, and begin to take turns with the child. Increased sensitivity to child cues throughout activities encourages a more sustained, socially engaged interaction where efficient and effective learning can occur. Developing these play activities into joint action routines encourages engagement by two active participants, child and adult, working and playing together within cooperative activities. Such active learning creates meaningful contexts for learning through social relationships and typically developing routines. This presentation will discuss the steps to becoming an attentive play partner as well as ideas on how to create joint action routines to create a framework for teaching children with a variety of functioning levels. |
|
Implementing the Early Start Denver Model in a Group Setting for Young Children With autism |
ANNE ANDREWS (Firefly Autism House) |
Abstract: The Early Start Denver Model involves a set of teaching procedures outlined in the curriculum that allow for learning within a variety of group settings. Implementing the ESDM within a center-based setting encourages learning within 1:1 interaction in a group environment as well as learning within small and large groups of peers and adults. When arranging individual instruction inside a group setting with the ESDM curriculum, thoughtful planning will create a learning environment that contain materials for children with varied skill sets, individualized supports available for each child, as well as planning a group schedule that address individual as well as group needs. When running small or large group activities within an group setting, the ESDM curriculum focuses on following routines and transitions, active participation, intentional communication, purposeful play, personal independence skills, and meaningful interactions. In planning group activities, strategies to embed individual child objectives as well as maintain group participation and peer learning are discussed. The potential for students to acquire, maintain, and generalize skills through the implementation of the Early Start Denver model in a center-based setting is encouraging and worthy of further discussion into the modifications and planning necessary to implement the model with treatment integrity. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Behavior Analytic Research in Tourette Syndrome: From Bedside to Bench and Back |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Discussant: R. Gregory Nunn (San Diego City Schools) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have long been the primary engineers behind the development of effective, nonmedicinal interventions for chronic tic disorders (e.g., Tourette syndrome; TS). Recent efforts have brought these treatments into the mainstream of clinical psychology and medicine in the form of Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Tics (CBIT), a "new-and-improved" version of Azrin and Nunn's (1973) Habit Reversal Training that is amenable and accessible to practice settings and practitioners outside of behavior analysis. However, this rapid expansion has been met by both familiar and unique criticisms and concerns about the use of behavior analytic interventions. We will discuss these recent advances in behavior analytic treatments for TS, research aimed at addressing empirical questions central to concerns of nonbehavior analysts, and basic research findings with potentially important implications for future refinement of existing treatments. Bringing these "bedside" questions and clinical phenomena into the laboratory for controlled evaluation has helped to allay concerns about behavioral interventions for TS, generated interesting questions for future basic research, and provided a foundation for efforts to further improve the efficacy of behavioral interventions for tic disorders. The lessons learned thus far from these endeavors can inform translational research efforts with other clinically relevant phenomena, in the service of bringing our powerful technologies to the masses while staying true to our philosophical roots. |
Keyword(s): tic disorders, translational research, treatment dissemination |
|
Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Tics: A New and Improved Habit Reversal-Based Intervention |
DOUGLAS W. WOODS (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: For decades, behavior analysts have developed and implemented efficacious interventions for Chronic Tic Disorders (CTDs) such as Tourette syndrome. Beginning in the 1970s, Azrin and Nunn (1973) showed that Habit Reversal Training (HRT) could quickly produce drastic reductions in tic frequency. Azrin and his colleagues published numerous replications showing HRTs efficacy and superiority to other non-pharmacological interventions, but HRT remained largely unknown to mainstream practitioners and the general public. Fortunately, this trend is changing at last. The past decade has seen the development of Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Tics (CBIT), an HRT-based treatment protocol that also includes functional analysis/intervention, relaxation training, and psychoeducation components. Large-scale, randomized controlled trials have demonstrated CBITs efficacy in decreasing tics in both children and adults, using research methodology palatable to non-behavior analysts, resulting in a drastic increase in the visibility and availability of behavior analytic interventions for tics. These successes are hugely encouraging, but much work remains to be done to disseminate CBIT to front-line practitioners (e.g. neurologists, pediatricians), and to refine the existing CBIT protocol to further improve outcomes. These endeavors can be aided by the continuation of the translational, programmatic research that has produced successes in this area to date. |
|
DRO-Maintained Tic Suppression During Engagement in Stressful and Unstressful Tasks |
BRYAN BRANDT (University of South Florida), Christine A. Conelea (Brown University), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Some have doubted that tic-suppressing skills can be successfully used in attention-demanding, stressful environments. We conducted evaluated these claims using a laboratory paradigm. In Study 1,children with CTDs were exposed to alternating periods of baseline (BL), DRO (DRO), and DRO with distraction produced by a requirement to engage concurrently in an attention-demanding task on which no contingencies were placed (DRO+DIS). Both DRO and DRO+ DIS reduced tics below BL levels and did so to a similar extent. Performance on the CPT was comparable during DRO+DIS and pre- and post- experimental administrations of the task. Study 2 exposed children with CTDs to alternating periods of BL, BL with stress (i.e. with a concurrent requirement to solve math problems that had increased self-reported stress levels during pre-experimental assessment (BL+STR), DRO, and DRO plus stress, (DRO+STR). Tic frequencies were comparable during BL and BL+STR conditions. However, tic frequencies were higher in DRO+STR than in DRO conditions. Results suggest tic suppression is unaffected by concurrent engagement in attention-demanding tasks (and vice versa), and that widely reported stress-induced tic exacerbations are mediated by a decrease in the efficacy of environmental factors maintaining tic suppression, as opposed to direct exacerbation of tics per se. |
|
Temporal Dynamics of Urge-to-Tic Ratings and Escape-Maintained Responding During DRO-Maintained Tic Suppression |
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Bryan Brandt (University of South Florida), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Tics associated with Tourette Syndrome (TS) are maintained in part by a negative reinforcement cycle in which ticcing produces escape from aversive somatosensory experiences known as premonitory urges. Behavioral interventions for TS are believed to produce short-term and long-term habituation to premonitory urges, and these processes are thought to be responsible for their efficacy. However, little controlled research has evaluated these phenomena directly. We exposed children with TS to periods of free-to-tic baseline (BL), DRO, and MULT DRO EXT (MULT) with subject-initiated component transitions. Subjects rated their urge strength every 30 seconds during BL and DRO. Overall, ratings were higher during DRO conditions than BL conditions. Urge ratings were stable within and across BL conditions. In contrast, a pattern of initial increases and subsequent decreases was seen within DRO conditions. Latency to transition to the EXT component during MULT conditions corresponded to the magnitude of the decrease in self-reported urge strength in previous DRO conditions, and to a validated pencil-and-paper measure of urge severity. Results suggest that habituation to premonitory urges accompanies prolonged DRO-maintained tic suppression. Further, latency to transition to the EXT component of the MULT schedule used herein may be a useful empirical proxy for premonitory urge strength. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: From Individual Results to Clinical Outcome Data |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over the past decade, behavior analysts have developed a variety of procedures to assess and treat pediatric feeding disorders. These talks will present data that extends the knowledge base on such treatments and will provide outcome data on the long-term efficacy of behaviorally based procedures. The first talk will describe the use of a sequentially arranged behavioral hierarchy procedure that was used to assess different feeding skills in2 children who were selective eaters. Once assessed, these outcomes were used to develop effective procedures for increasing food variety. The second study describes data for2 participants in which negative reinforcement contingencies were implemented to bias responding toward self-feeding as opposed to being fed by a caregiver. The final study will present outcome data for 34 participants who received service in an outpatient clinic that specializes in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. These data will describe outcomes for oral acceptance and decreased tube feedings. The results of all3 investigations will be discussed in relation to the existing literature on the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. |
|
Using a Behavioral Hierarchy Procedure as an Assessment Tool for Treating Food Selectivity |
HEATHER KADEY (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Janet Diaz (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: A feeding disorder is characterized by restricted food intake, limited variety, and the presence of inappropriate behaviors (e.g., screaming, batting at or blocking food presentations). Unfortunately, the diagnosis and symptoms of a feeding disorder does not dictate which treatment options will be most effective for a particular child. Thus, a key to effectively treating feeding disorders is conducting assessments that will provide information necessary for developing effective treatments. For example, paired-choice preference assessments can be helpful in determining preferred and non-preferred foods that can be used in positive or negative reinforcement-based treatments. Yet, pairedchoice preference assessments do not always produce reliable results. In the current investigation, a behavioral hierarchy assessment was used to determine relative food preferences. Specifically, two participants responded differentially to sequentially arranged hierarchal steps (e.g., smelling food, holding food in mouth) across different foods. These response patterns were then used to determine which treatments would be most useful for increasing food intake. Data will be presented on the assessment, treatment, and generalization of food intake for individuals with pediatric feeding disorders. Results will be discussed in terms of how supplemental assessments can inform treatment development and recommendations for successful generalization will be provided. |
|
Use of Negative Reinforcement to Increase Self-Feeding in Two Children With Feeding Disorders |
KATHRYN M. PETERSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jana Frese (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather Kadey (State University of New York Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders often do not independently acquire self-feeding skills. Negative reinforcement has been demonstrated as a useful tool to increase consumption (Kelley, Piazza, Fisher, & Oberdorff, 2003) for children with feeding disorders. Only one study to our knowledge has increased self-feeding using a negative reinforcement-based procedure (Vaz, Volkert, & Piazza, in press). Within this study, response effort and quality of reinforcement were manipulated to favor self-feeding. In the current investigation, we used similar procedures to increase self-feeding in two children with a feeding disorder. Initially, we provided the participants the option to self-feed one bite of target food or have the therapist feed an increased number of target or non-preferred food bites. After these manipulations were unsuccessful in increasing self-feeding, we incorporated the use of a swallow facilitation procedure in an attempt to shift responding to self-fed bites. That is, the child could self-feed one bite of target food to avoid being fed one non-preferred bite and contacting swallow facilitation with a Nuk if packed or the child could self-feed one bite of target food to avoid being fed the target bite using a flipped spoon presentation. Results showed that these manipulations increased self-feeding for both children. |
|
Outcomes of an Intensive Outpatient Behavioral Feeding Program at the University of Iowa |
Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), BROOKE M. HOLLAND (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: A body of literature exists in applied behavior analysis that establishes some empirically supported treatments for pediatric feeding disorders (Kerwin, 1999; Sharp et al., 2010). Research on the outcomes of various service delivery models utilizing these treatments is warranted. We examined the outcome data for 34 children who received treatment for a range of feeding problems in an outpatient behavioral clinic at the University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics between 2006 and 2010. Services involved daily 3-hr visits over 2 to 3 consecutive weeks and subsequent monthly follow-up visits. A second observer reviewed the records of 35% of the participants and agreement of the outcome measures was above 80%. Outcome data indicate that bite/drink acceptance increased and refusal decreased after 2 to 3 weeks of intensive outpatient therapy for over 90% of the children. Treatment effects resulted in tube feed reductions for children dependent on enteral nutritional feeds after intensive therapy and throughout follow-up. The variety of foods consumed increased for 100% of children exhibiting food selectivity. The advantages of an intensive outpatient model for behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding problems will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Contact With Values: Research and Applications of Constructing Valued Patterns of Living |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
401 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lindsey Clark (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Values are defined as freely chosen, verbally constructed consequences of ongoing, dynamic, evolving patterns of activity, which establish predominant reinforcers for that activity that are intrinsic in engagement in the valued behavioral pattern itself (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2011; Wilson & DuFrene, 2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999; 2011) is a third wave behavioral analytic model of psychotherapy focusing on mindfulness and values processes. ACT and its component processes have demonstrated efficacy in clinical and non-clinical populations. This symposium presents research findings exploring the utility of values and goals in the classroom; exploring means of constructing individualized valued patterns of living; as well as examining the role of values and mindfulness processes in the therapeutic relationship. |
|
The Relative Effects of Mindfulness and Values on Therapeutic Relationship: Developing Methods of Manipulating Alliance |
REGAN M. SLATER (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Clinicians have long been interested in the components that strengthen the therapeutic relationship. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2011) is a behavior analytic third wave therapy that emphasizes psychological flexibility utilizing mindfulness and values processes. To date, research has indicated that the therapeutic relationship is related to client outcome. However, the nature of this relationship is not clear, and to date, studies have not experimentally manipulated the therapeutic relationship. Research has been done to investigate the effects of the core psychological flexibility processes within ACT. The purpose of the current studies is to evaluate the effects of specific, teachable techniques on therapeutic relationship and to explore psychological flexibility processes as they relate to the relationship between therapist and client. Participants were undergraduate students. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three conditions: a values and mindfulness condition, a mindfulness condition, or a control condition. Participants then engaged in a conversation representing an analog of a therapy session. Data were collected at three time points during the study. The measures assessed values and mindfulness processes, as well as therapeutic relationship, connectedness, compassion and positive and negative mood. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
Asking About What Really Matters: A Comparison of Different Methods of Generating Values-Related Stimuli |
VICTORIA BOUDOIN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Samantha K. Marks (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emmie Hebert (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Shelley Greene (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Values have been described, from a behavioral perspective, as freely chosen, verbally constructed consequences of ongoing, dynamic, evolving patterns of activity, which establish predominant reinforcers for that activity that are intrinsic in engagement in the valued behavioral pattern itself (Wilson & DuFrene, 2006). Emerging research from a variety of disciplines supports the psychological benefits of being in contact with ones values. There is, thus, a growing interest in experimentally manipulating contact with values to examine the impact of values on behavior. None of the existing paradigms (i.e., asking for thoughts and feelings about values) allow the investigator to quickly and easily make values present (or not present) for the participant, such as in a computer learning paradigm. This might be accomplished by having participants generate individualized values-related stimuli that could be presented at different points throughout the experiment. This study evaluated methods of generating values-related stimuli by comparing within-subject ratings of the stimuli they generated. Participants were university students. Preliminary data suggest that having subjects write about their deeply held values for a set amount of time may provide the conditions for subjects to generate stimuli that facilitate contact with values. In addition, these methods may be most effective for assessing how meaningful a certain value is to subjects. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of a Values and Goal Setting Intervention on Academic-Related Outcomes in College Students |
SOLOMON KURZ (University of Mississippi), Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: According to proponents of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), values and committed action are directly linked in that goals are set in the service of working towards one’s values (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2011). Acting on goals to move towards one’s values is a piece of committed action in the ACT model. The purpose of this study was to compare a goal setting only invervention with a goal setting plus values intervention on a variety of outcomes, such as overall semester GPA, school engagement, connectedness to values, and psychological distress. We were also interested in examing whether psychological flexibility and values mediated outcomes. College students enrolled in two sections of a psychology class taught by a single instructor were selected to participate in this quasi experimental design. Both interventions consisted of a 40-minute in-classroom intervention and weekly emails. For the in-classroom interventions, participants in both conditions were taught how to set goals and practiced making goals. Participants in the goal setting plus values condition also completed a values writing exercise that consisted of writing about dedicating their semester to someone they care about. The weekly emails for both conditions consisted of asking them to set 3 small goals for the upcoming week and about levels of academic engagement from the previous week. The goal setting emails reminds participants how to set goals and the values plus goal setting emails reminds participants about their dedication. Results and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis for a Sustainable World |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
CE Instructor: Richard F. Rakos, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The rate of biodiversity loss, degradation of the atmosphere, global warming and other human-induced changes to our environment are accelerating and exceeding planetary boundaries for sustained human development. Governance and management of human behavior is needed to go beyond sectoral reduction of negative externalities and now extend to protecting and restoring a global habitat fit for humanity. This invited symposium presents three provocative papers describing roles for behavior analysts in preparing us for what lies ahead and to be resilient in the face of coming challenges. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: People interested in a sustainable planet |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
- Describe the many opportunties for behavior analysts to work to improve our planet for humanity.
|
|
Climate Change and the Global Need for Sustainable Practices: Opportunities, Challenges, and Responsibilities for Behavior Analysts |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: For decades scientists who study the Earth's atmosphere, waterways, and the ground have issued fact-filled warnings about our planet's declining health and its ability to continue to sustain human activity. Human behavior is responsible for the Earth's rapidly changing climate and the depletion of some ofits limited resources to dangerously levels. While behavior analysts have contributed to at least partial solutions to many problems faced by society—improving education, helping people achieve healthier life styles, making highways and factories safer, caring for people exhibiting challenging and life-threatening behavior, and treating individuals with autism to name just a few—our field has paid scant attention to the impact of human behavior on the environment. But this is changing. Behavior analysis is uniquely poised to contribute to a broad range of interventions to promote the husbandry of our planet's resources, restore damaged eco-systems, and perhaps prepare us to adapt and be resilient in the face of inevitable changes to come. This talk will survey some of the initiatives developing within the behavior analysis community in response to climate change and challenges to sustaining a healthy planet for future generations. |
William L. Heward, Ed.D., BCBA-D, is Professor Emeritus in the College of Education and Human Ecology at The Ohio State University. He has been a Senior Fulbright Scholar in Portugal, a Visiting Professor of Psychology at Keio University in Tokyo and at the University of São Paulo, a Visiting Scholar at the National Institute of Education in Singapore, and lectured in 14 other countries. His many publications include the text, Applied Behavior Analysis (2nd ed., 2007, co-authored with John Cooper and Tim Heron), which has been translated into several languages. A Fellow and Past President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Bill has received numerous awards recognizing his contributions to behavior analysis, including the Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award from the American Psychological Association's Division 25, the Distinguished Psychology Department Alumnus Award from Western Michigan University, and the Ellen P. Reese Award for Communication of Behavioral Concepts from the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. Bill currently serves as chair of the program planning committee for ABAI�s Behavior Change for a Sustainable World conference to be held August 3-5, 2012. |
|
The Earth May Be Warm Later, but I'm Cold Now: Motivating Sustainable Consumer Choices |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University) |
Abstract: 'Sustainable' consumer choices pose a paradox. A sustainable choice may pay off in the future but most likely has no immediate positive impact. Punishing 'non-sustainable' consumer choices through taxes and surcharges is politically unpopular, regressive and often unfeasible. Instead, the challenge for motivating sustainable consumption choices is to make the payoff for these choices fairly immediate and fairly certain. These payoffs may not necessarily be monetary or material; they can also be social. The Behavior Perspective Model differentiates between informational and utilitarian reinforcement; an important concept in understanding and motivating sustainable consumer choices. Strategies involved in increasing the immediate informational reinforcement of consumer goods, immediate economic incentives or 'green choices' and manipulating motivating operations for such choices are promising beginnings. The challenge here is to develop 'set and forget' interventions that will nudge consumers towards sustainable choices. Interventions based on a behavioral economic analysis of consumer choice, combined with a deft use of technology will lead the way in changing consumer choices from destructive overconsumption to constructive sustainable choices. |
Donald A. Hantula (Ph.D., University of Notre Dame), is an organizational psychologist, associate professor of psychology, member of the Interdisciplinary Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis and director of the Decision Laboratory at Temple University. Previous positions include occupational health promotion at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, appointments in business schools at King's College (Human Resource Management) and St. Joseph's University (MIS), and as a visiting scholar in behavior analysis at University of Nevada-Reno. He is the past Executive Editor of the Journal of Social Psychology. Currently he serves as Associate Editor of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, where he recently guest edited 2 special issues on Consumer Behavior Analysis. He has also edited special issues of Psychology & Marketing and IEEE Transactions on topics such as: experiments in e-commerce, evolutionary perspectives on consumption, and Darwinian perspectives on electronic communication. Professor Hantula served on the National Science Foundation's Decision Risk and Management Sciences review panel and remains an ad hoc reviewer for government and private research funding agencies. He is a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. Don has published in many high impact journals in computer & information sciences, economics, management, marketing, medicine, organizational behavior psychobiology, and public health. His research in evolutionary behavioral economics combines behavior analytic and Darwinian theory to focus on questions in financial and consumer decision making and escalation of commitment He also maintains active research and application projects in performance improvement and human/technology interactions. He has a forthcoming book titled Consumer Behavior Analysis: (A)rational approach to consumer choice and decision. |
|
Countercultural paths to sustainability |
LYLE K. GRANT (Athabasca University) |
Abstract: The problems of sustainability are deeply woven into the fabric of modern society. Current attempts to address problems like climate change and energy depletion are mainly centered on making energy use more efficient and maintaining an economy of perpetual growth on a planet of finite resources. An alternative set of solutions emerges from cultural reinvention in which work time is reduced and noneconomic reinforcers assume greater individual and societal importance. This type of cultural reinvention is inherent in B. F. Skinner's WaldenTwo, Tibor Scitovsky's proposal for an arts-based society, Paul Schafer's call for a cultural renaissance to supplant our current economic age, in the voluntarysimplicity movement, and in bohemian subcultures. Potential examples of behavior-analysis applications and research to facilitate cultural reinvention are provided. |
Lyle Grant is professor of psychology at Athabasca University in Alberta, Canada. His areas of research and application have included concept learning, instructional materials development for distance learners, the behavior analysis of narratives, and sustainability. He is co-author of the text Principles of Behavior Analysis. After teaching behavior analysis for many years he came to realize that the forces of economic growth enlist behavioral principles in service of increasing material consumption despite the harmful effects this has on climate change and resource depletion. His recent work has therefore emphasized the necessity of a transition from an economic age to a cultural age in which the arts, sports, and recreation take precedence over continued growth and success defined in terms of increasing material consumption. |
|
|
|
|
Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analyses have become standard of care for the treatment of problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Functional analyses have allowed behavior analysts to isolate the reinforcers that maintain problem behaviors; thus, resulting in more effective behavioral interventions. Since the early 1980s, there has been tremendous growth in the amount of research on the evaluation, refinement, and extension of functional analyses methodology. The purpose of this symposium is to present four studies that have examined extensions of functional analysis methodology. The first two set of papers will examine methods of expediting the evaluation of behavioral function. One study examined a method of quickly determining if problem behaviors are maintained by automatic reinforcement. The other examined if latency measures could be used to elucidate escape-maintained problem behaviors. The third paper examined a method for refining functional analyses by evaluating test-specific control conditions during functional analyses. The final paper examined methods of identifying idiosyncratic variables that may maintain problem behavior. |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, problem behaviors |
|
A Functional Analysis Screening for Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
ANGIE CHRISTINE QUERIM (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (The New England Center for Children), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: A typical functional analysis (FA) includes a series of 10-min conditions that identify different sources of reinforcement for problem behavior (Iwata et al. 1994/1982). Results of several studies suggest that shortening session durations, reducing the number of sessions, or limiting the number of comparisons might be considered as assessment options when time is limited (Derby et al., 1992; Kahng & Iwata, 1999; Northup et al., 1991; Wallace & Iwata, 1999). A general finding in previous research is that behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement persists in the alone condition, whereas behavior maintained by social contingencies extinguishes. Thus, initial exposure to only the alone condition may represent an efficient screening procedure when maintenance by automatic reinforcement is suspected. We conducted a series of 5-min alone sessions with individuals who exhibited varied topographies of problem behavior and subsequently conducted complete FAs to verify initial predictions based on results of the screening. Results to date indicate that the screening procedure is a useful and extremely efficient assessment tool when time is limited. |
|
The Utility of a Task Preference Hierarchy Based on Response Latency |
ERIN ANN SCHALLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Megan B. Black (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joshua Jessel (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Although research has been conducted that evaluated an efficient method of identifying a task preference hierarchy (i.e., used latency to the first problem behavior as dependent measure; Call, Pabico, & Lomas, 2009), a direct relationship between response latency and rate as measures of problem behavior has not been evaluated. In the current study, a demand assessment and subsequent demand analysis were conducted with 6 participants who were admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The demand assessment was conducted to identify a task preference hierarchy and to evaluate the relationship between response latency and rate. Less aversive (i.e., tasks associated with the longest latency, [LA]), and high aversive (i.e., tasks associated with the shortest latency, [HA]) tasks were identified and included into a demand analysis. For 5 of the6 participants, an inverse relationship between response latency and rate during the demand assessment was shown. Additionally, the demand analysis yielded differentiated levels of problem behavior per LA and HA task condition for3 of the6 participants. These results suggest that response latency may be predictive of response rate, providing an efficient measure of problem behavior when identifying a task preference hierarchy. |
|
Test-Specific Control Conditions in Functional Analysis Methodology |
TARA A. FAHMIE (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Angie Christine Querim (University of Florida), Jill Marie Harper (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Functional analyses of problem behavior typically include a play condition to control for the effects of both positive and negative reinforcement. However, results of2 studies highlight the potential advantage of using different, test-specific conditions to control for each source of reinforcement. Fischer, Iwata, & Worsdell (1997) compared responding in the attention, play, and alone conditions for 36 individuals with attention-maintained SIB; responding was lowest in the play condition for 31 individuals. Kahng and Iwata (1998) compared responding in the demand, play, and alone conditions for 55 individuals with escape-maintained SIB; responding was lowest in the alone condition in every case. We compared responding across4 potential control conditions (alone, ignore, play, and DRO) for individuals with problem behavior maintained by either positive or negative reinforcement. Results to date suggest that the play and DRO conditions best suppress problem behavior maintained by attention, whereas the alone and ignore conditions best suppress problem behavior maintained by escape. Additional tests will be conducted to determine whether test-specific controls are better than a common control in a pairwise functional analysis when the function of problem behavior is unknown. |
|
Evaluating Methods for the Identification of Idiosyncratic Variables in Functional Analyses |
KEVIN J. SCHLICHENMEYER (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: By conducting a functional analysis, clinicians can identify behavioral function and develop effective treatment. Although functional analysis (FA) often results in clear outcomes, it sometimes yields ambiguous response patterns that cannot be interpreted. When this occurs, clinicians may need to modify functional analysis conditions to include idiosyncratic antecedent or consequent events. To date, a systematic strategy for identifying variables to include in modified conditions has not been reported. In this study, we evaluated a systematic progression of indirect and descriptive analyses for identifying idiosyncratic variables to test following an initially ambiguous FA outcome for4 individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. We conducted2 indirect assessment formats across multiple respondents to identify reliable idiosyncratic antecedent and consequent variables to test. We also conducted descriptive observations to confirm the occurrence of these events in the natural environment. We used the results from these assessments to inform modified FA conditions that were subsequently evaluated. For all participants, a differentiated outcome was observed during the modified functional analyses, illustrating the utility of this method for identifying idiosyncratic events. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: This symposium covers three areas related to functional analyses: (a) progressing from undifferentiated functional analyses, (b) developing a model for distinguishing between performance and skill deficits for elopement, and (c) training others to conduct functional analyses. The first presentation discusses a review of functional analysis outcomes of 180 individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities, subsequent manipulations of 95 of those functional analyses, and the importance of progressively modifying functional analysis procedures to reduce sources of variability and identify idiosyncratic variables maintaining problem behavior. The second presentation discusses a comprehensive treatment model aimed at (a) distinguishing elopement from wandering and (b) developing treatments for problems of elopement and wandering that are uniquely tailored to assessment outcomes. The third presentation is a summary of the 3 years of a project aimed at bringing functional analyses of problem behavior into Iowa schools by training area education agencies to conduct functional analysis. Dr. Dorothea Lerman will serve as the discussant. |
Keyword(s): elopement, functional analysis, training, undifferentiated |
|
Clarification of Undifferentiated Functional Analysis Outcomes: A Summary of 95 Cases |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joshua Jessel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The standard functional analysis (FA) first established by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) included a series of three test conditions and one control condition conducted in a multi-element design. Although this procedure has become the “gold standard” in clinical research and treatment, occasionally causal relations between behavior and environmental events cannot be determined. In these cases, FA results are said to be undifferentiated. Past research has confronted the issue of initially undifferentiated results of the standard FA by conducting multiple manipulations to the conditions, motivating operations, design, and procedures. The current study reviewed the FAs of 180 individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities and subsequent manipulations of 95 of those FAs. Following the initial FA, 43.9% of FA results were undifferentiated. Following subsequent modifications to these FAs, only 11.7% of FA results remained undifferentiated. The results suggest the importance of progressively modifying FA procedures to reduce sources of variability and identify idiosyncratic variables maintaining problem behavior. |
|
Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Two Forms of Elopement: Bolting and Wandering |
MELISSA BOWEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sean Peterson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Results of within-subject studies have shown that individuals with autism elope for three main reasons to gain access to preferred items, to escape undesirable settings or activities, or to gain attention from others (e.g., Piazza et al., 1997; Rapp, Vollmer, & Hovanetz, 2005). In contrast to this goal-directed bolting, some children wander without a clear course due to skill deficits related to transition behavior. These children have not been successfully taught to monitor and maintain their proximity to adults without holding a caregivers hand. Despite the clear impact this behavior has on the health, safety, and well-being of these individuals and their families, no comprehensive treatment approaches to elopement and wandering have been empirically validated. We will discuss a comprehensive model aimed at (a) distinguishing elopement from wandering and (b) developing treatments for problems of elopement and wandering that are uniquely tailored to assessment outcomes. Preliminary results suggest that the comprehensive model we developed was useful for developing treatments for elopement and wandering. |
|
Conducting Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior: An Increasing Trend in Iowa Schools |
BRENDA J. BASSINGTHWAITE (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (Iowa Department of Education) |
Abstract: The State of Iowa is divided into area education agencies (AEA) that provide a variety of educational services to school districts across the state. In 2009, the Iowa Department of Education began supporting training for AEA consultants to learn how to conduct functional analyses by hiring behavioral analysts at the University of Iowa Childrens Hospital to train AEA consultants. Thirty-one trainees started the project in 2009 and continue to participate during its third year. Seventy-five percent of these trainees reported that they had low levels of experience (between 0 and 10 analyses conducted) with functional analyses when they began training. During the first two years of the project, we conducted over 100 functional analyses in clinic and school settings as part of the training project. During the second year of the project, trainees reported conducting 65 school-based functional analyses without the support of training staff. Only 38% of the trainees were reporting low levels of experience with functional analyses at the end of the second year. A summary of the 3 years of the project will be presented, highlighting who the trainees are, how they are developing the skills, and the growth of conducting functional analyses in Iowa schools. |
|
|
|
|
Relapse and Behavioral Momentum |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School) |
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The relapse of problem behavior following apparently successful treatment is an enduring problem for the field of behavior analysis. Treatment relapse can occur when, for example, treatment is withdrawn to test for maintenance or when there are lapses in treatment integrity. Behavior momentum theory describes how behavior persists despite changes in the environment. Behavior momentum studies have shown that rate and resistance to change are independent aspects of behavior. Problem behavior is more resistant to change, and thus more likely to relapse in environments that are associated with high rates of reinforcement than in environments associated with low rates, even if an alternative behavior has been reinforced at the same time. Reinstatement, resurgence, and renewal models have been used to demonstrate treatment relapse. An effective method of evaluating the resistance of a behavior to disruption in each of these three models is to use multiple schedules of reinforcement in which differing rates of reinforcement occur in the context of alternating discriminative stimuli. Relapse is greater in the richer of the two multiple schedules. Translational researchers are now developing treatments based on these procedures to successfully reduce the magnitude of the relapse of problem behavior. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral momentum, Persistence, Relapse, Renewal |
|
Clinical Demonstration of the Renewal Model of Treatment Relapse |
DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University), Brian Harris (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School), Llio Eiri (Aran Hall School) |
Abstract: The magnitude of treatment relapse has been shown to be greater when high rates of reinforcement are used to reduce problem behavior in both resurgence and reinstatement models. The effects of high rate reinforcement on the relapse of problem behavior within an ABA renewal model was evaluated. The participant was an 18 year-old male with severe intellectual disabilities who presented problem behavior maintained by attention. In the first context (A) problem behavior was reinforced by2 therapists on a multiple schedule of reinforcement. Therapist 1 reinforced problem behavior on a VT 30s schedule and Therapist 2 on a VT 120s schedule until stable responding was achieved. The participant was then moved to a second context (B) and all behaviors were placed on extinction by both therapists in consecutive extinction sessions. The participant was then transferred back to the first context (A) and all behaviors were again placed on extinction by both therapists in consecutive extinction sessions. Results demonstrated that the renewal of problem behavior was greater following high-rate reinforcement, that is, with Therapist 1 (VT 30s), than with Therapist 2 (VT 120s). This result suggests that low rate reinforcement may be more effective in preventing treatment relapse of problem behavior than high rate reinforcement. |
|
Effects of Combining Stimulus Contexts on Resistance to Change |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (University of Auckland), John Bai (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Consistent with behavioral momentum theory, arranging alternative sources of reinforcement within a stimulus context decreases target response rates but enhances resistance to disruption. We explored a method developed previously to circumvent enhancing the persistence of the target response while still reducing its rate. Keypecking in pigeons was maintained in 3 mutually exclusive stimulus contexts defined by keylight color. One stimulus context maintained a target response and another stimulus context maintained an alternative response. In a third context, a target response was reinforced concurrently with an alternative response, modeling a differential-reinforcement-of-alternative-behaviour (DRA) schedule. The overall reinforcement rate in the concurrent context was equal to the sum of the separate stimulus contexts. Combining the separate stimulus contexts during extinction enhanced disruption of target responding relative to target responding in the DRA context. In comparison, combining the separate alternative context with the target response from the overall richer concurrent context produced smaller disruptions in target responding. These findings suggest that alternative stimulus contexts function as disrupters of target behavior, and resistance to disruption to the addition of separate stimulus contexts is a function of the overall baseline reinforcement rate in a stimulus context, consistent with the assertions of behavioral momentum theory. |
|
Mechanisms of Resurgence |
MARY MARGARET SWEENEY (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is an increase in a previously extinguished response that occurs if alternative reinforcement introduced during extinction is removed. Shahan and Sweeney (2011) developed a quantitative model of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory that suggests alternative reinforcement delivered during extinction has both disruptive and strengthening effects on the target response. The resurgence model captures existing data well and predicts that resurgence should decrease as time in extinction and exposure to alternative reinforcement increases. Two experiments tested this prediction. Data from Experiment 1 indeed suggest that without a return to baseline, resurgence decreases with increased exposure to alternative reinforcement and extinction of the target response. Experiment 2 found comparable resurgence across conditions at the same time point in extinction, despite dissimilar previous exposures to alternative reinforcement—suggesting that time in extinction is a more important determinant of resurgence than length of exposure to alternative reinforcement. Additional experiments exploring interactions between resurgence and other sources of relapse are also discussed, including contextual renewal, acute food deprivation, and negative incentive contrast. These data are then evaluated within the framework of the behavioral momentum-based quantitative model of resurgence. |
|
|
|
|
Variations of Simple Discrimination Procedures and Implications for Emergent Responding |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Paula Debert (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Discussant: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Caio Miguel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will focus on the use of simple discrimination procedures to establish stimulus control and arbitrary classes. These findings have implications for instruction with individuals with minimal repertoires (e.g., disabilities) as they inform on the mechanisms underlying stimulus equivalence and other forms of symbolic behavior. Disruptions to expected stimulus-stimulus relations and their likely causes will be highlighted. The first paper will show effects of simple discrimination training when stimulus functions are reversed (A+ to A-). This reversal learning set repertoire would be required for an individual to form equivalence classes; thus additional training was used to reduce variability on performance of the children with ASD that participated. The second paper will present data on the establishment of functional and equivalence classes via simple discrimination training with young children. Go/no-go procedures with compound stimuli were utilized to test for emergent conditional relations; implications for the role of stimulus function within training and testing will be discussed. Lastly, the effects of verbal responding within a simple discrimination procedure to establish equivalence-equivalence and equivalence class formation will be shown. The adult participants successes, and failures, during testing for emergent relations implicate the role of covert behavioral repertoires within testing conditions. |
Keyword(s): arbitrary classes, equivalence, simple discrimination, stimulus control |
|
Stimulus Control and Acquisition of Reversal Learning Set in Children With Autism |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (University of Massachucetts E. K. Shriver Center), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Children with ASDs show marked variability in communication and discrimination abilities and are often described as behaviorally inflexible on a variety of set-shifting tasks. For example, our recent work has shown substantial variability on tasks that involve stimulus function reversal—a prerequisite skill for matching-to-sample and other symbolic behaviors. We investigated whether management of stimulus control development improves outcomes on reversal learning set (RLS; i.e., "learning to learn"). Eleven children with ASD were trained on simple discrimination between2 stimuli (A+, B-), followed by a series of discrimination reversals (A-, B+). Children who did not show evidence of RLS were given specific training to (a) to attend to and select the S+ and (b) to attend to and reject the S- (s/r training). An additional4 reversals were then conducted. All sessions were recorded and at least 50% were scored for reliability. Thus far, the data replicate previous reports in that some children show development of RLS and others do not. S/r training may reduce variability in reversal acquisition for some of these latter children. Reducing outcome-variability on these types of tasks may increase children's capacity to demonstrate more complex forms of symbolic behavior. |
|
Functional Classes and Equivalence Classes Evaluated After Simple Discrimination Training in Preschool Children |
DANIELA DE SOUZA CANOVAS (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Paula Debert (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: This study investigated whether a simple discrimination procedure would produce functional classes and equivalence classes evaluated using the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli or the matching-to-sample (MTS) procedure. Eight typically developing children aged between3 and6 years were submitted to training. Response 1 was reinforced only when emitted in the presence of A1, B1, and C1 and Response 2 was reinforced only in the presence of A2, B2, and C2. After training new responses to A1 and A2, functional classes were evaluated with tests that verified if the new responses would be emitted in the presence of B1, B2, C1, and C2. Emergent conditional relations were tested using the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli in which correct compounds (e.g., A1B1, A2B2, B1C1, B2C2, A1C1, A2C2) and incorrect compounds (e.g., A1B2, A2B1, B1C2, B2C1, A1C2, A2C1) were successively presented. Six children showed functional class formation. Performances indicative of equivalence class formation were demonstrated by2 children with the go/no-go procedure and by3 children only with the MTS procedure. One child did not show equivalence class formation with any of the procedures. Future research should investigate procedural parameters that would reduce between-subject variability found in the present study with children. |
|
The Effects of Tact Training in the Development of Equivalence-Equivalence |
SARAH DICKMAN (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Nassim Chamel Elias (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle LaFrance (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.) |
Abstract: Analogical reasoning refers to one’s ability to derive the relation between stimuli, a process necessary for completing Aristotle’s proportional analogies, A:B::C:D. Two 3-member classes made up of abstract figures (A1-B1-C1 and A2-B2-C2) were presented to6 adult participants via computer software. In a simple discrimination procedure, participants were trained to tact AB and BC pairs from within the same class as “same” and pairs from different classes as “different.” Tact and analogy tests with these relations followed. In an "analogy" (equivalence-equivlance) test, selecting the comparison with “same” terms was correct when the sample had “same” terms, vice versa with “different.” This testing sequence was repeated across the compounds consistent with symmetry (BA and CB) and transitivity (AC and CA). Equivalence class formation was tested with the figures presented individually in a conditional discrimination task (e.g., selecting B1 in presence of A1 when told “Select same”). Two of the6 participants passed all presented tasks, supporting the viability of this procedure. The failures of the remaining four participants have implications for the inclusion of verbal responses in simple discrimination procedures. The emergence of equivalence-equivalence following tact training with compound stimuli was shown across all participants, extending the research in the naming operant. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in the Study of Derived Relational Responding With Nonhumans |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Recent empirical and conceptual developments (e.g., Urcuioli, 2008; Wasserman & Frank, 2005) have suggested that the failure to observe derived relational responding in nonhuman subjects in the result of the procedural factors such as the conditions of training and testing and not other factors that may limit learning to simple associative relations. This symposium proposes to bring together research presentations from three different laboratories investigating the particular role of procedural and other factors in precluding or facilitating the development of (derived conditional relations) in nonhuman subjects. Velasco and Tomanari ask if conditions of extinction arranged during typical tests are responsible for failures to find robust evidence of equivalence-consistent responding in pigeons. Swisher and Urcuioli ask if the fact that spatial location can become a part of the functional stimulus complex is necessarily a hindrance to the development of symmetrical relations in pigeons. Finally, Hinnenkamp & Vaidya examine the role that the accuracy of baseline relations plays in the development of symmetrical relations by manipulating a variety of factors designed to improve baseline accuracy prior to testing. Galizio will articulate the central theme of the papers and offer broader insights about the endeavors and the approaches. |
Keyword(s): Go/No-Go Procedure, Pigeons, Reinforced Tests, Stimulus Equivalence |
|
A Methodological Strategy to Assess Emergent Relations in Pigeons |
SAULO MISSIAGGIA VELASCO (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Extinction often disrupts nonhuman's performance during equivalence tests. In our laboratory, we have worked on strategies to assess emergent relations under reinforcement conditions. In an ongoing study, after pigeons learn 2 arbitrary-matching tasks (AB | CD), they are given a reinforced symmetry test for half of the baseline relations (B1A1 | D1C1). To show that testing performances are not a result of rapid learning due to reinforcement, two novel relations are concurrently reinforced using the baseline stimuli (D2A2 | B2C2). Because novel relations are not inconsistent with the initial training, they can be incorporated on the baseline, thus enabling the assessment other emergent relations. For example, the baseline relation A2B2 along with the novel relation B2C2 allow for the assessment of A2C2 transitivity and C2A2 equivalence. To control for the reinforcement during testing, 2 novel relations are concurrently reinforced (A1C1 | C1A1). Results of a previous study in which 1 pigeon shows clear evidence of symmetry and 2 show questionable evidence of symmetry using a similar strategy encourage the prediction that equivalence can emerge in pigeons under the experimental conditions employed in our ongoing research. |
|
Does Stimulus Location Matter for Emergent Performances on Go/No-Go Symmetry Tests? |
MELISSA J. SWISHER (Purdue University), Peter Urcuioli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Testing for evidence of symmetry with pigeons in 2 alternative matching-to-sample has met with limited success, but go/no-go procedures have yielded compelling evidence for this property of equivalence. In these procedures, stimuli are presented on the same key, avoiding any possible disruptive effects of spatial location. Could fixed spatial location be why results consistent with symmetry are more likely with go/no-go procedures? Six pigeons in a control group saw both color sample and form comparison stimuli presented on the left key in 3-key chambers. Six birds in an experimental group saw sample stimuli on the center key and comparison stimuli on the left key to assess the effect of varying location on responding to sample-comparison combinations on symmetry tests. Two birds in the control group and 2 in the experimental group responded significantly more to comparison stimuli on positive symmetry probe trials than on negative symmetry probe trials. These results confirm a seemingly counter-intuitive prediction from Urcuiolis (2008) theory that as long as the functional stimuli, which allow for class merger, are the same across the baseline relations, then the spatial locations of the sample and comparisons can differ. |
|
Systematic Manipulations of the Go/No-Go Procedure: Effects on Discrimination Ratios and Symmetry |
JAY HINNENKAMP (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The go/no-go procedure has recently attracted attention for its use in establishing symmetrical relations/responding in pigeons (Frank& Wasserman, 2005; Urcuiolli, 2008). In our attempts to utilize the go/no-go procedure to systematically replicate Urcuioli, we found that several of the pigeons used within our experiment failed to respond in accord with the experimenter defined baseline conditional relations, despite extensive training with visual stimuli. As a result, components of the go/no-go procedure were systematically manipulated to bring pigeons responding in line with the experimenter defined baseline conditional relations. Our results will illustrate the effects of inter-stimulus interval manipulations, DRO manipulations, and reinforcement density manipulations on visual sample, visual comparison go/no-go discrimination ratios. Furthermore, our results will also discuss the effects of using cross modal sample and comparison stimuli in the establishment of baseline conditional discriminations and derived symmetrical relations. |
|
|
|
|
Changing School Cultures as Part of Education Reform |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
Discussant: Teri Lewis (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: School reform has been a nearly continuous movement over the last50 years. Much of the discussion has been focused on the need to change school culture as a means for improving schools. Missing from this discussion has been a specification of the features of the culture and effective methods for producing change. In this symposium, we describe a method for measuring a culture by assessing the incidence and prevalence rates of specific behaviors. Features from ABAs Right to Effective Education will be discussed in terms of measuring their incidence and prevalence rates. The second paper will address the role of the principal as a key agent for change and review the literature about what is known about effective principals. The third paper will address broader cultural variables, such as university teacher preparation programs, unions, and competing philosophies of education that can function as barriers to school reform. Each of the talks will suggest strategies for effecting change at the levels discussed in the talks. |
Keyword(s): Education reform, evidence-based education |
|
A Descriptive Approach to Measuring a School Culture |
RONNIE DETRICH (Wing Institute) |
Abstract: Education reform has been occurring almost continuously for the past 50 years. Over the course of that time, it has often been suggested that the culture of schools needs to change before any real change can occur in the outcomes for students. Regrettably, there has been little consensus on what to change or how to change school culture. The focus of this paper is to define what is meant by culture, describe a process for measuring the incidence and prevalence of key features of a culture, and propose how the obtained data can be used to determine how resources can be allocated to most effectively produce culture change. A culture can be defined by what members of a culture do. The incidence and prevalence rates of those behaviors can be measured. If the important desired features of the culture are defined then an assessment of the incidence and prevalence rates can identify gaps between desired and actual performance. When gaps are identified, resources can be allocated to facilitate change. This approach describes where problems exist, which then allows change agents to develop solutions. |
|
Principals as Agents of Change |
JOHN E. STATES (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to examine the role of principals in building quality schools. The focus of school improvement, in particular the demand for improving student achievement, has dominated education policy for the past 20 years. This has led many stakeholders to examine the role of school principals as agents of change in achieving education results. The increasing pressure for holding principals accountable can be found in No Child Left Behind (NCLB) and initiatives such as President's Blueprint for Reform and Race to the Top. But what does research tell us about what distinguishes effective from ineffective principals? How do principals facilitate school improvement, implementation of effective services, and sustainability of quality services? As a direct link between policy makers and teachers, principals play a pivotal leadership role in motivating staff in the implementation of new practices and procedures. If we are to effectively hold principals accountable for leading improvement initiatives, developing objective expectations of leadership and teaching leadership skills to principals should be given priority in their training. How are principals currently trained, credentialed, and evaluated to meet the challenges of this important job? |
|
You Believe What??? The Influence of Macro/External Contingencies on Individual School Cultures |
RANDY KEYWORTH (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: Most of the strategies for changing school cultures focus on interactions between administrators, support staff, and teachers at the local school level. However, many of the contingenciesthat have shaped, and continue shaping, educator cultural values occur outside of the school environment. Before they enter the door educators have long learning histories that have established rule governed behaviors (attitudes, philosophies, beliefs, and constructs) relating to critical features of teaching. Many university teacher preparation programs, unions, education laws, and district policies have helped create a competing culture that is anti-science, anti-data, anti-feedback, and cynical of any efforts at change. Also, at play are the immediate contingencies that influence the behavior of educators in the school setting. Those individuals within a school that are antithetical to science-based education will and do mediate contingencies that make change difficult. While it is virtually impossible to effect culture changes at this macro level, strategies for culture change at the school level must take these influences into account. This presentation will analyze these macro contingencies and suggest counter-control strategies for mitigating their influence on school culture change. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment Integrity in Educational Contexts |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
618/619 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Claire C St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Treatment integrity refers to the degree to which a procedure is conducted as planned. Treatment integrity may influence treatment outcome. Recent research on treatment integrity has examined effects of reduced integrity on treatment outcome, evaluations of naturalistic treatment integrity, and methods to improve treatment integrity. This symposium highlights recent developments in all3 areas, but specifically focuses on the evaluation of variables associated with treatment integrity in educational or academic contexts. Integrity is an important concept for education because reduced integrity decreases desired performance (skill acquisition; Pence & St. Peter). The choice of intervention (e.g., noncontingent reinforcement or differential reinforcement) can influence integrity, with interventions that require active monitoring of behavior having lower levels of integrity than those that do not (Leon-Enriquez, Gregory, Watts, & Ribiero). When integrity is low, it can be improved through performance feedback and directed rehearsal, which in turn improves intervention outcomes (Pugliese, Kearney, Houvouras, & Harvey). |
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, discrete-trial training, manding, treatment integrity |
|
Evaluation of Treatment Integrity Errors on Mand Acquisition |
SACHA T. PENCE (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Mand (request) acquisition is a vital component for successful language development during childhood. Mands allow children to request access to items, activities, and information. Within the natural environment, errors in the training procedure can interfere with mand acquisition. Such errors may include a delay between the mand and the delivery of the item, the delivery of the item independent of the mand occurring, and delivering an incorrect item (e.g., the child asks for milk and the listener gives them juice). These kinds of errors impede the acquisition of academic-related skills (e.g., Noell, Gresham, & Gansle, 2002; Worsdell et al., 2005). This study examined the occurrence of errors on rates of mand acquisition using nonsense names for highly preferred toys with3 children. Four levels of program integrity were evaluated (errors occurred on 0%, 30%, 60%, or 100% of opportunities) with each participant. More frequent errors were detrimental to mand acquisition. Implications for mand-acquisition programming are discussed. |
|
Consistency of NCR and DRO Schedules Implemented by Direct Care Staff During Discrete Trial Instruction |
YANERYS LEON (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Amanda Watts (Florida Institute of Technology), Aurelia Ribeiro (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) are commonly used treatments to reduce problem behavior, and research has shown that the procedures are about equally effective. One factor that may influence treatment choice is consistency of implementation. Gregory, Iwata, and Beavers (2010) compared implementation of NCR, interval DRO, and momentary DRO by direct care staff in an analogue context during which graduate students played the role of clients. Results indicated that DRO produced the largest number of errors, whereas NCR produced the fewest. This study extended the comparison to a clinical setting with individuals exhibiting actual problem behaviors. Treatment was conducted during discrete-trial training sessions. |
|
Effects of Performance Feedback and Directed Rehearsal on Teacher Implementation of Consequent Components of Behavior Support Plans |
SHANTEL PUGLIESE (Florida Institute of Technology), Allyson Ross Kearney (Florida Institute of Technology), Andrew John Houvouras (Applying Behavior Concepts), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This study investigated the integrity of teachers’ implementation of consequent components of behavior support plans, the effects of immediate performance feedback and directed rehearsal on teachers’ treatment integrity, and the collateral effects of treatment integrity on students’ behavior. During the intervention phase, investigators delivered performance feedback and directed rehearsal to teachers immediately following observation sessions. The results of this study suggest that immediate performance feedback and directed rehearsal may be an effective treatment package for increasing the integrity of teachers’ implementation of behavior support plans. Additionally, a component analysis of individual consequent components revealed that the treatment package was effective for increasing teachers’ integrity to 90% or above for all consequent components. The results also suggest that given the behavior support plan was appropriately monitored and revised, a close correlation existed between the teachers’ integrity and the students’ target behavior. |
|
|
|
|
A Review of Management Practices That Produce Results in Behavioral Safety |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
604 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Discussant: Cloyd Hyten (ADI) |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral Safety has been a success story of the successful application of behavior analytic principles in the workplace. This symposium focuses discussion on the management practices associated with behavioral safety programs that achieve reductions in at-risk behaviors that lead to injury through data-based reviews of case studies and expert evaluations. The first presentation by Grainne Matthews, a consultant with extensive experience implementing behavioral safety programs, will present a case study on two companies who had large differences in management involvement. The second presentation by Timothy Ludwig reviews a case study based on his work with the non-profit Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Commission on Behavioral Safety Accreditation. In this case, he will describe a behavioral safety program managed by the very employees the program targets. The final presentation will be delivered by Judy Komaki whose seminal work on operant approaches to leadership will inform her review of management practices in safety programs for this symposium. The discussant, Cloyd Hyten spent many years as a researcher in Organizational Behavior Management before becoming a behavioral safety consultant. |
Keyword(s): BEHAVIORAL SAFETY, LEADERSHIP, MANAGEMENT PRACTICES |
|
Management Practices That Influence the Success of Behavioral Safety: A Comparison of Company Process and Outcome Measures |
GRAINNE A. MATTHEWS (Quality Safety Edge) |
Abstract: This paper will compare the results of Behavioral Safety in two companies in the effect of management behavior on the success of their process in reducing injuries. The two companies, a municipal utility and a surface mine, followed the same steps to implement Behavioral Safety: (a) assess status of current safety management system to identify missing or ineffective components of a performance management system, (b) lead a peer-nominated team of employees through the process of planning Behavioral Safety, (c) train all employees and management to conduct observations and provide feedback, (d) train employee-led teams to maintain the new process, and (e) train all management in their role in supporting the Behavioral Safety process. Both companies significantly reduced the frequency and severity of injuries to employees. The utility fell from an average of ten Occupational Safety and Health Authority recordable incidents per year in the four years prior to implementation to less than three in the two years following implementation. The rate of Occupational Safety and Health Authority recordable incidents at the mine fell from 6.0 per 200,000 hours worked in the five years before implementation to 2.5 in the five following years. However, there were important differences in the rate at which the rate reductions occurred which may be a result of the degree of involvement of management at the two companies. The involvement of management will be described and its impact on a measure of the process health, voluntary participation in conducting observations and providing feedback, will be explored. |
|
Turning Ownership Over to the Employees: A Management "Practice" That Yielded Results |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This talk will present a data-based case study of one of the world-class behavioral safety programs accredited by the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies. This petrochemical refinery has substantially decreased their injury rates to levels significantly below industry average associated with the maturity of their Behavior-Based Safety program called the Circle of Safety (C.O.S). What makes this facilitys BBS program a best-practice is the fact that the C.O.S. process is completely managed by trained hourly union employees. This group not only promotes C.O.S. observations and peer-to-peer feedback but also own the resulting data which they use for action planning and communication. They run contractor meetings to share lessons from the data and have a voting seat at management safety meetings. The success of this approach is demonstrated not only in their substantial reduction in injuries but also in a 91% increase in voluntary employee observers. |
|
If Only We Would Craft Programs for Managers as Well as We Do for Workers |
JUDITH L. KOMAKI (Baruch College) |
Abstract: Thirty plus years ago, I set up motivational programs to improve such critical but difficult-to-detect tasks as preventive maintenance, customer service, and safety. But I quickly learned that without the proper management support, the program, no matter how well designed, would be doomed to failure. Hence, I began listening aboard racing sailboats and in executive suites to the nimble, back-and-forth exchanges of those in charge. What effective managers actually said and did was my focus (Komaki, 1998). In looking from a leadership perspective at the behavioral safety literature, I see experiment after experiment resulting in dramatic improvements in employee safety performance and subsequent reductions in injuries. With few exceptions, however, the emphasis is on the worker. When behavior analysts identify desired middle and upper level management practices, some but not all of the steps are included. To illustrate, we will practice analyzing safety practices introduced in a manufacturing plant in Mexico by Hermann, Ibarra, and Hopkins (2010). Using the 3 steps as our guide, we will assess such practices as safety performance objectives for superintendents and supervisors and weekly safety reviews in which superintendents and selected managers meet to review statistics (lost-time accidents) by department and shift. Perhaps just as important, we will discuss how these common practices can be bolstered to include the 3 critical steps of specifying, measuring, and reinforcing desired performance. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research From the Laboratory: Implications for Organizations |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (AdvoServ) |
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This symposium will feature three research-based presentations and one discussant. The first presentation will examine how thin a high-preference reinforcer delivery schedule can become when supplemented with low preference stimuli and maintain responding. The second presentation will examine the effects of generalized conditioned reinforcers in preference assessments. The final presentation uses a multiple baseline design to examine how video modeling can be used to teach low opportunity behavior. Taken together, this line of research contributes to the literature concerning how to teach and maintain behavior in organizations. |
|
The Effects of Progressively Thinning High-Preference Stimulus Delivery on Responding in Employees |
BYRON J. WINE (AdvoServ), Saul Axelrod (Temple University) |
Abstract: Depending upon the number of employees participating in a reinforcement program there may be many high preference stimuli; this may make it difficult for managers to track and deliver all of the high preference stimuli. The current investigation examined a systematically thinning high preference delivery model using a modified progressive ratio procedure. Results thus far have indicated that responding on a progressively thinning high-preference stimulus arrangement varies widely between participants. Applications for these results will be discussed. |
|
An Examination of Generalized-conditioned Reinforcers in Stimulus Preference Assessments |
CARA GUGLIEMELLA (AdvoServ), Byron J. Wine (AdvoServ), Saul Axelrod (Temple University) |
Abstract: Generalized-conditioned reinforcers (GCR) are advocated for by practitioners when possible, due to their ability to function as reinforcers across a wide array of motivating operations (MO). In organizational behavior management (OBM) two common GCRs are praise and money. While many studies have demonstrated their usefulness, no prior study has compared relative preferences for GCRs (specifically money) and other potentially reinforcing items. Twenty-four direct care employees from a group home setting completed assessments for potential reinforcers. All participants in the current study identified items other than money as high preference, suggesting that some items may serve as alternatives to money in terms of preference. |
|
The Use of Videos and Behavioral Skills Training to Shape Low Opportunity Behavior in Employees |
MELANIE H. REIS (AdvoServ), Byron J. Wine (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: When a task is required by an organization but the opportunity to engage in the task is unpredictable it may be difficult to train employees to complete the task. Using videos of actors, employees were trained to collect data on aberrant behavior. Results thus far demonstrate a large increase in the ability of participants to collect data. |
|
|
|
|
Toward Competent and Practical Functional Behavior Assessment of Severe Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Woods (Melmark, Inc.) |
Discussant: Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: James Chok, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of functional behavior assessments is mandated in special education settings. The development of functional behavior assessments, including the functional analysis methodology outlined by Iwata et al. (1982/1984), has provided behavior analysts with valuable tools for managing severe problem behavior. Functional behavior assessments allow clinicians to accurately identify the function(s) of problem behavior, and subsequently, identify treatments that map onto the identified function(s). Although functional behavior assessments are essential to developing effective interventions, little is known about how skilled behavior analysts and related professionals are at conducting them. The current symposium will explore the functional analytic skill level of recently credentialed Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) working within a private school setting. Next, the skills of related professionals will be explored within the context of state-wide training program designed to establish competency of functional behavior assessment skills. In addition, methodologies for the practical and efficient delivery of functional analytic services will be discussed, including a comparison of trial-based functional analysis methods and traditional functional analysis methodology across analogue and natural environments. |
|
Functional Analysis Skills Training for Recently Credentialed Board Certified Behavior Analysts |
JAMES T. CHOK (Melmark New England), Andrew Shlesinger (Melmark New England), Lisa A. Studer (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The current project examined the functional analysis (FA) skills of newly credentialed Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) prior to, and following, formal training. Skills examined included appropriately carrying out the functional analysis conditions outlined by Iwata et al. (1982/1994), interpreting multielement FA graphs using the methodology outlined by Hagopian et al. (1997), determining next steps when FA data is undifferentiated, and selecting function-based interventions once FA data is conclusive. The performance of three participants was examined within a multiple baseline design across subjects. Although performance varied, baseline skill level was inadequate prior to intervention across subjects and skill areas. Skill acquisition was attained for all subjects within four to eight training sessions, the acquired skills were demonstrated effectively during generalization trials, and skills were largely maintained during a 3 month follow-up. The findings suggest that individuals who are board certified in behavior analysis may require additional training prior to conducting functional analyses. |
|
Developing Capacity for FBAs and Behavior Intervention Plans through a State-Wide Training Program |
SEAN D. CASEY (Iowa Department of Education), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Kelly M. Schieltz (University Of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals & Clinics), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The use of Function-based assessments (FBAs) are mandated in special education who exhibit challenging behavior. The purpose of this project was to assess state challenging behavior specialist (CBS) consultant's specific skills whose job descriptions included the provision of FBAs for the development of appropriate Behavior Intervention Plans (BIP). Preliminary data indicated that the consultants self-reported low levels of skill and high needs of training in FBA and BIP development. A training program to teach these skills was evaluated that utilized: hands-on training with experience professionals in FBA and BIP, and a coursework sequence. Dependent variables included: (a) self-assessment ratings, (b) scores on a knowledge examination, (c), direct observations of the consultants implementing FBA's, and (d) scores of sophistication of FBA and accuracy of BIP match to FBA results. Group data from the participating CBS consultants will be evaluated using pre- and post-time series data. The results demonstrate that training produced improvements in CBS consultant's skills of FBA implementation and BIP development. The outcomes of this project illustrate two major findings: (a) that consultants are often insufficiently trained in FBA technologies, and (b) that the training model implemented significantly improved state consultant skills. Discussion of how the project impacts the state's ability to improve services for children with challenging behavior will also be discussed. |
|
Trial-Based Functional Analysis: Changes of Methodology and Data Analysis |
TRACI LANNER (Springbrook), Brandon Scott Nichols (School at Springbrook), Sean Field (Western Michigan University), Michele D. Brock (Crossroads School for Children), Cheryl J. Davis (Crossroads School for Children), Thomas L. Zane (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The traditional functional analysis methodology has provided a highly predictive way of determining the function of targeted maladaptive behaviors, allowing for more effective treatments to be implemented. Over the past several years, researchers have been studying different permutations of functional analysis methodology and testing different assessment protocols. Trial-based functional analysis is one such evolution, which involves 2-minute duration sessions, with fewer occurrences of the target behavior necessary to determine function. We will present data on several participants who engaged in various problem behaviors, on which we conducted both traditional and trial-based functional analyses. The purpose was to determine the degree of correspondence between the two methodologies. For most participants, the same function was identified regardless of the functional analysis method. These findings suggest that practitioners could conduct trial-based functional analyses in either the analog or natural setting and be confident in identifying the maintaining variables of the target behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Intervention Applied in Multiple Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre (GNO Resource Center on Developmental Disabilities) |
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interventions for individual with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been used effectively in a variety of settings including homes, clinics, and schools while employing a variety of individuals as therapists (e.g., teachers, paraprofessionals, parents, clinic staff). General recommendations are often made for children with ASDs to receive 25 to 40 hours per week of intensive behavioral intervention (e.g., Leaf & McEaching, 1999; Lord & McGee, 2001; NRC, 2001). In order to provide this level of intensity, behavior analysts typically take on a consultant role and teach others to implement various skills programs. In addition, transitions from one type of instruction (e.g., clinic-based, 1:1 instruction) to another (e.g., school-based, group instruction) should be considered since available resources change as a child gets older. This symposium will discuss various components of school- and clinic-based ABA programs. Specifically, individual presentations will address the effects of combined clinic- and home-based services; transition preparation from clinic- to school-based placement; and methods to train teachers to implement comprehensive ABA programming within their classrooms. |
Keyword(s): clinic-based services, school readiness, teacher training |
|
Combining Clinical and Parent Led Home-based Skills Training in Early Intensive Behavior Intervention Services |
KATHRYN BARLOW (Baton Rouge Speech and Hearing Foundation), Brian Esteve (Baton Rouge Speech and Hearing Foundation) |
Abstract: The use of prompting hierarchies (Lovaas, 1987; Ogletree & Oren, 2001) in early intensive behavior intervention programs is effective in promoting skill acquisition; however, it is debatable which settings are most beneficial in the implementation of such programs(Smith, Buch, & Gamby, 2000); (Weisz, Weiss, Donenberg, 1993). Clinic-based treatments offer such advantages as consistent supervision and more frequent modifications to interventions and treatment plans, while home-based treatments offer teaching in the natural environment and more opportunities for generalization. The purpose of the current investigation was to combine clinic and home-based programs in which parents were trained to implement clinic-based procedures in an incidental teaching approach. Participants included 3 parent-child dyads. We collected data on the percentage of accurate responding for each target skill in both home and clinic settings. In clinic settings, a trained paraprofessional served as both therapist and data collector. In home settings, parents served as both therapist and data collector. Results indicated consistent skill acquisition across clinic and home settings. |
|
Implementing a Classwide Program to Target School Readiness Behaviors in Preschoolers With Autism While Continuing to Incorporate Individual Targets |
EMILY HULL BELLACI (Within Reach - Center for Autism), Jessica Lefever (Within Reach - Center for Autism) |
Abstract: The National Research Council stresses the importance of creating early intervention goals that facilitate independence and responsibility. Which means, for a young child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), these early intervention goals should help them integrate into a classroom setting and in social situations. Despite this recommendation, many early intervention services are delivered in a 1:1 format, which does not fully prepare young children for a classroom setting. Social skills and school readiness behaviors are more appropriately targeted in a small group setting that mimics a typical classroom. Participation within a classroom requires particular skill sets that include, but are not limited to, attending to the teacher, appropriately following receptive instructions, transitioning, sitting with a group of peers, toileting, and interacting with peer. This presentation will discuss the importance of these skills. A description of the behaviors targeted within the early intervention classroom as well as data collection techniques will be provided. The author will also discuss the feasibility of continuing to incorporate and collect data on a variety of individualized targets. |
|
Training Public School Teachers to Implement a Modified Errorless Prompting Procedure |
DANA M. BAMFORD (Marcus Autism Center), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center), Lauren Gianino (Marcus Autism Center), Chiara M. Cunningham (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Errorless prompting strategies have been shown to be effective when teaching children a variety of skills. However, in a classroom setting, errorless prompting can prove difficult. Training teachers to fade prompts within discrete trial training sessions and collect data that meet the teachers needs and aid in program implementation may be challenging in the school environment. In the present study 3 classroom teachers and 3 paraprofessionals working in self-contained autism classrooms in both rural and metropolitan public school districts were trained by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in methods of implementation and data collection associated with a modified errorless teaching strategy. Procedural fidelity data were collected to ensure that the teachers were mixing and varying easy vs. difficult tasks, using the correct materials, employing the correct prompt hierarchy, and collecting data correctly during 1: 1 discrete trial instruction. Data will be presented to show procedural fidelity of all trained steps in the modified errorless procedure developed for use in public school classrooms. |
|
Training Public School Teachers to Use Data-Based Decision Analysis With Discrete Trial Training |
DANA ZAVATKAY (Marcus Autism Center), Dana M. Bamford (Marcus Autism Center), Lauren Gianino (Marcus Autism Center), Chiara M. Cunningham (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: In the present study 3 classroom teachers working in self-contained classrooms for students with autism in both rural and metropolitan public school districts were trained by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in methods of implementation and data collection associated with discrete trial training. The teachers were also trained to make data-based decisions according to specified rules for making changes in program targets and for adding or fading prompts used during teaching. The training model included a 3 years post-training consultation with decreased intensity across years given high rates of fidelity with the overall program objectives. A first year classroom involved intense supervision and guidance for decision making. Year 2 and 3 classroom teachers received progressively less direct supervision. The teachers experience in using these methods ranged from 1 to 3 years. Data will be presented showing the types of teacher decision making errors. Data on differences between years of experience and errors will be shown to demonstrate stability or increase in proficiency with the methodology across the years of training. |
|
|
|
|
Supervision of BCBA Candidates: Trials and Tribulations |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
PEGGY W. HALLIDAY (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
DANIEL ADAM OPENDEN (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
SHARON A. REEVE (Caldwell College) |
ANYA K. SILVER (Bilinguals, Inc.) |
Abstract: With the increasing need for certified behavior analysts, there is also an increase in the development of BCBA certification programs nationally and internationally. As a result of this increase the number of individuals requiring BCBA supervision also continues to be on the rise. Meeting the needs of these candidates while maintaining ethical and clinical standards requires a delicate balance. There are many challenges faced when trying to provide quality supervision to these individuals related to the standards upheld in the field of behavior analysis. As clinicians, the expected outcome is for candidates to have a meaningful experience. This experience will enable them to become active contributors to the field and for them to provide quality services to the individuals they serve and those they may ultimately supervise. This panel will discuss the trials and tribulations often faced when attempting to develop and implement a comprehensive supervision program for candidates in the field of applied behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): Autism, BCBA, Supervision, Training |
|
|
|
|
Assessing and Training Derived Relational Responding Skills |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Siri Morris Ming (VB3) |
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Siri Morris Ming, M.A. |
Abstract: The emergence of novel, untaught responding is increasingly recognized as a critical progress marker in language programs for children with autistic spectrum disorders (ASD). In research conducted over the last several decades, stimulus equivalence and other derived relational responding paradigms have been used to efficiently expand a variety of language and other educationally-relevant skills by facilitating generative verbal behavior. However, an applied technology based on this research is still just developing. In order to effectively incorporate a focus on derived relational responding into programs for children with ASD, practitioners need tools to assess derived relational responding skills, train such skills if they are absent and use a student’s existing relational responding repertoire to expand other skills. In this symposium, we examine recent applied research on assessment and training of derived relational responding skills with children with ASD. Papers 1 and 2 present work focusing on derived equivalence relations in visual and auditory modalities, while Paper 3 presents work on derived deictic relations that are thought to underlie perspective-taking. |
Keyword(s): derived relations, language programming, RFT |
|
Testing and Developing a Protocol for Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities |
LAURA MORAN (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Impairments in language are among the core features of autism. A recent behavioral approach known as Relational Frame Theory conceptualizes learned contextually controlled relational responding referred to as relational framing as the core skill in language and the key to linguistic generativity. The current research represents an initial stage in the development of a comprehensive, user-friendly, computer-based protocol (Training & Assessment of Relational Precursors & Abilities; TARPA) for the assessment and training of relational framing in young children with ASD. This current study aims to evaluate the TARPA as a protocol for the assessment of a progression of key domains of responding critical to the development of generative language. Twenty one children (ten children with autism and thirteen typically developing children) have been assessed with the TARPA and their scores have been correlated with the Pre-school Language Assessment (4th edition). The hierarchical structure of the TARPA has also been examined. Results, patterns of responding and other features of TARPA performance are discussed. |
|
Teaching for Generativity: Training Derived Relational Responding Abilities With Children With Autism |
SIRI MORRIS MING (VB3), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Many students with autism are able to be taught large vocabularies of tacts, listener discriminations, and intraverbal responses; however, for many children, these responses remain rote in the sense that novel respondinggenerative verbal behaviordoes not emerge. In two nonconcurrent multiple baseline studies, we examine the use of multiple exemplar training for establishing mutual and combinatorial entailment for emergent tact/listener and intraverbal relations. Students with autism were prescreened for inclusion on the basis of VB-MAPP and standardized language assessment scores indicating their ability to learn tact, listener discriminations, and intraverbal responses, but not demonstrating novel/untaught intraverbal responding. The Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA), a computer-based assessment and training tool, was then used to assess students relational framing skills. Intervention consisted of training in the form of a game teaching the names and sounds of crazy animals (abstract shapes), and generalization to tabletop activities was then tested. Depending on their assessed skills, students either received multiple exemplar training to establish combinatorially entailed derived intraverbal responding, or to establish mutually entailed derived tact responding. |
|
An Evaluation of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Perspective-Taking in Young Adults With Autism |
SADIE L. LOVETT (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The goal of this study was to investigate the effects of multiple exemplar instruction for teaching perspective-taking skills to young adults with autism. Using a multiple probe design, participants were trained and tested using protocols evaluating the deictic frames of I-You, Here-There, and Now-Then. All trials in the current protocols were derived from scenarios depicted in the Social Language Development Scenes therapy materials, which are cards designed for teaching social skills to children with autism (LinguiSystems, 2011). Two standardized assessments used in the assessment of pragmatic language were administered as pre and posttests in order to measure if improvements on the perspective-taking protocol correlated with change in pragmatic language. Generalization of perspective-taking skills to the natural environment was also assessed. Preliminary results show that participants do not respond appropriately to questions involving deictic relations prior to multiple exemplar instruction. |
|
|
|
|
The Concept of Inhibition in the Analysis of Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: A. Charles Catania, Ph.D. |
Chair: Robert W. Allan (Lafayette College) |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
A. Charles Catania is Emeritus Professor of Psychology at UMBC (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), and has served as Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and as President of ABAI and of Division 25 of the APA. He has had the good fortune to sit (literally) in both Darwin's and Skinner's chairs, but in 1993 missed a chance to sit in Pavlov's chair during a visit to Pavlov's apartments in St. Petersburg, Russia. He began his career in behavior analysis at Columbia in fall 1954 in Fred Keller's Introductory Psychology course, which included a weekly rat laboratory, and later served as TA in Nat Schoenfeld's Experimental Psychology sequence. He earned his Ph.D. at Harvard and conducted postdoctoral work in Skinner's pigeon laboratory. He has examined behavior engendered and maintained by a variety of reinforcement schedules and has had an enduring interest in relations between nonverbal and verbal behavior. His research on inhibitory interactions among operant classes was inspired by analogous interactions in sensory systems, especially as demonstrated in research by Ratliff, Hartline and von Békésy. Over subsequent years, he has become increasingly impressed by striking parallels between accounts in terms of Darwinian natural selection and those in terms of the selection of behavior by its consequences. Taken together, these topics place behavior analysis solidly within the purview of the biological sciences. |
Abstract: In the early days of behavior analysis, extinction was seen not as failed maintenance following from discontinued reinforcement but as an active inhibition of responding. Pavlov had treated respondent extinction in inhibitory terms. In that tradition, extinguished operant behavior was viewed as "there all the time but inhibited." What was inhibited was clear enough but what did the inhibiting was inferred and unmeasurable. This way of talking persisted partly because phenomena like spontaneous recovery, often accompanying extinction, had not been adequately analyzed. Later, when extinguished responding in one component of a multiple schedule increased responding in the other unchanged component, the phenomenon, called behavioral contrast, was attributed to an excitatory side-effect of inhibited responding in extinction. Skinner criticized this concept of inhibition and this inhibitory interpretation. But a different variety of inhibition operates within sensory and other biological systems, as when increased neural firing produced by one photoreceptor reduces the firing of neighboring cells. Recasting schedule interactions as inhibitory effects of reinforcement rather than excitatory side-effects of extinction makes operant interactions analogous to receptor interactions within sensory systems. The language of inhibition and contrast remains appropriate but the direction of effect is inverted, and the interactions become consistent with similar ones in concurrent schedules, typically seen as reductions of one response by increased reinforcement of others. Experimental explorations of contrast and related effects illustrate the productivity of this approach but imply that behavioral contrast does not work as assumed when it is used to increase responding in applied settings. |
Target Audience: #none# |
Learning Objectives: #none# |
Keyword(s): extinction, Pavlov, Skinner |
|
|
|
|
Considerations in the Instructional Programming of Early Reading Skills |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
KATHRYN SAUNDERS (University of Kansas) |
Kate is a Senior Scientist in the Life Span Institute (LSI) at the University of Kansas. She is a member of two NIH-funded research centers at KU: the Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Research Center and the Biobehavioral Neurosciences in Communication Disorders Center. She also directs a postdoctoral training program on translational research. Currently funded research focuses on (a) the computerized instruction of early reading skills, (b) improving procedures for assessing phonemic awareness in individuals with disabilities, (c) improving one-to-one discrimination-teaching procedures, and (d) developing procedures to teach children with cochlear implants (i.e., children who have no history of auditory stimulus control) to take a hearing test. Dr. Saunders is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association. She has served several terms on the Editorial Boards of Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), and The Behavior Analyst (TBA). She has served as Associate Editor of JEAB and TBA. |
Abstract: Some children have difficulty learning to read despite phonics instruction. Considerable progress has been made in identifying the prerequisite and component skills that underpin success. I will characterize these skills in terms of the stimulus control involved, and tie this characterization to effective instructional programming. The critical skills are in two domains, auditory and visual. In the auditory domain, there is incontrovertible evidence that children who demonstrate "phonemic awareness" are more likely to succeed in learning to read. Phonemic awareness is the abstraction of individual sounds from spoken syllables, for example, recognizing that "can," "cut," and "cod" all begin with the same sound, or that "cat" and "cab" have the same middle sound. Phonemic abstraction does not automatically result from typical phonics instruction, yet it is crucial to success. In the visual domain, the number of printed letters that a child names at the beginning of reading instruction is a strong predictor of instructional success, as is the speed with which letters are named. Although these facts may seem prosaic, they are sometimes overlooked. Moreover, a child may have difficulty discriminating printed words despite mastery of individual letters. Ample evidence supports the explicit instruction of these auditory and visual skills. |
Keyword(s): Phonetic control, Reading Skill, Stimulus control, textual behavior |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Behavioral Pharmacology: Dimensions of Reinforcement |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
615 (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
|
Novel Approaches to Quantifying Ethanol Consumption: Data and Theory |
Domain: Basic Research |
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that ethanol consumption may be divisible into bouts of drinking separated by between-bout intervals where no drinking occurs. Relatively few attempts have been made to precisely quantify drinking within this framework. Thus, the goal of the present project was to formalize the study of ethanol consumption in rodents. Six, Long Evans rats were trained to drink an 8% (w/v) ethanol solution. After 4 weeks, all rats were drinking pharmacologically relevant doses of ethanol (approximately 0.5 g/kg per 30 min session). Inter-response time measures obtained from each lick were analyzed with respect to several different approaches. Two approaches in particular, the log-survivor approach (e.g., Shull et al., 2002) and the log-normal approach (e.g., Tolkamp et al., 1998) suggested that the population of response times were segregated into bout and between-bout intervals. The data also suggested that the pauses in licking beyond just a few seconds would easily characterize the end of a bout; this is much shorter than durations used in prior research (e.g., 5 minutes) and suggest previous work has substantially overestimated the durations of ethanol-drinking bouts. Overall, the data show the feasibility of the response-bout approach for characterizing ethanol drinking in laboratory animals. |
|
Conditioned Reinforcer Controls Response in the "Cue-induced" Model of Drug Relapse |
Domain: Basic Research |
MIRIAM GARCIA-MIJARES (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Fernanda Libardi Galesi (Universidade de São Paulo), Maria Teresa Araujo Silva (Universidade de São Paulo) |
|
Abstract: The cue-induced procedure is an animal model of drug relapse widely used to study drug-seeking behavior. The most used training procedure is briefly described as follow: on Training phase lever press responses in the presence of an odor (SD1) are followed by a stimulus (Sr1) and some drug (SR1), while responses in the presence of another odor (SD2) are followed by another stimulus (Sr2) and water release (SR2). Next, lever press is extinct in the absence of discriminative stimuli and conditioned reinforcers (Extinction phase). Therefore, Sd1 and Sr1 or Sd2 and Sr2 are reintroduced in separte sessions, but lever press responses are not followed by drug or water (Reinstatement phase). Generally, animals are not water of food deprived. Several studies using this procedure have shown that bar-pressed is controlled by SD1 and Sr1 presentation, but not by SD2 and Sr2. Those results are often interpreted as the control acquire by the SD1 over the drug-seeking behavior. This paper presents and discuss results from experiments conducted in our laboratory that consistently showed that the responses observe in the Reinstatement phase of the "cue-induced" procedure are function of the conditioned reinforcer SR1, but not of the discriminative stimulus SD1, regardless of the primary reinforcer (ethanol or sucrose) and schedule of reinforcement (CRF or VR5) used. Considering the experiments from other laboratories that show that SD1 acquire control over behavior when SR1 are not presented in the training phase, we discuss the critical variables that could explain why in the cue-induced procedure the SD1 dont acquire discriminative control over the response and propose specific experiments to analyze SD1 and SR1 interactions. |
|
Rimonabant Increases Sensitivity to Reinforcement Rates in Lean and Obese Zucker Rats |
Domain: Basic Research |
JESSICA L. BUCKLEY (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
|
Abstract: Rimonabant, a cannabinoid antagonist, has been shown to reduce free-food intake as well as food intake in paradigms in which a single lever or reinforcer is available, but its effects in a choice situation have not yet been examined. The present study examined the effects of rimonabant on genetically obese and lean Zucker rats' responding for food under concurrent schedules of reinforcement, which more ecologically models food selection. Lever-pressing of 10 lean and 10 obese Zucker rats was placed under 3 concurrent variable-interval variable-interval (conc VI VI) schedules of food reinforcement, in which the reinforcer ratios for 45-mg food pellets were 5:1, 1:1, and 1:5. After behavior stabilized under each concurrent schedule, acute doses of rimonabant (0-10 mg/kg) were administered before an experimental session. Allocation of responses was characterized using the generalized matching equation, which allows sensitivity to reinforcer rates (a) to be quantified. Overall, obese Zucker rats exhibited higher sensitivity to reinforcement rates than lean rats, which may indicate a behavioral mechanism that could contribute to obesity. Rimonabant decreased the total number of responses and reinforcers for all rats, but also increased sensitivity, which resulted in an increased efficiency of responding (i.e., fewer responses were required per reinforcer earned). |
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Graduate Study in Applied Animal Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
620 (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Laura Coulter (University of North Texas) |
TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College) |
ERICA FEUERBACHER (University of Florida) |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Brown University) |
INDYA N. WATTS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The applied analysis of animal behavior is a promising area of research and practice within the field of behavior analysis. Applied behavior analysts improve the lives of animals and their human caregivers in many settings, including homes, shelters, and zoos. Although this work is interesting to many students of behavior analysis, the path is not always clear. Students often wonder where and how to pursue graduate study in this unique specialization. This panel will be comprised of graduate students studying applied animal behavior in several different university programs. Panelists will discuss how they chose a graduate program, as well as their actual graduate school experiences. Topics will include coursework, research and practicum opportunities, life as a graduate student, long term goals, and other advice for interested students and prospective students. Audience members will have opportunities to pose questions to panelists. |
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior, Graduate Study |
|
|
|
|
The Use of Stimulus Equivalence Technology to Teach Typical Academics Within Typical Setting to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: M. Joyce Persson (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence is the behavioral analogue of concept formation. To form classes of equivalent stimuli training of discriminations occurs in a specific sequence that results in the emergence of novel (untrained) relations between stimuli. These stimuli become mutually substitutable and interchangeable for one another. Although the procedures for creating such classes has been available since 1971 and an extensive, reliable, and efficacious history exists, the use of this technology for the instruction of children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is limited. This symposium presents3 studies in which children with ASD (or their parents) formed equivalence classes involving synonyms (Macauley, et al.), behavior analytic interventions (Persson and Maguire) and science concepts (Leonard et al.) , errorlessly and consistent with the general curriculum. Additionally, all instruction was conducted within typical settings, using standard technologies (e.g., a laptop computer and PowerPoint software). The results are discussed in term of increasing the efficiency with which children with ASD (and their parents) are taught advanced and complex concepts. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Equivalence |
|
Establishing Equivalence Relations of Treatment Options: Parents With Children With Mental Illness and Developmental Delays |
M. JOYCE PERSSON (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Matching-to-sample procedures were used to establish equivalence relations with names, definitions, and description of applications of schedules of reinforcement including differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). These procedures were presented in a multiple-choice paper and pencil procedure and used with parents of children with diagnosed mental illness and developmental disabilities. A to B relations were trained to include reinforcement schedule name as a sample and definition as comparison, followed by A to C relations with name as sample and description of application as comparison. Following training, all emergent relations including symmetry and transitivity were tested in extinction as well as testing of emergent naming relations of video representation of application of reinforcement schedule. A comparison was then made between2 groups,1 with the matching-to-sample procedure and1 with a traditional modeling procedure. Data were compared to determine the rate of decrease in physical aggression of the children of the parents involved in the study to those who were not. |
|
Using Stimulus Equivalence to Teach Vocabulary |
BRIAN MACAULEY (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Vocabulary development is a challenging skill to acquire. The use of stimulus equivalence in creating classes of stimuli has been well documented in both experimental and applied settings (Sidman, 1994). Equivalence can be defined as the emergence of untrained and nonreinforced stimulus-stimulus relations following the training and reinforcement of some stimulus-stimulus relations. In this study,2 participants were trained to develop classes of synonymous vocabulary words. Following pre-testing on all possible relations, students were trained to match2 stimulus-stimulus relations using a computer based interactive PowerPoint. Training consisted of an errorless learning procedure where the incorrect comparison stimuli were faded from the screen leaving only the correct comparison stimulus. Following training, students were assessed for the emergence of the symmetrical and transitive relations and ultimately class formation. Results for each participant indicated that they developed3 3-member classes of synonymous words with some variability. This procedure was then successfully replicated using a novel series of vocabulary words with both participants. These results indicate that stimulus equivalence training in the classroom setting has the potential to be an efficient and productive methodology for the delivery of vocabulary instruction. |
|
Stimulus Equivalence WithThird Grade Science Stimuli |
EMILY LEONARD (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: A student with an autism spectrum disorder was taught the science concepts of carnivore, herbivore, and omnivore using stimulus equivalence technology and errorless instruction. Initially, he was taught to match the picture of a skull and a written definition to the printed words carnivore, herbivore, and omnivore. Following this training the student was then able to reverse the previously taught skills (match the printed word to the related skull and definition) and match the definitions to the skulls (and vice versa) all without additional training or reinforcement. As a result, the student formed 3, 3-member concepts of carnivore, herbivore, and omnivore. Although only2 relations were directly trained the student was ultimately able to match each stimulus in a class to every other member of that class, for a total of 12 emergent and untrained relations. Interestingly, the time it took for this student to form these classes was substantially less than general science curriculum, which failed to teach him these concepts. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Self-Management Strategies Across School and Clinic Settings for Elementary Aged Children |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This session will include three presentations on the application of self-mangagment strategies for elementary aged children. First, Kelly Schieltz will present on clinic applications using self-management strategies to increase academic task completion utilizing antecedent analyses for a child with brain injury. Next Berenice de la Cruz will present on teacher’s application of these strategies to improve classroom behavior for 4 children with autism. Next, Megan McCollow will present on an application of this strategy to improve social skills behavior for children with autism. Dr. Stephanie Peterson from Western Michigan University will provide a discussion of the implications for each of these studies and ways in which to extend the application of self-management strategies for improving outcomes for children. |
|
Evaluation of the Use of Self-Management Strategies during Academic Tasks in an Outpatient Clinic |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University Of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Brooke M. Holland (University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: There were 2 purposes of this study: (a) to quickly evaluate the effects of various self-management strategies on task completion of academic tasks within an outpatient clinic, and (b) to determine the childrens preference for the strategies. For this abstract, I present one case example. Ali was a 5 year old girl with a brain injury who engaged in problem behavior during academic tasks. She was evaluated within a 90-min outpatient clinic. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 89% of sessions and averaged 99%. During Phase 1, an antecedent analysis was conducted within a multielement design to evaluate the effects of task completion during 1-step versus 3-step vocal instructions. During Phase 2, an antecedent analysis of 2 self-management strategies was conducted within a multielement design to determine the effects on task completion. During Phase 3, a concurrent operants assessment was conducted to determine Alis preference for the self-management strategies. In Figure 1 (left panel), results showed that task completion decreased with 3-step instructions. In the middle panel, both self-management strategies showed improvement on the same task. In the right panel, self-management strategies were chosen more often than no strategy, and task completion maintained at high levels during 3 of 5 trials. |
|
Supporting Teachers in Developing and Implementing Self-Monitoring Interventions for Children With Autism |
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Several empirical studies have suggested that self-monitoring can be an effective strategy to increase appropriate behavior in children and youth with autism (e.g., Coyle & Cole 2004; Ganz & Sigafoos 2005) when implemented by highly trained research personnel. From a social validity perspective, an important applied issue is whether such programs can be successfully designed and implemented by classroom teachers and under more typical classroom conditions (Horner, Carr, Halle, McGee, Odom, & Wolery, 2005). We designed the present study to investigate the effects of a program to support teachers in the use of self-monitoring interventions for improving student classroom behavior. Participants were 4 classroom teachers and 4 students with autism aged 5 years from a school for children with communication disorders. Data were collected within a multiple-probe design across teachers with pre and post generalization probes. A reversal phase was also conducted for the first two participants. The results suggested the program was effective in supporting teachers in the design and implementation of self-monitoring interventions and that the self-monitoring intervention was associated with improvements in the students classroom behavior. The teachers generalized the use of self-monitoring interventions, and social validity measures indicated that teachers valued the program. |
|
The Effects of a Self-Evaluation and Self-Recording Package to Increase Use of Social Skills in Children With ASD |
MEAGHAN MCCOLLOW (University of Washington), Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorders typically receive social skills instruction in adult-facilitated formats, limiting the number of practice opportunities available to students. This presentation will discuss the results of an investigation involving the addition of self-management strategies (i.e., self-evaluation, self-recording) to social skills training typically used in public school settings for elementary students with autism spectrum disorders. This study sought to provide a comprehensive intervention model addressing concerns related to the generalization of social skills, a chronic concern in the field of social skills, by asking participants to utilize the self-management package in generalized settings (i.e., not the training setting). Two elementary-aged students diagnosed with ASD participated in the study. Results from this study indicate an increase in social behaviors when the self-monitoring strategy is in place. Information from this study can be used to direct future research in the area of social skills interventions for individuals with ASD and Aspergers, including strategies for increasing the effectiveness of social skills training and generalization of social skills. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Life Skills to Individuals With and Without a Diagnosis of Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lauren Beaulieu (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Lauren Beaulieu, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We will discuss methods to improve compliance and factors associated with noncompliance, methods to teach self-protection skills to young children, and methods to teach social skills to children and adults diagnosed with Autism. Compliance, self-protection skills, and social skills are all important life-skills that promote independence and may potentially prevent the development of future problem behavior. The first presenter will discuss an evaluation of a computerized version of Behavioral Skills Training to teach typically-developing young children the skills to prevent abduction. The second presenter will discuss an evaluation of the effects of response effort on compliance exhibited by typically-developing young children. The third presenter will discuss an evaluation which assessed the preference of social interactions before and after a treatment designed to promote social interactions with individuals diagnosed with Autism. |
Keyword(s): Compliance, Self-Protection Skills, Social Skills |
|
Computerized Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Abduction Prevention Skills to Young Children |
NICHOLAS VANSELOW (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Although relatively rare, there may be serious consequences if a child cannot safely manage an abduction situation. Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training and In-Situ Training for teaching children to self-protect against strangers, guns, poisons, and other dangers. However, these procedures are time consuming and resource intensive. In addition these procedures may be difficult to implement on a large scale. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a computerized version of Behavioral Skills Training to teach abduction prevention skills. Participants responded to multiple stranger situations before and after completing the program in a multiple baseline across subjects design to determine the efficacy of the computer program. We also examined whether a component in which the children physically act out the safety skills during the program, instead of only point-and-click responses, increased the program’s efficacy. Implications for designing computer-based learning opportunities for safety skills are discussed. |
|
The Effect of Response Effort on Compliance Among Children |
ANTHONY T. FISCHETTI (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin K. Myers (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Stephanie A. Sinn (Florida Institute of Technology), Rebecka Rodriguez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effect of response effort on compliance across two experiments with five children who exhibited noncompliance when asked to relinquish a preferred toy. Participants were given access to a preferred toy and then asked to place the toy in a toy bin which was located either .3 m (1 foot; low effort) or 3 m (10 feet; high effort) away. We used reversal designs to evaluate the effect of the effort manipulation. Results of Experiment 1 indicate that compliance by two participants was not sensitive to the effort manipulation. Compliance by one participant was higher during the low effort condition, but did not maintain when the distance required to comply was systematically increased. All three of these participants required a consequence-based procedure to increase compliance to acceptable levels. In Experiment 2, we included differential reinforcement across all effort conditions. Results indicate that compliance by two additional participants was sensitive to the effort manipulation. Once established, compliance by all five participants was maintained as the distance required to comply with instructions was increased. |
|
Assessing and Enhancing States of Engagement During Social Interactions for Individuals Diagnosed With ASD |
TRACEY TORAN (Western New England University), Pamela Ann Sinclair (New England Center for Children), Hillary Balog (The New England Center for Children), Kristel Arauz (New England Center for Children), Michael McSweeney (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is characterized by impaired social interaction and communication. Individuals with ASD are not intrinsically motivated to interact with others, learn new skills, maintain mastered skills and maintain appropriate social behavior. Two adults and three children with an ASD participated in this study. It consisted of three phases: pre-treatment assessment, treatment, and post-treatment assessment. The pre- and post-treatment phases were arranged in a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. During phase 1, social reinforcers were identified. The relative preference for social interactions and state of engagement was also measured. States of engagement were measured by the criteria developed by Bakeman and Adamson (1984). Phase 2 included a treatment protocol to enhance the states of engagement consisting of teaching appropriate social skills. The relative preference for social interactions and state of engagement was re-evaluated during phase 3. Results from phase 3 were compared to results of phase 1. Data collection has been completed for 4 of the 5 participants. Data show an increased preference for social interactions and a higher state of engagement during phase 3. IOA data were collected in 67% of sessions across all phases and overall agreement was calculated at 98%, 91%, and 96% for each phase. |
|
|
|
|
Innovations in Teaching Social Behavior to Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
305 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Angela M. Persicke, M.A. |
Abstract: A significant amount of research has demonstrated that early intensive behavioral intervention is an effective treatment for children with autism. Furthermore, teaching social behaviors is a major focus of such intervention. While a large amount of research supports the use of behavioral intervention for establishing social repertoires in children with autism in general, many areas of social behavior have not previously been the subject of research. This symposium consists of three studies addressing such areas. The first presentation consists of a study on teaching children with autism to be able to respond appropriately (rather than literally) to sarcasm. The second presentation consists of a study on teaching children with autism to engage in socially appropriate forms of deception, commonly referred to as white lies. The third presentation consists of a study that used a videogame system to teach good sportsmanship. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Higbee. |
Keyword(s): autism, relational responding, social behavior |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Detect and Respond Appropriately to Sarcasm |
ANGELA M. PERSICKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jennifer Ranick (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Many studies have demonstrated that children with autism respond in an overly literal manner to non-literal language (e.g., irony, sarcasm, deception, humor, and metaphors). Irony and sarcasm may be especially difficult for children with autism because the meaning is the opposite of what is stated. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of multiple exemplar training to teach children with autism to detect and respond appropriately to sarcastic statements. Participants were 3 children with autism. Multiple exemplar training was effective for teaching detection and appropriate responding to sarcastic statements, and generalization was obtained across novel exemplars, settings, and people. |
|
Teaching Socially Appropriate Deception to Children With Autism |
RYAN BERGSTROM (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may not develop the ability to tell a white lie when socially appropriate without explicit teaching. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a protocol for teaching three children with autism to tell white lies in two different situations. The first situation was when receiving a non-preferred item as a gift and the other seeing a person whose appearance is non-preferred. A treatment package consisting of rules, role-playing, reinforcement, and corrective feedback was used. Treatment was effective and generalization was observed across people and novel gifts and appearances. |
|
Improving Sportsmanship Skills in Children With ASD Using Wii Sports |
MELINA SEVLEVER (Auburn University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University), Bill Ferguson (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Impaired social skills represent a fundamental deficit for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). In addition to deficits in social reciprocity skills, children with an ASD may have motor deficits that can reduce the likelihood of sports participation. Consequently, many children with ASD fail to develop appropriate social sportsmanship skills required for successful athletic participation. The present study assessed the effectiveness of a social skills group intervention that focused primarily on improving sportsmanship skills in seven males with ASD between the ages of 7 and 11 years old. Wii Sports games were used for modeling and rehearsal of three sportsmanship skills (i.e., compliments, taking turns, and saying good game) and skills were taught using a behavioral skills training model. The intervention was effective at increasing the three sports-related social skills in all of the children. Generalization was demonstrated across children, although skills did not appear to generalize to other Wii games for all participants. |
|
|
|
|
Using Delay Discounting to Better Characterize Clinically-Relevant Phenomena |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard Yi (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: Delay discounting is a behavioral measure of impulsive choice frequently studied in the context of substance dependence. Relatively little research has extended the study of discounting phenomena to other clinical domains, in spite of the fact that a sensitivity to delayed versus immediate outcomes is an important aspect of many phenomena that clinicians and therapists deal with on a daily basis. The purpose of this symposium will be to present novel extensions of delay discounting to different clinically-relevant phenomena. Jenks and Lawyer examine how transient anxiety associated with delivering a public speaking presentation affects impulsive choice among low- and high-social-anxiety participants. Pickover, et al. present research demonstrating changes in delay discounting behavior as a function of being instructed to think concretely about the future. Kuhn, et al. present a novel experiment examining whether self-report versus behavioral measures of impulsive choice are sensitive to instructions to feign ADHD. Finally, Waltz and Follette examine how psychological discounting measures can capture important aspects of the approach-avoidance conflict that can accompany treatment in particular and behavior change more generally. Taken together, the research presented here represents an important effort to extend the study of discounting phenomena to a broad range of clinical domains. |
Keyword(s): clinical, discounting |
|
Effects of Laboratory-induced Anxiety on Impulsive Choice in Socially Anxious and Nonanxious Adults |
CHARLES JENKS (Idaho State University), Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Individuals with social anxiety disorder (SAD) are at an increased risk for developing a dependence on alcohol and other illicit substances, which is associated with the behavioral phenomenon of delay discounting, a behavioral measure of impulsive choice. Although dependence on alcohol and drugs has been shown to be linked with impulsive choice, research examining whether short-term anxiety increases the risk of impulsive choice is relatively inconclusive. Research to date suggests that higher levels of social anxiety are associated with higher levels of impulsivity but it is not clear whether context-specific affective states (e.g., anxiety) influence impulsive choice or if individuals who develop anxiety-related disorders are dispositionally more impulsive than others. This study examines whether or not anxiety induced by a public speaking task will increase impulsivity as measured by the delay discounting paradigm in a sample of high- versus low-social anxiety college-student participants. Data collection is currently underway. Preliminary analyses of the low-social-anxiety group suggest that participants asked to give an impromptu speech (n = 24) have higher rates of discounting than those in a control (silent reading; n = 24) condition (t = 2.10, p < .04). Small group sizes in the high anxiety participants collected so far prevent cogent analysis, but will be presented when a full dataset is established. These findings have direct relevance to the understanding of the role of impulsivity in co-occurring anxiety and substance use disorders. |
|
Future Time Orienting and Intertemporal Discounting |
ALISON PICKOVER (University of Maryland, College Park), Victoria Layfield (University of Maryland, College Park), Richard Yi (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: Research on temporal discounting reveals a general preference for immediate rather than delayed rewards, and steeper discounting rates have been shown to be related to a number of risk behaviors including substance abuse, pathological gambling, and risky sexual behavior. Interpreted within the framework of construal level theory (CLT; Trope & Lieberman, 2003), preference for rewards that are immediate may functionally represent a preference for outcomes with concrete, incidental, low-level construal associated with psychologically proximal outcomes. The resulting implication is that activation of a low-level construal of psychologically distal outcomes should result in increased preference for the delayed outcome in temporal discounting tasks. To examine this hypothesis, 42 college students completed2 discounting procedures1 week apart, with the order of the procedures counterbalanced between subjects. In the experimental condition, individuals were primed to think concretely about the future, in the control condition, to think concretely about the present. Each session included a concurrent temporal discounting task. Consistent with prediction, less temporal discounting was observed when individuals were primed to think concretely about the future (p<.05). This finding indicates that the fundamentals of CLT can be applied to reduce temporal discounting, informing behavioral interventions targeting cross-temporal decision making. |
|
Instructional Control of ADHD Symptomatology |
ROBIN M. KUHN (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), John R. Smethells (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: While behavioral treatment of ADHD has been shown to be effective, considerably less is known about the role of behavioral measures of ADHD-related symptoms, such as measures of impulsiveness, in the assessment of adult ADHD. The purpose of this study was to take the first step towards evaluating the effectiveness of behavioral measures at accurately identifying excesses in impulsiveness, a defining feature of ADHD. Three groups of college students completed an assessment battery including two rating scales of impulsiveness, two delay discounting tasks, and three academic measures after receiving instructions to feign ADHD, to not feign ADHD, or to do their best. Results suggested that both self-report measures and the video delay discounting task were most sensitive to instructions, producing significant between-group differences in impulsiveness. Instructions did not result in differences in discounting on the hypothetical delay discounting task. This study provides preliminary evidence that certain behavioral measures of impulsiveness differ in their sensitivity to control by instructions. The clinical implications of results obtained, including the discriminant validity of delay discounting measures and their potential value with respect to identifying non-credible performance in adult ADHD assessment, will be discussed. |
|
Temporal and Psychological Discounting of Events Related to Social Anxiety |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Center for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Discounting, as assessed by repeated binary choice procedures represents an accessible method for clinical psychologists to measure discounting. The present study investigated the relationship between discounting and measures of social aspects of psychological functioning using a convenience sample of 357 college undergraduates. All measures were completed online. The first psychological discounting task emulated the costs and benefits of entering therapy. Participants indicated how much anxiety they would be willing to experience for various levels of improvement in social functioning. The second psychological discounting task emulated the implicit costs and benefits of failing to engage in behavior change. Participants indicated how much of a loss in social functioning they were willing to experience to experience for various levels of relief from anxiety. Four temporal discounting tasks involving increases and decreases in social functioning and anxiety were also administered. Participant responses across all six discounting tasks were adequately characterized by the hyperbolic model (R-sq range 0.74 0.97, SE range 0.0529 0.1346). Overall, when discounting performances for individuals reporting high and low social functioning were compared few differences were observed between groups on the temporal discounting measures. Differences were more reliably observed on the psychological discounting tasks. For example, individuals reporting high social anxiety (upper quartile) discounted entering therapy less than those reporting low social anxiety (t = 3.02, p. = .002, d = 0.70). The discussion will focus on how psychological discounting measures can capture important aspects of the approach-avoidance conflict that can accompany treatment in particular and behavior change more generally. |
|
|
|
|
Contextual Behavioral Science as a Framework for Understanding Binge-Eating and Obesity |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jillian Jacobelli (University Of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Adria Pearson (University of Colorado, Denver) |
Abstract: Many people experience concerns with eating habits or weight management at some point in their lives. Behavioral interventions have had some short-term success, but have limited long term effectiveness. Coping with food cravings, weight-related stigma, and sociocultural pressure for thinness all represent significant challenges for those struggling with weight management. Contextual behavioral science offers an analysis of these aspects of context on eating behavior with direct implications for prevention and treatment. The papers in this symposium will consider obesity, binge-eating and weight management from a contextual behavioral perspective. The first will provide a contextual account of the obesity epidemic and review the empirical literature supporting this approach. The second will consider the impact of thin-ideal imagery on food consumption among women who binge-eat. The third will explore the differential impact of thought suppression and thought defusion on coping with food cravings. All three papers will consider the implications for conceptualization, prevention and treatment of eating and weight-management difficulties from a contextual behavioral perspective. |
Keyword(s): Binge Eating, Contextual Behavioralism, Obesity, Sociocultural Pressure |
|
A Contextual Approach to the Obesity Epidemic |
LINDSAY MARTIN (Drexel University), Evan Forman (Drexel University), Meghan Butryn (Drexel University) |
Abstract: Obesity is one of the most concerning global health issues at present (Popkin, 2010). Two-thirds of the nation is now overweight, with 34% considered medically obese (Flegal, Carroll, Ogden, & Curtin, 2010). In an environment plagued by highly caloric foods and sedentary-lifestyles (Prentice, 2007), it is harder than ever to motivate people to change their eating behavior and increase physical activity. While behavior therapy is the first-line treatment for obesity, it fails to produce long-term outcomes (Garner & Wooley, 1991). Perhaps this limitation is due, in part, to a failure to fully appreciate certain factors undermining poor eating and physical activity choices, including experiential avoidance (EA; Lillis, Hayes, & Levin, 2011) and lack of values clarification (Lillis, Hayes, Bunting, & Masuda, 2009). In the last three decades, scientists have developed a contextual framework (Hayes & Biglan, 1996) that may help understand obesogenic behavior. Humans evolved in an environment where energy resources were scarce, and calorically dense foods and energy conservation was highly appetitive. Over time, however, while food has become an ever-present stimulus, the hedonic drive to eat has persisted. This paper will outline a contextual approach to the obesity epidemic and provide lab and intervention-based evidence. |
|
Perceived Pressure for Appearance and the Conceptualized Self: A Study of Avoidant Eating Pathology. |
JILLIAN JACOBELLI (University Of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Robert D. Zettle (Wichita State University), Angie Hardage-Bundy (Wichita State University) |
Abstract: Individuals who struggle with binge eating seem to eat as a way of managing aversive private events. Among the avoided events is the individuals own persistent dissatisfaction with his or her body. This dissatisfaction may be attributable to: 1) exposure to a thin-ideal, 2) exposure to sociocultural emphasis on appearance, and 3) comparison of a conceptualized self with this ideal. Study one investigated the role of perceived sociocultural pressure for appearance on eating pathology in university students. Perceived sociocultural pressure accounted for 47% of disordered eating based on the Eating Disorder Examination Questionnaire as well as 47%, 44%, 32%, and 24% of the shape concern, weight concern, eating concern and restrictive scales respectively. Study two examined the role of sociocultural pressure in eating experimentally by considering the impact of thin-ideal imagery on food consumption in women with sub-clinical levels of binge eating and high body image inflexibility. Implications for prevention and treatment of binge-eating are discussed. |
|
Comparing Thought Suppression and Acceptance as Coping Techniques for Food Cravings |
SAMANTHA CORDOVA (University Of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nic Hooper (Swansea University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Louise A. Mchugh (Swansea University) |
Abstract: Handling food cravings seems to play a major role in weight management. Many try to simply avoid cravings. However, avoidance based techniques like thought suppression can make attempts to deal with cravings more difficult. Recent research suggests that acceptance based techniques, such as defusion, may be a plausible alternative. The current study aimed to compare these two techniques. Participants were instructed in either a thought suppression or defusion technique at the beginning of a week-long period of attempted chocolate abstinence. A control group was given no instruction. It was predicted that the participants given the defusion intervention would eat less chocolate during six days and during a final taste test. It was found that participants in the defusion group ate significantly less chocolate during the taste test than other groups. However, no difference was found in the amount of chocolate eaten throughout the duration of the experiment. The results are discussed in terms of the possible utility of acceptance based techniques in promoting weight management. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in Child Welfare |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda Rone (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The need for behavior analysis in child welfare is becoming increasingly recognized. In most cases, children are removed from biological caregivers as the result of abuse and/or neglect, and are subsequently placed in foster care. A primary goal of the foster care system is the timely and successful reunification of the child with the biological caregivers; however, reunification may be contingent on the extent to which caregiver training is successful. In addition, reunification is often delayed, resulting in numerous foster care placements for some children. The research included in this symposium addresses common concerns within the child welfare system: increasing placement stability for children in care by assessing placement preference and increasing the behavioral parenting skills of both foster parents and biological parents who have had their children removed. Following the presentations, a discussant with an expertise in child welfare will provide comments and offer suggestions for future research in the area of applied behavior analysis in child welfare. |
Keyword(s): Caregiver Training, Child Welfare, Preference Assessment |
|
Utilizing Probabilistic Reinforcement to Enhance Participation in Behavioral Parent Training |
ERRITY JONES (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Parental participation in parent training programs is necessary for success in behavioral parent training. Prior literature has demonstrated probabilistic reinforcement as an effective intervention for improving a wide variety of behaviors. In the present study, a probabilistic reinforcement program (i.e., lottery) was implemented in order to evaluate its efficacy as part of a behavioral parent training program. The behaviors targeted for increase included attendance, participation, homework completion, and performing role plays or completing in-class assignments for2 10 week Tools for Positive Behavior Change courses. Participants earned lottery tickets for each of the dependent measures, and drawings took place at the end of each class. An alternating treatments design was employed to determine any differences in performance on the dependent measures between baseline and lottery sessions. Results showed that participants attended and participated more with parent training under the conditions of a lottery compared to baseline class sessions although the effect was minimal; furthermore, this effect was observed more clearly for1 of the2 classes. Further research is needed to explore the effect of a lottery intervention on parent participation in parent training programs. |
|
Placement Outcomes Following Parent Training for Families With a History of Child Protective Services Involvement |
EMILY SHUMATE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Parents with cognitive challenges are at risk for child protective services (CPS) involvement. Children born to parents with intellectual disabilities are at risk for neglect, language delays, and behavioral problems (Feldman, 1994). Two evidence-based parent training programs that have been extended to parents with cognitive challenges are Project SafeCare and Parent Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT). This presentation will provide outcome data for 20 parents with cognitive challenges who were referred for parent training due to child neglect, inadequate parenting skills, or inadequate behavior management strategies. Families participating in SafeCare did not have physical custody of their children at the beginning of participation. Families participating in PCIT had prior history with CPS, although these families had their children in their custody throughout participation. Outcome data will be presented as the percent of parents who had their children returned to their care or who maintained custody of their children without subsequent CPS involvement. When working with parents involved with CPS, it is important to focus on skill acquisition and to consider family survival, defined as no subsequent CPS involvement. |
|
Evaluation of Placement and Activity Preference in Child Welfare: Potential Implications for Placement Matching |
CRISTINA M. WHITEHOUSE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Bennie Colbert (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to extend the use of preference assessment methods to child welfare using a Web-based preference assessment system designed for this study. In Study 1, children will complete a computerized 4-point likert-type questionnaire designed to assess preference for different activities and community characteristics. Next, stimuli identified as high preferred (HP) and low preferred (LP) in the questionnaire will be tested using a computerized paired stimulus (PS) preference assessment. To date,2 participants have completed Study 1 and preliminary data suggest correspondence between HP and LP items identified in the questionnaire and tested in the PS assessment. Study 2 evaluates response allocation to stimuli identified as HP and LP in Study 1 in a concurrent arrangement. Preliminary data show correspondence between the results of the computerized preference assessment methods and actual allocation of behavior. Foster parents also will complete Studies 1 and 2 using a modified child questionnaire. Finally, a potential method of systematically matching foster children to different foster parents using the data from Study 1 will be discussed. Collectively, these studies, and the Web-based system designed for this study, attempt to advance routine child welfare practice. |
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Behavioral Measurement |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey H. Tiger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The refinement of techniques to produce accurate and reliable data represent an important applied endeavor. The presentations included in this symposium are directed toward ensuring the highest levels of accuracy in measuring the frequency, duration, and magnitude of behavior. |
Keyword(s): accuracy, calibration, measurement, response magnitude |
|
The Application of Time and Motion Study Methods to Determine the Representativeness of Duration Measures in Observation Samples |
REBECCA SHARP (University of Auckland), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have sought to develop effective methods of producing observation samples that reflect overall dimensions of behaviour across the whole time of interest. Little research has been conducted in behavior analysis in how to obtain representative samples, although it has been demonstrated that as sample length decreases, error increases, with greater error in the sampling of low-duration behaviours (Mudford, Beale, & Singh, 1990). Work sampling (a method in time and motion study) is used to determine how people spend their time in work settings in an efficient way and thus may assist behavior analysts to empirically determine the length of samples required to produce representative data. In the current study, full time-of-interest (a full school week in a special school) direct observations of several behavioral and environmental categories in children with special needs were conducted. Formulae used in work sampling were then applied to determine the length, number, and time of samples required for the data to be representative. Staff reports and preliminary observations were used in the work sampling formulae to calculate the initial number of observations to be conducted for a representative sample of each category. Findings and the utility of work sampling methods in behavior analysis will be discussed. |
|
The Utility of Interobserver Agreement and Calibration in Assessing Quality of Behavioral Data |
KATRINA J. PHILLIPS (University of Auckland), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Applied behaviour analysis typically uses interobserver agreement (IOA) algorithms as a measure of our confidence in the quality of the data. Other natural sciences use calibration to assess the quality of the data produced by their measurement systems. The current study conducted calibration analysis and three IOA assessments (block-by-block, exact agreement, and time-window analysis) for novice recorders using different recording methods (laptop computer, handheld touch screen computer, and events within intervals using pen and paper). The presentation will discuss the strengths and limitations of IOA and calibration based on the data from 15 observers. Recommendations for selecting and evaluation measurement systems in applied behaviour analysis will be made. |
|
Objective Measure of Motor Movements |
ANDREA R. REAVIS (Marcus Autism Center), Nils Y. Hammerla (Newcastle University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Thomas Ploetz (Georgia Institute of Technology), Agata Rozga (Georgia Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Data on problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, stereotypy) are typically collected by direct observation using predetermined operational definitions. These definitions are subjective, somewhat arbitrary, and only those behaviors that are directly observable can be recorded. Furthermore, objectively assessing the magnitude (i.e., strength, force, or intensity) of a problem behavior by human observation alone poses significant challenges. The purpose of the current study is to explore the extent to which acceleration data collected from small sensors worn on the wrists and ankles can be used to automatically detect and quantify specific types of problematic behaviors. Data has been collected from an individual who simulated high intensity aggressive, disruptive, and self-injurious behavior while wearing the sensors, as well as with3 individuals who attend a day treatment program for individuals with disabilities who engage in problem behavior. Preliminary analyses of some of the data showed that, when sensor data were compared to data collected by a human observer, the sensors identified instances of problem behavior with 97% sensitivity (true positives) and 84% specificity (true negatives). |
|
|
|
|
Sex Offending: Prevention and Intervention |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephen F. Walker (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Jorge Rafael Reyes (Westfield State University) |
CE Instructor: Jorge Rafael Reyes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The papers in this symposium range from teaching individuals to avoid abduction (Sanchez) to treating high-risk behavior of sex offenders with intellectual disabilities (Walker, presented by Joslyn). In the first paper, a procedure is described to teach individuals with developmental disabilities to prevent abductions (Sanchez). In the second paper, variables influencing children's responses to interview questions in a simulated forensic interview will be described (Sparling, presented by Boyle). In the third paper, in vivo assessments of appropriate versus inappropriate (child related) magazines are followed by variable time supervision as intervention for sex offenders with developmental disabilities (Walker, presented by Joslyn). |
Keyword(s): Abduction Prevention, Forensic Interviews, Sex Offending |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of an Abduction Prevention Program for Older Children With Intellectual Disabilities |
SINDY SANCHEZ (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness behavioral skills training (BST) and in situ training (IST) for teaching abduction prevention skills to adolescents with disabilities. The participants were4 adolescents, ages 18–24, diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. Five BST sessions were conducted for each participant using instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Following BST in situ assessments took place at the participants' school to assess acquisition of the skills. The data showed that none of the participants reached criterion level following BST although some of the participants improved their score from baseline. In situ training was then implemented until the participants reached criterion level. |
|
The Effects of Interviewer Behavior on the Accuracy of Childrens Responses |
Jessica Hart Sparling (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Jennifer Kondash (Florida Institute of Technology), MEGAN A. BOYLE (Florida Institute of Technology), Megan Compton (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that certain interviewer behaviors can evoke inaccurate answers by children. In the current study, we examined the effects of approving and disapproving statements on the accuracy of3 children's answers to questions in an interview (Experiment 1). We then evaluated3 questioning techniques that may be used by interviewers during a forensic interview in which a child provides eyewitness testimony (Experiment 2). All participants responded with more inaccurate answers when approving statements followed inaccurate information and disapproving statements followed accurate information in Experiment 1. During Experiment 2, 1 participant responded most inaccurately when she was re-questioned after providing an initial answer, whereas the remaining 2 participants responded most inaccurately when the interviewer provided co-witness information and suggestive questions. |
|
Treatment of High-Risk Behavior in Sex Offenders With Intellectual Disabilities |
Stephen F. Walker (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Cristina M. Whitehouse (University of Florida), RAY JOSLYN (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Historically, the assessment and treatment of sex offenders (including those diagnosed with intellectual disabilities) has focused on evaluating and decreasing arousal to inappropriate stimuli (e.g., pictures and videos of prepubescent children wearing bathing suits). Although decreasing arousal to inappropriate stimuli is a critical component of any behavioral treatment plan, a comprehensive treatment plan necessitates assessments and treatments designed to address other (operant) features of offense related behavior. Previous research has shown that sex offenders with intellectual disabilities will engage in high-risk behavior (e.g., stealing pictures of prepubescent children) when they believe that they are alone. The purpose of the current study is to replicate and extend previous research by evaluating the effectiveness of variable-time supervision. To date, results have shown that periodic unpredictable supervision has been successful in decreasing occurrences of high-risk behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Bridging the Gap Between Basic and Applied Research |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Katie Snyder (Utah State University) |
F. CHARLES MACE (Nova Southeastern University) |
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University) |
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In recent years, there has been growing interest from both basic and applied researchers about how to effectively collaborate between these two areas of study. This interest is evidenced by a recent issue of The Behavior Analyst (Volume 34, Number 1) that featured a series of commentaries on translational research. Translational research may be broadly defined as the application of principles discovered in the basic laboratory to problems of social significance. This panel discussion will focus on a) the importance of translational research, b) ways to promote translational research, c) the current state of translational research, including challenges presented by this approach, and d) how the field should proceed to ensure that basic and applied researchers collaborate in future endeavors. |
Keyword(s): translational research |
|
|
|
|
Competition and Predator Threat in the Golden and Siberian Hamsters: Hamsters are NOT Rats. |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
Discussant: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Three papers are presented in which operant behavior in the Syrian and Siberian hamsters are examined under predator threat and competition conditions. The first paper examines changes in fixed interval schedules when Siberian dwarf hamsters (Phodopus campbelli) were exposed to fox urine for a randomly determined 5 out of 10 sessions. The second paper examines reward sensitivity during competitive open field foraging in Sprague Dawley Rats, Long Evans Rats, and Syrian Hamsters (Mesocricetus auratus). The final paper examines positive behavioral contrast in Syrian hamsters during a group open field foraging contrast condition. All three papers present data showing intriguing differences in operant behavior found in hamsters, but not rats, including pouching behavior, resistance to predator threat, and less susceptibility to group competition. The implications for the field will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): competition, fox urine, hamster, operant responding |
|
Effects of Fixed-interval Schedules and Predator Odor on Operant Responding in Dwarf Hamsters (Phodopus campbelli) |
GWEN LUPFER-JOHNSON (University of Alaska Anchorage), Candace R. Lewis (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Four female Phodopus campbelli dwarf hamsters were trained on FI 4-s, FI 8-s, FI 16-s, and FI 32-s schedules of reinforcement. After reaching stable responding, the hamsters were presented with fox urine in their operant chamber for a randomly determined 5 days during a 10 day period. Results indicated that this species responds to FI schedules in the typical scallop pattern that other species do. However, fox urine did not elicit freezing or decrease response rate. On the contrary, a slight but not statistically significant increase in rate of responding was observed in the presence of fox urine. |
|
Differences in Reward Sensitivity and Social Interactions When Sprague Dawley Rats, Long Evans Rats, and Syrian Hamsters Forage for Food in an Open Field Paradigm |
LESLIE M. WISE (University of Illinois), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Reward sensitivity and behaviors related to foraging were compared across Sprague Dawley rats, Long Evans rats and Syrian Hamsters. All three species of rodents were exposed to four concurrent VT VT schedules while foraging as a group of 5 rats or hamsters in an open field foraging paradigm. Data showed that Syrian Hamsters showed the highest reward sensitivity, followed by Long Evans rats, and then Sprague Dawley rats. Long Evans rats showed the most rearing, but the least eating of pellets. Hamsters showed significantly more eating, although this was actually pouching of the reinforcers, compared to long evens and Sprague Dawley rats. Sprague Dawley rats showed the greatest percent of intervals with social interactions, while hamsters showed the highest percentage of walking. Hamsters also showed the greatest bias. IT appears that, for Sprague Dawley rats, social interactions may have also been a potent source of reward, and thus lessened the reward sensitivity to the reinforcer schedules for food pellets. In contrast, hamsters showed the least social interactions and the highest reward sensitivity values. Results suggest significant differences in the topography of behaviors exhibited during open field foraging, which appear to be related to obtained values of reward sensitivity. Thus, the behavioral topography of the species should be considered in social foraging situations, as these behaviors may interact with reward sensitivity. |
|
Behavioral Contrast and Competition in Syrian Hamsters: ItIs the Food Pouching That Matters |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Leslie M. Wise (University of Illinois) |
Abstract: In a replication of Farmer-Dougan and Dougan, 2005, we exposed 5 Syrian (Golden) hamsters to multiple schedule contrast while all five foraged together in an open field paradigm. Time spent in the feeder, and the number of pellets pouched (in cheek pouches) was obtained, as well as the number of social and aggressive behaviors. Results found that three of the 5 hamsters showed evidence of behavioral contrast, with the remaining 2 hamsters showing little change in their behavior during the contrast phase as compared to baseline. Interestingly, 4 of the 5 hamsters reduced pellet pouching when exposed to the contrast condition, resulting in a significant difference in pellet pouching between baseline and contrast conditions. Four hamsters increased contact with other hamsters during the contrast condition, while 2 hamsters clearly increased aggression, 2 hamsters decreased aggression towards other hamsters, and 1 hamster showed little change in aggression during contrast, compared to the baseline conditions. Thus, it appears that the percentage of pellets pouched were the best measure of behavior change, with time spent in the feeder being less reliable evidence of contrast than pouching. This suggests that pouching behavior is an important response to examine when comparing hamsters to other rodents, such as rats. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Social and Academic Outcomes via Multi-leveled Behavioral Analytic Strategies With Youngsters At Risk and With Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
618/619 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lefki Kourea (European University Cyprus) |
Discussant: Lefki Kourea (European University Cyprus) |
Abstract: This symposium presents a series of three research investigations that focused on a group of elementary-age students identified with academic and social risk markers. The symposium will present research outcomes of behavioral analytic strategies that had been implemented to this group of individuals for improving their academic and social skills. At the end of the presentations, a discussant will discuss the research procedures and results of the studies based on existing research literature. The three single-subject experimental studies focused on secondary preventative interventions, whose aim was to reduce the number of youngsters identified at risk for school failure. Students that did not respond to the primary level of prevention in the general education classroom settings had been targeted for intensive and systematic academic and social skills intervention. Hence, a sequence of multi-leveled behavioral analytic strategies had been implemented based on direct instruction approach and had included active student responding, immediate error correction, reinforcement, modeling, prompting, guided and independent practice. Limitations and implications for practice will be presented under each study. |
Keyword(s): at risk, function-based intervention, peer tutoring, social skills |
|
Effects of Secondary-Level Social Skills Intervention on the Disruptive Behavior of Elementary-Age Students |
ANASTASIA MAGIDOU (Ministry of Education and Culture, Cyprus) |
Abstract: This experimental study examined the effects of a function-based social skills intervention on the disruptive behavior of four at-risk students for school failure. Students were selected based on teacher nominations, parent consent, and classroom observations. An initial functional behavioral assessment was conducted to determine the function of inappropriate behavior. Functional analysis interpretations indicated a joint function of peer and teacher attention. Thus, a three-hour social skills training was designed and implemented. The function-based social skills training aimed at teaching a replacement behavior along with a self-monitoring strategy during group instruction. Data were collected during instructional and generalization settings. The dependent variables were student disruptive behavior, on-task behavior, teacher attention and student academic performance. Results showed significant reductions of inappropriate behavior, moderate increases of on-task behavior, and student performance. Minor positive changes were evident on teacher attention variable. Maintenance results indicated that students were able to demonstrate on-task behavior and maintain disruptive behavior at low levels comparable to intervention condition. Study limitations and teacher implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
Effects of Secondary-level Repeated Readings on Student Reading Fluency and Comprehension |
IOULIA PAPANICOLAOU (Ministry of Education and Culture, Cyprus) |
Abstract: This presentation will report the outcomes of an experimental study conducted with four elementary-age students identified for academic and social risk markers. The study examined the effects of a secondary-level preventative academic intervention, repeated readings, on the fluency and comprehension of at-risk learners and learners with learning disabilities. Utilizing a multiple-baseline across subjects design, students were trained in the fluency building strategy over 25 sessions. Results showed a strong functional relationship between the academic intervention and students' reading fluency and comprehension. Effect sizes were large. Study limitations and teacher implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
Effects of Secondary-Level Peer Tutoring on Student Word Reading Accuracy and Completion |
MARIA ARGYRIDE (Ministry of Education and Culture, Cyprus) |
Abstract: Continuing the emphasis on prevention and intervention in early grades, this experimental study aimed at examining the effects of a secondary-level of intervention, peer tutoring, on the word reading accuracy and completion of a group of youngsters. These youngsters were selected based on teacher nominations, parent consent, and standardized screening measures. After sampling the participants, the researchers utilized a multiple-baseline-across-subjects design to investigate student responsiveness to peer tutoring. Results showed a functional relationship between peer tutoring and word reading. Effect sizes were large. Study limitations and teacher implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Blending Direct Instruction With Precision Teaching for Generative Instruction |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include 4 presentations that blend direct instruction with precision teaching to maximize generative learning. Presentations include 3 teachers from the base laboratory school, Morningside Academy, a school for struggling general education learners; and the director of a school program catering to pervasively delayed learners that partners with Morningside Academy to adapt and transfer Morningside's instructional model to their population. The first presentation by Shiloh Isbell will describe the effects of adding standard celeration charting to typical writing rubric scoring upon students' persuasive essay writing performance. The second presentation by Marianne Delgado will extend that work to writing performance in reading, science, and math; as well as show the effects of charting data from a delayed prompting procedure on reading comprehension. The third presentation by Paul Meng examines motivational variables involved in school lunch and recess procedures. The fourth presentation by Bill Helsel describes technology transfer to a partner school catering to students with pervasive delays. |
|
Applying Precision Teaching to a Direct Instruction Language Arts Program to Increase Essay Composition Performance |
SHILOH ISBELL (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Our Morningside Persuasive Writing program is a direct instruction curriculum designed to explicitly teach essay writing skills. By using Standard Celeration Charts, we can show whether students are making progress toward the overall objective of writing a persuasive essay, as well as whether any generativity is occurring as component skills build. Our combination of rubrics, checklists, and chart data can more accurately measure program progress than by applying rubrics alone to analyze student compositions. In this way, we can make more meaningful comparisons on a student-by-student basis. We will present chart data, rubric data, and work samples, demonstrating program implementation strategies as well as student progress toward writing objectives. A file of data from the last school year is attached. We will add this year’s data to the presentation. |
|
Progress Monitoring Using the Standard Celeration Chart: Essay Writing and Comprehension Skills Across the Curriculum |
MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: We will present different uses of the standard celeration chart in tracking essay writing across the curriculum: student response journaling to recreational reading in literature; essay questions and lab report discussion sections in science, position papers in writing, and "how to" expository essays on Math. We will also present a group chart on the oral acquisition of reading comprehension skills using delayed prompting. The celeration chart excels in tracking output over time. Unique ways of tracking efficiency of writing, writer's engagement, acquisition of expository skills and fading of teacher prompts, by using symbols charted "below the floor" will be explained. We will present pre- and post- measures and student work samples across curricula and describe application uses at parent/teacher/student conferences.We will add this year's data to the presentation. |
|
Maximizing the Motivational Operations Involved in School Lunchtime and Recess |
PAUL MICHAEL MENG (Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: School scheduling parameters have been shown to affect student performance in terms of both academic behavior and problem behavior. Many motivating variables change throughout the school day based on scheduling, and thus, this issue may be best understood by applying a behavior analytic perspective. Recess/lunch is one period of the day that provides a rich source of such variables. By using Michaels (1982; 2001) concept of the motivating operation we may analyze the effects of such scheduling decisions on subsequent academic performance and problem behavior. The present study evaluates the motivating effects of recess schedule variations on student academic performance and problem behavior, in addition to examining the effects of such alterations on total instructional time. Procedures include academic evaluations native to Morningside Academy; count recording of problem behavior, and latency of instruction following the recess period. Conditions were alternated rapidly using an alternating treatments design. The attached file of last years preliminary findings indicates that a recess schedule can be modified to impact student academic and problem behavior. We will add this years data to the presentation. |
|
Analyzing Instruction to Pleasantly Build Direct Instruction Performances With Precision Teaching of Pervasively Delayed Learners |
WILLIAM J. HELSEL (AGILE Learner's Program/PLEA) |
Abstract: Early behavior analysis of instructional design such as Markle's and Tiemann's (1967) "System of Instruction" and their later Learner Outcome table (Tiemann & Markle, 1990) provides a roadmap to teaching necessary complex academic relations for the most pervasively delayed learners. Learners 3 to 14 years of age diagnosed with a pervasive developmental delay learn to read, write, and compute numbers through well-established Direct Instruction programs combined with Precision Teaching. After teaching key differentiated relations for "how" and discriminated relations for "when" to respond, the systematic detailed instruction and practice of Language for Learning, Expressive Writing, and Connecting Math Concepts are used to teach the "wow" responding of complex extended relations. Standard Celeration Charts chronicle this evolution from "how" to "when" to "wow" responding. Such histories will be shown across several learners whose performances have been carefully monitored over several years and dozens of types of learning as well as data for overall program evaluation. Knowing of an existing roadmap and how to follow it offers an opportunity for teachers to guide their learners with pervasive delays to better affect their world through demonstrating understanding of concepts, operations, and equivalence. |
|
|
|
|
Impact of Behavioral Technology on Decision Making in Education, Human Service, and Military Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Todd A. Ward (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan) |
Abstract: Through recent empirical work in RFT, behavior analysis is increasingly placing itself in a position to theorize effectively and test empirically these educated guesses about the functioning of verbal behavior in organizations. The development and communication of verbal products, such as rules, instructions, leadership statements and strategic plans are major components of leadership activities in organizations. For instance, strategic planning and readiness are highly verbal activities because they rely on being prepared for a future that is not here yet; a future that is verbally constructed; and a future that will most probably be unlike what we have seen in the past. In addition, recognizing employees implicit responding and values can guide leadership in presenting formative and motivative augmentals that produce shared goals and hence improved cooperation within the organization. Moreover, the powerful effects of ACT related technologies such as value clarification, perspective taking and mindfulness have generalizable impact in terms individuals psychological flexibility and situational awareness in combat situations. By drawing upon a university wide intervention in the area of student advisement and associated interventions in the areas of RFT and ACT, this symposium provides an overview of recent experimental and conceptual analyses in the areas of decision making, problem solving, agility, and cooperative behavior in organizations. |
Keyword(s): act, education |
|
A University-wide System for Improving Undergraduate Students' Academic Success |
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Abstract: This study describes a major intervention designed to improve undergraduate students academic success at a large public research university in Florida. The intervention involves establishing a university-wide system that helps students learning to select an appropriate major and follow a clear path to graduation. University practices involve a set of interlocking contingencies that support the behavior of all the participants (e.g., students, advisors, administrators, faculty). The outcomes of these practices seem to be a function of the aggregate behavior of all the participants in the context of the university culture. We discuss the complexity of interrelated organizational programming that systematically provides contingencies for individual students that shape their constructive academic behavior towards graduation. At the aggregate level, these students behaviors lead to a shift in metacontingencies, from a culture of prolonged study and attrition to a culture of on-time graduation. We explain the individual behaviors, mechanisms, and interlocking contingencies that seem to account for a large-scale organizational change. This approach presents an organizational paradigm shift from unsupported, trial-and-error learning by undergraduate students searching for and pursuing a major, to highly supported individualized shaping aimed at discerning an appropriate major early and following the curriculum successfully. |
|
ACT Goes to War: Values-Clarification Training in a Military Combat Simulation |
TODD A. WARD (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Values clarification procedures have been successfully used primarily in clinical settings due to their ability to act as motivative augmentals to sensitize individuals behavior to the environment and to loosen control of behavior by inaccurate verbal constructions disconnected from the environment. The current series of studies extends our previous work, which utilized brief web-based values-clarification modules to significantly increase cumulative GPAs and student retention in a university setting. For the current work, we adapted our values-clarification modules from an educational to a team setting in order to examine the generality of our past findings into a highly arousing military combat simulation. The first study in this line of research evaluates the impact of values-clarification on physiological and mental arousal, listener behavior, rule generation, and a variety of performance measures tied to the successful completion of mission objectives. The second study extends this work using a participant with a confederate partner playing against another two-person confederate team. If successful, this research will successfully extend the scope of ACT work into new areas and potentially point to cost-effective web-based performance improvement methods for a variety of organizational settings. |
|
Evaluating a Brief Online Values Clarification Procedure to Improve Outcomes in a Human Service Organization |
JARED A. CHASE (Chrysalis), Todd A. Ward (University of Nevada, Reno), Greg Smith (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The nature of front-line work in human service organizations is such that employee burnout and turnover is common. Though not commonly discussed in the traditional OBM literature, studies are emerging on the effects of interventions derived from Acceptance & Commitment Therapy (ACT) on these very issues. The current study seeks to contribute to this literature by evaluating the implementation of a brief web-based values-clarification module across three community homes in a human-service organization serving mild to moderate individuals with intellectual disabilities in Northern Nevada. More specifically, this study focuses on the role of teams and conceptualizes each house with its constituent manager and staff as teams working together to produce common goals. The goal of the current study is to have managers and staff examine and articulate their values related to teamwork and how such values relate to larger life values. If successful, this intervention could function as a motivative augmental to alter the reinforcing value of stimuli embedded in this oftentimes stressful workplace and change a variety of outcome measures in positive directions, such as incident report rates, employee satisfaction, staff turnover, treatment integrity and burnout. |
|
|
|
|
Bill Hopkins: A Model for Dissemination |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Dr. Bill Hopkin's career is a model for sustained dissemination of behavior analysis. His enduring lifetime contributions, unsung by Bill, provide many examples of large-scale applications of behavior analysis that span decades and hemispheres. This session describes his substantial contributions to organizational behavior management, occupational safety, community development, university instruction and more. His skillful promotion of our science and its applications stands as a model for the next generation of unsung heroes that will continue expansion of behavior analysis and build on the foundations laid down by our pioneers. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Bill Hopkins |
Target Audience: ABA supervisors, Administrators, Behavior analysts, Behavioral consultants, Behavioral psychologists, Educational service providers, Educators/teachers, Students, Psychologists, Researchers |
Learning Objectives: #none# |
|
Bill Hopkins and the OBM Culture: Doing Good on a Grand Scale |
THOMAS C. MAWHINNEY (University of Detroit Mercy) |
Abstract: Bill Hopkins was an accomplished overt and behind the scenes leader within the OBM culture. Upon reflection I can see that his work with and contributions to our culture were presaged by his history of work with a "mental" health hospital. His contribution to Control of Human Behavior: From Cure To Prevention (Ulrich, Stachnik & Mabry, 1970) entitled The First 20 Years Are the Hardest leaves no doubt that Bill "cared" for the quality of life among others and the effects of large scale institutional practices on the quality of those lives. It should come as no surprise, therefore, that Bill used his expertise in applied behavior analysis (aka OBM) to create large scale high impact contingencies of reinforcement resulting improved rates of safe behavior among working people and thereby reducing accidents and injuries among them (Fox, Hopkins, and Anger, 1987). I believe, based on Bill's interests expressed in JOBM that Bill's interest in large scale interventions arose from (among other reasons) a belief that improvements in organizational members' productivity should be fairly shared among members of formal organizations. If so, then pay plays a role in the OBM "equation." And Bill saw to it that we paid attention to the issue of pay practices (Hopkins & Mawhinney, 1992). In this talk I review and express my appreciation of Bill's unique contributions to the OBM culture in the pages of JOBM as well other venues (e.g., Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies), time permitting. |
Professor Mawhinney teaches organizational behavior, organizational theory & design, human resource management and strategic management. He has published research concerning reinforcement, work motivation and leadership in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, conceptual analysis of work motivation and reinforcement processes in the Academy of Management Review, Journal of Applied Psychology, Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, Performance Improvement Quarterly, and applied research concerning performance improvement in the Journal of Business and Psychology and JOBM. Mawhinney received his B.A. and M.S. degrees from the University of South Florida and his Ph.D. from The Ohio State University. He joined the University of Detroit in 1987. |
|
Bill Hopkins' Legacy Leading the Italian BBS Community |
FABIO TOSOLIN (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Bill Hopkins began to be a reference for the Italian OBM community since the early 1980s. His article on “Managing Behavior for Productivity” has been a must for the very few OBM’ers (B.L. Hopkins & J. Sears, in “Handbook of Organizational Behavior Management”, edited by L.W. Frederiksen, 1982). Nevertheless, the growth of Behavior Analysis applied to the workplace became suddenly wide and pervasive starting from his speech at the 2nd European Conference on BBS, on 2007. Surely, as an invited speaker, Bill delighted an audience of entrepreneurs with his colloquial, simple and direct approach. However, nobody knew how much its contribution would be huge after the conference, much more than during it! During his sojourn, he simply planned to change the world of safety in Italy. Consequently, he asked to meet the people active in the field of Behavior Analysis in Italy and the most prominent authorities, able to change the widest contingencies insisting on the European safety managers and consultants. He managed in order to be in touch with the local committees involved in safety and in making decisions about it, and he agreed on becoming a member of some of these committees. Further, he compelled the Italian ABA community to change its view in marketing BBS, e.g. warning the Italian behaviorists to train engineers, not the psychologists. Simultaneously, he began to support the development of regulations and legislative initiatives based on the principles of behavior, aware of the fact that teaching and presenting, in itself, would only pale antecedents, leading to a small number of apostles, and nothing more. Finally, he understood the local environment and culture, prompting and mentoring the Italian colleagues in order to get a rigorous BBS accreditation and certification being careful to avoid abuses and misconceptions. As a result, Italian Association for Behavior Analysis got two medal by the President of the Italian Republic for spreading BBS, and the Senate asked for a formal presentation of the principles of our science applied to the work safety. Bill was great in evaluating the effects of large scale institutional practices and in arranging circumstances for a broad dissemination of OBM and BBS, as nobody else. Its ability to look ahead and prepare the conditions to change the culture of an entire nation has been incredible. The fruits of his strategic mind will continue to be for many years to come. |
Ever since the 1980s, Fabio Tosolin was the pioneer of the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and Performance Management (PM) methodologies in Italy. In the 1990s, he applied the Lindsley's Precision Teaching (PT) and Fluency Building Approach to the rapidly growing up e-learning in the workplace. Finally, he introduced the Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS) protocol in the Italian and European industries. Dr. Tosolin is the president of Fabio Tosolin & Associates, the italian company for Behavioral Performance Management, Behavior-Based Safety and PT/e-learning. He is currently Professor of Health, Safety, Environment & Quality at the Milan Polytechnic, Faculty of Engineering of the Industrial Processess. He is also a professor at the University of Ferrara, Faculty of Medicine. Dr. Tosolin is President of the Association for Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis (AARBA), the Italian Chapter of ABA International, and the Italian project leader in the European ManuVAR Consortium for the development of industrial work in Europe. Additionally, he serves as advisor of the CCBS - Massachusetts, the main independent Institute for Behavior Analysis and Behavior-Based Safety. |
|
Bill Hopkins' Outreach to Improve the Lives of Workers Through Safety |
SANDY KNOTT (Supervalu, Inc.) |
Abstract: SuperValu’s Advanced Logistics MDRC’s Illinois distribution center has been accredited by the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies since 2005 for application of behavioral principles within management of worker safety. The accreditation was earned after MRDC successfully implemented SuperValu’s Critical Activities Management (CAM) program, which uses systematic feedback and positive reinforcement to strengthen safe workplace practices. Following CAM implementation, MRDC noted a reduction in OSHA frequency rates from 13.1 to 0.0 and a reduction in severity rates from 1.6 to 0.0. This extraordinary achievement was enabled by the many efforts of Dr. Bill Hopkins who advised and mentored us. His work with the Commission for the Accreditation of Behavioral Applications to Safety within the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies guided our efforts to develop safety management at the Advanced Logistics MDRC’s Illinois distribution center. Since 2005, Bill's extensive volunteer efforts with SuperValu went far beyond the distribution center outside Chicago. More sites within SuperValu's vast supply chain are following the lead of MRDC. In 2010, Dr. Hopkins organized and led a think-tank on disseminating innovation throughout SuperValu (180,000 employees) that was attended by 20 corporate executives. His actions have made a lasting impact on our organization. |
Sandy Knott is the Risk Control Manager for SuperValu's Advanced Logistics MDRC's Illinois distribution center. She has received the Principles of Behavior Based Safety accreditation from the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. The accreditation was earned after MRDC successfully implemented Supervalu's Critical Activities Management (CAM) program, which uses systematic feedback and positive reinforcement to strengthen safe workplace practices. Following CAM implementation, MRDC noted a reduction in OSHA frequency rates from 13.1 to 0.0 and a reduction in severity rates from 1.6 to 0.0. The Cambridge Center's accreditation process evaluates before and after measures of workplace safety following implementation of programs and evaluates that data for effectiveness. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Skills Training. It's Not Just for Kids Anymore. |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior Skills Training (BST) has often been used to effectively teach a variety of skills. This symposium includes three studies describing how BST has been used to teach behavioral strategies to caregivers who interact with children. The BST curriculum used in all three studies is the BehaviorToolsTM curriculum which is a competency based behavioral training curriculum developed and refined by a team of behavioral analysts and university researchers. The curriculum was designed to include the most effective behavioral interventions using teaching methodologies that evaluate both content knowledge and application in real world settings. Although most heavily researched within the child welfare system, given the broad scope of application and individualized practice and coaching, the Tools have use for a variety of individuals who have the potential to be change agents in their given home and community settings. The first presentation will describe the use of the BehaviorToolsTM with parents of children diagnosed with autism. The second study evaluated using the curriculum to reduce coercive parent-child interactions and increase positive parent-child interactions for parents of children with developmental disabilities. The third study describes the use of video modeling with the BehaviorToolsTM to improve skills for caregivers in foster care. |
|
PCMA's BehaviorToolsTM Training for Parents of Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder: Love Like Water |
BRYON ROBERT NEFF (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: A 14-month randomized clinical trial was recently completed to evaluate the effects of behavior skills training (BST) and psychoeducational training (PET) for parents of children with an autism spectrum disorder. The BST used PCMAs BehaviorToolsTM curriculum and included didactic lectures, live and video modeling, rehearsal and feedback. The PET used a combination of several current parenting programs (e.g., The Incredible Years; 1, 2, 3, Magic; Parenting with Love and Logic) and was conducted in a group therapy format. Performance using behavior management skills and parenting stress levels were compared for parents in the BST group, the PET group and the Control group. Although parents in both training groups showed a reduction in stress levels from pre to post-training, only parents in BST group demonstrated improvements in behavior management skills. Training curricula will be briefly described, outcome data will be displayed, results will be discussed and implications for future research and clinical applications will be suggested. |
|
Analyzing the Effects of Repeated Practice Using the BehaviorToolsTM Training Model with Parents of Children With Developmental Disabilities |
TRISTAN MARRIOT (California State University, Chico) |
Abstract: This project investigated the effectiveness of the BehaviorToolsTM training in reducing coercive parent-child interactions and increasing positive parent-child interactions for parents of children with developmental disabilities. Using an AB single-subject, parametric design, the level of role-play practice offered in the BehaviorToolsTM training was varied. Acquisition of behavior management skills was measured through pre- and post-training role-play assessments. In-situ positive and negative parent-child interactions were measured using partial interval recording. Outcome data demonstrated increases in positive parent-child interactions and decreases in negative parent-child interactions for all subjects. Results revealed no relationship between participants who engaged in repeated practice versus single practice, as is standard in the implementation of the BehaviorToolsTM training. Four types of parents emerged from this study: those who interacted positively before the training and demonstrated even more positive interactions and a reduction in negative interactions post-training; parents who engaged minimally pre-training and increased positive interactions post-training; parents who interacted more negatively than positively pre-training and demonstrated a dramatic shift post-training; and parents who were undifferentiated pre-training due to the control of the child in the environment. These parents learned the skills necessary to pivot away from junk behavior, resulting in significant changes in parent-child interaction post-training. |
|
An Evaluation of a Behavior Tools Booster Training Using Video Modeling With Foster Parents |
Anna Katie Caravello (University of South Florida), KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: In order for foster parents to be prepared to manage problem behavior and develop a positive relationship with a child in their home, local foster care agencies require these parents to attend parent training classes. Unfortunately, even foster care agencies that offer empirically validated BST type parent training courses are unable to prevent the parents performance from decreasing over time (Cowart, Iwata, & Poynter, 1984; Forehand & King, 1977; Mueller et al., 2003). However, researchers have created booster training sessions to counteract this issue. Booster training sessions allow participants to attend a brief usually one day refresher course on skills they have previously learned. Another intervention that has been successful with skill acquisition is video modeling. Video modeling requires less response effort and is not as time consuming compared to other training methods like didactic teaching. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of booster training sessions using video modeling for foster parents who completed a parent training class that was based on basic behavior analysis principles. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Utilization of the Technology of Positive Reinforcement in the Applied Setting |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Todd M. Streff (Great Strides Behavioral Consulting, Inc.) |
Discussant: Jolene R. Sy (Saint Louis University) |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of reinforcement in the clinical arena has typically employed a number of treatment strategies. Response classes have been acquired by human subjects using delayed reinforcement. The studies compiled in this symposium will detail the use of positive reinforcement as a treatment strategy in the applied setting. An investigation of the effects of both immediate and delayed reinforcement will be examined with respect to dually diagnosed adults in a residential treatment facility. A comparison of the effects of schedule based presentations of positive reinforcement compared to delays of reinforcement that were extended up to one week. Data will be presented that demonstrates the efficacy of both immediate and delayed reinforcement in the goal setting behavior and functional behavior of adults with severe developmental disabilities and psychiatric conditions. A similar methodology will be reported for children using a self-control procedure and progressive delays to reinforcement. Each of these applied studies will demonstrate this powerful behavioral technology in the treatment of both adults and children with special needs. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of the Transition From Immediate to Delayed Reinforcement via the Use of a Token System in Dually Diagnosed Males With Severe Aggressive Behavior |
PATRICK ADAM BONNER (AWS) |
Abstract: This project involved an investigation into the effects of changing schedules of reinforcement on functional goal completion in adults with dually diagnosed developmental disabilities/psychiatric issues and extensive histories of high risk aggressive behavior. Initially, each individual was placed on positive reinforcement contingencies using an FI 1 schedule of reinforcement for the absence of aggressive responding. Data were taken on the weekly frequency of aggressive behavior and reinforcement made available contingent upon passage of a pre-determined interval criteria for absence of the behavior. This was followed by the individuals being placed in a weekly goal setting program, which introduced a delay of reinforcement of 1 week. Finally a token system in the form of a coupon exchange system was put into place that further extended the response requirements and replaced tangible and social reinforcement with conditioned reinforcers. Data showed that individuals in the study displayed significant increases in functional goal completion scores and self-reported mood scores, as well as concomitant decreases in aggressive responding. |
|
A Self-Control Procedure Using Conditional Discrimination Training With Children Who Have Impulsive Behaviors |
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present study extends previous research on self-control procedures and the transformation of stimulus functions. Experiment 1 consisted of 3 participants who had been diagnosed with developmental delays between the ages of 6 and 8 years old who participated in a multiple baseline design. They were exposed to a preference assessment, a naturalistic baseline, and a choice baseline before the relational training and testing was implemented. Re-exposure to the choice baseline after the conditional discrimination training occurred to support the transformation of functions. Experiment 2 replicated the procedure with children with brain injuries from the ages of 9 to 14 years old. Results showed the alteration of preferences from the small, immediate reinforcer initially, to the larger, more delayed reinforcer following the intervention in both experiments. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of both Immediate and Delayed Reinforcement on the Display of Severe Aggression in Dually Diagnosed Adults |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (AWS) |
Abstract: This project involved an investigation into the comprehensive use of positive reinforcement contingencies in the management of severe aggressive behavior in adults with dually diagnosed developmental disabilities/psychiatric issues. A comprehensive behavioral incentive program based upon positive reinforcement was implemented with each of 8 females with extensive histories of high risk aggressive behavior. Each of the females was started on an FI 1 schedule of reinforcement for the absence of aggressive responding. This differential reinforcement program resulted in the immediate provision of reinforcement once they had gone for a specified period of time with no aggressive behavior noted. The schedule was then thinned to include progressively longer response requirements in order to obtain the identified reinforcer. The data show that each of the clients that was included in this program displayed significant reductions in physical aggression, property destruction, and other forms of aggressive behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Complex Verbal Processes |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Deric E. Toney (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Deric E. Toney, M.A. |
Abstract: Verbal behavior is implicated in all forms of complex human behavior. Yet many of the most common types of these behaviors have met with little conceptual analyses. This, in turn has prevented a robust empirical investigation of these phenomena. This symposium is aimed at providing a detailed conceptual basis for subsequent research and practice. |
Keyword(s): Interbehaviorism, Perspective-Taking, Self-Knowledge, Verbal Behavior |
|
Say You're Sorry. . . a Behavioral Analysis of Apologies and Forgiveness |
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Within in any relationship between humans, there exists a certain functional status quo concerning the partys interactions. This status quo is maintained by a mutual differential reinforcement of each partys responses. A disruption of this condition occurs when one of the parties engages in an offensive response that negatively affects the other party. As a result of this behavior, the responses of both parties contact altered consequences. The offended partys response to this behavior creates a socially aversive condition for the offending party. The termination of this aversive condition now has reinforcing properties and any behavior that has effectively terminated this condition is more likely to occur. This behavior is an apology. Upon further analysis, an apology can be conceptualized as a verbal response declaring pain. Commonly, the verbal stimulus of declaring pain terminates the aversive condition for the offended party. In essence, pain relieves pain. In this presentation, the author will discuss the conditions under which apologies occur and the maintaining consequences for such behavior. Additionally, the similarities between apologies and revenge will be discussed in attempts to shed light on one of the most common behaviors emitted in a relationship. |
|
The Role of Verbal Behavior in Perspective-Taking |
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Perspective-taking is essential for the development of appropriate communication skills and positive social interactions; therefore it is not surprising that this phenomenon has been studied extensively. This paper will provide a brief overview of the various approaches to perspective-taking, including Theory of Mind and Relational Frame Theory. Particular emphasis will be placed on the potential contribution of an interbehavioral approach to perspective-taking, in particular, the role of the shared history between individuals. An explanation of which variables are necessary for the development of perspective-taking in the interpersonal relationship will be provided. In this paper, perspective-taking is conceptualized on a continuum along greater degrees of complexity wherein categories of this skill can be organized. Discussion will involve the increased interest in the role of verbal behavior in perspective-taking, particularly where along the continuum verbal behavior is required. A better understanding of the conceptualization of perspective-taking and the role of verbal behavior in this phenomenon has important implications for basic and applied research, and practice. |
|
Self-knowledge: Past and Future |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: What it means to know oneself, as this notion pertains to one’s current behavior, be it public or “private”, presents little difficulty from an analytical standpoint. To know is to act with respect to current stimulation, perhaps in multiple ways, and one’s own behavior is no less a source of stimulation than any other. What it means to know oneself as this notion applies to what one has done or will do is more problematic. The sources of stimulation for past and future events are, at least from an object standpoint, not available in the present, and anything not present cannot be held to be effective in that circumstance. The analyses of such events from a behavior analytic perspective reflect this problem: They are incomplete and inadequate. The aim of this paper is to examine with respect to what a person is responding when they speak of what they have done or will do. In making this analysis, it will be argued that both “past” and “future” events are aspects of the current situation by way of elaborated forms of substitute stimulation. |
|
|
|
|
Historical Investigations |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
|
The Consequences of the Human Origins of B. F. Skinner's Theory of the Operant |
Domain: Theory |
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women) |
|
Abstract: In Oslo, Norway in 2009 (one paper: The Surprising Origins of Skinners Theory) and in Denver, Colorado (two papers: The Experimental Origins of Skinners Theory - and The Human Origins of Skinners Theory) I argued that the origins of B. F. Skinners theory of the operant originated not in animal research, but in an obscure paper from 1934-6. That paper is based on an experiment on humans. I showed further that Skinner himself underestimated this paper, not reproducing it in his collection of papers, Cumulative Record. I got Skinner to admit to this in an interview in 1983, that in fact Skinners very first research on operant behavior is an experment on humans. This changes everything. We can no longer say that Skinners theory is dubious as it is an extrapolation of basic animal research to the very complicated field of human (verbal) behavior, but exactly the other way around. In this paper I will address the consequences of this fact and examine the nature of the unit that Skinner proposes for his theory - the operant. I will further examine how basic textbooks of psychology all represent Skinners theory incorrectly, and furthermore show that even though Skinner very early seems to have abandoned literature, he had in fact all along, two research traditions going on at the same time, basic animal research, and a literary one based analysis on human verbal behavior. It is only when these come together - sometime around 1934 - (not in 1957, when Verbal Behavior is finally published) that his basic theory of the operant comes to be. So we see that Skinner does not reject his literary background, as is generally assumed, but that in fact his unique theory of radical behaviorism would not have developed as it did, if he had not approached the field of behaviorism in psychology from this strange and unscientific base of literature. The final consequence of all this is that this basic unit a of analysis - the operant - is applicable to all behavior of all organisms just because it is originally suggested by an analysis of human verbal behavior. |
|
Why I Am Not a Rationalist: Parallels B
etween Hume's Empiricism and Radical Behaviorism |
Domain: Theory |
ANDREW ERNEST NUZZOLILLI (Eastern Connecticut State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
|
Abstract: The analysis of similarities between philosophical systems allows for conceptual development of the systems in question. David Hume was a Scottish philosopher credited with the initial development of the underpinnings of modern philosophy of science across disciplines and his inductive logic is still broadly influential in science today. Although he has not previously been emphasized as an influence on B. F. Skinner, the ideas initially advanced by David Hume were subsequently developed in Skinner's writings. This paper analyzes similarities between the philosophical systems of Hume and Skinner, focusing on their conceptualization of causality and their approach to the scientific method. Intellectual antecedents leading up to the work of these thinkers and possible consequences of following their philosophical systems are discussed. Tracing radical behaviorism's antecedents from the empiricist movement of the early modern period and the successive approximations of proto-behaviorist ideas allows for additional conceptual clarity when examining radical behaviorism and its position amongst other worldviews. |
|
Crozier's Relationship to Loeb: Literal, Figurative, Rhetorical |
Domain: Theory |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: William J. Crozier was Jacques Loeb’s colleague in early twentieth-century American behavioral biology. However their student-to-teacher relationship has been subject to conflicting claims, which I resolve. First, after describing the claims and other works, I conclude that Crozier was only figuratively Loeb’s student. Second, after addressing the source of the misportrayals, I conclude that B. F. Skinner was their source. Although he revised his claim, the misportrayals continued. I consider the reasons why. Third, after analyzing the nature of historiographic error, I conclude that the misportrayal was more technical than substantive, more slight than constructed, and more trivial than grievous. Nevertheless, the term student has rhetorical command beyond mere description. It suggests that students’ standpoints are their teachers’ standpoints, when they may differ significantly. I illustrated this by describing Loeb’s, Crozier’s, and Skinner’s contributions to science. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Safety Skills to Individuals With Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Presenting Authors: : RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Children and adults with disabilities may be exposed to various safety threats in their lifetimes. These include the threat of abduction, sexual abuse, firearm injury, poisoning, and pedestrian injuries to name a few. This presentation will discuss best practices in assessment and training of safety skills for the various safety threats faced by individuals with disabilities. Topics covered in this tutorial will include strategies for valid and reliable assessment of safety skills with an emphasis on the use of naturalistic or in situ assessments; the selection of target behavior and stimuli needed for successful training; the successful use of behavioral skills training procedures and variations for the acquisition of safety skills; and strategies for promoting generalization and maintenance of the safety skills to the environments and circumstances where the safety skills are needed. Finally, issues of cost, efficiency, and accessibility of training will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: _ |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
- Describe the safety threats faced by individuals with disabilities and the safety skills needed to respond safely to these threats
- Describe the strategies for assessing safety skills
- Describe behavioral skills training and in situ training for teaching safety skills
- Describe strategies for promoting generalization of safety skills
|
|
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Ray Miltenberger received his Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Western Michigan University in 1985. He is the director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Master�s Program at the University of South Florida. Dr. Miltenberger is a Fellow and past president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He serves (or has served) on the editorial boards of JABA, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavioral Interventions, the Behavior Analyst, and Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions and is the Literature Review Editor for Education and Treatment of Children. Dr. Miltenberger�s research focuses on safety skills, staff training and management, behavior analysis in sports and fitness, and functional assessment and treatment of problem behaviors. He has published over 185 journal articles and chapters, has co-edited a text on analysis and treatment of tics and repetitive behavior disorders, and has written a behavior modification textbook, now in its fifth edition. Dr. Miltenberger has received a number of awards for his teaching and research including the 2008 APA Division 25 Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research and the 2009 Outstanding Mentorship Award from the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
|
|
|
Analyzing Complex Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
101 (TCC) |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Robert Dlouhy (Western Michigan University) |
|
Controlling Variables and Response Topographies Across Languages: A Behavior-Analytic Study of Tense |
Domain: Basic Research |
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The term tense is commonly used to denote the time when an action referred to in an utterance takes place. Although this notion may seem straightforward, a behavior-analytic interpretation reveals that tense is more than a simple tact of the time of an action. Tense responses are made in relation to the moment of speaking (or emission of the response) and are therefore deictic, relative to the speaker's present. The particular temporal features that are responded to differ from one verbal community to another. Linguists have studied these differences extensively, and within linguistics such studies comprise the subfield known as linguistic typology. Typological studies have never been done from a behavior-analytic theoretical view, but this paper will attempt to do so. Besides reviewing the variations of temporal relations different verbal communities respond to, this paper examines the types of response topographies community members use for tense responses. With better descriptions of contextual variables controlling tense responses and their corresponding topographies, behavior analysts will more effectively work on questions of how verbal behavior is learned. |
|
Verbal Behavior in Short-Term Romantic Interactions: Playing the “Dating Game” |
Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER A. WADE (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: How something is said as opposed to simply what is said is often important in social interactions; this is the domain of autoclitics. The work presented here is an extension of a previous naturalistic study collecting verbal behavior during short-term potentially romantic interactions. Study one investigated the roles of a variety of verbal operants in the prediction of interest (via “yes” or “no” ratings) in a heterosexual partner during audio and video-taped speed-dating events (please see attached graph for detailed profiles of two participants out of the total 58 participants studied). Study two systematically manipulated types of autoclitics used by a confederate date “match” in an online speed-dating scenario. In particular, a variety of manipulative and descriptive autoclitics making reference to the self versus other, certainty and uncertainty, and reference to the speaker’s own motivational state were varied within and across participant interactions. Data analysis using both behavior analytic and multivariate techniques will be presented. The advantages of a behavior analytic approach to what we speak of as “flirtation” in addition to other complex social phenomena will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
ABAI Presidential Address: Now What Shall We Do? |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
|
ABAI Presidential Address: Now What Shall We Do? |
Abstract: They are beginning to listen to us even if they do not know that they are doing so. To be sure, we are not often getting enough credit for it and then made unfairly to share that credit with others, e.g., with economists. Yet they are employing the law of effect and following Skinner’s dicta; taxes are exacted in the form of reinforcement contingencies; school attendance is reinforced with money; New Year’s resolutions are converted to behavior carried out because their carried out promise is made contingent on consequence; everyone admits that children suffering from autism are helped by behavior analytic treatment and our work is recognized and appreciated by the parents; psychoanalysts are admitting they cannot do it all and cognitive therapists are giving homework; that is, they are recognizing that behavior is involved in therapeutic progress. Applied behavior analysts are now at long last recognized, yeah, even sought out and preferred. And we are now seeking out reinforcement for our behavior in our search for recognition by government, not just by fellow scientists. We have much to learn as we travel the bumpy road to further progress in both science and application. When we circle the wagons, and are feeling we must be armed, we load our guns; we must then adhere to but one basic principle: shoot out, not in! |
|
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University) |
|
Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D. is Senior Scholar in Residence at Hofstra University in Hempstead, N.Y. since January 2003. He was Executive Director for Science at the American Psychological Association (APA) from 2001 to 2003. He’s been President of the New York Academy of Sciences, has served on the Board of Directors of the APA, and been president of Divisions 1 (General Psychology) and 25 (Behavior Analysis), and of the American Association of Applied and Preventive Psychology. He also served as the first Chair of the Board of the Cambridge Center from 1986–1988, subsequently as a member until 1991 and again a member of the Board from 2004 to 2007. He is author or editor of 12 books and over 120 articles and book chapters. The most recent book was edited with M. R. Serper in 2009: Behavioral Mechanisms and Psychopathology. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association. He has varied research interests, including behavior analysis applied to human beings, dogs, rats, and goldfish, schizophrenia, verbal behavior of children and adults and history of psychology. He has both given grants (when a program officer at the National Science Foundation) and received them (when professor of psychology at Hofstra University and Polytechnic University of New York and Principal Research Scientist at the New York State Psychiatric Institute) for his own research. He received the Sustained Superior Performance Award from the NSF, the Stratton Award from the American Psychopathological Association, the APA Presidential Award and the Most Meritorious Article Award from the Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. In 2002, he was Presidential Scholar for the Association for Behavior Analysis. In 2009-2010 he was elected president of the Eastern Psychological Association. He was elected president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International for 2011-2012. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: International Certification Development |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Neil T. Martin (European Association for Behaviour Analysis) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will address important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) credentials; professional experience, coursework, and degree requirements; approved course sequences; international examination administration; eligibility standards; and applications for examination. Special emphasis will be on how individual countries can work with the BACB to develop time-limited alternative pathways for their residents to qualify for the BACB examinations. The presentation also will provide an overview of the current status of the BACB and its certificants. The presentation will focus on development of the BACB in the future, particularly as it relates to certification outside of the United States. |
Keyword(s): BACB, certification, international, non-us |
|
|
|
|
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Review Board |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to review submission data from the last year for the journal and to discuss issues surrounding the journal. This is an open meeting, and members of the Editorial Review Board, as well as any other interested parties, are welcome to attend. |
Keyword(s): Editorial Board, ETC, Review Board |
|
|
|
|
Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
604 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Elizabeth Fong Hughes (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Presenting Authors: |
We will meet and discuss updates and business related to the SIG. |
Keyword(s): MABA, Multicultural |
|
|
|
|
Behavior and Social Issues Editorial Board Meeting |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behavior and Social Issues is an interdisciplinary journal focusing on applications of behavior analytic and cultural analytic science to social, human rights, and environmental issues. The journal also encourages submissions related to the development of cultural analytic science as a subdiscipline. The editorial board will discuss our progress in expanding our open-access, on-line presence; steps toward further institutionalizing the journal; and strategies for expanding the number of high quality submissions over the coming year. |
Keyword(s): human rights, social justice, sustainability |
|
|
|
|
Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group (STEP SIG) |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
401 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities. |
Keyword(s): sex education, sex research, sexual behavior |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
613/614 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Christine Hoffner Barthold (University of Delaware) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the meeting is to conduct the business of the Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG. We will update members on the events of last year and set goals for the coming year. Even if you are new and have never attended a business meeting before, please feel free to join us. Membership in the SIG is not required to attend. |
Keyword(s): Business Meeting, SIG, Teaching |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
4C-1 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Center for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for next year's convention. The Clinical SIG is looking to expand involvement in its newsletter by including program updates from graduate programs and faculty that provide training in clinical behavior analysis (CBA). Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): clinical, SIG |
|
|
|
|
All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! Direct Instruction Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Wendy L. Kozma (Evergreen Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
Direct instruction (DI) is a highly effective, evidence-based practice for teaching academic skills. To be effective, the instructional process must be efficient and designed to maximize learner engagement. Effective instruction further requires that the educator be knowledgeable and skillful in several critical domains. The successful educator is able to identify the essential skills or learning objectives to be taught and utilizes effective procedures for teaching those skills; this includes evaluating, selecting, and modifying instructional programs and materials to meet the unique needs of the learner. The effective instructor utilizes assessment data to appropriately place learners and to regularly monitor their progress. The successful educator utilizes effective lesson presentation techniques including appropriate pacing of instructional tasks, attending to the motivation of learners, and the diagnosis and correction of learner errors. Finally, the effective instructor analyzes assessment data and uses assessment results to guide instructional decision making. All professionals and students interested in direct instruction are welcome to attend the DI SIG business meeting. Join us in working to promote evidence-based instructional practices! |
Keyword(s): Direct Instruction |
|
|
|
|
Developmental Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The mission of the Behavior Development Bulletin (BDB) is to provide behavior analysts with peer reviewed scientific information of interest to the behavior community, including research in cognitive development, child emotional development, developmental theory, and socialization. Since its inception, the BDB has published articles of an inter- and multi-disciplinary nature, including areas of socio-biology and behavioral methodology. The BDB is especially relevant to behavior analysts who study the developmental processes responsible for behavior changes and their progressive organization. The BDB hopes to provide answers by looking at the biological and environmental factors that affect behavioral development, while maintaining primary interest in the role of environmental contingencies in behavior change. |
|
|
|
|
AAB Monday evening session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Abstract: #none# |
|
|
|
|
AUT Monday evening session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Effects of Video Modeling to Improve Conversation Skills for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AYUKO KONDO (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: In spoken Japanese, back-channel feedback, the supportive verbal response to the speakers, play important role for conversation. In the present study, we examined whether video modeling improve back-channel feedback of two boys with autism (Child A and B). Pre-post design was used for assessments, and multiple baseline design was used for interventions. In the assessments, the experimenter said to him, my favorite is (target item), and the following response was recorded. This conversation repeated with 10 different items. For the intervention, there are four phases: Baseline, Video Modeling (VM), Imitation, and Roleplaying. For all phases, the experimenter showed him some pictures, and told him by pointing one of the pictures, This is my favorite, and the boys responses were recorded as a block of 10 trials after the intervention. In VM, two adults talked which one they like better by watching some pictures, and back-channel feedback each other in the video. In imitation, the boy was required to imitate the back-channel feedback while watching the video. In roleplaying, the boy practiced using back-channel feedback with prompt after watching the video with imitation. The results demonstrated that using video modeling increased the frequency of back-channel feedback for both children. |
|
|
2. Contingencies That Influence the Health Behaviors of Children With Autism and Their Families |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SUNEETA KERCOOD (Butler University), Janice A. Grskovic (Indiana University Northwest) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis methodologies are being applied to issues in public health more than ever before. For example, reinforcement contingencies in individual, community, social, and cultural factors are being identified. Health behaviors are influenced by individual factors (e.g., physical/cognitive/ behavioral), local factors (e.g., home, school, work, family, community environments), policy factors (e.g., health policy, laws, media), and specific cultural influences. The analysis of behavioral and environmental contingences influencing health behaviors, especially for individuals with disabilities and their families/caretakers, is important to reduce the prevalence of primary and secondary chronic disease (and related health care costs) and their subsequent potential social consequences, such as reduced interactions in the community, additional challenges for their family/caregivers, and low self concept. In this study, 94 parents of children with Autism were surveyed on their childrens diet, physical activity, and preventive healthcare, and barriers to healthy practices. In this poster we will present results from this study focusing on contigencies that promote and challenge regular physical activity for children with Autism. Implications of the study could lead to the development of disability-specific nutritional and health programs. |
|
|
3. Social Validity of Early Behavioral Intervention for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders in Mainstream Child Care |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Annie Paquet (Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres), MELINA RIVARD (CRDI Monteregie-Est), Carmen Dionne (Universite du Quebec � Trois-Rivi�res), Jacques Forget (Universite de Quebec a Montreal), Beatrice Balmy (Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres) |
Abstract: In 2003, The Department of Health and Social Services of Quebec gives the mandate to implement early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Different intervention strategies resulting from the applied behavior analysis (ABA), in particular, discrete trial training (DTT) and incidental teaching (IT) are used. The perception of Stakeholders (those receiving, implementing or consenting) about the relevance, feasibility and effects of a program or a procedure can influence their choice and maintenance of those interventions. (Machalicek et al., 2008). In behavior analysis the degree of acceptance of a procedure or a program designed to change behaviors is called social validity (Carter, 2010). More precisely, the social significance of goals, the appropriateness of procedures and the social importance of the effects correspond to the concept of social validity (eg., Carter, 2010; Hamilton & Zoitas, 2003; Schaeffert & Clment, 2010). To date, little information is available about the choice of strategies and the social validity of those strategies when EIBI services are offered in mainstream childcare. The aim of this study is to assess the social validity of DTT and IT providing during EIBI services in mainstream childcare as perceived by interventionist and key partners of the integration of children with ASD (educators of childcare and parents). Method: The Treatment Evaluation Inventory Short-Form (TEI-SF) (Kelley et al., 1989) is translated and adapted in French with the permission of the author. It is integrated in a questionnaire and used to evaluate social validity of the EIBI in general, and more precisely of DTT and IT. A short presentation of the application of each of those intervention strategies is proposed before respondents can complete de TEI-SF. Preliminary data are presented. |
|
|
4. One Stop Shop: Transforming the Therapeutic Experience Using an Integrated Clinical Model |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEANNE B. BALDWIN (Peel Behavioural Services), Patricia Cheston (Trillium Health Centre POPS), Kristie Hannahson (Peel Behavioural Services), Joan Moore (Trillium Health Centre POPS), Melanie Latimer (Trillium Health Centre POPS) |
Abstract: Peel Behavioural Services and the Paediatric Outpatient Services at Trillium Health Centre have created a model where a multidisciplinary team comprised of a Psychologist, Behaviour Therapist, Occupational Therapist and Speech Language Pathologist coordinate efforts to assess/treat children with Autism Spectrum disorder. Dawson et al (2010) conducted the first randomized, controlled trial which demonstrated the efficiency of a comprehensive developmental behavioural intervention for toddlers with ASD for improving cognitive function, adaptive behaviour and severity of the ASD diagnosis. Children in the Early Start Denver Model showed significant improvement when compared to a group of children receiving only community intervention. This model elaborates on these findings. Joint assessment, comprehensive planning, parent training, behavioural intervention, speech language intervention, and occupational therapy are implemented by one team in a coordinated effort. Treatment occurs both in centre and in the home setting. This allows for multiple intervention opportunities, consistent communication with the family and a simplified treatment approach. It is cost effective in that existing resources are utilized in a more efficient coordinated manner. The poster will present both the model and an initial case study which examines implementation and effectiveness. |
|
|
5. Targeting Appropriate Goals for the Treatment of Adults with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DARYN KALMUS (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Robert Haupt (Autism Spectrum Therapies), William D. Frea (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: The aging autism epidemic is presenting a major challenge to social services system wide. As more teens and adults with autism require training to prepare for independent home living and community membership, program development is desperately needed (Gerhardt & Lainer, 2011; Taylor & Seltzer, 2011).
One approach to building the capacity for independent functioning is self-management. The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has generated an impressive evidence base for self-management training methods (Hume, Loftin, & Lantz, 2009; Koegel, Frea, & Surrat, 1994; Lee, Simpson, & Shogren, 2007). For example, self-management focuses on independence, with the expectation that the individual will learn to define goals, measure their behavior, and maintain contingencies that will develop or change behavior (e.g., Frea & Hughes, 1997; Koegel, Koegel, Hurley, & Frea, 1992).
This paper discusses a newly developed program for teens and adults with autism that utilizes self-management to target independent home living, employment, and community skills. Participants in this program range from those preparing for the transition to adulthood to those who have already transitioned but are struggling to become more independent. The process for goal development and implementation will be described in detail and examples of programming options and outcomes will be provided. |
|
|
6. An Analysis of the Relation Between Restraint Reduction and Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFF SCHRAM (New England Center For Children), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: There has been a nationwide movement towards trying to decrease the use of restraint with individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. In this study, archival data were analyzed to determine whether restraint reduction was associated with increases in problem behavior. Data for 10 individuals who had a significant decrease in restraints were reviewed. This analysis examined rates of problem behavior, specifically self-injurious behavior and aggression, prior to and after the decrease in holds. Results revealed that there was no reliable increase in problem behavior associated with decreases in restraints; in fact, rates of problem behavior decreased for seven of ten students as restraints were decreased. These findings suggest that restraint use can be decreased without concomitant increases in problem behavior. |
|
|
7. Outcomes Following One Year of a PublicEarly Intensive Behavior Intervention Program for Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorder on Intellectual Functioning, Adaptive Behaviors and Autistic Symptoms |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELINA RIVARD (CRDI Monteregie-Est), Claudel Parent-Boursier (Université du Québec à Montréal), Amélie Terroux (Centre de réadaptation Montérégie Est), Celine Mercier (University de Montreal) |
Abstract: EIBI have been shown to be an evidence based practice for preschoolers with ASD and lead to significant gains in childrens development and learning (Eikeseth et al., 2002; Makrygianni & Reed, 2010; Perry et al., 2011). Since 2003, EIBI was selected as the intervention of choice in Quebec (Canada) by the Ministry of Health and Social Services, who have mandated the 19 public rehabilitation centers to deliver it to young children with ASD and their family. The current study describes the outcomes following one year (20hours/week) of EIBI in one public rehabilitation center on three measures: intellectual functioning, adaptive behaviors and severity of autistic symptoms. Method. 60 children with ASD have participated to this study (age mean = 4.3). An intellectual evaluation (WPPSI-III; Wechsler, 2003) is conducted with the child. An evaluation of the severity of the autistic symptoms (CARS; Schopler, Frith, & Daly, 1980) is completed by the public rehabilitation centers therapists. Adaptive behaviors (ABAS-II; Harrison and Oakland, 2000) are evaluated by the childs parents. Results. T-tests revealed significant difference after one year on two out of the three outcomes: intellectual functioning (t (57) = -4.80; p <0.00) and adaptive behaviors (t (53) = -3.84; p<0.00). The severity of autistic symptoms are marginally different after intervention (t (59) = 1.89; p<0.06). Conclusion. Those results revealed that significant gains are obtain on intellectual functioning and adaptive behaviors after a year of EIBI. For intensity of autistic symptoms, the difference is less noticeable. Findings will be discussed in terms of clinical impacts. |
|
|
8. Literature Review: Autism Diagnostic Observations Schedule and Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule-Generic, 1989-2010 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
DEIRDRE M. MULDOON (University of New Mexico Center for Development and Disability) |
Abstract: The Autism Diagnostic Observations Schedule (ADOS-G) is a semi structured assessment of social interaction, communication, play and imagination. The ADOS-G is a combination of an earlier version the ADOS and the Pre-Linguistic Autism Diagnostic Observation Scale (PL-ADOS). The ADOS-G now consists of 2 domains (previously 3) that are applied to a revised scoring/cut-off algorithm. To provide more detail on the extent to which the external validity of this assessment tool has been replicated since the combination of the ADOS and the PL-ADOS; and to examine the sensitivity of the ADOS-G in differentiating PDD-NOS from other ASDs, 13 studies from medical and educational databases, were reviewed. Results show that the external validity of the ADOS has been replicated once since 1999. It remains difficult to correctly differentiate PDD-NOS from other ASDs using the ADOS-G. This review showed that the validity and improved sensitivity of the revised algorithms has been replicated in several studies. Limitations arose given the requirement for professionals to be research trained; the limited number of authors reviewing and analyzing data; and the thrice repeated use of the same cohort in data analysis. Questions around sensitivity arose if the ADOS was not administered in combination with other tests. |
|
|
9. Treatment for a Pubescent Female with Aggressive Behavior in a Home Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LACEY R. BAILEY (Help Services, Inc.), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State University) |
Abstract: Researchers have established that setting events can exacerbate the aversive qualities of task demands and influence rates of problem behavior (Backeljauw, Rose & Lawson , 2004; Burke, Kalpakjian, Smith & Quint, 2010; Carr, Smith, Giacin, Whelan, & Pancari, 2003). Increased levels of severe behavior have been positively correlated with many physiological conditions, including otitis media, constipation, allergies, menses, sleep deprivation and urinary tract infections (Burke, et al., 2009; Carr & Owen-DeSchryver, 2007; Carr, et al. 2003; Christensen, Ringdahl, Bosch, Falcomata, Luke, & Andelman, 2009; Ibrahim, Voigt, Katusic, Weaver & Barbaresi, 2009). Similarly, task demands and daily routines can influence rates of severe behavior. Especially for those individuals who are escape motivated (Carr, et al. 2003; Foxx & Meindl, 2007). Conversely, the appropriate manipulation of both biological and psychosocial setting events can decrease the rate and intensity of problem behavior (Backeljauw, et al., 2004; Boutot & Tincani, 2009; Carr, et al., 2003; Christensen, et al., 2009; Foxx & Meindl, 2007). This case study, done in an applied setting, will focus on one class of biological setting events: menses. This case study demonstrates the importance of a comprehensive and collaborative approach to treating severe behavior using an alternating-treatment design. |
|
|
10. Functional Communication Training With a Toddler With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA LEIGH WAGNER (Gonzaga University), Evan Tyler Anderson (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: In this study we examined the effects of functional communication on aberrant behavior following a functional analysis. The participant was 2 years old and diagnosed with autism. She engaged in severe aberrant behavior, which included aggression, tantrums, and destruction. The functional analysis showed an escape function therefore FCT was based on escape. We began Functional Communication Training via a microswitch, then transitioned to a card, followed by the use of verbal mands. Parent training was conducted both in the successfully in the clinical setting and in the home. All assessment and treatment sessions were videotaped and coded using a 6-second partial interval recording system. Two independent observers achieved 90% agreement on over 33% of the sessions. Results showed that aberrant behavior during FCT decreased from a high of 98% to a low of 0% by the end of treatment. Manding was a 0% during the initial stages of treatment and increased to 20%. |
|
|
11. A Comparison of Procedures for Teaching Phase 1 of the Picture Exchange Communication System |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL FREEDMAN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Meagan Elderkin (Autism Consultants of New Brunswick) |
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is widely used in teaching individuals with autism spectrum disorders to initiate communication with other people (Bondy and Frost, 1994). According to the PECS teaching protocol (Bondy and Frost, 1994), phase 1 requires two teachers working with the student simultaneously; the first teacher serves as the Communicative Partner, while the second teacher is the Physical Prompter. Having two trained teachers present during all PECS training sessions is not always practical. For this reason, researchers have raised the question of whether it may be possible to effectively teach phase 1 of PECS with only 1 teacher present (Ross and Lavallee, 2009). The current study compared the number o f trials to acquisition of an independent mand in the two conditions (1 trainer and two trainers). The order of treatments (1 teacher or 2 teachers) was randomly assigned, interobserver agreement data as well as procedural fidelity data were collected. Results suggest variability across students and that some students may acquire the independent mand more rapidly in the single trainer condition. |
|
|
12. Investigating Variables Related to Treatment Progress Using an Electronic-Data-Collection System |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDRE MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University), Greg Olmstead (Mobile Thinking, LLC) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder affects nearly 1 in 110 children and research has shown that early intervention using evidence-based treatments results in the best outcomes. The goal of this study was to evaluate data collected using an electronic data collection system (mTrial) to identify variables related to overall treatment progress. We evaluated the relationship between treatment progress in early intervention programs in specific curriculum areas to overall treatment progress and the rate at which different skills are mastered. Data on the skill programs targeted and the number of correct and incorrect responses were collected for five children in ABA programs during an average eight-month period. The number of mastered programs within curriculum areas was counted and the average found for the total programs mastered as well as the average programs mastered. Results showed a significant correlation between the number of imitation programs mastered (p < 0.01) and the total number of programs mastered as well as between the number of discrimination programs mastered (p < 0.05) and the total number of programs mastered. These data suggest that student performance in specific curriculum areas may be related to overall treatment progress and demonstrate the potential importance of utilizing an electronic data collection system. |
|
|
13. Intervention to Avoidance of Dog-Related Stimuli for a Boy With Asperger's Syndrome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YUMIKO SASADA (Hamamatsu-City Medical and Welfare Center for Development), Kenji Okuda (Ohka Gakuen University) |
Abstract: Study Objectives:Effectiveness of walking home from school procedure for the boy with Asperger's disorder who must be accompanied by a parent from school to school to avoid dog-related stimuli were evaluated, using token economy and exposure. Participant:A 10-year-old boy with Aspergers disorder Intervention: In phase 1, the token economy was carried out by the way home from school. In phase 2, in addition to the token economy, made the exposure of the dog-related stimuli. In Phase 3, only a token economy continued. Results:In phase1, the boy could walk home from school without riding mothers bicycle. In Phase 2, began spontaneously from school alone and led to 100% in Phase 3. Conclusion: The results indicate that the intervention using token economy and exposure was effective to modification avoidance of dog-related stimuli, for the boy with Aspergers disorders. Future, it is necessary to clarify the relevance of each procedures and behavior change. |
|
|
14. A Comparison of Maintenance and Highly Preferred Tasks in the High-Probability Instructional Sequence |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHLEEN ESCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have conducted a number of studies on the phenomena of behavioral momentum. Within the applied domain, this phenomenon is often studied under the auspices of task interspersal or the high-probability instructional sequence. While a number of studies have demonstrated that the high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence is an effective intervention to increase compliance with a range of tasks, the high-p sequence is not always found to be effective. This study attempted to understand what makes the high-probability instructional sequence effective by examining two variations of it: 1) requesting the individual to engage in three high-p maintenance tasks prior to engaging in the low-p task, and 2) requesting the individual to engage in three highly-preferred high-p tasks prior to engaging in the low-p task. Results indicated that compliance with the low-p task was higher in the highly-preferred high-p condition relative to the maintenance high-p condition. This finding was demonstrated in a multiple-baseline design across three tasks. Results are interpreted in a broadly defined respondent paradigm. Implications for understanding effective antecedent interventions are provided. |
|
|
15. Using Video Technology To Reduce Problem Behavior Associated With Being Alone |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BAILEY SCHERBAK (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Ainsley Thompson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Stromberg (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Non-contingent reinforcement is a common treatment component for individuals with attention maintained behavior, specifically when caregiver attention is unavailable. Multiple studies have shown non-contingent tangible items are near equally effective as non-contingent attention, and in many cases may be a more practical alternative (Hanley, Piazza and Fisher, 1997; Fisher et al., 2004). However, this approach might be problematic for individuals who dont regularly engage with toys or have adequate play skills. In the current study a 14 year old female with autism was assessed for the treatment of problem behavior. Functional analysis results suggested that her problem behavior occurred most often when she was presented with demands or when she was left alone. Initial preference assessments showed no clear preference for tangible items. Her most preferred activity involved caregiver interaction. A video preference assessment concluded the highest levels of engagement were observed with individualized videos of therapist-client interaction. These videos were then used along with therapist fading to teach the individual to tolerate being alone for increased amounts of time. At the conclusion of the intervention, the individual consistently tolerated 15 minutes of alone time in the absence of problem behavior. Non-individualized videos were also generalized into these sessions. |
|
|
16. The Use of LEGO to Increase the Social Skills of Children Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE PHILLIPS (St. Lawrence College), Andrew McNamara (St. Lawrence College), Ken Roberts (Lancaster Drive Public School) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder is now recognized as the most common neurological disorder in children (Geneva Centre for Autism, 2011), with impairments in social competence and communication being among the major characteristics of this disorder (Ministry of Education, 2007). This AB multiple-subject design focused on increasing the social skills of six males, aged 5 to 10-years-old, with autism spectrum disorder. The primary intervention was LEGO therapy, with other selected interventions including token reinforcements, verbal prompts, modeling, stimulus prompts, and social reinforcers. LEGO Club lasted for 18 days, and was used as an intervention procedure to increase social interactions between children with autism and their peers. There were six groups and each group was comprised of a child from the Autism Support Classroom, a Grade 4 neurotypical peer, and a Grade 8 intermediate supervisor. Results indicated that the intervention was moderately effective at increasing five of the six children’s rate of social interactions. This study adds to the growing literature that LEGO therapy can teach and enhance the social skills of children diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
17. Treatment of Food Selectivity Using Stimulus Fading, Modified Simultaneous Presentation, and Shaping |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DAWN BIRK-INSTRELLA (Institute for Child Development), Rachel N.S. Cavalari (Binghamton University), Tracy Smith (Institute for Child Development), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development), Linda Matey (Institute for Child Development) |
Abstract: Food selectivity, defined as consuming a limited repertoire of foods, is a commonly associated feature of autism spectrum disorders. Food selectivity can be developed and maintained by a number of stimulus variables, including non-preferred taste, texture, smell, brand, appearance, and presentation of food items. Importantly, both antecedent and consequent interventions have shown efficacy in remediating food selectivity and mealtime behavioral rigidity. This poster will present the implementation of a combined treatment program using stimulus fading, modified simultaneous presentation, and shaping to increase food acceptance in an 8-year-old boy with autism during his regularly scheduled lunchtime at school. The intervention package consisted of stimulus fading of texture and flavor into liquids that he already consumed, tolerance of non-preferred food items presented on the same plate as preferred foods, and reinforcement of successive approximations for ingesting non-preferred food items. Discussion will focus on the utility of combined interventions for food selectivity in children with autism who exhibit both excessively restricted food repertoires and behavioral rigidity during meals. Additionally, the importance of planning for generalization by programming common stimuli (Stokes and Baer, 1977) will be reviewed in the context of food selectivity intervention. |
|
|
18. Intensive Treatment of Urinary Incontinence of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: An Archival Analysis of Procedures and Outcomes From an Outpatient Clinic |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLE M. HANNEY (Auburn University), Candice M. Jostad (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: LeBlanc, Crossett, Bennett, Detweiler, and Carr (2005) described an outpatient model for conducting intensive toilet training with young children with autism using a modified Azrin and Foxx (1971) protocol. The present data analysis summarizes the use of the protocol in an outpatient setting and the outcomes achieved with a large sample of children with autism spectrum disorders. Thirty archival clinical records were coded for several variables including participant demographics (e.g., age, gender, diagnosis, communication modality), target behaviors (e.g., successes, accidents, accident/success conversions, initiations), and intervention components (e.g., differential reinforcement used, request training, duration of the intensive day, fluid loading, pants alarm, positive practice) related to treatment implementation and outcome. The majority of participants achieved full continence in an average of approximately two weeks. Details on the typical implementation and course of treatment are presented to provide a profile of the typical implementation of the protocol and suggestions for early intensive behavioral (EIBI) service providers. |
|
|
19. Comparison of Two Extinction Methods to Increase Self-Feeding |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), BIANCA HO (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: A number of interventions have been demonstrated to treat feeding disorders (i.e., increase food consumption). To date most research suggests that some form of escape extinction is necessary to increase food consumption and decrease mealtime problematic behaviors. Although escape extinction has been demonstrated to increase food acceptance and consumption, little research has evaluated the form of escape extinction as it relates to increasing or promoting self-feeding. Thus the purpose of this research was to evaluate differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with two escape extinction procedures: non-removal of the spoon (NRS) and the use of 3-step prompting (3P) with respect to increasing self-feeding as well as food consumption. Results thus far demonstrate that both forms of extinction increase food consumption; however, that 3P promotes self-feeding quicker than NRS. However, 3P is also associated with more negative side effects when compared to NRS. Implications for both extinction methods will be discussed. |
|
|
20. An Evaluation of Concurrent Operant Assessment to Increase Compliance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Greg Breznican (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this evaluation was to identify a childs relative preferences between social reinforcers using a concurrent schedules design and use the results of that assessment to bias the childs responding towards completing a low preferred task. Joey was a 10 year old boy with Asperger Syndrome and an anxiety disorder. He was referred to the Childrens Hospital of Iowa Biobehavior Day Treatment Service for assessment and treatment of noncompliance, aggression, destruction, and rigidity. Joey refused to complete less preferred work tasks and insisted that activities be conducted according to his directions. When his directions were not followed he refused to participate in the activity and engaged in aggression and destruction. All assessment and treatment sessions were conducted over 10 days. A forced choice preference assessment was conducted identify Joeys relative preferences between three academic tasks. A concurrent schedule design was used to determine Joeys relative preferences between social reinforcers (i.e., toys with attention, toys, attention, and escape from work). The results of this assessment were used to bias Joeys responding toward completing his least preferred academic task using a concurrent schedules design. Interobserver Agreement was collected across 32% of the sessions and averaged 99% (range 90% to 100%). Key Words: concurrent operant assessment, task preference assessment, noncompliance, Asperger Syndrome, anxiety disorder Email and mailing address for presenting author: Nicole Lustig Center for Disabilities and Development 100 Hawkins Drive Iowa city, Iowa 52242-1011 |
|
|
21. Increasing Independent Appropriate Play Skills Using Peer Modeling With a Child Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SCOTT FONTECHIA (Advanced Behavioral Systems), Kristin Fowler (Advanced Behavioral Systems) |
Abstract: The purpose of this quasi experiment was to increase the frequency of independent appropriate play skills for a four-year-old male who has the diagnosis of Autism. The sessions were conducted in an inclusion preschool setting. After conducting direct observations it was determined that the target child engaged in low frequencies of independent appropriate play skills. Peer modeling was added as a component to the current treatment plan to increase the independent occurrences of the target behavior. Peer modeling involved typically developing peers modeling appropriate play skills in a contrived situation. Frequency data was recorded during the baseline and intervention phases to determine the levels of prompted versus independent occurrences of appropriate play skills. The data indicates that with the addition of the peer modeling component, independent appropriate play skills increased more rapidly than during the baseline phase. |
|
|
22. Training and Generalization of Complex Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations in Individuals With Autism: New Procedures Using Dynamic Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HARRY ALLAN MACKAY (University of Massachusetts Medical School E.K. Shriver Center), Brooks Thompson (University of Massachusetts Medical School E.K. Shriver Center), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have difficulty learning auditory-visual conditional discriminations and generalization may be restricted. This research developed new attention-shaping procedures for teaching such discriminations and assessing generalization. First, five participants with autism performed identity matching with the visual training stimuli but did not match these stimuli to auditory samples. For initial training, the auditory stimuli were added as sample components to the visual identity task. The visual component then was faded out in two ways. In one, across-trial contrast fading gradually vanished the visual samples (two large, small, or mixed-size forms), thus establishing conditional control by pairs of tones (same or mixed, respectively). Generalization occurred to new sample frequencies. We also introduced a novel dynamic fading method. Visual comparisons for the training were different forms. Each of these stimuli was paired with different tone combinations to construct the respective complex samples. Initially, selecting the comparison that matched the visual sample component was reinforced. Those components then were removed gradually with dynamic fading, which erased the cues actively within trials (resembling apparent movement) and cumulatively across trials. After fading, conditional control was demonstrated by the auditory samples only. Generalization was shown using tones with frequencies different from the training stimuli. |
|
|
23. Sensory Regulation and the Impact on Skill Acquistion and Rate of Responding |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MINDY MILES (APPLE CONSULTING SERVICES), Teresa Field (Fair-Field Functional Therapy) |
Abstract: In the field of applied behavior analysis there is a deliberate focus on the relationship between motivation, behavior and consequences to increases skills. This research looks at a fourth dimension to this process, the improvement of skills by attending to the nervous system. Specifically, can we increase the rate of skills acquisition over time by regulating the nervous system? Can we improve the rate of in- session responding?
The study included 4 participants, 3 males ( 15, 8, and 5 yr old) and 1 female (3 yr old). In each data collection session we were careful to make sure we had strong instructional control and paired that with strong reinforcers, per a brief preference assessment. We structured our data collection into 3 areas 1) demand completion 2) correct responding and 3) sensory seeking behaviors. We introduced our first treatment based on the seeking behaviors the participants exhibited and continued tracking the other preselected skills.
The results showed an increase in the rate of in- session responding and rate of skill acquisition in the majority of the cases. The results also indicate that sensory regulation may impact other behaviors and function skills such as sleeping and warrant further study. |
|
|
24. Group-Delivered Video Modeling to Teach Pretend Play Skills to Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KIMBERLY ANN KROEGER (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Stephanie Weber (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Emily Boehmler (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Laura Thielman (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Emily Johnson (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Rachel Doty (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Sarah Tyo (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Melanie Carter (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders) |
Abstract: This ABA study employed a group-delivered intervention using video modeling to teach pretend play skills to children with autism. The participants were 7 children (aged 2 y, 5m to 5y, 7m) diagnosed with an ASD by a multidisciplinary team at the local children’s hospital. The children participated in a 10 week, 20 session program. Fifteen minutes of the 90minute sessions was dedicated to the video modeling intervention. The first 2 weeks were baseline where the children were exposed to the toys without instruction during a 10 minute free play. The video modeling was then introduced where the children viewed the module as a group and then immediately went into a 10 minute free play with the module specific toys. Three pretend play activities were targeted, each two weeks at a time, including doll house, construction and rock band themes. The remaining two weeks were return to baseline where the video models were discontinued and all toys were present for the free play time. Results were positive for increased engagement with the target toys, as well as interaction play among the children. Data are being reviewed additionally for appropriate functional play with the items, as well as interobserver agreement. |
|
|
25. Increasing Implementation of Behavior Support Plans Through Performance Feedback and Video Self-Evaluation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHLEEN M. ALBERTSON (Devereux CARES), Jean Hirst (Devereux CARES) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effectiveness of performance feedback and self-evaluation on staffs treatment integrity scores of behavior support plans. Performance feedback was conducted utilizing checklists based on individual behavior support plans. Staff completed self-evaluation by watching videos of themselves and scoring the same checklists. The participants were three female staff, ages 23-28 with one to two years experience in their roles. Three staff-student dyads were observed by clinicians during daily activities in one classroom for students with an autism spectrum disorder diagnosis. During baseline, participants were observed with no feedback presented. During the first intervention, clinicians provided structured, specific feedback following the observation. Results showed that all staffs scores increased following this intervention. During the second intervention, participants observed themselves on video and scored their own performance using the same checklist, then the clinicians presented the same type of performance feedback and talked with the staff about their own observations. Results showed that treatment integrity scores increased further following the second intervention. Follow-up probe data will be collected. Clinicians have collected baseline data on a second classroom. Again, three staff-student dyads will be observed and scored using checklists designed for each students individualized behavior support plan. So far, baseline scores average 59.5% correct implementation. Using a multiple baseline across staff, clinicians plan to intervene first using the video self-evaluation alone. Second, they will combine the performance feedback with the video self-evaluation and compare results to the initial completed study. Inter-observer agreement data was collected on approximately 33% of sessions and averaged 92% |
|
|
26. Skill Acquisition Through Observational Learning in a Dyad Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE CULL (Erinoakkids), Mary Anne Ondrade (ErinoakKids), Margaret Elson (ErinoakKids) |
Abstract: The present study intends to further research in the area of observational learning. It addresses socially valid issues related to social deficits and challenges with the generalization of skills related to Autism. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the rate of acquisition of language skills using a multiple baseline across subjects design with 3 learners with Autism through the observation of peer models in a dyad setting. Participants were matched according to a set of prerequisite skills and similar scores on their standardized assessments. Treatment consists of the presentation of novel language targets to the peer model and ongoing measurement of the acquisition of these targets by the other learner. Assessment and intervention was conducted during Intensive behavioural intervention (IBI) sessions with trained instructor therapists at an in-centre treatment program. Preliminary results suggest that learners acquire target stimuli without direct teaching through observation of their peer model and the delivery of reinforcement. In addition, through pre and post measures, social skills will also be evaluated to determine if there are improvements in social interactions as a result of the pairing of learners in a dyad setting. |
|
|
27. Improving a Child with Autism's Independent Manding Through Echoic Training and Modeling |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CARRIE SKALLA (FEAT of Washington), Ann M. Sturtz (FEAT of Washington) |
Abstract: Learning to use appropriate mands, or requests, is a critical skill for a child with autism. With this skill, a child can request items and activities, ask for help, and advocate for other needs such as using the bathroom. We began collecting data on the number of mands emitted by a 5-year-old boy with autism prior to the intervention. Data were collected on both inappropriate (grabbing items, whining or crying) and appropriate (picture exchange, one to two word vocal utterances) mand topographies as well as the number of times a clinician provided a verbal prompt before a mand. The number of items an dactivities the child requested and the syntactic complexity of the mands were also recorded. Intervention consisted of improving the child's ability to repeat phrases likely to be reinforced within a mand contingency as well as modeling use of those phrases in naturally occurring context where establishing operations appeared to be in place for a mand response. The goal of intervention was to increase both the variety and length of the child's mands. During intervention, the child began using the functional sentences to mand outside of the echoic training. The data provided in this poster focus on both the process and the result of this intervention. |
|
|
28. Peddling Pseudoscience |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CARLOS FREEMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology), Nomara Santos (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Given its emotional toll on families, uncertain etiology, and reputation as an epidemic, autism is a fertile ground for pseudoscience. In this poster, we will present data demonstrating the accelerating trend in the proliferation of pseudoscientific treatment. Not only are these wastes of time, energy and money, but some have already resulted in harmful (and/or fatal) side-effects. We will highlight, discuss, and examine the evidence base of several of the treatment options currently in vogue. Additionally, we discuss the factors which impact parents’ decisions on treatment options for their children and how these might be used in support of empirically validated treatment. The diversity and absurdity found in treatments and their theories of autism etiology are likely to astound the science-minded practitioner. This poster will illuminate the current state of affairs and suggest future dissemination ides to support science-based autism treatment and protect consumers against those who would peddle snake-oil to vulnerable populations. |
|
|
29. Application of Trial-Based Functional Analysis to Increase Appropriate Waiting for a Student with Asperger Syndrome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMANDA N. SORG (The Ivymount School), Erin Rose Flanagan (Ivymount School), Stacey M. McIntyre (Ivymount School) |
Abstract: The present study demonstrates the effectiveness of a trial-based functional analysis to determine function and craft an intervention to reduce aggression and disruption and increase appropriate waiting for a 9-year-old boy with Asperger Syndrome. A trial-based functional analysis demonstrated attention in 90% of test trials and access to tangible items in 100% of test trials. Interobserver agreement was collected for 27% of trials with 100% agreement. Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) was implemented to increase duration of appropriate waiting for attention and tangible items during classroom instruction while systematically increasing wait time from 30 sec to 3 min across 32 school days. The DRA utilized a token economy and a color-coded card to signal wait periods. Generalization and maintenance of appropriate waiting were demonstrated by fading the visual support and thinning the reinforcement schedule. Aggression and disruption were reduced from 24% and 24% of 15-min intervals to 11% and 14% of 15-min intervals, respectively. Maintenance probes indicated that aggression and disruption reduced further. These results indicate that trial-based functional analysis is a viable assessment methodology in a special education classroom setting and that DRA can be successfully used to increase duration to attention and access to tangible items. |
|
|
30. CANCELLED: The Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland,as the Only Polish Replica of the Princeton Child Development Institute |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
IWONA RUTA-SOMINKA (Institute for Child Development), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk) |
Abstract: The Institute for Child Development (IWRD) in Gdansk is a non-profit organization offering a comprehensive science-based program of therapy for children with autism. The Institute for Child Development is the first replica in Europe and the only one in Poland of the Princeton Child Development Institute located in the USA. The following programs operate within IWRD: -- Special Kindergarten for Children with Autism -- Psychology and Education Clinic -- Teacher Training Center -- Single-grade Integrational Kindergarten The main method incorporates the principles of applied behavior analysis as well as basic teaching standards. The IWRD educational program is based on the Princeton Child Development Institute model. A special education kindergarten for children with autism offers a program of early development intervention consisting of therapy for children that begins with the moment of the initial diagnosis and continues until they reach school age. Children work according to individualized educational and therapeutic programs under the guidance of highly qualified therapists at the Institute. They also implement the programs at family homes under the supervision of IWRD specialists. Each task in the program is recorded once a week and the data are plotted onto a graph. All changes in behavior (i.e. students progress) are analyzed. The main objective of the therapy is gradual and systematic introduction of the child into his or her peer group at mainstream kindergartens and schools. The Institute for Child Development also conducts a research and development program designed to conduct scientific studies and publish books and articles as well as popularize knowledge about the latest methods of diagnosis and therapy of small children with autism and related disorders. We have initiated joint programs with the University of Gdansk and other scientific research centers in Poland and abroad. We share our experience and knowledge by holding training sessions and internships designed for teachers, psychologists and students. |
|
|
31. Investigation of Highly Verbal Participants in the Autism Peer Networks Project |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Matthew Schmidt (University of Hawaii at Manoa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this pilot study was to investigate the impact of a combined reading and social skills intervention on advanced language ability in 10 kindergarten age participants with Autism Spectrum Disorders in the Autism Peer Networks Project (APNP). The potential impact of these data is to further understand participants with advanced language capabilities and to inform the development of supplemental intervention to meet their specific developmental needs. Advanced language ability was defined as participants who had at least 25 communicative acts (initiations and responses) during baseline 10-minute video probes. The pilot sample consists of 5 experimental and 5 control participants. To ensure group similarity, the experimental and the control groups were matched on results from the Childhood Autism Rating Scale and the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test. Using the SALT software to transcribe and analyze participants verbalization, three baseline video probes from before intervention and three treatment video probes from after one year of intervention were included. The following variables were investigated: total completed words, number of different words, mean length of utterances and type token ratio. Continuations or expansions in conversation beyond an initial initiation/response exchange were also coded. |
|
|
32. A Comparison of Video Modeling and Stimulus Pairing in Increasing Appropriate Toy Play by Three Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SELINA FIELD (Amherst County Public Schools), Charles Brent Martin (Commonwealth Autism Services) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to compare the efficacy of video modeling and stimulus pairing to teach appropriate toy play to a child with ASD. The purpose of the experiment was to improve social skills, specifically sustained social play, for the participant by increasing appropriate toy play as well as to contribute to existing literature on social skills development. Development of independent toy play would not only provide a repertoire of functional leisure activities, but would also provide increased opportunities for social interactions with peers. Three school-aged children with a diagnosis of autism served as participants. We utilized a multiple baseline across participants design with alternating treatments in order to increase appropriate toy play. Treatments were alternated to determine the most effective intervention for increasing the target behavior. Results indicated that the target behavior increased consistently during the stimulus pairing sessions, while responding was generally lower and more variable during the video modeling sessions. In addition, the consistency of data reported across participants indicates the presence of a functional relationship between the independent variable and the target behavior. This study extends the literature on play skills by incorporating stimulus pairing, which has not been widely researched to date. |
|
|
33. Video Modeling and Observational Learning to Teach Recreation and Leisure Skills to Students with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY SPRIGGS (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Teaching individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders to engage in age-appropriate recreation and leisure skills is vital for non-academic inclusion with typical peers. Individuals with autism often require specialized instruction for appropriately engaging in age-appropriate recreation and leisure activities; when allowed to direct their free time activities, individuals with autism will often engage in inappropriate behaviors (e.g., self stimulatory behaviors, activities that are not age-appropriate). The purpose of this study was to evaluate both video modeling and observational learning to teach age-appropriate recreation and leisure skills (e.g., Nintendo Wii, Nintendo DS, Power Joy Atari Stick) to students with autism. Results were evaluated via a multiple probe design across participants for video modeling and across participants and behaviors for observational learning. Participants included 4 children with autism, ages 8 to 11, who were served in self-contained special education classrooms. Results indicated video modeling was effective for teaching chained tasks, across students; observational learning occurred for at least some steps across students. Results add to research on using video modeling to teach tasks to individuals with autism; results suggest that some students with autism can learn via observational learning in small group instructional arrangements. |
|
|
34. A Desensitization Approach to Address Dental Resistance in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM TIM COURTNEY (Little Star Center), Angela Hensley (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Decreasing challenging behavior in children with autism and related developmental disabilities during dental treatment can consist of various interventions. Behavior that interferes with dental procedures and/or treatment may increase the risk of periodontal disease. This research sets out to investigate a systematic desensitization procedure to address behavior exhibited by a six-year old boy with autism experienced during dental treatment. The systematic desensitization treatment package evaluated consisted of social stories, peer modeling, and mock dental procedures. A behaviorally anchored rating scale will be implemented to evaluate the effectiveness of the treatment procedure |
|
|
35. Embedding Applied Behavior Analysis Methods into a Summer Camp for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TERESA SUEN (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Caroline Thompson (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Robert Haupt (Autism Spectrum Therapies), William Frea (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Camps provide an excellent environment for motivated learning. By embedding social skills goals into a fun camp curriculum, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) methods can be used to increase children’s engagement with peers through clearly defined interactive themes and activities. This presentation describes several key components of a new camp program for children with autism. The components, ABA methods, and examples of social skills embedded into this new program are outlined. |
|
|
36. Assessment and Treatment of Rituals Associated With Transitions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON HARTMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Up to 72% of individuals diagnosed with of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) exhibit some form stereotypy such as hand flapping, body rocking, and perseverative speech (Goldman et al., 2009; Matson, Dempsey, & Fodstad, 2009). Stereotypies do not always require intervention, but are the most frequently reported challenging behavior for children with ASD (Matson, Wilkens, et al., 2009). Some stereotypies can present as compulsive or ritualistic patterns of behavior, that when blocked or interrupted lead to severe behavioral reactions (Hausman, Kahng, & Mongeon, 2008). One such ritual is repetitive straightening or organizing of items. Kuhn, Hardesty, and Sweeney (2009) examined excessive straightening and associated destructive behaviors of a 16-year-old with autism. Using an intervention of functional communication, extinction, and blocking, the authors were able to reduce the behavior. The current study presents data on the assessment and treatment of compulsive straightening behavior by a 16-year-old male diagnosed with Pervasive Development Disorder and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Functional assessment suggested that compulsive straightening was associated with transitions. A treatment utilizing prompting, redirection, and competing items effectively reduced ritualistic behavior by 93% of baseline rates. Results are discussed in regards to noninvasive interventions for compulsive behaviors. |
|
|
37. Observational Learning Across Three Verbal Operants in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER LYNN STORLIE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Moniek Dewit (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Leigh Karole Grannan (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The capacity of an organism to acquire new behaviors as a result of observing the behavior of a model is termed observational learning. Researchers argue that learning via observation may account for the natural acquisition of behavior. However, studies conducted with participants diagnosed with a developmental disability have demonstrated an inability to acquire new information through observational learning in participants. This deficit in an observational learning repertoire may be a large factor for the poor behavioral repertoires of those diagnosed with a developmental disability. One objective of the current study was to assess observational learning across verbal operants in a child diagnosed with autism. Another objective of the study was to expand the literature of using a learner model also diagnosed with autism. One child was designated as the learner and the other child was designated as the observer. The observer was assessed for the acquisition of targets across three verbal operants: tact, intraverbal, and listener responding by feature, function, and class through observation of the learner. The results are expected to demonstrate learning through direct instruction by the learner, as well as learning through observation by the observer, across all three verbal operants. |
|
|
38. Effects of the Proportion of High-Probability to Low-Probability Requests on Compliance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LILIN CHEN (SEEK Education, Inc.), Hui Hung Chen (SEEK Education, Inc.), Claire Hsu (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: Numerous studies have shown the effectiveness of the high-probability (high-p) request sequence on increasing compliance. The ratio of high-p requests to low-probability (low-p) request is usually set at a 3-to-1 ratio. However, it is unknown if the high-p procedure could be enhanced by increasing the ratio of high-p-to-low-p request. Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the influences of a 3-to-1 ratio and a 6-to-1 ration on the percentage of compliance. Results from one participant demonstrate equivalent compliance percentages across both ratios. Implications and future research are discussed. |
|
|
39. A Stimulus Control Procedure to Decrease Noncontextual Vocalizations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Danielle Schatz (Alpine Learning Group), Courtney Gavin (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: For an adolescent girl with autism, non-contextual vocalizations (NCV) consisted of making repetitive comments about topics such as rollercoasters and Jet Blue airplanes. A functional analysis indicated that NCV were maintained by social attention in the form of reciprocal comments made by teachers and adults about these topics. A changing-criterion design will be used to examine the effects of discrimination training and DRO, on reducing NCV. During baseline, if the learner engages in NCV, teachers respond as they normally would by making one reciprocal comment and directing the learner back to work. During discrimination training, the presence of a bracelet will serve as an S-delta for extinction in which NCV will be ignored, whereas the absence of the bracelet will serve as a discriminative stimulus for reinforcement in which NCV will be followed by attention. After the participant demonstrates successful discrimination of the stimuli (i.e., the absence of NCV when the bracelet is on and the engagement in NCV when the bracelet is off) intervention will begin. During intervention, a DRO procedure will be implemented. If the learner completes tasks in the absence of NCV for a specified interval, the bracelet will be removed and NCV will be reinforced. The DRO interval will be systematically increased throughout intervention as the learner meets criterion and timed access to NCV will be systematically decreased. Stimulus generalization across settings and instructors will be assessed throughout intervention. |
|
|
40. I Will Not Give You My Wallet: Teaching Self-Advocacy to People with Autism Using Multiple Exemplar Instruction Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Saundra Bishop (B.A.S.I.C.S. ABA Therapy, LLC), CHRISTINA RYAN (B.A.S.I.C.S. ABA Therapy, LLC) |
Abstract: Children with Autism display deficits in social skills in areas of communication and social interactions. This leads to difficulties in the ability to self-advocate for themselves. There are many different strategies used to teach social skills (DiGennaro, Reed, Hyman, Hirst, 2011). This poster explores whether Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) can be used to effectively teach social skills. This model is traditionally used to teach language (Greer, Yaun, & Gautreaux, 2005 & 2008). MEI procedures teach using the exemplars of tact, intraverbal, and match. We created scenarios that were used to target these areas. We also added Natural Environment to record whether the skill was generalizing. This model was used with 3 students to teach the difference between being Rude, a Self Advocate, and Being Taken Advantage of. We used several types of scenerios and varied the type of exemplars in each condition. Data was recorded on each exemplar and graphed separately. The studies indicated that teaching only MEI without natural environment did not generalize the behavior. MEI including natural environment applications created a mastery of the material in the natural environment. |
|
|
41. Increasing Staff Transition Treatment Integrity Scores through Videos and Performance Feedback |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE GENGARELLY (May Institute), Shannon Kay (May Institute) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring, through the use of videos and checklists, was used to improve staff scores on treatment integrity during transitions. In a multiple-baseline study across staff, researchers observed and videotaped five staff members during four types of activity transitions with a nine-year-old student with autism. The transitions included leaving choice, leaving DRO, going to and leaving recess. These transitions were shown to be setting events for target behaviors if staff were not in compliance with the student’s behavior plan. Researchers and staff members watched videos of the transitions and filled out treatment integrity checklists simultaneously and then compared results. Inter-observer agreement was required to be 100% between two trained researchers and the staff member, as well as two consecutive sessions scoring 100% on the treatment integrity checklist. For all 5 staff members, treatment integrity scores improved to 100% across all transitions after self-monitoring and video feedback and these scores were maintained in follow-up sessions. Rates of student target behaviors decreased following accurate implementation of the behavior plan during these transitions and were also maintained. |
|
|
42. Elimination Of Mouthing In A Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Noncontingent Reinforcement, Redirection, and Shaping Procedures. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RADHIKA POOVAYYA (Rehabilitation Council of India) |
Abstract: Many children with autism put inappropriate objects in their mouth. This behavior results in social isolation , is a health hazard and also acts as a barrier in learning. In this study, an intervention plan was designed which gave non contingent access to sensory stimuli on a predetermined schedule and simultaneously increased desirable behavior ( in this case- appropriate play) and decrease inappropriate behavior (mouthing) for a four year old boy with ASD. Brief functional analysis indicated an automatic reinforcement function, and independent toy play was selected as an appropriate alternative behavior. The mother was trained to teach appropriate toy play and to block and redirect mouthing attempts. The presence of the mother was faded after successful elimination of mouthing behavior in the mothers presence. Results were maintained in the absence of the mothers presence. |
|
|
43. A Comparison of Two Error-Correction Methods on Color Learning by Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
BRUCE G. HAUSER (Heartspring), Pam Calabria (Heartspring) |
Abstract: Published research on the efficacy of different types of error correction with children and adolescents with autism is limited and inconclusive. Studies have indicated no consistent across subject results when comparing differential reinforcement of correct responses only, modeling without active subject response, modeling with a single active student response and modeling with multiple active student responses. This research reports the results on the learning rates on a color identification task for four adolescents on the autism spectrum. Treatment conditions compare modeling without active subject response and modeling with a single active student response when differential reinforcement is given for all correct responses. |
|
|
44. Comparing Questions About Behavioral Functions Assessments and Functional Analysis for Functions of Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (St. Cloud State University), Nicholas Watkins (Douglas College), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: There have been many studies conducted to determine how effectively Question About Behavior Function (QABF) assessment and functional analyses can predict the function of behaviors. However, few studies have compared the results of the two assessments to determine if each indicates the same function for problem behaviors. In the current study, we compared the results of six participants QABF results to either the results of their functional analysis or consecutive alone conditions (i.e., a brief functional analysis). The QABF was administered by giving the questionnaire to either one or both of the participants parents. The functional analysis procedures were similar to those of Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) or Iwata and Dozier (2008). This was done to see if the QABF would indicate the same function of the behaviors as the corresponding functional analysis. The results of the study showed that all six of the QABFs and functional analyses came up with non-social as the function of the participants problem behaviors. We discuss the clinical implications of this finding, potential limitations of this study, and directions for future research with the QABF. |
|
|
45. Effects of Self-Management Treatment Packages on Behavior Reduction and Skill Acquisition: Review of Recent Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: There has been much research dedicated to evaluating self-management programs designed to help individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) acquire new skills and reduce maladaptive behavior. In this review, relevant articles are analyzed to compare applications of self-management treatment packages. Self-management has been implemented to teach daily living skills using a picture schedule (Pierce & Schreibman, 1994), improve social communication (Koegel, Koegel, Hurley & Frea, 1992) and functional play skills (Stahmer & Schreibman, 1992), reduce self-injurious behavior (Tiger, Fisher & Bouxsein, 2009), and to teach students to set and evaluate goals while staying on-task during independent work (Mithaug & Mithaug, 2003). Benefits of a self-management program include validity for individuals of varied cognitive and developmental levels, cost-effectiveness, promotion of increased independence and integration, and minimal clinician presence. This review is intended to synthesize existing research findings in order to identify the applications of self-management treatment packages for students of all developmental levels with ASD. This analysis will also suggest areas of future study. |
|
|
46. Treatment of Aggression With Functional Communication Training and Planned Ignoring |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMY LOCKNEY (The Knapp Center for Childhood Development), Julie Knapp (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
Abstract: There is limited research on how to teach functional communication training to an individual without any formal communication system in place, who has poor fine motor skills and the inability to discriminate photographs. There is also limited research on how to teach a child to engage in functional communication training targets when any attempts to place demands results in aggression. In the present study, the effectiveness of functional communication training with planned ignoring and compliance training was assessed with an eight year-old boy with Downs syndrome and autism who presented with limited communication skills and aggression. The intervention included multiple teaching opportunities of requesting functional communication targets, paired with planned ignoring upon the occurrence of aggressive behavior. Treatment included the implementation of compliance training upon the second implementation of planned ignoring after the occurrence of an aggression. Treatment resulted in a 90% reduction of aggression and an increase in functional communication training targets in both training environments. These results demonstrate that functional communication training with planned ignoring and compliance training can be an effective means to teach individuals with autism to replace aggression serving the communication function with a more appropriate means to communicate. |
|
|
47. Using Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior and Functional Communication Training to Reduce Stereotypic Behavior in a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA JONES (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Stereotypy is a serious concern for teachers and professionals working with the autistic population because of its propensity to interfere with learning and socialization. While there are several studies that evaluate the effectiveness of interventions designed to reduce stereotypy through the application of aversives, there are relatively few that focus on positive reinforcement or functional communication training as effective interventions. Thus, it is the purpose of this study to evaluate the effectiveness of a combined Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) and Functional Communication Training (FCT) intervention to teach a seven-year old autistic male to eliminate stereotypy during learning segments and engage in stereotypy only when appropriate. The author found that implementing a combined DRO/FCT procedure significantly reduced stereotypic behavior. |
|
|
48. Further Evaluation of the Efficacy of Data-Collection Methods and Mastery Criteria Used in Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Programs for Children Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
MEAGAAN S. TURNER (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Rachel S. Findel-Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: In behavior programs focused on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), clinicians often set mastery criteria to indicate when a skill has been learned, and subsequently assess the maintenance of the behavior change over time. Currently, there are numerous measurement systems and mastery criteria used to assess the acquisition of skills across a variety of different behavioral programs. Cummings and Carr (2009) and Najdowski et al. (2009) evaluated two commonly used measurement systems including all-trials and first trial. The purpose of the current investigation was to further evaluate the efficacy of these systems as well as related mastery criteria used in ABA-based programs. Similar to the results found by Najdowski, et al. (2009), the results of the current investigation suggest little difference between the all-trials and first-trial measurement systems. Results also suggest that more stringent mastery criteria may not be correlated with better maintenance. Additional research on the efficacy of commonly used measurement systems and mastery criteria may help to increase the overall effectiveness of ABA-based behavioral programs. |
|
|
49. Reducing Physical Aggression in Persons with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAEL R. MAYTON (West Virginia University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Tony Menendez (Cleveland State University), John J. Wheeler (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: The presence of physical aggression in persons with autism (a) tends to predict the use of anti-psychotic medications and more intrusive interventions, such as psychiatric services (Tsakanikos, Costello, & Holt, 2007); (b) can result in the use of more restrictive, consequence-based interventions, such as restraint (e.g., Foxx & Meindl, 2007) or electroconvulsive therapy (e.g., Wachtel, Jaffe, & Kellner, 2011); and (c) increases the likelihood of involvement with the criminal justice system, at a higher rate than that of the general population (Cashin & Newman, 2009; Mayes, 2003). In addressing the need to reduce aggression and avoid these associated risk factors, a generalized intervention model is presented that utilizes positive, non-punitive intervention components such as functional communication training, planned ignoring, and differential reinforcement. Implementation of this model is illustrated within two applied case studies incorporating behavioral data showing substantial reduction in aggression across two adult men diagnosed with autism. As consistent with the findings of other researchers, the current authors have found that the use of non-punitive methods such as reinforcement-based strategies and antecedent modification are often just as effective as restraint and punishment-based methods for reducing the occurrence and intensity of physical aggression in this population. |
|
|
50. Use of a Conversation Box to Increase Social Interactions in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder and a Child With Developmental Delays |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA J. DANTONA (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Visual supports have been shown to facilitate language production in children with ASD (Sarokoff, Taylor, & Poulson, 2001). The current study assessed the effects of visually cued conversation starters (asking a question and making a statement) as well as topic maintainers (answering a question and returning a comment). A conversation box containing textual prompts was used to support production of social language in a child diagnosed with ASD and his brother diagnosed with developmental delays and a speech delay. The material used within this study was unique in that it incorporated a physical exchange, which assisted topic maintenance and shifting. The implications of these findings and the use of visual supports to increase language production are discussed. |
|
|
51. A Comparison of the Acquisition and Maintenance of Spelling Using Different Mastery Levels |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLER MACMATH (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Najdowski et al. (2009) assessed multiple data collection procedures used during instruction of individuals with developmental disabilities and suggested that research was needed to determine the impact of different criterion levels on evidence of mastery. Researchers in the current study assessed the acquisition of spelling across two sets of equivalent words using a less and more restrictive mastery criteria. The participant in the present study had history of learning to spell with the use of visual prompts; however, acquisition of the target words was very slow. The participants rates of acquisition were compared and the maintenance of spelling was evaluated to determine if either criterion resulted in more rapid and more durable responding. |
|
|
52. Using Video-Based Activity Schedules and Matrix Training to Teach Socio-Dramatic Play |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER SMITH (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), David Robert Dilley (BEACON Services), Victoria Sadler (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Autism is characterized by deficits in communication, social/play and restricted repetitive and stereotyped patterns of behavior. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) specifies one of the key deficits in children with Autism as a delays or abnormal functioning in the area of symbolic or imaginative play (American Psychiatric Association [DSM-IV-TR], 2000). Because deficits in play skills may have a negative influence on the quality and quantity of children social interactions, the possibility of facilitating childrens social skills is a compelling reason for providing instruction in socio-dramatic play (Goldstein & Cisar, 1992). Socio-dramatic play includes instances where the learner says and does things that are thematically related and distinct from other things said and done (Dauphin, Kinney and Stromer, 1992). The current study assessed effects of using video modeling and matrix training to teach socio-dramatic play skills to a student diagnosed with autism. A 6X6 instructional matrix identified thirty-six activities to be performed including combinations of 6 objects and 6 actions, all participants acquired the target responses and demonstrated generalized use of the play skills outside of the trained context. |
|
|
53. Pairing Therapists of Children With Autism With Reinforcement: Effects on Task Engagement and Challenging Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DAVID J. O'REGAN (Hesley Group), Sarah I. Denison (Hesley Group), John Carl Hughes (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Pairing a therapist with reinforcement is commonly advised when initiating behavioural intervention programmes with children with autism. While much research has been carried out on stimulus-stimulus pairing, there has been little empirical evaluation of the effects of pairing individuals with reinforcement. The present study examined the effect of pairing a therapist with preferred activities on the task engagement and challenging behaviour of children with autism. Two children with autism participated in a multiple-probe across participants design. Experimental functional analyses indicated escape from task demands as the primary maintaining variable for both participants challenging behaviour. A therapist conducted multiple pairing sessions with each participant across a 4 week period. While an increase in task engagement was observed after the pairing procedure was introduced for one participant, the data for the second participant were not conclusive. No significant effects on challenging behaviour were observed. The present study represents an initial analysis of an under-researched topic, which merits further investigation. |
|
|
54. A Comparison of Verbal Feedback and Modeling Error Correction Methods on Color Learning by Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
BRUCE G. HAUSER (Heartspring), Jennifer Miller (Heartspring) |
Abstract: Published research on the efficacy of different types of error correction with children and adolescents with autism is limited and inconclusive. Studies have indicated no consistent across subject results when comparing differential reinforcement of correct responses only, modeling without active subject response, modeling with a single active student response and modeling with multiple active student responses. This research reports the results on the learning rates on a color identification task for four adolescents on the autism spectrum. Treatment conditions compare modeling the correct response with no modeling when differential reinforcement is given for all correct responses. |
|
|
55. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Implementation of Mand Training Teaching Components |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA NOLAND (The Bay School), Josh Harrower (California State University, Monterey Bay) |
Abstract: This multiple baseline study investigated the effectiveness of a behavioral skills training (BST) package in teaching three instructional assistants to implement mand training teaching components to a 13 year old student with autism. During baseline, the experimenter provided the assistants with a mand training checklist and instructed them to follow the steps to the best of their ability during a 5-mintes session with the student. Behavioral skills training consisted of a 5-minute session in which the experimenter provided each assistant with the training package (i.e., instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) followed by a 5-minute uninterrupted session in which performance was measured. Immediately following achievement of the mastery criteria of BST, 5-minute post-training sessions evaluated each assistants ability to independently implement the teaching components in the absence of the prior BST session. Results revealed that the percentage of correct implementation of mand training teaching components increased significantly across all three assistants during BST sessions and maintained at high levels during the post-training phase. |
|
|
|
|
BPH Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Induction of Alcohol Self-Administration in Rats: A Replication and Extension of Simms Et Al., 2010 |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
RACHEL N. CASSIDY (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Simms et al. (2010) reported a novel method of inducing alcohol self-administration in rats that did not necessitate a confounding sucrose fading procedure. We sought to replicate and extend this finding to determine if discriminated responding for ethanol could be obtained. Twelve experimentally nave rats were exposed to 13 nonconsecutive 14-hour overnight sessions in which a lever press resulted in the delivery of a dipper of 0.1 mL of 20% ethanol solution. As per Simms et al. (2010), lever pressing was not explicitly trained or shaped. Five rats consistently responded for ethanol following this procedure. The five successful rats response patterns showed an accelerating trend across sessions in obtained ethanol reinforcers. These five subjects were then exposed to daily 1-hr sessions in which ethanol was available on a fixed ratio 1 (FR1) schedule. Then, subjects were exposed to a mixed VI-15s EXT schedule of ethanol reinforcement, and four out of five rats showed evidence of discrimination. The present experiment provides further evidence that the procedure developed by Simms et al. (2010) can be used successfully to induce pure alcohol self-administration in rats; however, the variables contributing to the success of the procedure in some animals, and its failure in most subjects, are unclear. |
|
|
2. A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Operant Ethanol and Nicotine Self-Administration in Alcohol-Preferring Rats |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Ashley Silakoski (The University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey), KRISTEN COMERFORD (The College of New Jersey), Hanna Berman (The College of New Jersey), Maegan Boutot (The College of New Jersey), Kristina Esopo (The College of New Jersey), Ralph Spiga (Institute for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Margaret P. Martinetti (The College of New Jersey) |
Abstract: The current study addressed the behavioral economic interactions between ethanol and nicotine in a genetic animal model of alcohol preference. P rats lever-press responses were reinforced with ethanol or nicotine solutions and the price of each solution was manipulated by increasing the FR values for each drug. First, the price of each drug solution was increased from FR4 to FR64 while the other drug was offered concurrently on an FR4 schedule. Then, the price of each drug solution was increased with a 1% sucrose (vehicle) solution concurrently available. Across all conditions, as the price of a drug increased, the consumption of that drug decreased. Demand for ethanol was more inelastic than demand for nicotine when both drugs were offered alone and concurrently. Additionally, the essential value (Hursh & Silberberg, 2008) of ethanol was greater than the essential value of nicotine in both conditions; however, the essential values were unchanged by the concurrent availability of the other drug. These findings suggest that ethanol is a more efficacious reinforcer than nicotine in a genetic animal model of alcohol preference. |
|
|
3. Alcohol Dehydrogenase and Motor Impairment in Ethanol-Intoxicated Male and Female Dwarf Hamsters |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ALYSSA HOSKIE (University of Alaska Anchorage), Christa Eussen (University of Alaska Anchorage), Dayana Lau (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Ian van Tets (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Twelve adult male and twelve adult female Phodopus campbelli dwarf hamsters were administered 2.5 g/kg ethanol doses, and motor impairment was quantified using the Metten and colleagues (2004) Wobble and Splay scale. Hamster subjects were also administered a 3.25 g/kg dose in order to measure the duration of ethanol-induced loss of the righting reflex (LORR). Finally, subjects were sacrificed and hepatic alcohol dehydrogenase (ADH) activity was calculated spectrophotometrically by measuring the rate of NADH/H+ production at 340nm. No significant sex differences were found in behavioral sensitivity to ethanol. ADH activity was marginally higher in male subjects compared to female subjects. ADH activity accounted for much (i.e., approximately 78 percent) of the variance in behavioral sensitivity to ethanol in female subjects. However, ADH was unrelated to motor impairment or to LORR in male subjects. The possibility that male and female hamsters may have evolved different mechanisms of ethanol tolerance is discussed. |
|
|
4. The Team Recovery Program: Initial Findings of a Group Contingency Intervention for Cocaine Abstinence |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), BRIAN VERSEK (Treatment Research Institute), Yukiko Washio (Treatment Research Institute), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute) |
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) is one of the most efficacious interventions for achieving cocaine abstinence, but is rarely implemented in community settings where most services are offered in group sessions. In an attempt to adapt CM to group sessions, we explored several different group-based CM (GCM) interventions for cocaine abstinence. One of these was the Team Recovery Program (TRP), which was modeled after the Good Behavior Game, an effective classroom behavior management strategy. Adult Methadone outpatients with and without cocaine use history (N=10) were assigned to one of the two teams heterogeneous in baseline cocaine abstinence. Voucher prizes were provided as reinforcers for aggregate team improvement in cocaine-abstinence based on urine samples. Findings indicate that those who reported frequent cocaine use during baseline showed large improvement (N=3; mean improvement % = 54%). Contrasting these findings, an almost equal percentage of group members (N=2) who reported no cocaine use during baseline showed an increase in positive samples during the intervention period; however, secondary analyses found evidence that cocaine lapse usually happened on the last urine submission days of a week. Although further investigation is warranted, it appears that TRP may be efficacious in treating regular cocaine users but not preventive in initiating cocaine use among Methadone outpatients. |
|
|
5. Rimonabant Differentially Affects Delay Discounting in Lean and Obese Zucker Rats |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
STEVEN BOOMHOWER (Idaho State University), Tiffany Doherty (Idaho State University), Misty Strain (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: The endocannabinoid neurotransmitter system has been implicated in many behavioral processes. Few studies, however, have examined the effects of cannabinoid drugs on choice for delayed food, especially in the context of obesity. This study examined the effects of rimonabant, a CB1 antagonist, on delay discounting in lean (n=10) and obese (n=10) Zucker rats using an adjusting delay procedure. Rats chose between one lever that resulted in one pellet after a standard delay (either 1 s or 5 s in two separate conditions) and a second lever that resulted in two pellets after an adjusting delay. After behavior stabilized under baseline, rimonabant (0, 1, 3, and 10 mg/kg) was administered i.p. one hour prior to choice sessions. In the standard delay 1 s condition, obese rats’ adjusting delays were significantly higher compared to vehicle under the 1 mg/kg dose, whereas the lean rats’ adjusting delays were significantly lower compared to vehicle. In the standard delay 5 s condition, obese rats’ adjusting delays were significantly higher compared to vehicle under the 10 mg/kg dose. Therefore, it appears that rimonabant may differentially affect delay discounting in lean and obese rats depending on the choice situation. |
|
|
6. Devaluation of Food Context by Extinction Plus a Dopamine Receptor Blocker Results in Delayed Reacquisition of Food Self-Administration in Rats |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JON KOERBER (Western Washington University), David Goodman (Western Washington University), Jesse Barnes (Western Washington University), Kindsey North (Western Washington University), Stefan Collins (Western Washington University), Rachel Weber (Western Washington University), Jeff Grimm (Western Washington University) |
Abstract: Dopamine receptors are implicated in the primary and secondary reinforcing effects of food and drug reinforcement. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether blocking D2 dopamine receptors during extinction (secondary reinforcement) would affect reacquisition of responding for food pellets (primary reinforcement). Food restricted rats self-administered (FR1) food pellets in 1-h daily sessions for seven days. For the next seven days rats responded in extinction conditions. Prior to each daily extinction session rats were injected with saline or the dopamine D2 antagonist eticlopride (0.03 mg/kg, SC). After the extinction phase, rats were allowed to reacquire food pellet self-administration in seven daily sessions. Rats received saline or eticlopride prior to each session such that four treatment groups were represented: saline extinction, saline reacquisition; eticlopride extinction, saline reacquisition; saline extinction, eticlopride reacquisition; eticlopride extinction, eticlopride reacquisition. Eticlopride decreased lever pressing on the first day of extinction compared to saline-treated rats. There was also an overall acceleration of extinction in eticlopride-treated rats. Eticlopride delayed reacquisition of food self-administration compared to saline-treated rats, although eticlopride-treated rats responded for similar numbers of food pellets by the fifth day of reacquisition. Locomotor activity did not differ between eticlopride-treated and saline-treated rats throughout the study. Interestingly, rats administered eticlopride during extinction showed delayed reacquisition and a decreased overall response rate for food regardless of whether they receiving eticlopride during the reacquisition phase. These results support a role for dopamine D2 receptors not only in the primary reinforcing effects of a food, but in the association of food reinforcement with environmental context. Specifically, memory of a D2 antagonist-devalued food context carried over as a persistent devaluation of primary food reinforcement even though food pellets were never explicitly paired with D2 antagonist. Indirectly devaluing a reinforcer in this way may provide a novel approach for reducing food or drug self-administration behavior relevant to addiction. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Monday evening session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Increasing Acceptance of Food Pieces: An Examination of a Continuum of Treatment Strategies |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MAFALDA PORPORINO (Montreal Children's Hospital), Michelle Lyon (Montreal Children's Hospital), Chantal Martel (Montreal Children's Hospital), Maria Ramsay (Montreal Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Severe feeding problems occur in 3-10 % of typically developing children (Corbett & Drewett, 2004) and 23-43% of children with developmental disabilities (Crist, et al., 1994). Treatment options for these children include the Sequential Oral Sensory approach (Toomey, 2002) and behavioural therapy (Reed et al., 2004). The treatment of a 3 year old boy with refusal of ingesting food pieces is presented. Intervention commenced with group treatment in which escape demand was permitted and involved exposure, reinforcement, peer modeling and sensory oral-motor exercises. In the second phase, escape extinction with time-out procedures and contingent reinforcement were utilized. From a list of 50 common food pieces, maternal report of pieces visually tolerated and pieces ingested were obtained prior to treatment (Time 1), post group treatment (Time 2) and post behavioural treatment (Time 3). By Time 2, visual tolerance of foods presented increased considerably and the number of food pieces ingested increased marginally. The greater increase in ingestion occurred by Time 3, confirming the usefulness of escape extinction to increase acceptance of food pieces (Reed, 2004). Future research will examine the influence of group treatment on the length and intensity of behavioral intervention required to increase ingestion of food pieces. |
|
|
2. Increases in Food Consumption and Variety of a Child With Food Selectivity Using Plate A-Plate B With an Added Modeling Component |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN RIGEL (The Pennsylvania State University), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center) |
Abstract: The effect of modeling in the treatment of food selectivity was assessed using an alternating treatment design comparing a sequential presentation intervention, Plate A-Plate B with and without modeling. The participant was a typically developing seven year-old with a history of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD). In the Plate A-Plate B intervention, participants are rewarded with a larger bite of a preferred food for consuming a smaller bite of a target food. During the modeling condition, a therapist modeled consumption of both the target food and the preferred food while enthusiastically describing the taste. The results showed both an increase in number of bites and increased variety in the modeling condition. Modeling is a treatment component that is low in response effort for the parent and high in social acceptability and may prove to be a useful adjunct to a range of feeding interventions |
|
|
3. Behavioral Intervention to Increase Compliance With EEG Procedures With a Child With Autism |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
BRIDGET G. GIBBONS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Leanna J. Herman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: This study used a behavioral treatment package including systematic desensitization, differential reinforcement, escape extinction, counter-conditioning, and shaping to teach a 5 year old boy with autism and a seizure disorder to tolerate an overnight electroencephalogram or EEG. Participant had a history of aversive conditioning with medical procedures, including an EEG which was discontinued due to his significant distress and escape behaviors. This negatively impacted his physicians ability to assess the severity of his seizure disorder and to properly manage his seizures. At baseline, the participant demonstrated verbal agitation and tearfulness when shown medical equipment including an EEG lead and a hospital glove, and escape behavior when clinician attempted to touch his head. Following 13 treatment sessions, participant tolerated all of the steps required for an overnight EEG, including 15 EEG leads attached to his scalp and forehead, EKG leads attached to his chest, and gauze wrapped around his head and chin (see Table 1 and Figure 1). Following treatment, he successfully completed an overnight EEG. These results highlight the utility of behavioral approaches in teaching children with autism to tolerate complex medical procedures. |
|
|
4. Imagine That: Using Graduated Exposure to Overcome Fear of MRI Scanning Situations in Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DEBORAH LOUISE HATTON (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Deborah Shiloff (National Research Council Institute of Biodiagnostics), Krisztina Malisza (National Research Council Institute of Biodiagnostics), C. T. Yu (University of Mantiba) |
Abstract: Children younger than 5 years-old are frequently prepared for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) with sedation. Scanning children without sedation would maximize patient safety, utilize fewer hospital resources and may potentially increase participation in MRI research studies where sedation is inappropriate. Unfortunately, many young children indicate fear and unwillingness to proceed in MRI scanning situations. Graduated exposure (GE) is a behavioural procedure that breaks down fear-eliciting situations into a hierarchy of specific stimuli in ascending order of subjective fear elicitation. Intermediate steps are created when a subject is unwilling to proceed to the next step in the procedure. Twenty-eight children who previously demonstrated fear of, or unwillingness to enter, an MRI environment were introduced to a mock scanner using either graduated exposure (GE; individual adaptation entailing the addition of smaller steps) or standard familiarization (SF; no intermediate steps) in a matched-pairs design. All children who received GE completed the simulated MRI procedure, while some who received SF made little or no progress. |
|
|
5. Using a Behavioral Treatment Package for Sleep Problems in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL M. KNIGHT (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effectiveness of using a behavioral treatment package for sleep problems in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. The treatment package consisted of four behaviorally-based treatment components: circadian rhythm management (CRM), positive bedtime routines, white noise, and graduated extinction . A multiple baseline design across participants was used for three participants. These families completed a baseline phase of various lengths followed by one month of intervention which included all four treatment components. Data were collected using daily sleep diaries completed by parents. One month after formal treatment ended, follow-up data were collected for a period of one week. Additionally, families completed a social validity scale at the conclusion of the study. Results indicated that the treatment package was effective in decreasing the frequency of night awakenings along with sleep onset latency. Parents reported satisfaction with the four intervention components and that their children slept better as a result of this treatment package. |
|
|
6. CANCELED: A Training Program to Facilitate Caregiver Involvement in School Meetings |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER L. BARAHONA (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Sarah E. Pinkelman (University of Oregon), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Simon Driver (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: Caregivers of children with autism will likely meet with many school professionals once their children become school-aged. These meetings can be intimidating for caregivers who are unfamiliar with special education terminology and protocol, and caregivers may feel ineffective when communicating with school personnel. The purpose of this poster is to describe a training curriculum to teach caregivers ways in which to communicate during meetings with school professionals, including the kinds of questions to ask/statements to make and when to ask or make them. An overview of the training procedures, the participants, and the outcomes are described here. Preliminary data suggest the training produced increases in communication skills and that caregivers found the training effective and useful. |
|
|
7. A Functional Analysis of Sensory Over Sensitivity via Physiological Measures |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University), SARAH WEDDLE (Northen Arizona University), Mandana Kajian (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Sensory over sensitivities are commonly reported with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), significantly impacting their functioning in social settings. Clinicians have typically relied solely on direct observations to identify the function of overt problem behavior via functional analysis methodology (Iwata et al., 1982/1994). However, it is often difficult to objectively measure internal or covert variables (Skinner, 1966). The current study examined the auditory over sensitivity of a 13 year-old male diagnosed with ASD to the sound of individuals engaging in food consumption (eating). The participant displayed problem behavior in the form of humming, teeth chattering, covering of ears, and a refusal to eat in the presence of others eating. Clinicians conducted a functional analysis using Galvanic Skin Response (GSR) to identify the physiological responses during assessment and treatment of his over sensitivity within a multiple treatment reversal design. Results indicated significant decreases in both problem behavior and corresponding GSR with treatment implementation. It was concluded that it was possible to conduct a functional analysis of sensory over sensitivity behaviors via physiological measures. |
|
|
8. Application of Repeated Stimulus Preference Assessment Across Stages of Brain Injury Recovery During Pediatric Inpatient Rehabilitation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
HELEN A. EHLERS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The following case study presents an application of stimulus preference assessment with a six year old male diagnosed with brain injury and severe visual deficit following meningoencephalitis. Assessment of salient stimuli was conducted throughout the patients rehabilitation admission in order to adapt behavioral recommendations according to his recovery and changes in verbal and physical agitation levels. Operational definitions of positive responding varied at the time of each assessment, initially targeting decreased agitation and later focusing on increasing alertness, engagement, positive affect, and purposeful responding. Stimuli were chosen based on information from caregiver and staff interviews (pre-morbid and post brain injury data), a behavioral interview questionnaire (RAISD; Fisher et al, 1996), behavioral observation, and consideration of patients current level of functioning. Response data were collected by two individuals and coded for positive, negative, or neutral responding. Differences in responses across stimuli were detected by repeated assessments. Incorporation of identified stimuli included non-contingent presentation and contingent use by multidisciplinary therapists during sessions. Results suggest repeated stimulus preference assessment s may be useful for individuals who have experienced brain injury throughout various stages of recovery and behavioral presentation to identify stimuli that decrease agitation and increase arousal, engagement, and positive affect during rehabilitation. |
|
|
9. A Clinical Trial of Behavioral Family Therapy in China |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JUN YU (Idaho State University), Mark W. Roberts (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: This study implemented Behavioral Family Therapy (BFT) to treat disruptive behavior among 2- to 7-year-olds in Shanghai, China. BFT was based on the empirically supported program Helping the Noncompliant Child (McMahon & Forehand, 2003), condensed into 5 sessions and reframed as an individual parenting class to engage Chinese families. Nineteen families participated and all completed the program, 9 families included grandparents, and 18 of the children were the only child. Mean child age was 4.3 years (SD = 0.9; range: 2–6), and 79% of the children were male. Pre- and post-treatment comparison showed that perceived child misbehavior on the Aggressive Behavior subscale of the Child Behavior Checklist was significantly lowered, t(21) = 9.39, p < .001. Primary caregivers increased positive behaviors, t(17) = -6.65, p < .001, and decreased intrusive behaviors, t(17) = 8.95, p < .001, during play with their child. Children increased compliance, t(16) = -4.73, p < .001, and caregivers increased contingent attention to child compliance, t(16) = -3.04, p = .008, during simulated clean-up tasks. Caregivers were satisfied with the program. The results suggest a condensed and reframed BFT is feasible in China and beneficial for Chinese families. |
|
|
10. Birth Order, Maternal Authoritarian, and Permissive Asynchrony of Young Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Ana Beatriz Ortiz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to evaluate two forms of maternal asynchrony, authoritarian and permissive, in relation to birth order and gender of children. Participated six mother-child triads, the mothers had a mean age of 27.6 years and 4.2 years for children, three were men, who occupied the position of eldest son and 3 girls who were older daughters with a space average of 2.1 years between siblings. Authoritarian asynchrony is defined as the sum of episodes of mothers aversive behaviors contingent to childs prosocial behavior and permissive asynchrony defined as the sum of episodes of maternal prosocial behavior contingent aversive child behavior. The triads were observed in three sessions of 30 minutes in the supervision of educational activities (e.g. coloring pictures draw) by a group of trained observers using System of Capture of Observational Data SOI-I (Vite, Garcia & Rosas, 2006). The results obtained indicate that the mothers displayed more prosocial behavior toward their younger children but also more aversive with respect to older siblings, on the other hand, show more authoritarian asynchrony to their minor children, yet are also more permissive with them. No differences were found in relation to sex of the children in total dyads. |
|
|
|
|
CSE Monday Evening session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Investigating the Accuracy and Efficacy of Smartphone Applications Intended to Estimate Blood-Alcohol Concentration |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
REBEKAH FRANCIS DUKE (Virginia Tech), Alex Melkonian (Virginia Tech), Loryn Davis (Virginia Tech), John Paul Plummer (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: While breathalyzers are impractical for most individuals, phone applications that estimate an individuals blood alcohol concentration (BAC) may serve a similar role. While these applications have great potential, empirical questions remain about the accuracy and efficacy of these applications. This study aimed to determine the accuracy of phone application BAC estimations and to determine if information provided by these phone applications can shift participants perceptions of intoxication. Research assistants (RAs) approached pedestrians in a downtown bar setting at a large university in the Southeastern United States. Four different phone applications were used to calculate BAC. After receiving the phone applications estimation of BAC, participants were asked about their level of intoxication and risk for a variety of alcohol-related negative outcomes. In another condition, participants answered questions about intoxication and risk prior to receiving the phone applications estimation. Results indicated that all phone applications were highly inaccurate in estimating BAC, an average difference of .045 mL/L between actual and estimated BAC. Additionally, participants perceptions of safety and intoxication changed as a function of this feedback. It seems apparent phone applications may currently be doing more harm than good until more accurate BAC-estimation algorithms are developed. |
|
|
2. Can Sobriety Tests be Used as an Educational Tool to Help Individuals Better Estimate their Blood Alcohol Level and Risk for Negative Outcomes? |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELICA MELVIN (Virginia Tech), Laura K. Olah (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech), Sarah Bayliff (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Sobriety testing is a frequently used method by law enforcement personnel for determining a persons level of intoxication. However, it is possible to use this method to give impairment feedback to an intoxicated person. By offering feedback to individuals, they may be able to better understand their own physical signals that coincide with their level of intoxication. Thus, they may be more self aware of their level of intoxication. This study evaluates the effectiveness of sobriety tests, examines the exactitude of sobriety testing in predicting blood alcohol concentration (BAC), and tests whether the feedback given to the participants aids them in estimating their intoxication level and increases their understanding of the possible results from driving while impaired. Research team leaders were coached by the local police department in administering a diversity of sobriety test approved by the NHTSA. The research assistants (RAs) were also trained to recruit participants in a downtown environment and administer a survey. Once informed consent was given, the survey was taken and the sobriety test was completed, the participant predicted their current BAC. The results found that students were better able to process the risks of drinking, however, sobriety testing provided little aid for estimating BAC |
|
|
3. An Investigation of Maintenance in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Carrie M. Dempsey (California State University, Stanislaus), LYUDMILA LANGFORD (California State University, Stanisluas), Pedro Bautista (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) suggested that the endurance of behavior change over time, or maintenance, should be a focus of behavioral research. Despite this early recommendation, no previous studies have examined the extent to which maintenance is programmed for, or evaluated, in behavioral applications.The current study was undertaken for this purpose; articles from the last two decades of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis were systematically evaluated to determine: (1) the percentage of treatment studies with maintenance data, (2) the characteristics of treatments associated with maintenance, and (3) the characteristics of follow up data.Preliminary results show that 65% of the journal articles involve treatment applications, but only 22% of the treatment studies include data on maintenance. The implications of these finding for research in the field of applied behavior analysis are discussed. |
|
|
4. Reduce, Reuse, Remember! Promoting Energy-Saving Behaviors in Sorority Students |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE SCHULTZ (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), Kelly Rush (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions can lead to short-term (e.g., 3 weeks) energy reduction (e.g., Bekker et al., 2010). However, few studies have examined the efficacy of these methods in support of long-term change (e.g., several months). The purpose of the present study was twofold: (1) replicate a recent study that used visual prompts, feedback, and incentives to reduce energy consumption on a college campus; and (2) extend that study by following participants post-intervention to assess the durability of the intervention. Two campus sorority houses (an intervention and a control house) were selected to participate. Data were collected daily over a 7 week period (3 week baseline, 4 week intervention) by reading each houses energy meter. During intervention, signs suggesting methods to reduce energy consumption were placed in all rooms; a savings thermometer (updated daily) was placed in the main room displaying cumulative monetary savings (toward an end goal). Results indicated that the intervention house reduced their average energy use by 12% ($108); whereas, the control house reduced their energy use by less than 1%, suggesting that, at least in the short-term, the intervention effectively reduced energy consumption. Data collected through May 2012 will indicate whether this energy reduction can be sustained. |
|
|
5. Innovations for Increasing Resiliency and Improving Outcomes for Homeless Youth |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
CANDACE DRUMMOND (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: We will present a literature review of previous and ongoing research in the area of risk and resiliency surrounding homeless youth. Homeless youth and children have notably higher rates of mental health problems, including mood disorders, suicidality and PTSD as well as developmental delays (Kennedy, et al., 2010; Grothaus, et al., 2011). Service providers within this area are pressed with providing a wide range of protective factors to meet “ever-increasing needs and challenges faced by homeless youth” (Gharabaghi & Stuart, 2010, p. 1683).
This Poster session will present and discuss previous and ongoing research conducted in the area of youth homelessness and the creation of protective factors through structured shelter services and unstructured social connections. It will include a literature review of services needed by this population as well as innovative ideas for dealing with this highly marginalized group. We will discuss innovative changes to mitigate the challenges faced by this population. Session participants will learn to develop relationships and interventions to serve the educational, environmental and social needs of homeless youth. |
|
|
6. Disseminating Dialectical Behavior Therapy Skills in the Community: Four Semesters of Experience |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALVIN HOUSE (Illinois State University), Lauren M. Young (Illinois State University), Caroline Van Aman (Illinois State University), Heather Terhorst (Illinois State University), Abigail Ramon (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Over four academic semesters first and second year graduate students in Clinical-Counseling psychology at Illinois State University provided an outpatient skills training group with the four traditional DBT modules and a valued living module. All client participants were required to be in counseling with a therapist in the community during their participation with the skills training group, and a two-way release of information were required so communication could be made freely between the community therapist and group facilitators. The poster reviews this experience, the benefits for clients and clinicians in training, and the problems and lessons encountered. In addition to anticipated issues (client crises, issues of staffing and scheduling, recruitment, balance between didactic and clinical focus); additional challenges included balancing supply and demand issues in a university clinic, relationships among clinicians, the need to learn from our mistakes and missteps, and the daunting tasks of evaluating what good (if any) we were doing in the real world. The graduate students involved to date have consistently reported this to be a valuable training experience; feedback from former clients and their community therapists have been more mixed. Efforts are underway to more effectively evaluate the service provided to the community by this activity. As a training vehicle offering the skills group seems to have been a very trainee-friendly method of contributing to the transition from professional in training to professional in practice, and to have provided a good setting in which to practice treatment skills in a structured and supportive environment. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Case Study: Analysis of Self-Injurious Behaviorin a 9-year old Female with Autism and Cerebral Palsy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH JANE SILVERS (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Alison Anderson (Applied Behavior Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Research indicates that functional analysis may lead to effective behavioral interventions more often than other behavior assessment methods. However, functional analysis is not always feasible or desirable for practitioners in the clinical setting. Due to restraints on resources and ethical considerations, practitioners often need to rely on descriptive assessment and indirect assessment methods. The present study examined the efficacy of using antecedent-behavior-consequence narrative recording to develop hypotheses regarding the function of self-injurious behavior (i.e. hair pulling) in a 9-year old female diagnosed with cerebral palsy and autism. Analysis of the antecedent-behavior-consequence narrative recording data and other descriptive methods indicated that the self-injurious behavior may be maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escaping task demands and positive reinforcement in the form of attention from direct care staff. The impact and limitations of this data analysis on the development and efficacy of a subsequent behavior intervention plan will be discussed. |
|
|
2. Comparison of Verbal, Pictorial, and Video Preference Assessment Formats |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy Campbell (SEEK Education, Inc.), GRACE C.E. CHANG (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: Conducting preference assessments is a vital procedure for the development and implementation of effective behavior change programs. However, providing access to a protracted activity during such assessments is not always feasible, especially when faced with time and/or contextual constraints (e.g., taking client to an amusement park). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the reliability of three preference assessment formats for protracted activities: verbal assessment during which participants were asked to choose what they prefer from various activities; pictorial assessment during which participants were asked to choose between pictures of various activities, and video assessment during which participants were viewed a video clip of the activity upon selection. Discussion and implications of the reliability of the three preference assessment formats for protracted activities will be discussed along with some conclusions regarding the most reliable format based upon participant characteristics. |
|
|
3. Clarifying Functional Analysis Outcomes in an Individual Exhibiting Multiple Topographies of Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CRYSTAL THOMAS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather K. Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Justin Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: It is well-established that the use of a functional analysis (e.g., Iwata et al., 1982/1994) can lead to the development of effective treatments for individuals with intellectual disabilities. For most individuals who engage in multiple topographies of problem behavior, conducting a functional analysis by providing consequences for all topographies has found to be an appropriate and efficient practice (Derby et al., 1994, 2000). However, if the individual engages in high-rate behavior, other lower-rate behaviors may be reduced because the high-rate behavior contacts the contingency more often. Therefore, in some cases, it may be necessary to conduct a functional analysis in which each topography of problem behavior receives differential consequences separately. In the current study, two concurrent functional analyses were conducted with a 16 year old male diagnosed with autism and severe intellectual disability who was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of head banging, self-injury, aggression, and disruptive behavior. In one functional analysis, all topographies of problem behavior received consequences. In the other functional analysis, differential consequences were provided for an individual topography at a time while all other problem behaviors received no consequences. Results indicate that, for two topographies of problem behavior, the functions may have been masked when providing consequences for multiple topographies at once. These results are discussed in relation to masked functions (Asmus et al., 2003) and response class hierarchies (Smith & Churchill, 2002). Implications of this methodology are discussed. |
|
|
4. Teaching Young Adults with Disabilities to Respond Appropriately to Lures from Strangers |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISA H. FISHER (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Meghan M. Burke (Vanderbilt University), Megan M. Griffin (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: The dangers posed by strangers toward children and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are not often addressed in school or research settings, though individuals with IDD are at greater risk of abuse and exploitation. To address the lack of interventions, this study evaluated the effectiveness of a 2-phase intervention teaching 5 young adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities to respond appropriately to lures from strangers. Participants were 4 males and 1 female between the ages of 20-23. Phase 1 behavior skills training (BST) was used to teach participants to say no, walk away, and tell an adult in response to a lure from a stranger and Phase 2 BST was conducted in situ. Movement away from the confederate stranger was measured during baseline, generalization, and maintenance through in situ assessments. Prior to training, participants did not walk away from strangers. Skills were quickly acquired during Phase 1 role-play; yet, participants did not consistently walk away from strangers during in situ assessments. All participants walked away from strangers after Phase 2, and skills maintained up to 3 months after training. Clinical implications and future research are discussed. |
|
|
5. Instructional Programming for Prereading Skills: Effects of Delayed Matching-to-Sample and Letter-Identification Training on Naming of the Letters B and D |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (University of Kansas), Sarah Hall (University of Kansas), Sheila Shuan Tsau (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The current study examined emergent naming of lower-case letters b and d following computerized delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) and receptive letter-identification training. During the pretest, three adults with intellectual disabilities named the letters p and q correctly but not b and d. To train the successive discrimination of the printed letters--a critical component of letter-naming--they were first trained on a 0-s identity DMTS task with the letters b and d. They were then trained on a receptive letter-identification task in which they selected the printed letter b or the printed letter d upon hearing the spoken letter name. During the posttest following the training, all participants named the letters b and d more accurately than during the pretest. One participant showed intermediate accuracy, and thus he was retrained on the DMTS and letter-identification tasks. Accuracy improved during the test following the retraining, in which he was instructed to point to the right and left in the presence of the printed letters b and d, respectively. The high accuracy was maintained when the instruction was discontinued. The results suggest that the computerized DMTS and receptive-letter identification training is a valuable addition to the development of instructional programming for letter naming. |
|
|
6. Relations Among Preference, Response Rate, and Break Point When Using a Progressive Ratio Schedule |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TOBY L. MARTIN (St. Amant Research Centre), Carly Chand (University of Manitoba), Lilian Saltel (University of Manitoba), Pamela Kelso (University of Manitoba), C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: We investigated how well break points and response rates, obtained under a progressive ratio (PR) schedule of delivering food or activities, agree with each other and with preference levels obtained from paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992). Three adults with severe developmental disabilities received, in order: a PS preference assessment for six food items or leisure activity items; up to 29 sessions of switch-pressing to receive the same items on a PR schedule in an ABAB reversal design; and a second PS preference assessment for the same items. Percent preference for items were averaged across the two assessments. During PR schedule sessions, the number of responses required for item delivery started at 1 and increased by 1 after each reinforcement. Sessions were terminated after 1 minute with no responses. The highest completed ratio in a session was the break point and the mean was computed across the three sessions. Response rate (per minute) was also computed per session. Preference level as measured by relative selection frequency generally predicted the relative reinforcing effectiveness of items, but break point and response rates diverged as measures of reinforcing effectiveness in ways that may have clinical and research implications. |
|
|
7. Comparison of Related Incidental Information vs. Nonrelated Incidental Information |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY SPRIGGS (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of providing incidental information while teaching various types of skills to children with disabilities. Providing non-target information during systematic instruction can increase the amount of information students learn. Research in this area is expanding to evaluate the types of incidental information that can be learned (e.g., targets that are un-related to skills being taught; difficulty of incidental information being provided). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the benefits of including incidental information while teaching three kindergarten students with disabilities basic math facts (numbers, shapes, and addition). Results were evaluated via an adapted alternating treatments design for acquisition of target skills and via pre/post-test for acquisition of incidental information. Results indicated all students learned target information regardless of type of incidental (related vs. non-related) that followed each trial; results also indicated that students were able to learn at least some related incidental targets and some students were able to learn non-related incidental targets. This study is currently being replicated in elementary and high school classes while teaching core-content information that will be assessed via alternate assessment. Results are expected to be complete prior to May; graphic results included are for the first study only. |
|
|
8. Evaluating the Efficacy of Auditory and Visual Signals on Functional Communication under Escape Conditions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISSA B. ALLEN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England), Jodi Elizabeth Nuernberger (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities often have limited verbal repertoires and may engage in maladaptive behaviors in lieu of appropriate behaviors to access preferred stimuli. Functional Communication Training (FCT), although an efficacious treatment to reduce occurrences of maladaptive behavior, may result in unmanageable rates of the communicative response. Research has shown that gradually introducing a multiple schedule of reinforcement can ameliorate these high rates. To date, no studies have attempted the gradual introduction of a multiple schedule with behavior sensitive to negative reinforcement. Moreover, although evidence exists in the basic literature for the use of auditory stimuli as discriminative stimuli for the components of a multiple schedule, there is a paucity of applied research on multiple schedules with auditory signals. In the current study, 2 participants with developmental disabilities and intact vision and hearing received FCT to teach a functionally communicative response (e.g., touching a break card). Once the participants acquired the response, they were exposed to a multiple schedule condition, in which either auditory or visual signals were arranged to signal the components, and a mixed schedule (control) condition in which neither component was signaled. |
|
|
9. Functional Analysis of Episodic Problem Behavior Correlated with Recurrent Manic Behavior Associated with Bipolar Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISSA B. ALLEN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England), Jodi Elizabeth Nuernberger (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: A functional analysis examined the consequences that maintained episodic problem behavior and the relation between those consequences and the presence of manic behaviors (e.g., elevated speech) for a woman with Bipolar Disorder and a moderate intellectual disability. The functional analysis demonstrated a relation between differential response patterns between attention and control sessions and manic behavior data. Higher response rates were observed in the attention condition when mania was present than in the attention condition when mania was absent. Thus, results indicated that problem behavior occurred almost exclusively only during days in which manic behaviors occurred prior to sessions. This suggests that on those days, an establishing operation was in place that increased the reinforcing effectiveness of attention and evoked behaviors that resulted in attention. This finding was depicted by the higher rates of problem behavior during the attention mania sessions relative to the control mania sessions, and near zero rates of problem behavior during the attention no mania sessions and the control no mania sessions. |
|
|
10. Evaluation of Independent, Full Physical Alternating Prompting Hierarchy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIA GARRIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah M. Richling (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Discrete Trials Teaching as used with individuals with developmental disabilities may often utilize most to least or least to most prompting hierarchies. However, there are critiques and advantages related to both hierarchies. With most to least prompting there may be an increase in prompt dependency on the part of the client; but prompting is faster and there may not be an opportunity for clients to engage in problematic behavior associated with incorrect responding. With least to most prompting the client may learn what the correct response is to an instruction; they may also learn what behaviors are excluded from correct responses. Using an alternating hierarchy between independent opportunities and full physical prompts may decrease acquisition time as well as allow the client to come into contact with incorrect responses. It is hypothesized that an independent, full physical alternating prompting hierarchy may act as an alternative prompting method and may result in quicker acquisition rates amongst individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
11. Comparison of Preference and Reinforcer Assessments |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Natalia Garrido (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah M. Richling (University of Nevada, Reno), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno), VICKI MORENO (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The terms preference assessment and reinforcer assessment may be used interchangeably in applied settings. However, these two assessment methodologies do not necessarily provide the same information. Preference assessments result in a hierarchical position of a preferred item relative to the other items assessed. Preference assessments to do not provide information regarding the reinforcing value of that item. Reinforcer assessments, however, provide an indication of the reinforcing value of an item at the time during which it is assessed. Preference assessments are often conducted with individuals with developmental disabilities in applied settings. However, preference assessments may be misleading as to the potential effectiveness of the reinforcers used. Preference assessments may be affected by a number of variables that may not be related to the reinforcing value of the stimulus. Reinforcer assessments may provide a more accurate selection of stimuli to be used as reinforcers for facilitation the acquisition of behavior. It is hypothesized that reinforcer assessments may act as a more accurate indicator of the reinforcing effectiveness of stimuli under various conditions. |
|
|
12. Further Comparisons of Verbal, Pictorial, and Tangible Stimulus Preference Assessments |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AINSLEY THOMPSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly Gemp (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth Commins (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous literature has provided mixed results for the consistency of verbal and pictorial preference assessments in comparison to tangible preference assessments (Northup, George, Jones, Broussard, & Vollmer, 1996; Higbee, Carr, and Harrison, 1999; Hanley, Iwata, and Lindberg, 1999; Cohen-Almeida, Graff, & Ahearn, 2000, Conyers et al, 2002). Tangible paired-choice stimulus preference assessments were compared to verbal and pictorial paired-choice assessments for three individuals with mild to moderate intellectual disability. Consistent ranking for 80% of the edible items was observed for 2 out of 3 individuals across the tangible and verbal assessments. However, rankings were significantly differentiated in one case (100% versus 27% times chosen). Consistent ranking for 70-90% of the edible items was observed for all 3 individuals across the tangible and pictorial assessments, with at least 75% of the most highly preferred items remaining consistent for all participants. Inconsistent responding was most frequently observed between lesser preferred items across both assessments (verbal and pictorial choices were higher than actual tangible choice). These findings support the use of pictorial preference assessments for children with appropriate discrimination skills when time and materials are limited. |
|
|
13. The Effects of Self-Monitoring and Recruiting Teacher Attention on the Accuracy of Pre-Vocational Tasks by Middle School Students with Moderate to Intensive Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA ANNE ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Julie Everhart (Westerville City Schools), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring and recruiting reinforcement are two evidence-based practices that can increase independent functioning for a range of diverse learners, including children with moderate to intensive disabilities. This study was designed to examine the combined effects of self-monitoring and recruiting reinforcement on the accuracy with which middle school students with moderate to intensive disabilities performed prevocational tasks (e.g., hanging shirts and sorting them by size, organizing mail by zip code, measuring liquids in cups and ounces). Specifically, the special education teacher taught two sixth grade boys to use a series of picture prompts to self-monitor their performance of each step in a prevocational task. Students were taught to self-assess their performance by comparing their completed work to a photograph, and then appropriately signal the teacher to obtain feedback and praise. The special education teacher used modeling, guided practice, and corrective feedback during training. A multiple baseline across behaviors design demonstrated that self-monitoring and recruiting reinforcement was functionally related to increased competence of pre-vocational skills as measured by the percentage of steps completed accurately. |
|
|
14. Avoidance Contingencies and the Treatment of Explosive Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CAITLIN J. FULTON (Munroe Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole DeRosa (University of Southern Maine) |
Abstract: Anecdotal observations suggested that the problem behavior of an 8-year-old boy (Jon) diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder may also be evoked by disruptions to the arrangement of his preferred play materials, Legos. Two conditions were compared in the initial analysis: one in which the therapist either added a piece or removed a piece from Jons Lego construction every 30 s and one in which Jon had access to uninterrupted play. Because Jons initial response following the therapists disruptions was to throw and destroy his Lego constructions, the therapist was never able to restore the environment contingent on problem behavior; Jons destruction of his Lego constructions also made it impossible for the therapist to continue to present the EO, suggesting that avoidance maintained problem behavior. Jon was taught a functional communication response for avoidance and escape. Because extinction could not be programmed and disruptions to play materials are sometimes inevitable, we also developed a treatment consisting of differential reinforcement of other behavior and schedule thinning. By the end of treatment, Jon consistently tolerated 17 disruptions per session without engaging in problem behavior. |
|
|
15. Functional Communication Training With and Without Alternative Reinforcement and Punishment: An Analysis of 42 Applications |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
FARIS KRONFLI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joshua Jessel (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-established treatment for problem behavior displayed by individuals with intellectual disabilities. The current study summarizes 42 applications of FCT from 38 cases where FCT was used. The goal is to extend and update a previous review by Hagopian, Fisher, Sullivan, Acqusito, & LeBlanc, 1998. Hagopian et al. found that extinction was a necessary component of FCT, but that punishment was also necessary to further reduce levels of problem behavior in some cases. The current study examines more recent cases where FCT was applied with alternative reinforcement components (e.g., noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement). Results indicate that FCT plus alternative reinforcement was more effective than FCT alone, and that punishment procedures were used less often. |
|
|
|
|
DEV Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Toddlers’ Search Behavior in the Absence of Visual Cues |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
PABLO COVARRUBIAS (Universidad de Guadalajara), Francois Tonneau (Universidade do Minho), Alma Velázquez (Universidad de Guadalajara), Daniel Andrade (Universidad de Guadalajara), Elizabeth Godínez (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: In the sandbox version of the A-not-B search task, children observe a sandbox surface while searching for an object previously buried at two different locations (A or B). In our study, two-year-old children searched for a toy buried at A and then at B, with a curtain placed in front of them to prevent the use of visual cues while searching. After a 10-s delay, children were encouraged to reach under the curtain and find the buried toy. Results showed that children responded mainly toward the midpoint between the A and B locations, which suggests that at this age the motor response system becomes unstable in the absence of visual information. |
|
|
2. The Use of Fixed-Time Schedules of Reinforcement to Maintain Responding |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVEN W. PAYNE (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Time-based schedules of reinforcement are typically used to reduce the occurrence of a particular response. However, researchers have suggested that responses may maintain under time-based schedules, although it is unclear as to what mechanisms are responsible for this maintenance. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate whether responding will maintain under FT schedules and to evaluate possible mechanisms by which response maintenance under FT schedules occurred. Subjects are preschool age children who are typically developing. For one subject, we have shown that responding did not maintain under FT schedules. For two participants, however, we showed that responding did maintain under FT schedules. Further evaluation was conducted in which the possibility for adventitious reinforcement of responding was removed. The results of this manipulation suggested that adventitious reinforcement was not necessary for the maintenance of responding, and that stimulus control was the likely mechanism for response maintenance under FT schedules. We are currently in the process of replicating these results across the participants. |
|
|
3. Implementing Behavioral Procedures in a Day Program for Individuals with Brain Injuries |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
JACKIE THAXTON (Florida State University/Panama City), Zaday Sanchez (Florida State University/Panama City), Jordynn Bree (Florida State University/Panama City), Alison Parker Ivancic (Florida State University/Panama City) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to illustrate the ways in which behavioral principles are being employed in a day program for individuals with brain injuries. This day program is a non-profit organization that provides post rehabilitation services to adult brain injury survivors in a group setting. Upon initial visits, behavior analysis students developed an assessment to measure the deficits of the members so that individual goals could be set. From these assessments, the most common goals were used to guide daily activities offered to the members. A sample of the activities offered includes cooking, short and long term memory tasks, and crafts. To help ensure the members were benefitting from these activities, engagement data were collected and social validity was measured. In addition to the changes made in the group setting, individualized services were offered. These included procedures designed to reduce stuttering in a 25-year-old woman, increase functional language in a 52-year-old man with aphasia, and decrease bizarre vocalizations in a 36-year-old woman. With the growing number of volunteers from Florida State Universitys Applied Behavior Analysis program, other advances are anticipated in the future. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Identifying a Behavioral Task Sensitive to Early Spatial Learning and Memory Deficits in a TauP301L Transgenic Mouse Model |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DAVID E. TOSTO (West Virginia University), Tiffany L. Glover (West Virginia University), Stephen L. Deweese (West Virginia University), Kevin M. Knowlan (West Virginia University), John M. Grizzanti (West Virginia University), Miranda Reed (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The tauP301L mouse is a valid mouse model of Alzheimers disease in which mutant tau expression can be turned on and off. Prior research using the Morris water maze revealed a significant spatial learning and memory deficit in tauP301L mice compared to transgene negative mice and mice expressing wild-type human tau (tauWT). The purpose of this study was to determine the age of initial impairment, and progression of impairment, using a longitudinal memory task that allows for daily examination of learning and memory functioning. To do this, we used the incremental repeated acquisition (IRA) schedule of reinforcement. Days were designated as either performance, where the sequence of responses was always the same, or learning, where a different sequence was trained each day. Mice (n = 5 P301L, n = 7 WT, n = 9 TgNeg) began running under the performance component while tau expression was off to allow similar acquisition of the performance component. After 25 days of the performance component, tau expression was turned on, and daily sessions alternated between performance and learning components. We predict similar acquisition of the performance component, but more errors in the learning components for tauP301L mice that increase as pathology worsens. |
|
|
2. Evaluation of Probability Discounting: A Comparison of Real and Hypothetical Rewards and a Molecular Analysis of the Effect of Recent History on Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HALEY STEINHAUSER (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Andrew D. Hucks (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated whether there is a reward effect in probability discounting, and analyzed the effect of recent histories on probability discounting. The first part of the study compared the probability discounting of real and hypothetical rewards, using two roulette-type wheels. The likely-win wheel remained at a high probability of winning and a lower objective value, while the risky-choice wheel involved a lower probability of winning and a consistent higher value. Participants chose between a likely-win wheel and a risky-choice wheel in a hypothetical reward condition and a real reward condition. The second part of the study consisted of collecting probability discounting data with the same roulette-type wheels representing a likely-win and a risky-choice. Participants discounted points that were directly related to a monetary reward at the end of the experiment. Each individual's degree of discounting was analyzed based on a win to loss ratio, in order to determine if experienced wins and losses in a practical discounting task affects the degree to which individuals discount. The results of the analysis will suggest whether or not the ratio of wins to losses affects the probability at which a likely win and a risky choice are of equal subjective value. |
|
|
3. Examining Discounting Rates of Healthy Food Choices by College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ASHLEY NIEBAUER (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Andrew D. Hucks (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Several studies have examined humans rates of discounting, however, few studies have applied delay discounting to investigate humans health-related behaviors such as healthy eating habits. The present study examined the rates of discounting of healthy food choices made by 13 undergraduate students at the University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire. Participants completed a series of discounting tasks after reading a hypothetical scenario and viewing nutrition facts for five McDonalds food items. A health survey completed at the conclusion of the study served as an indicator of lifestyle healthiness of participants. Results of the discounting task suggest that preferences reverse in relation to the number of calories in fast food items. Results also imply that the body mass index of a human does not predict the level of lifestyle healthiness. The present study suggests that disclosing nutrition facts to consumers prior to consumption could result in a reverse of preference for a healthier menu item. |
|
|
4. Effect of the Pre-Training on a Progressive Ratio Schedule of Reinforcement Over the Development of Activity-Based Anorexia in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANGELES PEREZ-PADILLA (UNED) |
Abstract: Activity-based anorexia (ABA) developed when animals simultaneously had free access to a running wheel and were exposed to food restriction. Some researches argued about changes in the reinforcing effectiveness of food and of running (Pierce, Epling and Boer, 1986). This research studied differences between animals trained to obtain food according to a progressive ratio (PR) schedule (PR group) and non trained animals (non-PR group). When ABA-PR animals developed stable patterns of operant lever pressing, an ABA procedure was introduced. Once more, the restriction of food and free access to an activity wheel resulted in the development of ABA included in the PR group. Despite they maintained a similar intake of food pellets in the operant chambers; they showed a marked body-weight loss and an increase of food intake in the activity procedure. Both measures were slightly less than in the non-PR group. Moreover, a significant increase in the running activity (higher than in the non-PR group) did not prevent the operant behavior of lever pressing; otherwise it was on the increase. Then, a moderate and excessive running activity could be increased the reinforcing effectiveness of food on a PR schedule. |
|
|
5. Avoidance of Timeout from Response-Independent Schedules With and Without a Limited Hold on Consumption |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: This research is concerned with factors that affect the aversiveness of timeout from positive reinforcement. In some previous research, animals avoided timeout at a higher rate when the schedule of food delivery was lean than when it was rich. Other research has shown the opposite. We examined a potential reason for the discrepant findings. Eight rats pressed a lever to avoid 30-s timeouts that occurred every 30 s. Across conditions, the schedule of food or sucrose delivery was leaned from a variable-time 0.5-min to an 8-min schedule. The schedules of sucrose delivery incorporated a limited holda dipper was raised for a set periodwhereas the schedules of food delivery did not. When a limited hold is present, behavior directed toward the magazine may compete with avoidance and compromise the validity of avoidance rates as a measure of the aversiveness of timeout. When a limited hold is absent, competition between magazine-directed behavior and avoidance should be reduced, allowing avoidance rates to serve as a measure of the aversiveness of timeout. We hypothesized that in the presence of a limited hold, avoidance would increase as the rate of delivery was leaned, but in the absence of a limited hold, avoidance would decrease. In the conditions conducted thus far, avoidance rates decreased as the delivery rates were leaned in the groups with and without the limited hold |
|
|
6. Schedule-Induced Behavior in P. Campbelli Dwarf Hamsters |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SEEN SO (University of Alaska Anchorage), Joseph D. Mintz (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: The regular, periodic presentation of food elicits instinctive behaviors related to food acquisition in many species. For example, Syrian hamsters (Mesocricetus auratus) presented with food every 32 seconds engaged in high levels of digging, scrabbling (i.e., scraping with forepaws while standing erect, Shettleworth, 1975, p.59), and rearing to contact the panel containing the food dispenser (panel rearing). In the current experiment, 8 adult dwarf hamsters were trained for 30 days on an FT-30 second schedule for 30 minute per day, 5 days per week. Subjects were videotaped on days 1 and 30 of the current experiment. The footage was then scored for the following behaviors (operationalized by Shettleworth) in each second of the 30 minute session: scrabbling, open rear, panel rear, and wall rear. Similar results and action patterns were observed in dwarf hamsters as were reported by Shettleworth in Syrian hamsters. As shown in Figures 1-2, scrabbling and panel rearing both increased toward the end of the 30-second interval with 30 days of training on the FT-30 second schedule. |
|
|
7. Comparing Extinction and Noncontingent Reinforcement: The Discriminative Effects of Reinforcement Delivery |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JESSICA P. ALVAREZ (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University), Joanna Lomas (Louisiana State University), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Extinction (EXT) and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) procedures are commonly used to reduce problem behavior maintained by operant reinforcement. Both procedures are similar in that they reduce behavior by eliminating the contingency between that behavior and reinforcement. However, these procedures may differ in that EXT may leave the discriminative effects of that reinforcer intact whereas NCR may disrupt the discriminative effect of that reinforcer. The discriminative effects of reinforcement following EXT compared to NCR were investigated using procedures adapted from Spradlin, Girardeau, and Hom (1966) with four participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders or developmental delays. Results indicate that following EXT, re-emergent responding was not more likely to occur in the presence of reinforcement compared to control trials across participants. Additionally, re-emergent responding was overall unlikely to occur following both EXT and NCR conditions. At this time we recommend practitioners continue to use both procedures as behavior reduction strategies in applied settings. |
|
|
8. Can Conditional Stimuli Acquire Reinforcer Functions When Training Involves Class-Specific Consequences? An Equivalence Analysis |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MATTHEW ALCALA (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Breyanna Marie Long (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Four typically developing children received simple discrimination training, in which one B stimulus and two distracter stimuli were presented on each trial. C stimuli were presented as consequences for correct selections of B stimuli, and other abstract stimuli were presented as consequences for selecting the distracters. This phase established that the C stimuli did not function as conditioned reinforcers, in that none of the children acquired discriminations. Simple discrimination training with class-specific reinforcers for the A and B stimuli was conducted in Phase 2 followed by probes to test for class formation (A,B,R). All four participants acquired the discriminations, and three of the four participants showed class-specific responding on probe testing. In Phase 3 CD conditional discriminations will be trained using the same class-specific reinforcers, followed by probe testing for emergent relations (A,B,C,D,R). In Phase 4 E simple discrimination training will present C stimuli as class-specific consequences for correct selections of the E stimuli (e.g., E1->C1). Acquisition would indicate that the conditional C stimuli (C1,C2,C3) had come to act as conditioned class-specific reinforcers. Successful class expansion to include the E-stimuli would show that the C stimuli functioned not only as conditioned reinforcers, but also as class-specific consequences and nodes for class expansion. |
|
|
9. Identifying Complementary and Substitutable Stimuli |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Brian D. Greer (University of Kansas), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (University of Kansas), CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Few applied studies have examined the complementary nature of reinforcers and how such relations may influence behavior. This study evaluates a method for identifying complementary and substitutable stimuli. A multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment was conducted with typically developing preschoolers to identify preferred edible items. A modified multiple stimulus with replacement (MSW) preference assessment was conducted to identify potential complementary and substitutable stimuli. Finally, a reinforcer assessment was conducted in which three stimuli (stimulus A; stimulus B, a potential complement; and stimulus C, a potential substitute) were concurrently available for completion of increasing work requirements. Responding during sessions in which stimulus A (the stimulus common to both the complementary and substitutable relations) was available noncontingently was compared to responding during sessions in which stimulus A was not freely available. Results were idiosyncratic across subjects and are discussed in terms of (a) advantages and disadvantages of the methodology for efficient identification and demonstration of complementary and substitutable stimuli, and (b) implications of complementary and substitutable stimuli for use in designing interventions for problem behavior. |
|
|
10. Constant Versus Variable Moral Maxims in Rule-Governed Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BRENDA YAZMIN CASTELLANOS RAMIREZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Two groups of children were exposed to the narration of different fables. Moral maxims of fables were different between sessions for one group and were the same for the other group. After each fable, children were exposed to four different tasks: a) identify true or false sentences about the fable; b) fill the blanks of uncompleted sentences about the fable; c) matching-to-sample trials using segments of the fable as sample and comparison stimuli; and d) apply the moral maxim of the fable in hypothetical daily-life situations. Percentage of correct responses decreased across initial tasks for children exposed to the same moral maxim between sessions. For the other group, the percentage of correct responses was relatively high and constant across initial tasks. These children, however, did not applied moral maxims correctly as children from the other group did. These results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on comprehension and rule-governed behavior. |
|
|
11. Symbolic Versus Physical Proprieties of Stimuli on the Acquisition and Transfer of Conditional Discriminations by Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GELACIO GUZMAN DIAZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: College students were exposed to a second-order matching-to-sample task using numbers as stimuli. For different groups, matching relations were based on arithmetic operations or typography and colors of stimuli. After training sessions, participants were exposed to transfer tests in which the two kinds of matching relations were possible within a trial or between trials, as well as to transfer trials in which shape and color of geometric stimuli were used as matching modalities. Acquisition of the conditional discrimination was faster under the arithmetic tasks than under the other task. However, no significant differences between groups were observed in transfer tests. These results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on generalized matching-to-sample and rule-governed behavior. |
|
|
12. True or False Contextual Stimuli on the Acquisition and Transfer of Conditional Discriminations by Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ENOC OBED DE LA SANCHA VILLA (Universidad Veracruzana), Gelacio Guzman Diaz (Universidad Veracruzana), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: College students were exposed to a matching-to-sample task using shape similarity (SS) and color similarity (CS) as matching relations. After training, participants were exposed to a transfer test using new stimuli as well as a third matching relation: difference (D). Contextual stimuli (C) visually modeled SS or CS matching relations in each training trial. Between subjects, reinforcement (SR) for matching responses (MR) was consistent or inconsistent with the visually modeled matching relations: SSC-SSMR-SR and CSC-CSMR-SR versus SSC-CSMR-SR and CSC-SSMR-SR. Participants exposed to the consistent condition acquired the conditional discrimination faster than participants exposed to the inconsistent condition. Performances in SS and CS transfer test trials were closely similar between participants. In DC transfer test trials, participants exposed to the inconsistent condition did not choice comparison stimuli identical to sample stimuli; however, their matching responses were highly consistent across trials. These results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on generalized matching-to-sample, transformation function and rule-governed behavior. |
|
|
13. Spatial Location as Contextual Stimuli on the Acquisition and Transfer of Conditional Discriminations by Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Gelacio Guzman Diaz (Universidad Veracruzana), Enoc Obed De la Sancha Villa (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: College students were exposed to a matching-to-sample task and three transfer tests. For different groups, matching relations were signaled by contextual stimuli, the spatial location of sample stimuli, or the spatial location of comparison stimuli. Terminal performances in training were similar between groups. However, performances under transfer tests showed that the spatial location of stimuli exerted a higher contextual control of matching relations than explicit signals. The spatial location of sample stimuli exerted a higher contextual control of matching relations than the spatial location of comparison stimuli. These results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on generalized matching-to-sample and rule-governed behavior. |
|
|
14. Assessment of the Relatedness of Equivalent Stimuli Through Event-Related Potentials |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RENATO BORTOLOTI (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Teresa Mitchell (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The N400 is an event-related brain potential that reflects semantic processing. This component, a negative voltage deflection occurring roughly 400 ms post-stimulus, is elicited by semantic incompatibility between stimuli. This study was designed to investigate whether violation of an established set of equivalence relations would elicit an N400. Relations AB, BC, CD and DE were taught to college students and, then, they were exposed to a semantic priming procedure during which their EEG was recorded. The semantic priming consisted of a series of trials displaying a pair of stimuli from the same equivalence class or from different classes. Participants who established equivalence relations exhibited larger N400 responses to non-equivalent pairs than to equivalent ones. In addition, the amplitude difference in the N400 between equivalent and non-equivalent pairs was larger when the stimulus pairs were directly related and gradually reduced as nodal number increased. Thus, these results indicate that the amplitude of the N400 indexes the degree of relatedness between equivalent stimuli as an inverse function of the number of nodes between them. |
|
|
15. Naming and Equivalence Class Formation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Guro Dunvoll Granerud (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: In the present study, we asked if training in homogenous or heterogeneous naming would give any difference in outcome on tests for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. Two typically developing children, 4-years old, participated in present study. After 600 trials with conditional discrimination training and without reaching mastery criterion, training on naming the stimuli was introduced. One of the participants was trained in homogenous naming and the other was trained in heterogeneous naming of the stimuli in the stimulus set. For next stimulus set the conditions were reversed. The training and testing protocol were arranged as a simultaneous protocol with trials presented on a serialized basis, and we used a many-to-one training structure (AC and BC, then mix of AC and BC trials). We trained potentially three 3-member classes with abstract stimuli like Greek, Arabic, and Cyrillic letters. The names used in the naming training were nonsense syllables; SEM, FAB, MIP, NAP, BAK, PAG, SIB, VUR, and LOR. Both participants established conditional relations after the naming training, independent of type of naming training. Furthermore, the results showed that responding with training after homogenous naming gave the highest yields (See Figure 1). |
|
|
16. Effects of Visual Stimuli as Distracters in Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEKSANDER VIE (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Arntzen (2006) introduced math tasks between the offset of the sample stimulus and the onset of the comparison stimuli in test for responding in accord with stimulus equivalence. Arntzen and Vie (under review) systematically replicated this study, the matching accuracy decreased as a function of the math tasks. In the present study, visual stimuli were used as distracters to test if this can affect responding in accord with stimulus equivalence. In the current study, delays of 500 ms and 1000 ms were used with 18 adult participants, 12 participants in Experiment 1 and 6 participants in Experiment 2. Black and white drawings were used as distracters in Experiment 1 and nonfigurative paintings in Experiment 2. All participants in Experiment 1 started with a zero-second delayed matching, followed by two conditions with 500 ms delay or 1000 ms delay. In the last condition, the line drawings were introduced as distracters under testing for equivalence class formation. In Experiment 2 nonfigurative paintings were used as distracters, and only 500 ms delay were employed in the last two conditions. The results, in both experiments, showed that responding in accord with stimulus equivalence were not affected by the visual stimuli as distracters. |
|
|
17. Effects of Sound Stimuli as Distracters in Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEKSANDER VIE (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Experiments deploying delayed matching-to-sample procedures have been used to study what is commonly known as "memory". In delayed matching-to-sample procedures the sample presentation is terminated before the comparison stimuli is presented. In recent studies, distracters have been introduced between the offset of the sample stimulus and the onset of the comparisons in test for responding in accord with stimulus equivalence. The results from these studies have showed that probability of responding in accord with stimulus equivalence decrease as a function of distracters. In the previous studies math tasks have been used as distracters, while different sound stimuli have been used as distracters in the present study. The study was arranged as an ABA-design, A with no distracters and B with distracters. In experiment #1, random sounds were presented as distracters. The results from this study show that responding in accord with stimulus equivalence did not decrease as a function of sounds as distracters. In experiment #2, different words were presented as distracters, and the participant had to write them before the presentation of the comparisons. The results suggest that responding in accord with stimulus equivalence decrease as a function of the distracter task used. |
|
|
18. Teaching Spelling as a Route for Reading and Writing |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
THAIZE REIS (Universidade Federal de sao Carlos), Deisy de Souza (Universidade Federal de sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Textual and spelling behaviors are functionally independent operants: the acquisition of one does not necessarily imply the acquisition of the other. However, when the main components of these behaviors (antecedents, responses, consequences) become members of equivalence classes, the abilities become interdependent. Several studies taught matching printed to dictated words and matching pictures do dictated words, and produced the emergence not only of equivalence classes, but also the emergence of textual behavior and dictation-taking, although, reading scores were systematically higher than spelling scores. This study aimed to teach spelling skills and verify if it would affect reading. Six students learned to spell thirty Portuguese words through a computer-based constructed response matching-to-sample task. Simultaneously with the sample (a picture, a printed word, or a dictated word), the computer screen presented a pool of 14 letters. The task was to select, in the correct order, the letters to spell a word corresponding to the sample. Spelling and reading improved for all participants, but spelling scores were higher than reading scores. Teaching procedures based on stimulus equivalence could reduce between-subjects and between-tasks variability of emergent behaviors by providing direct experience with the modalities of responses involved in the operants of interest. |
|
|
19. Acquired Discriminative Functions and Equivalence Class Formation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIE MOKSNESS (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Lanny Fields (Queens College/The City University of New York) |
Abstract: The formation of equivalence classes can be influenced by the discriminative functions acquired by one class member prior to class formation (Fields, Arntzen, Nartey, & Eilifsen, in press). The present study explored how different forms of discrimination training and the meaningfulness of stimuli influenced class formation. Five groups were studied: (1) All Abstract, (2) Picture as C-stimuli, (3) Simultaneous and Successive Discrimination training of abstract C-stimuli, (4) Simultaneous discrimination training of abstract C-stimuli, and (5) Successive discrimination training of abstract C-stimuli. Participants in Groups 3, 4, and 5 were initially discrimination training before forming equivalence classes that include the C-stimuli. All groups were given serialized training of baseline relations in a linear series structure, and twelve sets of conditional relations were trained and tested with a simultaneous protocol. When pictures were nodes, participants who showed class formation did so after the fewest training trials. None of the participants in Group 3 formed equivalence classes. The reaction time pattern for Group 3 was different from the groups. |
|
|
20. Stimulus Equivalence and Contextual Control in Normally Developing Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARCELLE MEDINA-SMESTER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katelyn Humbert (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Despite its relevance to language, research on contextually controlled equivalence classes is limited. This study explores procedures that can be used with young children to examine this phenomenon. One child in Experiment 1 and three children in Experiment 2, all between four and six years of age, have learned conditional discriminations in each of two contexts using match-to-sample procedures and class-specific reinforcers. Category match-to-sample procedures and sorting tasks were used to test for the emergence of equivalence classes under each context. Training involved the presentation of an auditory sample stimulus and visual comparison stimuli, while equivalence tests involved all visual stimuli. Two puppets served as contextual stimuli; expected class membership would vary as a function of the context presented for each trial. In Experiment 1, trained relations were established with evidence of contextual control; however, the participant failed to demonstrate emergence of contextually controlled equivalence relations until presented with explicit instructions. Thus far, all participants in Experiment 2 have mastered trained relations in each context, and two of the three participants exposed to mixed context training have shown evidence of contextual control. Tests will be conducted next. The data to date indicate that while contextually controlled conditional discrimination training can be readily achieved in children, emergent relations require careful training and testing arrangements. |
|
|
21. Equivalence Class Formation in Senior Citizens |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: There are relatively few experiments published within stimulus equivalence research where conditional discrimination procedures are used with older adults. The current data show the results from an experiment where older adults were either exposed to identity matching-to-sample before arbitrary matching-to-sample or arbitrary matching-to-sample before identity matching-to-sample, either with simultaneous presentation of the stimuli or 0s delay. There were 36 participants, 25 finished the conditional discrimination training and test but 11 did not (Tables 1 and 2). The participants were least likely to get through the conditional discrimination training when they were exposed to AR-ID SIM (6/11) but most likely when exposed to ID-AR SIM (1/8). Using 0s delay gave similar results in terms of number of participants finishing the conditions. For those who finished the conditional discrimination training and test, 7 out of 13 passed the stimulus equivalence test by getting 27 out of 30 correct, or more, when using simultaneous matching, whereas 9 out of 11 passed the test when using 0s delay. The purpose of the follow up study will be to study the effect of instruction in order to enhance responding on conditional discrimination trials. |
|
|
|
|
EDC monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Professional Development That STICKS: Meeting Teacher Learning Needs to Improve Student Outcomes |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Sunday Dove (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Maura Linas (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), HOWARD P. WILLS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: This presentation addresses the need for teachers in inclusive classrooms to acquire the skills necessary to manage challenging student behavior. The literature reports results of numerous empirical studies exploring the factors most effective in improving student outcomes, yet provides few methods of verifying that delivery of professional development improves or sustains teacher skills necessary for this improvement. This lack of evidence provides considerable opportunity for development of professional development curriculum that enhances teacher practice and promotes student success. We developed Professional Development that is Systemic, focused on Teacher growth, Incorporates Coaching, collaboration, cohorts, & increased Knowledge to create Student Success (STICKS) as a response to this gap. Professional Development that STICKS is specifically designed to provide teachers in inclusive K-8 classroom settings both methodology and interventions to support students with challenging behaviors and enhance overall classroom management. Results from intervention testing in 3 urban elementary school buildings indicate positive outcomes. This poster will provide an overview of the STICKS curriculum, data from six teacher participants, and discussion of implications for teacher professional development and future research. |
|
|
2. Scripted Versus Task-Analyzed Lessons to Teach Science to Elementary Students With Moderate/Severe Disabilities/Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA KNIGHT (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: In the era of evidence-based practices, practitioners need to know which methods are the most effective and efficient for certain populations of students. This poster session will provide results of a study that compared the use of task analytic instruction to scripted lesson plans on comprehension of science concepts during an inquiry lesson for elementary students with MSD. In this presentation, results of a study in which researchers used a multiple probe across lesson type counterbalanced across students to compare the effects of task analytic instruction versus scripted lessons on the comprehension of science content by elementary school students with MSD will be discussed. Four teachers and eleven students participated in the study. Although both interventions were beneficial, visual inspection of the graphed data showed the most effective and efficient intervention for all students was the task analytic instruction. The social validity measures taken by the special education teachers and the students suggest the program was beneficial; however, teachers showed a clear preference for the task analytic instruction over the scripted lessons. Finally, presenters will discuss the limitations, practical implications for teachers, and future research. Participants will learn which approach was more effective and efficient for student acquisition. |
|
|
3. Modifications in the Matching-to-Sample Procedure to Teach Identity Relations to Children With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA CLARA DE FREITAS (Universidade federal de Sao Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Although widely used both in teaching and research environments, the matching to sample procedure (MTS) may sometimes result in less than optimal scores, particularly with participants with intellectual disabilities. We investigated a variant of the basic MTS procedure called dragging-to-sample (DTS), with three children with intellectual disabilities who had imperfect scores in an identity matching task with two or three letter-words. DTS requires participants to click and move the identical comparison stimulus towards the sample, to cover it completely; across trials, the extent the stimulus could move was gradually shortened, until participants had only to click on the comparison, as in conventional MTS. All students showed immediate increases in accuracy when the DTS was implemented. Accuracy tended to vary when the regular MTS task was reintroduced. In conclusion, the procedure was successful to teach the identity task, but further investigation is necessary to ensure transfer of control from DTS to MTS tasks. It is also important to design experiments in order to isolate the variables and identify the DTS primary source of control, which is yet ambiguous. |
|
|
4. The Effects of Concrete and Virtual Manipulatives on the Multiplication Fact Fluency of Urban Third-Graders With and Without Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JANICE A. GRSKOVIC (Indiana University Northwest), Dana H. Dodson (Indiana University Northwest), Sheila Marie Trzcinka (Indiana University Northwest), Suneeta Kercood (Butler University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of using either concrete or virtual math manipulatives on the math fact fluency of third graders with and without disabilities. Specifically, the study assessed math fluency in writing answers to single-digit multiplication problems on a 100-problem worksheet in a timed 8-minute administration. During a two week period, 54 third grade students in three classrooms were taught math concepts in one of three conditions: traditional instruction, concrete manipulatives, or virtual manipulatives. Pretest/posttest results suggest that participants in the Virtual Manipulatives group showed the greatest gains for students without disabilities, although differences were nonsignificant. A separate analysis of the performances of students with disabilities over time showed that those in the Virtual Manipulatives group also showed the greatest improvement. Although gains were small, they were consistent across two participants in the group. Results support the use of virtual maniplatives in the math instruction of third graders and especially those with disabilities. |
|
|
5. Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Identify Effective Math Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA DELAPP (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Michael I. Axelrod (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: In 2009, the National Assessment of Educational Progress reported that the steady climb of fourth-grade mathematic achievement across the country had suddenly reversed. Only 39% of the nations fourth graders were rated proficient in math. The purpose of this study was to identify math computation fluency interventions for three low achieving elementary school students using Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) methodology. BEA has been used primarily to identify individualized oral reading fluency interventions with little empirical research validating the procedure for math computation. The application of BEA to academic problems can provide a direct link between assessment and intervention. The current study involved two related experiments. Experiment 1 empirically evaluated several interventions to determine which produced the greatest increase in Digits Correct Per Minute over baseline. Experiment 2 investigated the effects of the empirically-selected interventions on the math computation fluency over two months. Results suggest that BEA of math computation fluency can empirically select interventions that improve math computation skill over time. |
|
|
6. Using Technology to Improve Math Computation Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA DELAPP (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Andrew Tiry (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Haley Steinhauser (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Myles Steinhauser (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Michael I. Axelrod (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: The present study sought to incorporate the use of technology in developing a program to increase the fluency rates of four fourth grade students completing 2-digit by 1-digit addition problems. Fluency was defined as the digits correct per minute (DCPM) students can complete in a 1-minute period and was measured using standard paper and pencil worksheets. During the intervention, students were first presented with an addition problem (e.g., 12+3=_) on a custom math application program designed for the Apple iPad. If the student erred on a problem, the student completed a procedure similar to the taped problems procedure similar to those used by Poncy, Skinner, and Jaspers (2007). The students were presented the full problem with the answer. Next, the student was presented the problem with a 1-second, and then a 3-second delay before the answer was presented. Students were instructed to do their best to answer the problem before the computer presented the answer. Students still had to enter the correct answer before advancing in the program. There were no consequences if the student answered the problem correctly on the first try. The effects of the intervention were evaluated using an ABA design with all participants. |
|
|
7. Investigating the Consistency of Results Obtained From a Brief Experimental Analysis of Oral Reading Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE SCHOUNARD (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Maddie Sutton (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Michael Axelrod (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) refers to a set of procedures that assess various interventions used to improve Oral Reading Fluency (ORF). BEA has made it possible for educators to quickly select interventions for ORF by empirically identifying strategies that produce the highest levels of performance. Research on BEA of ORF suggests that BEA can be used to directly link assessment to intervention (Burns & Wagner, 2008). Research has not examined the consistency of BEA of ORF results over time. This study compared BEA of ORF results for participants from two different assessment periods conducted four months apart. Participants were 12 elementary age students referred because of poor reading achievement. Each participant was exposed to a BEA, once in October and once in February. During each session, Correct Words Per Minute (CWPM) were recorded by having the participants read an instructional-level reading passage for 1 minute. Procedural integrity and interobserver reliability rates were high for all sessions. BEA interventions were chosen based on the highest CWPM. Results indicated that for 9 participants, the empirically-selected BEA intervention changed from October to February assessment. These results suggest practitioners using BEA of ORF should consider conducting BEA assessments at least every four months. |
|
|
8. Using ClockLight to Affect Student On-Task Behavior in an Afterschool Setting: Effectiveness, Sustainability, and Teacher Satisfaction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RIKKI KAE WHEATLEY-WARDLE (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This research employed ClockLight as a discriminative stimulus, in conjunction with group reward contingencies, to increase the on-task behavior of students during academic tasks in an after-school program. Students in this study consisted of second and fifth graders in a northern Utah elementary school. The research addressed the following three questions: 1) Is the ClockLight system effective for increasing on-task behavior of diverse learners in an after-school program setting? 2) Are program results comparable and is fidelity maintained when the responsibility for implementation is shifted from researchers to teachers and other program staff members? 3) How do teachers and other staff members rate satisfaction with the ClockLight program and its practicality for classroom implementation? To answer these questions the ClockLight, accompanied by group reward contingencies, was employed during three conditions: a) Baseline, b) research staff running ClockLight, and c) teachers and afterschool program staff members running the ClockLight. Results showed positive outcomes for all three questions across both grades and in both intervention conditions. |
|
|
9. The Effects of a Positive-to-Negative Ratio on Task Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Matt Taylor (Utah State University), RIKKI KAE WHEATLEY-WARDLE (Utah State University), Eric Hastings (Utah State University), Blaire Nelson (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Across many social content areas, it is believed the ratio of positive to negative interactions is an important contributor to both inter-personal relationship development and task performance. This relationship may be particularly relevant in the context of student-teacher interactions that seek to promote both positive relationships and improved task performance. This research sought to determine the ideal ratio of positive to negative interactions as related to task performance (i.e. accuracy, efficiency, and speed). Participants were given a simple maze task located behind a barrier and were guided through it with the help of an instructor who could view the maze while giving instructions on their progress. Feedback was delivered under the conditions: positive only, negative only, and both positive and negative. Results show that performance is significantly improved when both positive and negative feedback are given and that performance is further improved when the ratio of positive to negative feedback is increased. |
|
|
10. A Multi-School Assessment of the Efficacy of Several National High School Prom Alcohol Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN C. SMITH (Virginia Tech), Dabney Topp (Virginia Tech), Zach Mannes (Virginia Tech), Angelica Melvin (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The proliferation of alcohol consumption in our nations schools is a highly documented concern. Of high school seniors, 77% have used alcohol (Johnson et al., 2005). While the negative consequences of student alcohol consumption are prevalent throughout the academic year, they are particularly notable during high school prom season. In an attempt to address this problem, national and local intervention and prevention programs have emerged to reduce prom night alcohol consumption. This study empirically assessed the efficacy of several prominent intervention and prevention programs across several hundred high school students across four different schools. The week after prom, surveys were administered to participants soliciting information about their involvement in prevention and intervention programs and at-risk prom night activities. The results have major implications for the validity of several major programs. The findings indicated that students who signed pledge cards were significantly less likely to consume alcohol on prom night, but this effect disappeared when accounting for prior alcohol history. Students who participated in an intervention with FatalVision or drunk goggles consumed significantly more alcohol on prom night. A school-sponsored assembly and school-sponsored after prom party produced the greatest results in decreasing student alcohol consumption. Further results will be discussed. |
|
|
11. Cultivating Attendance in a Secondary Classroom Using a Token Economy |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA J. MANN (Escambia County School District), Jessica Truett (Escambia County School District) |
Abstract: Attendance is crucial to student success. Positive reinforcement has successfully decreased rates of absenteeism in past research, but little research has been conducted with the secondary aged student. In this study, a reversal design was used to assess the effects of a token economy with contingency management to decrease the rate of absenteeism with forty-five chronically absent, secondary aged students. During the intervention, students used a time clock to clock-in and were rewarded with back up reinforcers on a fixed interval schedule. In addition, the magnitude of reinforcers increased with each week of maximum attendance until the reinforcement was at the maximum level. The results indicate a decrease in the percentage of students with unexcused absences and the specific number of absences across students. This study supports the use of token economy with contingency management to reduce the rate of absenteeism in chronically absent, secondary aged students. |
|
|
12. Effects of Verbal and Video Feedback on the Treatment Integrity of Individual Behavior Support Plans |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CECELIA R. MADERITZ (Youngstown State University), Mary Vallinger (Youngstown State University), Lindsay Morgart (The Rich Center for Autism), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Investigations on strategies for parent and staff training have demonstrated the importance of descriptive and immediate feedback on performance (Codding et al., 2005). In previous studies, feedback has been provided visually via graphs (Sanetti et al., 2007); verbally by a consultant or supervisor (DiGennaro et al., 2007); and via video, by providing participants the opportunity to view themselves implementing a procedure and evaluate their own performance (Phaneuf & McIntyre, 2007). In the present study, a withdrawal design (A-B-BC-B-BC) was implemented to evaluate the implementation of a behavior intervention plan designed to decrease problematic behaviors in a classroom setting for children with autism spectrum disorders. Teacher participants were presented with verbal feedback on their implementation, or provided with an opportunity to view a 5 min. video of their own implementation of the intervention in addition to verbal feedback. Preliminary results indicate increases in treatment integrity with the addition of video feedback. These results will be discussed with respect to the availability of resources to train staff working with children with autism, and the social validity of each feedback modality. |
|
|
13. Training Special Education Teachers to Conduct Two Common Types of Preference Assessments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
YI-CHIEH CHUNG (National Chnghua University of Education), Hua Feng (National Changhua University of Education) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of role play and feedback on training four special education teachers to conduct two commonly used preference assessments. The four teachers were randomly assigned to two groups. One group was first taught to conduct paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessment, while the other group was taught to conduct multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSOW) preference assessment. Each trainee performed learned skilled with two students (one for practice and one for generalization). The results suggested that all trainees correctly implemented the procedures with 90-100% accuracy across subjects and assessments. |
|
|
14. An Analysis of the Feasibility of Using a Choice Assessment Method in a Naturalized Preschool Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY SHIER (University of Cincinnati), Francis E. Lentz (University of Cincinnati), David Barnett (University of Cincinnati), Riane Berendt (University of Cincinnati), Nicole Miller (University of Cincinnati), Emily Stimpert (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors are typical for many young children. Although most decrease through the preschool years, behaviors that persist can have long term negative outcomes. Previous studies have found concurrent choice assessment procedures effective in assessing the appropriate behaviors of children with developmental disabilities. The assessment procedure has been used to create interventions effective at reducing challenging behaviors. The present study examined the feasibility of conducting a choice assessment procedure as described by Harding et al. (2005), with typical preschoolers during free time with the teacher as the implementation agent. Subjects were recruited if they were referred for challenging behaviors and were not being suspected of a disability. Preliminary results indicate that it is feasible for teachers to conduct a reliable assessment during typical classroom routines. While there are limitations to conducting the assessment with typical children during class time, agency reports indicated that interventions developed from assessment results were effective in reducing the referral behavior. |
|
|
15. Teaching Reading Skills to Deaf Children Using Teaching Software and a Frequency-Modulation System |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HELOISA HELENA MOTTA BANDINI (Universidade Estadual de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas), Rayssa de Andrade França (Universidade Estadual de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas), Carmen Silvia Motta Bandini (Centro Universitario CESMAC) |
Abstract: The Brazilian Educational System has not been effective in teaching reading and writing skills to deaf children, despite all the years these children spend going to school. Therefore, it is important to develop and test new reading and writing teaching strategies to help this population. The present study aimed to assess if a reading teaching software, that has been successfully used with hearing children, would have similar outcomes with deaf children using hearing aid. Participants were three children using bilateral hearing aids, aged 8 to15 years, who had low performance in reading and writing pre-tests. They were taught how to read words in Portuguese through the presentation of matching-to-sample procedure involving printed words, dictated words, pictures, and isolated letters or syllables (constructed-response-matching-to-sample). Reading and handwriting post-tests were conducted every four sets of teaching tasks. Only reading post-tests required 100% of correct responses. All the instructions were presented to participants through a frequency modulation system connected to the computer and to the hearing aid. Results indicate that all participants learned to read all target words and their handwriting also improved. This teaching software was effective to increase reading and writing skills among deaf children. |
|
|
16. Interteaching With and Without Pair Discussion |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA MARIE PRUITT (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Interteaching is a behavioral approach to education involving several components, including prep guides, pair discussions, record sheets, feedback lectures, and frequent testing. While the interteaching “package” has been shown to be effective compared to lecture-based instruction, little research has been conducted to determine whether the success of interteaching is due to one or all of its components, such as the pair discussion component from which interteaching derives its name. In the present study, the pair discussion component was analyzed using two conditions in two sections of a freshman course. During class, students participated in a discussion with a classmate during one condition, and studied on their own in another condition. Students were exposed to each condition twice in an alternating design. In both conditions students rated the quality and their enjoyment of the class time on their record sheets. Test scores and record sheets were examined to determine whether the change in conditions affected student’s performance and enjoyment of the course. Results indicated that pair discussion had little or no overall effect upon student’s test performance or their ratings of class time compared to studying alone. Several limitations are discussed. |
|
|
17. The Collateral Effects of Social Skills' Intervention on Second-Grade Students' Academic Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIAN ALJADEFF-ABERGEL (Western Michigan University), Shiri Ayvazo (David Yellin College) |
Abstract: The relation between social skills and academic achievement has been a topic for investigation. Specifically studies seek to determine whether the acquisition of social skills improves academic performance. This study was conducted in a second grade physical education class in an urban charter school for students at-risk. Participants were two girls and a boy who were considered by the educational team as moderate-to-highly disruptive. The intervention targeted the acquisition of social skills; this paper presents the collateral effects on students academic learning that occurred concurrently with the intervention (depicted in an A-B design). The collateral effects measured were (a) on-task (when intervening on following instruction) and (b) number of correct trials (when intervening on persistency). On-task findings are presented as percent of the lesson's time and correct trials are presented as rate per task. On task, subsequent to the following instruction intervention, increased in 27% on average for all students. Correct performance, following the persistency intervention, increased by 10 trials on average for all students. Overall, the findings suggest a possible relation between students display of social skills and collateral increase in academic performance. |
|
|
18. Preteaching Decoding and Decoding + Vocabulary Upon Reading Fluency for Struggling Readers With Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GAIL COULTER (Western Washington University), Michael C. Lambert (Western Washington University), Tracy Thorndike-Christ (Western Washington University) |
Abstract: Repeated readings have been the long-standing method of increasing reading fluency. It has been shown that reading fluency was highly correlated to reading comprehension. While research has shown that prior knowledge has a direct and indirect effect upon reading comprehension for students in regular education (Tarchi, 2010), studies have not addressed the impact of decoding and vocabulary words upon fluency itself in connected text, especially with struggling readers. The study explored the question of whether an intervention of preteaching wordlist and preteaching vocabulary increases fluency, which in turn may increase comprehension. A previous study (Coulter & Lambert, 2011) found that preteaching irregular words as a wordlist prior to students reading in connected text to regular education students increased fluency in connected text similar to the increase in fluency that can be attributed to repeated readings. The present study extends the work of Coulter and Lambert to struggling readers. While the methods were similar, changes to the prior study have been made to provide for greater external validity, measure of comprehension, and maintenance as well as generalization. In addition, the focus of the first study was upon general education students while the focus of the second study was upon students who were struggling readers, specifically students with learning disabilities. A multiple baseline across subjects design established a functional relationship between the pre teaching of decoding and decoding & vocabulary upon reading fluency for struggling readers with learning disabilities. All three participants, improved fluency scores across the ten-week intervention and generalization measures. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. An Evaluation of Training Methods on Improving Volunteer Performance of Shelter Dog-Walking Tasks |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Volunteers are an important feature of non-profit organizations and the American workforce, but their work performance is rarely the focus of empirical analysis. Little information is available about what methods are effective for improving the fidelity of volunteer implementation of work tasks. Experts in volunteer training assert that the quality of volunteer training is vital to sustained volunteerism (Deslandes & Rogers, 2006), but volunteers are rarely trained in a way that would maximize their contributions to an organization. Those former empirical interventions that have demonstrated improvements in volunteer performance have done so in a way that may be cost-prohibitive to nonprofit organizations (e.g. Johnson & Fawcett, 1994).
The aim of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of three sequential levels of training on the correct implementation of a prescribed dog-walking procedure used in a non-profit humane society. Results indicate that volunteers performed roughly half of all steps in the dog walking procedure correctly following orientation, which consisted of didactic instruction, written instructions, and brief modeling. Adding a two hour hands-on training led by a local certified dog trainer produced only minimal improvements in volunteer performance. Adding brief individualized performance feedback and in-vivo prompting produced considerable improvements in performance. |
|
|
2. A Behavorial Approach Toward Changing Cashiers' Safety Behaviors: An Investigative Field Study |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER DOWNING (Virginia Tech), Caroline Jahncke (Virginia Tech), Jessica Thai (Virginia Tech), Sarah Bayliff (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Credit-card fraud costs businesses, victims, and taxpayers millions of dollars each year, and it has pronounced psychological and emotional effects. Previous research in this domain has only been survey-based following a crime. However, this reactive approach still sees credit-card fraud occurring at a steady rate while offering no valid solutions, just common-sense suggestions. In an attempt to decrease the number of identity theft cases reported, the present study investigated a behavioral approach to preventing credit-card fraud. Using an A-B-A (Baseline-Intervention-Withdrawal) design at one of two grocery stores located in a southwestern Virginia college community, the present study examined the effects of a participative goal-setting and feedback intervention on increasing the frequency of cashiers identification-checking behaviors. The results revealed the intervention stores percentage of ID-checked purchases increased from 0.2 percent at Baseline to 9.7 percent during the Intervention. Then, it declined to 2.3 percent during Withdrawal, showing functional control of the intervention over the cashiers target behavior. The control stores percentage of ID-checking purchases was considerably low throughout the study. The goal-setting and feedback intervention used in the present study has real-world application to decrease the prevalence of credit-card fraud and safeguard the safety of potential victims. |
|
|
3. Prevalence Rates of Greenwashing in Nondurable Consumer Goods: An Analysis of Marketing Strategies |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JEANINE PLOWMAN STRATTON (Furman University), Haley Jones (Furman University) |
Abstract: Consumers often report interest in purchasing products that are better for the environment. The 2010 Terra Group report identified recent steep trends in consumer goods being advertised as sustainable. Such labels include descriptors including the word green. However, green is often a misunderstood descriptor, lacking clarity of meaning or clarity of how the product effectively is green. This practice is called greenwashing. Criteria for greenwashing labels of nondurable goods were developed and data were collected in several retail stores to assess the occurrence of use in practice, by either the retail store or manufacture brand. The poster will present findings of the prevalence rates of nondurable consumer goods with evidence of greenwashing social product labeling practices. Data were analyzed by comparative analysis across greenwashing categories, indicating the most prevalent type of label was vagueness. Discussion will include marketing practices of products using such labels with or without verifiable evidence of green purpose, source of materials, or profits on the purchase towards green initiatives. Implications for consumers, manufacturers, and suppliers involved in such labeling practices and consumer demand of goods will be discussed. |
|
|
4. Building a More Profitable Precision Teaching Center with an Organizational Behavior Management Toolbox |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DARREN BANDY (University of Nevada, Reno), William D. Newsome (University of Nevada, Reno), Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (Fit Learning), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Payroll expenses often dominate the budgets of small businesses. Effective payroll management strategies are critical to organizational sustainability and resilience. Although staff efficiency is clearly a key variable for managing payroll expenses, productivity is not considered in traditional hourly-pay models. This poster presents data from the implementation of a performance-management system in a small precision teaching center. This system links employee pay directly to 1) individual job performance and, 2) organizational profits. Our performance management intervention outcomes, compared to baseline, include: 1) greater pay for efficient employees, 2) improved efficiency in other employees, 3) increased organizational profits and, 4) better stability in monthly profit/loss data. |
|
|
5. Perceived Customer Service: An Organizational Behavior Management Approach |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC MICHAEL O'ROURKE (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: As the American economy continues to shift from a predominately manufacturing economy to an information-based and service-based economy, it will be important for business-related research areas to investigate customer service and customer satisfaction. The current study utilized an organizational behavior management strategy to confirm the service behaviors necessary for customer-service satisfaction at restaurants, which were previously identified in a policy-capturing lab experiment. Satisfaction with four friendliness-related behaviors (greeting, eye contact, smiling, and thanking) and two latency-related behaviors contributed to overall customer-service satisfaction, measured via a customer-service satisfaction survey given to customers at the end of their service encounter. Satisfaction with latency-related behaviors was more predictive of overall satisfaction at fast food restaurants than family restaurants, but satisfaction with friendliness-related behaviors was not more predictive of overall satisfaction at family restaurants rather than fast food restaurants, contrary to expectations. Comparisons of behavioral observations (made by unobtrusive observers) of friendliness-related and latency-related behaviors made by cashiers and waitstaff during a baseline and survey period confirmed that surveyor presence did not affect actual service behavior expression. Exploratory analyses matching observations to surveys were not supported. |
|
|
6. Effects of a Visual Prompt on Proper Dish Storage in a Pediatric Feeding Disorders Unit |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY K. RUBIO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: It is important that dishes in the kitchen of a Pediatric Feeding Unit be kept clean and organized due to unit requirements and caregiver acceptability. Visual prompts may be necessary to increase proper dish storage in the pantry of an organizational setting, rather than verbal reminders; however, it is possible that the effects of a visual prompt (i.e., a sign) may lessen following prolonged exposure to it. Additionally, the content of the sign (i.e., humorous tone or neutral tone), may impact the social acceptability of the sign by staff. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to investigate whether a sign alone could facilitate proper dish storage when compared to proper dish storage with no sign. Using a reversal design, a baseline condition where no sign was posted was compared to a condition where a sign was posted. Finally, acceptability for each sign was assessed via a social validity questionnaire. Results showed that a sign posted in the dish-washing area decreased improperly stored dishes compared to those stored improperly with no sign posted; however, we saw increased variability of improper dish storage after prolonged exposure to the sign. Results of social validity questionnaires showed low acceptability for both signs. |
|
|
7. The Cost for Participation: Reducing Response Effort to Increase Participation and Quality in Peer-to-Peer Observations |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL BOITNOTT (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: The use of shorter Critical Behavior Checklists (CBCs) when using a peer-to-peer observation process in behavioral safety have been advocated by many (i.e., Daniels & Daniels, 2006; Geller, 2005b; McSween, 1995) arguing shorter checklists will increase participation in the process thus leading to better results overall. Regardless, no literature exist which directly test the impact of shorter CBCs and the quality participation in observations. This study examined the effect of shortening the CBC in a peer-to-peer observation process for a marine oil exploration company. Safe/at-risk behavior was traditionally recorded via a 16-behavior CBC. A new 8-behavior CBC was introduced to the crews on a few target exploration vessels in a multiple baseline with matched vessels crews serving as controls. The newer 8-behavior CBC increased observation cards submitted in the target crews and also increased the quality of the completed CBCs (primarily through additional comments). |
|
|
8. Evaluation of the Animal Intake Process at a Minnesota Animal Humane Society |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
RAECHEL OLSON (University of Minnesota Duluth), Julia M. Walter (University of Minnesota Duluth), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth) |
Abstract: The purpose of this project was to design, conduct, analyze, and report the results of an in-depth analysis of the animal intake process at a local humane society. The humane societys workflow was defined in order to identify deficiencies in the current process. Direct observation and interviews with staff were used to create an IS process map of the current animal intake process. In collaboration with the organizations staff, deficiencies in the current process were identified, and an improved, SHOULD, process map was created. An overview of the analysis, along with recommendations for process and general performance improvement, was presented to the staff in order to improve the efficiency of the animal intake process. Recommendations were categorized under three main themes: increasing effective communication, minimizing environmental distractions, and developing a formal routine. Future observation of the staff will be conducted to determine how well proposed recommendations were implemented and maintained. |
|
|
9. Improving Instruction: Evaluating the Effects of Guided Notes on Post-Test Performance During Employee Orientation |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Didactic lectures are a commonly used instructional approach in universities and in the workplace. Lecture based instruction is simple, efficient, and versatile. However, it may require little active responding from the student. This is problematic given research suggesting students learn best when actively engaged in learning instructional material (Bost & Riccommini, 2006). One strategy developed to address this problem is �Guided notes�. Guided notes are a modified form of instructor�s notes that requires active student responding (Heward, 1994). Research in this area has been conducted with; incarcerated juveniles (Hamilton, Seibert, Gardner, & Talbert-Johnson, 2000); high school students with learning disabilities (Lazarus, 1991); and college students (Heward, 1994), (Barbetta & Skarruppa ,1995), (Austin, Lee, Thibeault, Carr, & Bailey, 2002), (Neef, McCord, & Ferreri, 2006). The present study extends previous research by comparing the effects of guided notes versus completed notes on a pre to post lecture assessments of knowledge of instructional staff in a human service organization. Results indicate that performance on a 15 item assessment in both note conditions increased post lecture (M 8.05; range 2-11). The mean increase in quiz performance was lower with completed notes (M 6.9) relative to guided notes (M 9.2) |
|
|
|
|
PRA Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Pyramidal Training in Feeding: A Replication and Extension |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Emily K. Rubio (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), WHITNEY LUFFMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Cox (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Abstract
The current study replicated and extended the use of the pyramidal training model (e.g., Kuhn, Lerman, Vorndran, 2003). The pyramidal training model was implemented with four family members (mother, father, grandmother, grandfather) of a child diagnosed with a feeding disorder. Traditional caregiver training (i.e., therapist training each caregiver independently using a protocol review and role-play), used previously with this family, was reportedly ineffective at teaching caregivers to implement the treatment protocol accurately. A designated primary caregiver (the child’s mother) was trained to implement an individualized treatment protocol and was then taught to train 3 additional caregivers to implement the treatment with high procedural integrity (i.e., correct implementation of the mealtime protocol). Results demonstrated that pyramidal training was not only effective in increasing treatment integrity across all caregivers but was also successful at maximizing efficiency when time available to train additional caregivers was limited. Additionally, acceptability of this training approach was assessed via a social validity questionnaire. |
|
|
2. The Effects of an Interactive Game on the Acceptance of Novel Foods |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JANNET LIANG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: An interactive game was used to increase acceptance of novel foods in a 7-year-old boy admitted to an intensive pediatric feeding program. The game consisted of: a moving piece, a game board with blank spaces (representing preferred foods), moveable starred spaces (representing novel foods), red tokens (exchangeable for attention from the feeder), yellow tokens (exchangeable for escape from a novel food), blue tokens (exchangeable for a choice of food for the subsequent meal), and post-meal reward tokens. Tokens were earned with the acceptance of novel foods and were available for trade-in for the remainder of the game. Post-meal rewards were earned upon completion of the game. The number of starred spaces (bites of novel food) was increased as acceptance increased across sessions. The effectiveness of the game in increasing novel food acceptance was evaluated in a reversal design. As new foods were introduced, acceptance decreased. Thus, escape extinction (i.e., nonremoval of the spoon) was added. Escape extinction along with the original game components were effective in increasing the variety of foods consumed. Results of a component analysis demonstrated that the treatment components without the game were also effective in maintaining high levels of novel food acceptance. An assessment of the child’s and caregivers’ preferences indicated a preference for the treatment package without the game components. |
|
|
3. A Component Analysis of a Multi-Component Treatment Package for a Child With Food Refusal |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA COX (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: An intensive multi-component treatment package was implemented with a two year-old female with a history of chronic food refusal, who had never consumed food by mouth. After demonstrating the effectiveness of the treatment package using a reversal design, a component analysis was conducted to identify necessary treatment components. The treatment package included the following components: representation of the food with the use of a finger prompt, non-contingent access to a DVD, redistribution of the bolus every 15 seconds using a Nuk brush, and a chin support. Using a reversal design, each treatment component was removed from the package separately, and the effects on food refusal , acceptance, and mouth cleans were evaluated. Results demonstrated that not all components of the treatment package were necessary to facilitate mouth cleans and acceptance, and the most effective treatment package was comprised of a Nuk presentation for food, finger prompt, and redistribution of the bolus in the mouth. A chin support prompt and non-contingent reinforcement were not necessary components of the final treatment package. Results suggest that conducting a component analysis may be beneficial for simplifying treatment packages on a case-by-case basis. |
|
|
4. Approximating Care-Giver Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGARET ALTER (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jennie Landis (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that during caregiver fed meals with children diagnosed with pediatric food refusal, caregivers often allow their children to avoid taking bites of food following refusal. In addition, caregivers often provide excess attention to children, both of which potentially reinforce the behavior of food refusal. Identifying the specific ways in which caregivers respond following food refusal can be helpful for designing treatment packages and parent training. The purpose of this study is to identify a method for approximating naturally occurring schedules of reinforcement for food refusal during parent-child interactions. Initially functional analyses will be conducted with each child to identify reinforcers for food refusal. After reinforcers are identified, the data from caregiver fed meals will be analyzed to identify how parents provide the known reinforcers during the meal. Conditional probability and lag sequential analyses will be used to identify parent responses to child behavior (conditional probabilities) and specifically when the parent responses occur following child behavior (lag sequential). Identifying these schedules of reinforcement can not only provide important information specific to parent responses to food refusal, but may also provide a methodology for thorough assessment of caregiver fed meals. |
|
|
5. Reinforcer Assessment in Food Refusal: Evaluating the Potency and Preference for Functional Reinforcers Under Increasing Schedule Requirements |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
VIVIAN IBANEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julie Worley (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Maggie Alter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Taylor Rivet (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Reinforcer assessments have been employed as a direct test of the potency of a reinforcer under conditions where schedule requirements are increased. Identifying reinforcers is crucial to developing an effective treatment for food refusal. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the potency and preference for reinforcement as demand requirements increased in the form of bolus size and introduction of novel foods during mealtime for a 6-year-old male admitted to an intensive day treatment feeding program. Results of a functional analysis demonstrated that food refusal was multiply maintained by negative and positive reinforcement. During the reinforcer assessment, escape prevention procedures were implemented when the demand requirement included food consumption. Results of the reinforcer assessment indicated an initial preference for negative reinforcement in the form of escape immediately following an increase in the demand requirement, and then a stable preference for positive reinforcement in the form of access to a preferred tangible in subsequent sessions when the demand requirement was held constant. A comparison among treatment packages incorporating differential reinforcement of all identified sources of reinforcement, escape only, or tangible only demonstrated high and stable levels of food acceptance across conditions. |
|
|
6. Stimulus Avoidance Assessment With Food Selectivity: Establishing a Hierarchy of Nonpreferred Foods |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELINE S. KAMMER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Taylor Rivet (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Vivian Ibanez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian T. Dudley (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Methods for identifying preferred and nonpreferred stimuli commonly involve indirect assessments and descriptive analyses. A systematic and empirically driven approach for identifying preference is the use of the paired stimulus/forced choice design. In this model, the participant must make a choice between two stimuli presented. A hierarchy of preference is determined based on stimulus approach, consumption, and avoidance. However, if there is no response to the stimuli presented, a hierarchy of preference is lost. The current study identified a hierarchy of preference for patients admitted to an intensive feeding program for the treatment of food selectivity. An initial forced choice stimulus preference assessment did not yield a hierarchy as the patient selected only one or two foods during the assessment. A forced choice stimulus avoidance assessment was then conducted to obtain data of relative preference. During this assessment, all foods were presented to the childs upper lip for a brief interval. Consumption, level of refusal, and duration of negative vocalization were recorded during each food presentation which yielded a hierarchy of preference across the foods presented. Identifying a hierarchy of food preference may play a useful role in developing individualized treatments for children with food selectivity. |
|
|
7. Mand Training to Increase Appropriate Requests for Toys and Interaction |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JEROD DOUGLAS DUNCAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Maggie Alter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Karin Stern (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Bourret, Vollmer, and Trapp (2004), stress the importance of an individualized treatment plan for children with mand deficits, claiming that a single treatment applied to all children will either be unsuccessful and or include a number of unnecessary components. The current case focused on increasing mands in the form of independent vocal requests for toys and preferred interaction in an eight-year-old female whose verbal behavior mainly consisted of echoic responses. Following anecdotal observations of verbal behavior in the context of a playroom, the effects of functional communication training to increase novel mands were evaluated in a multiple baseline design across mands for toys and preferred activities. Sessions were conducted in a developmental playroom on a 1:1 basis during the course of an inpatient admission. During baseline an initial vocal prompt was delivered at the start of the session, no other prompts were provided. During a brief training phase (1-2 sessions), prompting was provided until the target response was emitted or the end of the trial. Finally, sessions without prompting were conducted to determine if additional training was required. Levels of prompted and independent communication were recorded during each phase. Results demonstrated that the patient independently requested toys and interaction following brief training. Use of the above procedures in the context of functional communication training may have decreased the likelihood of prompt dependency and decreased the overall training time. Anecdotal reports of playroom staff indicated that once a target mand was trained, the use of the mand generalized to contexts outside of the training session. These data demonstrate that relatively brief functional communication training may be an effective manner to increase the mand repertoire of some patients with limited vocal mands. |
|
|
8. A Comparison of Outcomes Between the Functional Analysis Screening Tool and Functional Analysis |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALBERT MALKIN (Erionakkids), Jessie Noel Gartshore (Erinoakkids) |
Abstract: The present study compared the outcomes of the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST) and Functional Analysis for 4 participants. Preliminary results indicate that in only 1 of 4 cases, problem behavior was maintained by the consequences identified by the FAST. This indicates that the FAST may have limited practical utility for identifying the maintaining reinforcement contingency for problem behavior. Limitations of the current study will be discussed. |
|
|
9. Visual Means of Communicating Memory for Traumatic Events With Victims Too Traumatized to Communicate Verbally |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JANE-MARY CASTELFRANC-ALLEN (Applied Psychology International) |
Abstract: Some victims of trauma are initially unable to articulate their memory for traumatic events. Possible reasons for this are that the client finds it too stressful to communicate the events to anyone and/or they are pre-occupied with remembering and thinking about the event and/or because they have sustained head injuries that impact on their memory for events.Their state not only poses problems for the client but also for any evidential or therapeuticinterviewer who wishes toavoid influencing the client's account, especially if criminal charges are being considered an option. This poster outlines the problems one head-injured client had with communicating her recollections of multiple physical and sexual assaults (which subsequently were found to have occurred over a single night); examines how she and the interviewer communicated through visual means by systematically graphing an anxiety index over the assault period; and discusses how this methodology also facilitated systematic desensitization so that the client could eventually communicate her recollections verbally. The major advantages of this methodology are that it minimizes memory contamination, maximises witness reporting for Criminal Court proceedings, and provides the client with initial therapeutic benefits. Graphed data for this client/complainant are presented to illustrate the process by which this may be replicated in other cases. |
|
|
10. Let's Work Together: Effect of Behavioral Tutoring on a Middle School Student |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALBEE ONGSUCO (East Carolina University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Middle school years are often the time to intervene before more severe mental health and academic-related problems develop. In fact, adolescent girls and boys were more likely to report mental health problems that affect academic functioning during early puberty (Kaltiala-Heino et al., 2003). The impact of poor grades and challenges with complex material is seen in core subjects, and especially in the areas of science and mathematics. Behavioral analysts can play a role in the development of programs that create positive academic school support through tutoring. As such, behavioral analysts can train tutors, who can work individually or in small groups with middle school students, to focus on the strengths of the students and improve academic skills. The purpose of this poster presentation is to discuss how applied behavioral analysis (ABA) was used within a behavioral tutoring program. Theoretical underpinnings of the program included the principles of differential reinforcement and positive reinforcement within a classroom setting (McGee et al., 1977). An adolescent who was failing science and math was given parental permission to participate in tutoring. His tutor was a college-age volunteer who was required to complete a behavioral tutor training program. Results and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
11. Utilizing Equine Therapy as a Vehicle to Increase Academic and Behavioral Outcomes for Individuals With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CYNTHIA G. SIMPSON (Sam Houston State University), Chad Rose (Sam Houston State University), Mary Jo Garcia-Biggs (Texas State University), Betsy Wisner (Texas State University) |
Abstract: Addressing the social and emotional needs of children and adolescents who have been exposed to traumatic experiences is critical to their long-term development. While a wide range of services may be available for these groups, the interventions may not ameliorate the negative outcomes of trauma. In these situations, service providers must consider other methods of therapy that are individualized to the clients critical need areas. Recently, service providers have turned to equine therapy as a means for fostering personal growth and emotional stability of children and adolescents who have experienced traumatic events. The overarching benefits of equine therapy are broad, and include both intra- and interpersonal skill development. Most importantly, however, equine therapy promotes the animal-human bond and can be used as a vehicle to build the skills necessary for successful daily functioning. Therefore, this poster session addresses the post therapy benefits of equine therapy for 10 adolescents identified with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders and connects these findings to the developing evidence-based practices and specific benefits of this therapeutic approach. |
|
|
12. Behavior Analysis Goes to the Ballpark |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Former United Nations Secretary General Kofi Annan once referred to sport as a universal language that can bring people together, no matter what their origin, background, religious beliefs or economic status" (United Nations, 2005, p. 1). Millions of people world-wide are either directly or indirectly affected by the sports industry. This impact is measured by data analyzing the number of people that participate in sports, purchase sporting equipment, attend sporting events, participate in fantasy leagues, and bet on sports. Given the massive impact that the sports industry and sports behavior has on our society an examination of the role of behavior analysis in this area is warranted. An analysis of all sport-related articles published in nine behavior analytic journals and one sport behavior journal from 1968-2011 revealed that the contribution of behavior analysis to this area is minimal. Only fifty-two articles met the inclusion criteria, and of those there are apparent biases in the sports examined, the types of interventions used, and the population targeted. These data suggest that there is vast area of unexplored territory that pertains to behavior analysis and sports. In order to provide a thorough behavior analytic interpretation of sports behavior an empirical testing of a wider range of sports and interventions needs to be conducted. |
|
|
13. A Survey of Current Uses of Punishment Procedures in the United States. |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
EMILY WHITE (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Ennio C. Cipani (National University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysts and other service providers employ punishment-based methodologies to reduce undesired and dangerous behavior. A brief survey was distributed to Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Licensed Psychologists, Special Education teachers, and ancillary service providers to gain information about the current use of and recent trends in implementing punishment-based procedures. Participants also rated specific procedures for restrictiveness. The data show that participants are currently using less punishment-based procedures than 5 years ago, and that procedures involving aversive control are widely considered too restrictive. Related laws and regulations are also discussed. |
|
|
14. Memory as Behavior: Evoking Responses Regarding Past Events |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
David Roth (The Aurora School), KENDRA MCDONALD (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Answering questions about past events, or "remembering" is often difficult for children with autism. To improve memory recall it may be helpful to develop behavioral strategies to strengthen this skill. A behavioral interpretation of remembering includes recall of past events being under the control of stimuli present in the current environment. This study focuses on analyzing the effects of stimulus prompts to improve responses to questions about a past event by teaching three vocally verbal students with autism to recall information from an event using thematic visual stimulus prompts. The subjects will tact a specific feature of an event using thematic visual stimulus prompts (i.e color and doing). Following a pre-determined time delay current environmental stimuli (thematic visual prompts) will be used to evoke trained tacts about the past event. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research |
Abstract: #none# |
|
|
|
|
TPC Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Abstract: #none# |
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday evening poster session |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Posters in this session are published separately and available onsite. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Abstract: #none# |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Social |
Monday, May 28, 2012 |
9:00 PM–1:00 AM |
Grand Ballroom (Sheraton) |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Please join us, your friends, and colleagues for music and dancing. |
|
|